Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Act 1968
No. 63, 1968
Compilation No. 54
Compilation date: 22 December 2017
Includes amendments up to: Act No. 49, 2017
Registered: 22 December 2017
Prepared by the Office of Parliamentary Counsel, Canberra
About this compilation
This compilation
This is a compilation of the Copyright Act 1968 that shows the text of the law as
amended and in force on 22 December 2017 (the compilation date).
The notes at the end of this compilation (the endnotes) include information
about amending laws and the amendment history of provisions of the compiled
law.
Uncommenced amendments
The effect of uncommenced amendments is not shown in the text of the
compiled law. Any uncommenced amendments affecting the law are accessible
on the Legislation Register (www.legislation.gov.au). The details of
amendments made up to, but not commenced at, the compilation date are
underlined in the endnotes. For more information on any uncommenced
amendments, see the series page on the Legislation Register for the compiled
law.
Application, saving and transitional provisions for provisions and
amendments
If the operation of a provision or amendment of the compiled law is affected by
an application, saving or transitional provision that is not included in this
compilation, details are included in the endnotes.
Editorial changes
For more information about any editorial changes made in this compilation, see
the endnotes.
Modifications
If the compiled law is modified by another law, the compiled law operates as
modified but the modification does not amend the text of the law. Accordingly,
this compilation does not show the text of the compiled law as modified. For
more information on any modifications, see the series page on the Legislation
Register for the compiled law.
Self-repealing provisions
If a provision of the compiled law has been repealed in accordance with a
provision of the law, details are included in the endnotes.
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Contents
Part I—Preliminary 1 1 Short title...........................................................................1
2 Commencement.................................................................1
4 Extension to external Territories .......................................1
5 Exclusion of Imperial Copyright Act, 1911.......................1
6 Repeal of Copyright Acts ..................................................1
7 Act to bind the Crown .......................................................2
8 Copyright not to subsist except by virtue of this
Act.....................................................................................2
8A Prerogative rights of the Crown in the nature of
copyright ...........................................................................2
9 Operation of other laws .....................................................2
9A Application of the Criminal Code .....................................3
Part II—Interpretation 4 10 Interpretation .....................................................................4
10AA Non-infringing copy of a sound recording.......................26
10AB Non-infringing copy of a computer program ...................28
10AC Non-infringing copy of an electronic literary or
music item .......................................................................28
10AD Accessories to imported articles ......................................28
11 Residence in a country not affected by temporary
absence ............................................................................29
12 References to Parliament.................................................30
13 Acts comprised in copyright............................................30
14 Acts done in relation to substantial part of work or
other subject-matter deemed to be done in relation
to the whole .....................................................................30
15 References to acts done with licence of owner of
copyright .........................................................................31
16 References to partial assignment of copyright.................31
17 Statutory employment .....................................................31
18 Libraries established or conducted for profit ...................31
19 References to Copyright Act, 1911 .................................31
20 Names under which work is published ............................32
21 Reproduction and copying of works and other
subject-matter ..................................................................32
22 Provisions relating to the making of a work or
other subject-matter .........................................................33
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
i
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
23 Sound recordings and records .........................................36
24 References to sounds and visual images embodied
in an article......................................................................36
25 Provisions relating to broadcasting..................................37
27 Performance ....................................................................38
28 Performance and communication of works or other
subject-matter in the course of educational
instruction........................................................................39
29 Publication.......................................................................41
30 Ownership of copyright for particular purposes ..............43
30A Commercial rental arrangement ......................................43
Part III—Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and
artistic works 45
Division 1—Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in
works 45
31 Nature of copyright in original works .............................45
32 Original works in which copyright subsists.....................47
33 Duration of copyright in original works ..........................48
34 Duration of copyright in anonymous and
pseudonymous works ......................................................48
35 Ownership of copyright in original works .......................49
Division 2—Infringement of copyright in works 51
36 Infringement by doing acts comprised in the
copyright .........................................................................51
37 Infringement by importation for sale or hire ...................51
38 Infringement by sale and other dealings ..........................52
39 Infringement by permitting place of public
entertainment to be used for performance of work ..........53
39A Infringing copies made on machines installed in
libraries and archives.......................................................53
39B Communication by use of certain facilities .....................54
Division 3—Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in
works 55
40 Fair dealing for purpose of research or study ..................55
41 Fair dealing for purpose of criticism or review ...............57
41A Fair dealing for purpose of parody or satire ....................57
42 Fair dealing for purpose of reporting news......................57
43 Reproduction for purpose of judicial proceedings
or professional advice......................................................58
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
ii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
43A Temporary reproductions made in the course of
communication ................................................................58
43B Temporary reproductions of works as part of a
technical process of use ...................................................59
43C Reproducing works in books, newspapers and
periodical publications in different form for
private use .......................................................................59
44 Inclusion of works in collections for use by places
of education.....................................................................61
44A Importation etc. of books.................................................62
44B Reproduction of writing on approved label for
containers for chemical product ......................................65
44BA Acts done in relation to certain medicine ........................66
44BB Copyright subsisting in works shared for
healthcare or related purposes .........................................67
44C Copyright subsisting in accessories etc. to
imported articles ..............................................................68
44D Import of non-infringing copy of sound recording
does not infringe copyright in works recorded ................68
44E Importation and sale etc. of copies of computer
programs..........................................................................69
44F Importation and sale etc. of copies of electronic
literary or music items .....................................................70
Division 4—Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in
literary, dramatic and musical works 71
45 Reading or recitation in public or for a broadcast............71
46 Performance at premises where persons reside or
sleep ................................................................................71
47 Reproduction for purpose of broadcasting.......................71
47AA Reproduction for the purpose of simulcasting .................73
Division 4A—Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in
computer programs 75
47AB Meaning of computer program........................................75
47B Reproduction for normal use or study of computer
programs..........................................................................75
47C Back-up copy of computer programs ..............................76
47D Reproducing computer programs to make
interoperable products .....................................................78
47E Reproducing computer programs to correct errors ..........78
47F Reproducing computer programs for security
testing ..............................................................................79
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
iii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
47G Unauthorised use of copies or information......................80
47H Agreements excluding operation of certain
provisions ........................................................................80
Division 4B—Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in
artistic works 81
47J Reproducing photograph in different format for
private use .......................................................................81
Division 5—Copying of works in libraries or archives 83
48 Interpretation ...................................................................83
48A Copying by Parliamentary libraries for members
of Parliament ...................................................................83
49 Reproducing and communicating works by
libraries and archives for users ........................................83
50 Reproducing and communicating works by
libraries or archives for other libraries or archives ..........88
51 Reproducing and communicating unpublished
works in libraries or archives ..........................................94
51AA Reproducing and communicating works in care of
National Archives of Australia ........................................95
52 Publication of unpublished works kept in libraries
or archives .......................................................................96
53 Application of Division to illustrations
accompanying articles and other works...........................97
Division 6—Recording of musical works 99
54 Interpretation ...................................................................99
55 Conditions upon which manufacturer may make
records of musical work ................................................100
57 Provisions relating to royalty where 2 or more
works are on the one record...........................................102
59 Conditions upon which manufacturer may include
part of a literary or dramatic work in a record of a
musical work .................................................................103
60 Records made partly for retail sale and partly for
gratuitous disposal.........................................................105
61 Making inquiries in relation to previous records ...........106
64 Sections 55 and 59 to be disregarded in
determining whether an infringement has been
committed by the importation of records.......................107
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
iv
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
108
Division 7—Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in
artistic works
65 Sculptures and certain other works in public places ......108
66 Buildings and models of buildings ................................108
67 Incidental filming or televising of artistic works ...........108
68 Publication of artistic works ..........................................108
70 Reproduction for purpose of including work in
television broadcast .......................................................109
72 Reproduction of part of work in later work ...................110
73 Reconstruction of buildings...........................................110
Division 8—Designs 112
74 Corresponding design....................................................112
75 Copyright protection where corresponding design
registered .......................................................................112
76 False registration of industrial designs under the
Designs Act 2003...........................................................112
77 Application of artistic works as industrial designs
without registration of the designs.................................113
77A Certain reproductions of an artistic work do not
infringe copyright ..........................................................115
Division 9—Works of joint authorship 117
78 References to all of joint authors...................................117
79 References to any one or more of joint authors .............117
80 References to whichever of joint authors died last ........117
81 Works of joint authorship published under
pseudonyms...................................................................117
82 Copyright to subsist in joint works without regard
to any author who is an unqualified person ...................118
83 Inclusion of joint works in collections for use in
places of education ........................................................118
Part IV—Copyright in subject-matter other than works 119
Division 1—Preliminary 119
84 Definitions.....................................................................119
Division 2—Nature of copyright in subject-matter other than
works 121
85 Nature of copyright in sound recordings .......................121
86 Nature of copyright in cinematograph films..................121
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
v
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
87 Nature of copyright in television broadcasts and
sound broadcasts ...........................................................122
88 Nature of copyright in published editions of works.......122
Division 3—Subject-matter, other than works, in which
copyright subsists 123
89 Sound recordings in which copyright subsists...............123
90 Cinematograph films in which copyright subsists .........123
91 Television broadcasts and sound broadcasts in
which copyright subsists ...............................................123
92 Published editions of works in which copyright
subsists ..........................................................................124
Division 4—Duration of copyright in subject-matter other than
works 125
93 Duration of copyright in sound recordings ....................125
94 Duration of copyright in cinematograph films...............125
95 Duration of copyright in television broadcasts and
sound broadcasts ...........................................................125
96 Duration of copyright in published editions of
works .............................................................................126
Division 5—Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other
than works 127
Subdivision A—Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other
than works 127
97 Ownership of copyright in sound recordings.................127
98 Ownership of copyright in cinematograph films ...........127
99 Ownership of copyright in television broadcasts
and sound broadcasts.....................................................129
100 Ownership of copyright in published editions of
works .............................................................................129
Subdivision B—Specific provisions relating to the ownership of
copyright in pre-commencement sound recordings
of live performances 129
100AA Application....................................................................129
100AB Definitions.....................................................................129
100AC Application of sections 100AD and 100AE ..................130
100AD Makers of pre-commencement sound recordings of
live performances ..........................................................130
100AE Ownership of pre-commencement copyright in
sound recordings of live performances..........................131
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
vi
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
100AF Former owners may continue to do any act in
relation to the copyright ................................................132
100AG Actions by new owners of copyright .............................132
100AH References to the owner of the copyright in a
sound recording .............................................................133
Division 6—Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other
than works 134
100A Interpretation .................................................................134
101 Infringement by doing acts comprised in copyright ......134
102 Infringement by importation for sale or hire .................135
103 Infringement by sale and other dealings ........................135
103A Fair dealing for purpose of criticism or review .............136
103AA Fair dealing for purpose of parody or satire ..................136
103B Fair dealing for purpose of reporting news....................137
103C Fair dealing for purpose of research or study ................137
104 Acts done for purposes of judicial proceeding ..............137
104A Acts done by Parliamentary libraries for members
of Parliament .................................................................138
104B Infringing copies made on machines installed in
libraries and archives.....................................................138
104C Copyright subsisting in sound recordings and
cinematograph films shared for healthcare or
related purposes.............................................................139
105 Copyright in certain recordings not infringed by
causing recordings to be heard in public or
broadcast .......................................................................140
106 Causing sound recording to be heard at guest
house or club .................................................................140
107 Making of a copy of the sound recording for
purpose of broadcasting.................................................141
108 Copyright in published recording not infringed by
public performance if equitable remuneration paid .......142
109 Copyright in published sound recording not
infringed by broadcast in certain circumstances ............143
109A Copying sound recordings for private and
domestic use ..................................................................145
110 Provisions relating to cinematograph films ...................146
110AA Copying cinematograph film in different format
for private use................................................................146
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
vii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
110A Copying and communicating unpublished sound
recordings and cinematograph films in libraries or
archives .........................................................................148
110C Making of a copy of a sound recording or
cinematograph film for the purpose of
simulcasting...................................................................149
111 Recording broadcasts for replaying at more
convenient time .............................................................150
111A Temporary copy made in the course of
communication ..............................................................151
111B Temporary copy of subject-matter as part of a
technical process of use .................................................151
112 Reproductions of editions of work ................................152
112A Importation and sale etc. of books.................................152
112B Reproduction of writing on approved label for
containers for chemical product ....................................156
112C Copyright subsisting in accessories etc. to
imported articles ............................................................156
112D Import of non-infringing copy of a sound
recording does not infringe copyright in the sound
recording .......................................................................157
112DA Importation and sale etc. of copies of electronic
literary or music items ...................................................158
112E Communication by use of certain facilities ...................158
Division 7—Miscellaneous 159
113 Copyrights to subsist independently..............................159
113A Agents may act on behalf of groups of performers........159
113B Consent to the use of a sound recording of a live
performance...................................................................159
113C Use of published sound recordings when owners
cannot be found etc........................................................160
Part IVA—Uses that do not infringe copyright 162
Division 1—Simplified outline of this Part 162
113D Simplified outline of this Part........................................162
Division 2—Access by or for persons with a disability 163
113E Fair dealing for purpose of access by persons with
a disability .....................................................................163
113F Use of copyright material by organisations
assisting persons with a disability .................................163
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
viii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Division 3—Libraries and archives 164
Subdivision A—Public libraries, parliamentary libraries and
archives 164
113G Libraries ........................................................................164
113H Preservation...................................................................164
113J Research ........................................................................165
113K Administration of the collection ....................................166
Subdivision B—Key cultural institutions 166
113L Meaning of key cultural institution ...............................166
113M Preservation...................................................................166
Division 4—Educational institutions—statutory licence 168
113N Simplified outline of this Division ................................168
113P Copying and communicating works and broadcasts......168
113Q Remuneration notices ....................................................171
113R Equitable remuneration .................................................172
113S Educational institutions must assist collecting
society ...........................................................................173
113T Voluntary licences.........................................................174
113U Persons acting on behalf of bodies administering
educational institutions..................................................174
Division 5—Collecting societies 175
Subdivision A—Declaration of collecting society 175
113V Declaration of collecting society ...................................175
113W Requirements for declaration of collecting society .......177
113X Revocation of declaration..............................................178
Subdivision B—Operation of collecting society 179
113Y Scope of this Subdivision ..............................................179
113Z Annual report and accounts ...........................................179
113ZA Amendment of rules ......................................................180
113ZB Review of distribution arrangement by Copyright
Tribunal .........................................................................180
113ZC Operation of collecting society rules .............................181
Part V—Remedies and offences 182
Division 1—Preliminary 182
114 Interpretation .................................................................182
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
ix
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Division 2—Actions by owner of copyright 183
115 Actions for infringement ...............................................183
115A Injunctions against carriage service providers
providing access to online locations outside
Australia ........................................................................185
116 Rights of owner of copyright in respect of
infringing copies............................................................187
116AAA Compensation for acquisition of property .....................189
Division 2AA—Limitation on remedies available against
carriage service providers 191
Subdivision A—Preliminary 191
116AA Purpose of this Division ................................................191
116AB Definitions.....................................................................191
Subdivision B—Relevant activities 192
116AC Category A activity .......................................................192
116AD Category B activity........................................................192
116AE Category C activity........................................................192
116AF Category D activity .......................................................192
Subdivision C—Limitations on remedies 193
116AG Limitations on remedies ................................................193
Subdivision D—Conditions 194
116AH Conditions .....................................................................194
116AI Evidence of compliance with conditions .......................198
Subdivision E—Regulations 198
116AJ Regulations....................................................................198
Division 2A—Actions in relation to technological protection
measures and electronic rights management
information 200
Subdivision A—Technological protection measures 200
116AK Definitions.....................................................................200
116AL Interaction of this Subdivision with Part VAA..............200
116AM Geographical application...............................................200
116AN Circumventing an access control technological
protection measure ........................................................200
116AO Manufacturing etc. a circumvention device for a
technological protection measure ..................................204
116AP Providing etc. a circumvention service for a
technological protection measure ..................................208
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
x
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
116AQ Remedies in actions under this Subdivision ..................211
Subdivision B—Electronic rights management information 212
116B Removal or alteration of electronic rights
management information...............................................212
116C Distribution to the public etc. of works whose
electronic rights management information has
been removed or altered ................................................213
116CA Distribution and importation of electronic rights
management information that has been removed or
altered............................................................................214
116CB Exception relating to national security and law
enforcement...................................................................215
116D Remedies in actions under this Subdivision ..................215
Division 3—Proceedings where copyright is subject to exclusive
licence 217
117 Interpretation .................................................................217
118 Application....................................................................217
119 Rights of exclusive licensee ..........................................217
120 Joinder of owner or exclusive licensee as a party..........218
121 Defences available against exclusive licensee ...............218
122 Assessment of damages where exclusive licence
granted...........................................................................219
123 Apportionment of profits between owner and
exclusive licensee ..........................................................219
124 Separate actions in relation to the same
infringement ..................................................................220
125 Liability for costs ..........................................................220
Division 4—Proof of facts in civil actions 221
126 Presumptions as to subsistence and ownership of
copyright .......................................................................221
126A Presumptions relating to subsistence of copyright.........221
126B Presumptions relating to ownership of copyright ..........222
127 Presumptions in relation to authorship of work .............224
128 Presumptions in relation to publisher of work...............225
129 Presumptions where author has died .............................225
129A Presumptions relating to computer programs ................226
130 Presumptions relating to sound recordings....................226
130A Acts relating to imported copies of sound
recordings......................................................................228
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xi
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
130B Acts relating to imported copies of computer
programs........................................................................228
130C Acts relating to imported copies of electronic
literary or music items ...................................................228
131 Presumptions relating to films.......................................229
Division 4A—Jurisdiction and appeals 231
131A Exercise of jurisdiction..................................................231
131B Appeals..........................................................................231
131C Jurisdiction of Federal Court of Australia .....................231
131D Jurisdiction of Federal Circuit Court of Australia .........231
Division 5—Offences and summary proceedings 232
Subdivision A—Preliminary 232
132AA Definitions.....................................................................232
132AB Geographical application...............................................232
Subdivision B—Substantial infringement on a commercial scale 232
132AC Commercial-scale infringement prejudicing
copyright owner.............................................................232
Subdivision C—Infringing copies 235
132AD Making infringing copy commercially ..........................235
132AE Selling or hiring out infringing copy .............................236
132AF Offering infringing copy for sale or hire .......................238
132AG Exhibiting infringing copy in public commercially .......240
132AH Importing infringing copy commercially.......................242
132AI Distributing infringing copy ..........................................245
132AJ Possessing infringing copy for commerce .....................247
132AK Aggravated offence—work etc. converted to
digital form....................................................................249
132AL Making or possessing device for making
infringing copy ..............................................................250
132AM Advertising supply of infringing copy...........................252
Subdivision D—Airing of works, sound recordings and films 253
132AN Causing work to be performed publicly ........................253
132AO Causing recording or film to be heard or seen in
public.............................................................................254
Subdivision E—Technological protection measures 255
132APA Definitions.....................................................................255
132APB Interaction of this Subdivision with Part VAA..............255
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
132APC Circumventing an access control technological
protection measure ........................................................255
132APD Manufacturing etc. a circumvention device for a
technological protection measure ..................................260
132APE Providing etc. a circumvention service for a
technological protection measure ..................................264
Subdivision F—Electronic rights management information 268
132AQ Removing or altering electronic rights
management information...............................................268
132AR Distributing, importing or communicating copies
after removal or alteration of electronic rights
management information...............................................270
132AS Distributing or importing electronic rights
management information...............................................273
132AT Defences........................................................................276
Subdivision G—Evidence 277
132AU Prosecution to prove profit ............................................277
132A Presumptions in relation to subsistence and
ownership of copyright..................................................278
132AAA Presumptions relating to computer programs ................279
132B Presumptions relating to sound recordings....................279
132C Presumptions relating to films.......................................281
Subdivision H—Extra court orders 282
133 Destruction or delivery up of infringing copies etc. ......282
Subdivision I—Procedure and jurisdiction 282
133A Courts in which offences may be prosecuted ................282
133B Infringement notices......................................................283
Division 6—Miscellaneous 284
134 Limitation of actions in respect of infringement of
copyright .......................................................................284
134A Affidavit evidence .........................................................284
Division 7—Seizure of imported copies of copyright material 286
134B Interpretation .................................................................286
135 Restriction of importation of copies of works etc..........287
135AA Decision not to seize unless expenses are covered ........289
135AB Secure storage of seized copies .....................................290
135AC Notice of seizure............................................................290
135AD Inspection, release etc. of seized copies ........................291
135AE Forfeiture of seized copies by consent...........................292
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xiii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
135AEA Claim for release of seized copies .................................293
135AEB Seized copies not claimed are forfeited .........................293
135AEC Late claim for release of seized copies ..........................293
135AED Objector to be notified of claim.....................................294
135AF Release of seized copies to importer .............................294
135AFA Copies released but not collected are forfeited ..............295
135AG Provision relating to actions for infringement of
copyright .......................................................................296
135AH Retention of control of seized copies.............................297
135AI Disposal of seized copies forfeited to the
Commonwealth .............................................................297
135AJ Failure to meet Commonwealth’s expenses of
seizure ...........................................................................298
135AK Immunity of the Commonwealth...................................299
Part VAA—Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts 300
Division 1—Preliminary 300
135AL Definitions.....................................................................300
135AM Counterclaim .................................................................301
135AN This Part does not apply to law enforcement
activity etc. ....................................................................301
Division 2—Actions 302
Subdivision A—Actions relating to unauthorised decoders 302
135AOA Making or dealing with unauthorised decoder...............302
Subdivision B—Actions relating to decoders for subscription
broadcasts 303
135AOB Making decoder available online...................................303
Subdivision C—Actions for unauthorised access to encoded
broadcasts 304
135AOC Causing unauthorised access .........................................304
135AOD Unauthorised commercial use of subscription
broadcast .......................................................................305
Subdivision D—Court orders 306
135AOE Relief .............................................................................306
135AOF Destruction of decoder ..................................................307
Subdivision E—Jurisdiction and appeals 307
135AP Exercise of jurisdiction..................................................307
135AQ Appeals..........................................................................307
135AR Jurisdiction of Federal Court of Australia .....................307
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xiv
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
135AS Jurisdiction of Federal Circuit Court of Australia .........307
Division 3—Offences 308
Subdivision A—Offences 308
135ASA Making unauthorised decoder .......................................308
135ASB Selling or hiring unauthorised decoder..........................308
135ASC Offering unauthorised decoder for sale or hire..............308
135ASD Commercially exhibiting unauthorised decoder in
public.............................................................................309
135ASE Importing unauthorised decoder commercially .............310
135ASF Distributing unauthorised decoder.................................311
135ASG Making unauthorised decoder available online .............311
135ASH Making decoder available online for subscription
broadcast .......................................................................312
135ASI Unauthorised access to subscription broadcast etc. .......312
135ASJ Causing unauthorised access to encoded broadcast
etc. .................................................................................313
Subdivision B—Prosecutions 315
135ATA Courts in which offences may be prosecuted ................315
Subdivision C—Further orders by court 316
135AU Destruction etc. of unauthorised decoders .....................316
Part VC—Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts 317
Division 1—Preliminary 317
135ZZI Definitions.....................................................................317
135ZZJ Operation of collecting society rules .............................318
135ZZJA Application of Part ........................................................318
Division 2—Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts 319
135ZZK Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts .......................319
135ZZL Remuneration notices ....................................................319
135ZZM Amount of equitable remuneration................................320
135ZZN Record system ...............................................................320
135ZZP Inspection of records etc................................................321
135ZZQ Identity cards .................................................................322
135ZZR Revocation of remuneration notice................................322
135ZZS Request for payment of equitable remuneration............323
Division 3—Collecting societies 324
135ZZT Collecting societies........................................................324
135ZZU Revocation of declaration..............................................326
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xv
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
135ZZV Annual report and accounts ...........................................326
135ZZW Amendment of rules ......................................................327
135ZZWA Applying to Tribunal for review of distribution
arrangement...................................................................327
Division 4—Interim retransmissions 329
135ZZX Appointment of notice holder........................................329
135ZZY Retransmitting before declaration of collecting
society ...........................................................................329
135ZZZ Notices by retransmitters ...............................................329
135ZZZA Record keeping requirements ........................................330
135ZZZB Effect of declaration of collecting society .....................330
Division 5—Miscellaneous 332
135ZZZC Relevant copyright owner may authorise
retransmitting ................................................................332
135ZZZD Copyright not to vest under this Part .............................332
135ZZZE Licence to retransmit does not authorise copyright
infringements.................................................................332
Part VD—Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees 333
Division 1—Preliminary 333
135ZZZF Definitions.....................................................................333
135ZZZG Eligible program and original broadcaster.....................334
135ZZZH Operation of collecting society rules .............................334
Division 2—Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees 335
135ZZZI Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees ......................335
135ZZZJ Remuneration notices ....................................................337
135ZZZK Amount of equitable remuneration................................338
135ZZZL Record system ...............................................................339
135ZZZM Revocation of remuneration notice................................339
135ZZZN Request for payment of equitable remuneration............339
Division 3—Collecting societies 341
135ZZZO Collecting societies........................................................341
135ZZZP Revocation of declaration..............................................343
135ZZZQ Annual report and accounts ...........................................344
135ZZZR Amendment of rules ......................................................345
135ZZZS Applying to Tribunal for review of distribution
arrangement...................................................................345
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xvi
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Division 4—Interim re-broadcasts 346
135ZZZT Appointment of notice holder........................................346
135ZZZU Re-broadcast before declaration of collecting
society ...........................................................................346
135ZZZV Notices by satellite BSA licensees ................................346
135ZZZW Record keeping requirements ........................................347
135ZZZX Effect of declaration of collecting society .....................347
Division 5—Miscellaneous 349
135ZZZY Relevant copyright owner may authorise
re-broadcast ...................................................................349
135ZZZZ Copyright not to vest under this Part .............................349
135ZZZZA Licence to re-broadcast does not authorise
copyright infringements ................................................349
Part VI—Copyright Tribunal of Australia 350
Division 1—Preliminary 350
136 Interpretation .................................................................350
137 Cases to which licence schemes apply ..........................352
Division 2—Constitution of the Tribunal 353
138 Constitution of Tribunal ................................................353
139 Appointment of members of Tribunal ...........................353
140 Qualifications of members ............................................353
141 Tenure of office .............................................................354
141A Seniority of Deputy Presidents ......................................354
142 Acting President ............................................................355
143 Remuneration and allowances .......................................355
144 Oath or affirmation of office .........................................355
144A Disclosure of interests by members...............................355
144B Removal from office for failure to disclose interest ......356
145 Resignation....................................................................356
146 Sittings of the Tribunal..................................................357
147 President to arrange business of Tribunal......................358
Division 3—Applications and references to the Tribunal 359
Subdivision B—Applications relating to Parts III and IV 359
149 Applications to Tribunal for determination of
remuneration payable for making recording or film
of a work .......................................................................359
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xvii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
150 Applications to Tribunal for determination of
remuneration payable to owner of copyright in
recording for making of a copy of the sound
recording .......................................................................359
151 Applications to Tribunal for determination of
remuneration payable to owner of copyright in
recording in respect of public playing of the
recording .......................................................................360
152 Applications to Tribunal for determination of
amounts payable for broadcasting published sound
recordings......................................................................360
152A Applications to Tribunal for determination of
amount of royalty payable for recording musical
works .............................................................................367
152B Applications to Tribunal for determination of
manner of paying royalty...............................................368
153 Applications to Tribunal for apportionment of
royalty in respect of a record .........................................369
Subdivision C—Applications and referrals relating to Part IVA 370
153A Applications and referrals relating to Division 4 of
Part IVA ........................................................................370
Subdivision E—Applications relating to Part VII 372
153DF Meaning of copyright material......................................372
153E Applications to Tribunal under subsection 183(5).........372
153F Applications to Tribunal to declare collecting
society for government copies.......................................373
153G Applications to Tribunal to revoke a declaration of
a collecting society ........................................................375
153H Time limit for deciding applications under
section 153F or 153G ....................................................376
153J Amendment and revocation of a declaration on the
declaration of another collecting society .......................376
153K Applications to Tribunal for method of working
out payment for government copies ..............................377
153KA Review of collecting society’s distribution
arrangement...................................................................378
Subdivision G—Applications and references relating to Part VC 379
153M Applications to the Tribunal under
subsection 135ZZM(1) ..................................................379
153N Applications to Tribunal under
subsection 135ZZN(3)...................................................379
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xviii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
153P References relating to declaration of collecting
society ...........................................................................380
153Q References relating to revocation of declaration of
collecting society...........................................................381
153R Review of collecting society’s distribution
arrangement...................................................................381
Subdivision GA—Applications and references relating to Part VD 382
153RA Application to the Tribunal to determine amount
payable to owner of copyright in a broadcast ................382
153S Applications to the Tribunal under
paragraph 135ZZZK(1)(b)—equitable
remuneration .................................................................383
153T Applications to Tribunal under
paragraph 135ZZZL(3)(b)—record system ...................384
153U References relating to declaration of collecting
society ...........................................................................384
153V References relating to revocation of declaration of
collecting society...........................................................385
153W Review of collecting society’s distribution
arrangement...................................................................386
Subdivision H—References and applications relating to licences
and licence schemes 387
154 Reference of proposed licence schemes to
Tribunal .........................................................................387
155 Reference of existing licence schemes to Tribunal........388
156 Further reference of licence schemes to Tribunal..........390
157 Application to Tribunal in relation to licences ..............392
157A Tribunal must have regard to ACCC guidelines on
request ...........................................................................395
157B Tribunal may make ACCC party to reference or
application .....................................................................396
158 Effect of licence scheme being continued in
operation pending order of the Tribunal ........................396
159 Effect of order of Tribunal in relation to licences..........397
Subdivision I—General provisions 400
160 Interim orders ................................................................400
161 Reference of questions of law to Federal Court of
Australia ........................................................................400
162 Agreements or awards not affected ...............................402
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xix
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Division 4—Procedure and evidence 403
163 Proceedings to be in public except in special
circumstances ................................................................403
163A Application may be made to Tribunal by the agent
of the copyright owner ..................................................403
164 Procedure.......................................................................403
165 Mistakes or errors in orders of the Tribunal ..................404
166 Regulations as to procedure...........................................404
167 Power to take evidence on oath .....................................405
168 Evidence in form of written statement...........................405
169 Representation...............................................................405
Division 4A—Alternative dispute resolution processes 407
169A Referral of proceeding for alternative dispute
resolution process..........................................................407
169B Directions by President or Deputy President .................408
169C Agreement about the terms of a decision etc. ................408
169D Evidence not admissible ................................................409
169E Eligibility of person conducting alternative dispute
resolution process to sit as a member of the
Tribunal .........................................................................410
169F Participation by telephone etc........................................410
169G Engagement of persons to conduct alternative
dispute resolution processes ..........................................411
Division 5—Miscellaneous 412
170 Registrar ........................................................................412
170A Other staff of the Tribunal.............................................413
171 Protecting persons connected with Tribunal
proceedings ...................................................................413
172 Offences by witnesses ...................................................414
173 Offences relating to the Tribunal...................................415
174 Costs of proceedings .....................................................417
175 Proof of orders of Tribunal............................................418
Part VII—The Crown 419
Division 1—Crown copyright 419
176 Crown copyright in original works made under
direction of Crown ........................................................419
177 Crown copyright in original works first published
in Australia under direction of Crown ...........................419
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xx
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
178 Crown copyright in recordings and films made
under direction of Crown...............................................419
179 Provisions relating to ownership of copyright may
be modified by agreement .............................................420
180 Duration of Crown copyright in original works ............420
181 Duration of Crown copyright in recordings and
films ..............................................................................421
182 Application of Parts III and IV to copyright
subsisting by virtue of this Part .....................................421
182A Copyright in statutory instruments and judgments
etc. .................................................................................421
Division 2—Use of copyright material for the Crown 423
182B Definitions.....................................................................423
182C Relevant collecting society............................................423
183 Use of copyright material for the services of the
Crown............................................................................424
183A Special arrangements for copying for services of
government....................................................................426
183B Payment and recovery of equitable remuneration
payable for government copies......................................427
183C Powers of collecting society to carry out sampling .......427
183D Annual report and accounts of collecting society ..........428
183E Alteration of rules of collecting society.........................429
183F Applying to Tribunal for review of distribution
arrangement...................................................................429
Part VIII—Extension or restriction of operation of Act 430 184 Application of Act to countries other than
Australia ........................................................................430
185 Denial of copyright to citizens of countries not
giving adequate protection to Australian works ............432
186 Application of Act to international organizations..........433
187 Original works made or first published by
international organizations ............................................434
188 Subject-matter, other than original works, made or
first published by international organizations................435
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxi
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX—Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic works and
cinematograph films 437
Division 1—Preliminary 437
189 Definitions.....................................................................437
190 Moral rights conferred on individuals ...........................442
191 Director, producer and screenwriter of
cinematograph film........................................................442
191A Staging a performance...................................................443
191B Conductor to be treated as a performer..........................443
192 Rights to be additional to other rights............................443
Division 2—Right of attribution of authorship 444
193 Author’s right of attribution of authorship ....................444
194 Acts giving rise to right of attribution of
authorship......................................................................444
195 Nature of the identification of author ............................445
195AA Identification of author to be clear and reasonably
prominent ......................................................................445
195AB What is a reasonably prominent identification ..............445
Division 2A—Right of attribution of performership 446
195ABA Performer’s right of attribution of performership ..........446
195ABB Acts giving rise to right of attribution of
performership ................................................................446
195ABC Nature of the identification of performer.......................446
195ABD Identification of performer to be clear and
reasonably prominent or audible ...................................447
195ABE What is a reasonably prominent identification ..............447
Division 3—Right not to have authorship of a work falsely
attributed 448
195AC Author’s right not to have authorship falsely
attributed .......................................................................448
195AD Acts of false attribution of authorship of a literary,
dramatic or musical work ..............................................448
195AE Acts of false attribution of authorship of artistic
work ..............................................................................449
195AF Acts of false attribution of authorship of
cinematograph film........................................................449
195AG Acts of false attribution of authorship of altered
literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work ....................450
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
195AH Act of false attribution of authorship of altered
cinematograph film........................................................450
Division 3A—Right not to have performership falsely attributed 452
195AHA Performer’s right not to have performership falsely
attributed .......................................................................452
195AHB Acts of false attribution of performership......................452
195AHC Act of false attribution of performership of altered
recorded performance....................................................454
Division 4—Right of integrity of authorship of a work 456
195AI Author’s right of integrity of authorship .......................456
195AJ Derogatory treatment of literary, dramatic or
musical work .................................................................456
195AK Derogatory treatment of artistic work............................456
195AL Derogatory treatment of cinematograph film ................457
Division 4A—Right of integrity of performership 458
195ALA Performer’s right of integrity of performership .............458
195ALB Derogatory treatment of performance ...........................458
Division 5—Duration and exercise of moral rights 459
Subdivision A—Duration and exercise of moral rights of authors 459
195AM Duration of author’s moral rights ..................................459
195AN Exercise of author’s moral rights...................................459
Subdivision B—Duration and exercise of moral rights of
performers 460
195ANA Duration of performer’s moral rights for recorded
performances .................................................................460
195ANB Exercise of performer’s moral rights .............................460
Division 6—Infringement of moral rights 462
Subdivision A—Infringement of moral rights of authors 462
195AO Infringement of right of attribution of authorship..........462
195AP Infringement of right not to have authorship
falsely attributed............................................................462
195AQ Infringement of right of integrity of authorship.............462
195AR No infringement of right of attribution of
authorship if it was reasonable not to identify the
author ............................................................................463
195AS No infringement of right of integrity of authorship
if derogatory treatment or other action was
reasonable......................................................................465
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxiii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
195AT Certain treatment of works not to constitute an
infringement of the author’s right of integrity of
authorship......................................................................466
195AU Infringement by importation for sale or other
dealing...........................................................................470
195AV Infringement by sale and other dealings ........................471
195AVA Matters to be taken into account....................................471
195AVB Communication by use of certain facilities ...................471
195AW Author’s consent to act or omission—films or
works in films................................................................472
195AWA Author’s consent to act or omission—work that is
not a film or included in a film ......................................473
195AWB Consent invalidated by duress or false or
misleading statements....................................................474
195AX Acts or omissions outside Australia ..............................474
Subdivision B—Infringement of moral rights of performers 474
195AXA Infringement of right of attribution of
performership ................................................................474
195AXB Infringement of right not to have performership
falsely attributed............................................................475
195AXC Infringement of right of integrity of performership .......475
195AXD No infringement of right of attribution of
performership if it was reasonable not to identify
the performer .................................................................476
195AXE No infringement of right of integrity of
performership if derogatory treatment or other
action was reasonable ....................................................476
195AXF Infringement by importation for sale or other
dealing...........................................................................478
195AXG Infringement by sale and other dealings ........................478
195AXH Matters to be taken into account....................................478
195AXI Communication by use of certain facilities ...................479
195AXJ Performer’s consent to act or omission .........................479
195AXK Consent invalidated by duress or false or
misleading statements....................................................480
195AXL Acts or omissions outside Australia ..............................480
Division 7—Remedies for infringements of moral rights 481
Subdivision A—Remedies for infringement of moral rights of
authors 481
195AY Definition etc.................................................................481
195AZ Actions for infringement of author’s moral rights .........481
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxiv
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
195AZA Remedies for infringements of author’s moral
rights..............................................................................481
195AZD Presumption as to subsistence of copyright ...................483
195AZE Presumption as to subsistence of author’s moral
rights..............................................................................484
195AZF Presumptions in relation to authorship of work .............484
195AZG Other presumptions in relation to literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work .................................484
Subdivision B—Remedies for infringement of moral rights of
performers 484
195AZGA Definition etc.................................................................484
195AZGB Actions for infringement of performer’s moral
rights..............................................................................485
195AZGC Remedies for infringements of performer’s moral
rights..............................................................................485
195AZGD Presumption as to subsistence of copyright ...................486
195AZGE Presumption as to subsistence of performer’s
moral rights ...................................................................487
195AZGF Presumptions in relation to performership.....................487
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 488
195AZGG Saving of other rights and remedies ..............................488
195AZGH Jurisdiction of courts .....................................................488
Division 8—Miscellaneous 489
Subdivision A—Miscellaneous provisions about moral rights of
authors 489
195AZH Parts of works................................................................489
195AZI Works of joint authorship..............................................489
195AZJ Cinematograph films that have more than one
principal director ...........................................................489
195AZK Cinematograph films that have more than one
principal producer .........................................................490
195AZL Cinematograph films that have more than one
principal screenwriter ....................................................490
195AZM Application—right of attribution of authorship.............491
195AZN Application—right not to have authorship falsely
attributed .......................................................................492
195AZO Application—right of integrity of authorship ................492
Subdivision B—Miscellaneous provisions about moral rights of
performers 493
195AZP Parts of performances ....................................................493
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxv
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
195AZQ Performances that have more than one performer .........493
195AZR Application....................................................................494
Part X—Miscellaneous 495
Division 1—Interpretation 495
195A Interpretation .................................................................495
Division 2—Review 496
195B Review of certain decisions...........................................496
Division 3—National Library of Australia 498
195CA Simplified outline..........................................................498
195CB Copy of certain material to be delivered to the
Library...........................................................................498
195CC Library may request a copy of material available
online.............................................................................499
195CD Delivering material to the Library .................................499
195CE Meaning of National Library material ..........................501
195CF Meaning of available online..........................................501
195CG Infringement notices......................................................501
195CH Relationship with State and Territory laws....................502
195CI Delegation .....................................................................502
195CJ Legislative instruments..................................................502
Division 4—Other matters 503
196 Assignments and licences in respect of copyright .........503
197 Prospective ownership of copyright ..............................503
198 Copyright to pass under will with unpublished
work ..............................................................................504
198A Non-infringement of trade mark in relation to the
importation of copyright material ..................................504
199 Reception of broadcasts.................................................505
200 Use of works and broadcasts for educational
purposes ........................................................................506
200AAA Proxy web caching by educational institutions..............508
200AB Use of works and other subject-matter for certain
purposes ........................................................................509
202 Groundless threats of legal proceedings in relation
to copyright infringement ..............................................511
202A Groundless threats of legal proceedings in relation
to technological protection measures.............................512
203 Limitation on power of courts to grant relief in
proceedings under this Act ............................................513
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxvi
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
203A Offence—failing to keep declarations relating to
copying in library or archives........................................513
203E Inspection of records and declarations retained in
records of libraries and archives ....................................514
203F False and misleading declarations .................................517
203G Offence—disposing of or destroying certain
declarations ...................................................................517
203H Notation of certain copies etc. .......................................517
Part XI—Transitional 520
Division 1—Preliminary 520
204 Interpretation .................................................................520
205 References to making of works, recordings and
films ..............................................................................521
206 References in other laws or instruments to
copyright .......................................................................521
207 Application....................................................................522
208 Authorship of photographs ............................................522
209 Publication.....................................................................523
Division 2—Original works 524
210 Expired copyright not to revive .....................................524
211 Original works in which copyright subsists...................524
213 Ownership of copyright.................................................525
214 Infringement by importation, sale and other
dealings .........................................................................526
215 Recording of musical works ..........................................526
216 Publication of artistic works ..........................................527
217 Reconstruction of buildings...........................................527
218 Industrial designs...........................................................527
219 Reproduction of work upon payment of royalties .........528
Division 3—Subject-matter other than works 530
220 Sound recordings...........................................................530
221 Cinematograph films .....................................................530
222 Application of Act to dramatic works and
photographs comprised in cinematograph films ............530
223 Television broadcasts and sound broadcasts .................531
224 Published editions of works...........................................531
225 Infringement by importation, sale and other
dealings .........................................................................531
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxvii
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
532Division 4—Miscellaneous
226 Actions for infringement ...............................................532
227 Infringing copies ...........................................................532
228 Actions where copyright subject to exclusive
licence ...........................................................................532
229 Offences and summary proceedings ..............................532
230 Limitation of actions .....................................................533
231 Restriction of importation of printed copies of
works .............................................................................533
232 References and applications to Tribunal in relation
to licence schemes .........................................................533
233 Duration of Crown copyright in photographs................534
234 Duration of Crown copyright in recordings...................534
235 Crown copyright in films...............................................534
236 Works made or published by international
organizations .................................................................534
237 Subject-matter, other than original works, made or
published by international organizations .......................535
239 Assignments and licences..............................................535
240 Bequests ........................................................................537
242 Groundless threats of legal proceedings ........................537
Division 5—Works made before 1 July, 1912 538
243 Interpretation .................................................................538
244 Application....................................................................538
245 Rights conferred by Copyright Act, 1911......................538
246 Performing rights...........................................................538
247 Contributions to periodicals ..........................................539
248 Assignments and licences..............................................539
Part XIA—Performers’ protection 541
Division 1—Preliminary 541
248A Interpretation .................................................................541
248B Educational purposes.....................................................547
248C Exempt recordings cease to be exempt recordings
in certain circumstances ................................................547
248CA Protection period ...........................................................548
248D Private and domestic use ...............................................549
248F Application....................................................................549
xxviii Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
551Division 2—Actions by performers
248G What constitutes unauthorised use ................................551
248H Copying sound recordings for broadcasting ..................553
248J Actions for unauthorised use .........................................553
248K Exercise of jurisdiction..................................................555
248L Appeals..........................................................................555
248M Jurisdiction of Federal Court .........................................555
248MA Jurisdiction of Federal Circuit Court .............................555
248N Right to bring an action not assignable..........................555
Division 3—Offences 556
Subdivision A—General offences 556
248P Scope of this Subdivision ..............................................556
248PA Unauthorised direct recording during protection
period ............................................................................556
248PB Unauthorised indirect recording during protection
period ............................................................................557
248PC Unauthorised communication to public during
20-year protection period ..............................................558
248PD Playing unauthorised recording publicly during
20-year protection period ..............................................560
248PE Possessing equipment to make or copy
unauthorised recording ..................................................561
248PF Copying unauthorised recording ...................................562
248PG Unauthorised copying of exempt recording...................564
248PH Unauthorised copying of authorised sound
recording .......................................................................565
248PI Selling etc. unauthorised recording ...............................567
248PJ Distributing unauthorised recording ..............................568
248PK Commercial possession or import of unauthorised
recording .......................................................................570
248PL Exhibiting unauthorised recording in public by
way of trade...................................................................572
248PM Importing unauthorised recording for exhibition by
way of trade...................................................................573
Subdivision B—Acts relating to sound recordings of performances
given before 1 July 1995 575
248QA Scope of this Subdivision ..............................................575
248QB Possessing equipment for copying unauthorised
sound recording .............................................................575
248QC Copying unauthorised sound recording .........................577
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxix
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
248QD Selling etc. unauthorised sound recording.....................578
248QE Distributing unauthorised sound recording....................579
248QF Commercial possession or import of unauthorised
sound recording .............................................................581
248QG Exhibiting unauthorised sound recording in public
by way of trade..............................................................583
248QH Importing unauthorised sound recording for
exhibition by way of trade.............................................584
Subdivision C—Prosecution and infringement notices 586
248R Courts in which offences may be prosecuted ................586
248S Protection against multiple proceedings for same
act ..................................................................................586
248SA Infringement notices......................................................586
Subdivision D—Destruction or delivery up of unauthorised
recordings 587
248T Destruction or delivery up of unauthorised
recordings......................................................................587
Division 4—Extension of protection to foreign countries 588
248U Application to foreign countries ....................................588
248V Denial of protection to citizens of countries not
giving adequate protection to Australian
performances .................................................................589
Part XII—Regulations 591 249 Regulations....................................................................591
The Schedule 594
Endnotes 595
Endnote 1—About the endnotes 595
Endnote 2—Abbreviation key 597
Endnote 3—Legislation history 598
Endnote 4—Amendment history 615
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
xxx
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Preliminary Part I
Section 1
An Act relating to copyright and the protection of
certain performances, and for other purposes
Part I—Preliminary
1 Short title
This Act may be cited as the Copyright Act 1968.
2 Commencement
This Act shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by
Proclamation.
4 Extension to external Territories
This Act extends to every external Territory.
5 Exclusion of Imperial Copyright Act, 1911
(1) This Act operates to the exclusion of the Copyright Act, 1911.
(2) For the purposes of section 8 of the Acts Interpretation Act
1901-1966, the Copyright Act, 1911 shall be deemed to be an Act
passed by the Parliament of the Commonwealth and to be repealed
by this Act, and the enactment of Part XI shall not be taken to
affect the operation of section 8 of the Acts Interpretation Act
1901-1966 as it operates by virtue of this subsection in relation to
matters to which that Part does not apply.
6 Repeal of Copyright Acts
The following Acts are repealed:
Copyright Act 1912;
Copyright Act 1933;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
1
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part I Preliminary
Section 7
Copyright Act 1935;
Copyright Act 1963.
7 Act to bind the Crown
Subject to Part VII, this Act binds the Crown but nothing in this
Act renders the Crown liable to be prosecuted for an offence.
8 Copyright not to subsist except by virtue of this Act
Subject to section 8A, copyright does not subsist otherwise than by
virtue of this Act.
8A Prerogative rights of the Crown in the nature of copyright
(1) Subject to subsection (2), this Act does not affect any prerogative
right or privilege of the Crown.
(2) Where a right or privilege of the Crown by way of copyright
subsists in a work or published edition of a work, a person does not
infringe that right or privilege by doing, or authorizing the doing
of, an act in relation to the work or edition without the licence of
the Crown if, assuming that that right or privilege of the Crown did
not subsist in the work or edition, but copyright subsisted under
this Act in the work or edition and was owned by a person other
than the Crown, the person would not infringe the copyright of that
owner in the work or edition by doing, or by authorizing the doing
of, that act without the licence of the owner.
(3) Nothing in subsection (2) shall be taken to limit the duration of the
right or privilege of the Crown by way of copyright in a work or
published edition of a work.
9 Operation of other laws
(1) This Act does not affect the right of, or of a person deriving title
directly or indirectly from, the Commonwealth or a State to sell,
use or otherwise deal with articles that have been, or are, forfeited
under a law of the Commonwealth or of the State.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
2
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Preliminary Part I
Section 9A
(3) This Act does not affect the operation of the law relating to
breaches of trust or confidence.
9A Application of the Criminal Code
Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to all offences against this
Act.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
3
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
Part II—Interpretation
10 Interpretation
(1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:
access control technological protection measure means a device,
product, technology or component (including a computer program)
that:
(a) is used in Australia or a qualifying country:
(i) by, with the permission of, or on behalf of, the owner or
the exclusive licensee of the copyright in a work or
other subject-matter; and
(ii) in connection with the exercise of the copyright; and
(b) in the normal course of its operation, controls access to the
work or other subject-matter;
but does not include such a device, product, technology or
component to the extent that it:
(c) if the work or other subject-matter is a cinematograph film or
computer program (including a computer game)—controls
geographic market segmentation by preventing the playback
in Australia of a non-infringing copy of the work or other
subject-matter acquired outside Australia; or
(d) if the work is a computer program that is embodied in a
machine or device—restricts the use of goods (other than the
work) or services in relation to the machine or device.
For the purposes of this definition, computer program has the
same meaning as in section 47AB.
accessory, in relation to an article, means one or more of the
following:
(a) a label affixed to, displayed on, incorporated into the surface
of, or accompanying, the article;
(b) the packaging or container in which the article is packaged or
contained;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
4
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
(c) a label affixed to, displayed on, incorporated into the surface
of, or accompanying, the packaging or container in which the
article is packaged or contained;
(d) a written instruction, warranty or other information provided
with the article;
(e) a record embodying an instructional sound recording, or a
copy of an instructional cinematograph film, provided with
the article;
but does not include any label, packaging or container on which the
olympic symbol (within the meaning of the Olympic Insignia
Protection Act 1987) is reproduced.
Note: See also section 10AD for an expanded meaning of accessory in
relation to certain imported articles.
adaptation means:
(a) in relation to a literary work in a non-dramatic form a version
of the work (whether in its original language or in a different
language) in a dramatic form;
(b) in relation to a literary work in a dramatic form a version of
the work (whether in its original language or in a different
language) in a non-dramatic form;
(ba) in relation to a literary work being a computer program—a
version of the work (whether or not in the language, code or
notation in which the work was originally expressed) not
being a reproduction of the work;
(c) in relation to a literary work (whether in a non-dramatic form
or in a dramatic form):
(i) a translation of the work; or
(ii) a version of the work in which a story or action is
conveyed solely or principally by means of pictures; and
(d) in relation to a musical work—an arrangement or
transcription of the work.
alternative dispute resolution processes means procedures and
services for the resolution of disputes, and includes:
(a) conferencing; and
(b) mediation; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
5
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
(c) neutral evaluation; and
(d) case appraisal; and
(e) conciliation; and
(f) procedures or services specified in the regulations;
but does not include:
(g) arbitration; or
(h) court procedures or services.
Paragraphs (b) to (f) of this definition do not limit paragraph (a) of
this definition.
approved label means a label approved under:
(a) Part 2 of the Agvet Code of a State or of the Northern
Territory; or
(b) Part 2 of the Agvet Code of the participating Territories
within the meaning of the Agricultural and Veterinary
Chemicals Act 1994.
archives means:
(a) archival material in the custody of:
(i) the National Archives of Australia; or
(ii) the Archives Office of New South Wales established by
the Archives Act 1960 of the State of New South Wales;
or
(iii) the Public Record Office established by the Public
Records Act 1973 of the State of Victoria; or
(iv) the Archives Office of Tasmania established by the
Archives Act 1965 of the State of Tasmania; or
(aa) archival material in the custody of a person (other than the
National Archives of Australia) in accordance with an
arrangement referred to in section 64 of the Archives Act
1983; or
(b) a collection of documents or other material to which this
paragraph applies by virtue of subsection (4).
artistic work means:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
6
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
(a) a painting, sculpture, drawing, engraving or photograph,
whether the work is of artistic quality or not;
(b) a building or a model of a building, whether the building or
model is of artistic quality or not; or
(c) a work of artistic craftsmanship whether or not mentioned in
paragraph (a) or (b);
but does not include a circuit layout within the meaning of the
Circuit Layouts Act 1989.
Australia includes the external Territories.
author, in relation to a photograph, means the person who took the
photograph.
authorized officer, in relation to a library or archives, means the
officer in charge of that library or archives or a person authorized
by that officer to act on his or her behalf.
available online, in relation to National Library material, has the
meaning given by section 195CF.
body administering:
(a) an institution—means:
(i) if the institution is a body corporate—the institution; or
(ii) otherwise—the body or person (including the Crown)
having ultimate responsibility for administering the
institution; or
(b) a library or archives—means:
(i) if the library or archives is an archives covered by
paragraph (aa) of the definition of archives—the person
having the custody of the archives in accordance with
the relevant arrangement mentioned in that paragraph;
or
(ii) otherwise—the body (whether incorporated or not) or
person (including the Crown) having ultimate
responsibility for administering the library or archives.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
7
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
broadcast means a communication to the public delivered by a
broadcasting service within the meaning of the Broadcasting
Services Act 1992. For the purposes of the application of this
definition to a service provided under a satellite BSA licence,
assume that there is no conditional access system that relates to the
service.
Note: A broadcasting service does not include the following:
(a) a service (including a teletext service) that provides only data or only text (with or without associated images); or
(b) a service that makes programs available on demand on a point-to-point basis, including a dial-up service.
broadcasts collecting society means the body declared to be a
collecting society by a declaration that is in force under
section 113V and to which subparagraph 113V(4)(a)(ii) applies.
building includes a structure of any kind.
carriage service provider has the same meaning as in the
Telecommunications Act 1997.
carrier has the same meaning as in the Telecommunications Act
1997.
chemical product has the same meaning as in the Schedule to the
Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals Code Act 1994.
cinematograph film means the aggregate of the visual images
embodied in an article or thing so as to be capable by the use of
that article or thing:
(a) of being shown as a moving picture; or
(b) of being embodied in another article or thing by the use of
which it can be so shown;
and includes the aggregate of the sounds embodied in a
sound-track associated with such visual images.
circumvention device for a technological protection measure
means a device, component or product (including a computer
program) that:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
8
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
(a) is promoted, advertised or marketed as having the purpose or
use of circumventing the technological protection measure;
or
(b) has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use,
or no such purpose or use, other than the circumvention of
the technological protection measure; or
(c) is primarily or solely designed or produced to enable or
facilitate the circumvention of the technological protection
measure.
For the purposes of this definition, computer program has the
same meaning as in section 47AB.
circumvention service for a technological protection measure
means a service that:
(a) is promoted, advertised or marketed as having the purpose or
use of circumventing the technological protection measure;
or
(b) has only a limited commercially significant purpose or use,
or no such purpose or use, other than the circumvention of
the technological protection measure; or
(c) is primarily or solely designed or produced to enable or
facilitate the circumvention of the technological protection
measure.
collecting society means:
(a) a works collecting society; or
(b) the broadcasts collecting society; or
(c) a body that a declaration in force under section 135ZZT
declares to be a collecting society for the purposes of
Part VC; or
(d) a body that a declaration in force under section 135ZZZO
declares to be a collecting society for the purposes of
Part VD; or
(e) a company that a declaration in force under section 153F
declares to be a collecting society for the purposes of
Division 2 of Part VII.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
9
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
communicate means make available online or electronically
transmit (whether over a path, or a combination of paths, provided
by a material substance or otherwise) a work or other
subject-matter, including a performance or live performance within
the meaning of this Act.
computer program means a set of statements or instructions to be
used directly or indirectly in a computer in order to bring about a
certain result.
construction includes erection, and reconstruction has a
corresponding meaning.
controls access: a device, product, technology or component
(including a computer program) controls access to a work or other
subject-matter if it requires the application of information or a
process, with the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of
the copyright in the work or other subject-matter, to gain access to
the work or other subject-matter.
copy:
(a) of a work—means a reproduction; or
(b) of a sound recording—means a record embodying the sound
recording, or a substantial part of the sound recording,
derived directly or indirectly from a record produced on the
making of the sound recording; or
Note: See also subsection (6).
(c) of a cinematograph film—means any article or thing in
which the visual images or sounds comprising the film are
embodied; or
Note: See also subsection (5).
(d) of a broadcast—includes:
(i) a record embodying a sound recording of the whole or a
part of the broadcast; or
(ii) a copy of a cinematograph film of the whole or a part of
the broadcast.
copyright material means anything in which copyright subsists.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
10
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
Note: This definition does not apply in Subdivision E of Division 3 of
Part VI or Division 2 of Part VII (use of copyright material for the
Crown): see sections 153DF and 182B.
delivery period has the meaning given by subsection 195CD(2).
device includes a plate.
dramatic work includes:
(a) a choreographic show or other dumb show; and
(b) a scenario or script for a cinematograph film;
but does not include a cinematograph film as distinct from the
scenario or script for a cinematograph film.
drawing includes a diagram, map, chart or plan.
educational institution means:
(aa) an institution at which education is provided at pre-school or
kindergarten standard; or
(a) a school or similar institution at which full-time primary
education or full-time secondary education is provided or
both full-time primary education and full-time secondary
education are provided; or
(b) a university, a college of advanced education or a technical
and further education institution; or
(c) an institution that conducts courses of primary, secondary or
tertiary education by correspondence or on an external study
basis; or
(d) a school of nursing; or
(e) an undertaking within a hospital, if the undertaking conducts
courses of study or training in the provision of:
(i) medical services; or
(ii) services incidental to the provision of medical services;
or
(f) a teacher education centre; or
(g) an institution with the principal function of providing courses
of study or training for any of the following purposes:
(i) general education;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
11
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
(ii) the preparation of people for a particular occupation or
profession;
(iii) the continuing education of people engaged in a
particular occupation or profession;
(iv) the teaching of English to people whose first language is
not English; or
(h) an undertaking within a body administering an educational
institution, if:
(i) the educational institution is of a kind referred to in a
preceding paragraph of this definition; and
(ii) the principal function, or one of the principal functions,
of the undertaking is the provision of teacher training to
people engaged as instructors in educational institutions
of a kind mentioned in a preceding paragraph of this
definition, or of 2 or more such kinds; or
(i) an institution, or an undertaking within a body administering
an educational institution of a kind referred to in a preceding
paragraph of this definition, if:
(i) the principal function, or one of the principal functions,
of the institution, or undertaking, is the providing of
material to educational institutions of a kind referred to
in a preceding paragraph of this definition, or 2 or more
such kinds; and
(ii) that activity is undertaken for the purpose of helping
those institutions in their teaching purposes.
electronic literary or music item means:
(a) a book in electronic form; or
(b) a periodical publication in electronic form; or
(c) sheet music in electronic form;
regardless of whether there is a printed form.
electronic rights management information, in relation to a work
or other subject-matter, means information that:
(a) is electronic; and
(b) either:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
12
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
(i) is or was attached to, or is or was embodied in, a copy
of the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) appears or appeared in connection with a
communication, or the making available, of the work or
subject-matter; and
(c) either:
(i) identifies the work or subject-matter, and its author or
copyright owner (including such information
represented as numbers or codes); or
(ii) identifies or indicates some or all of the terms and
conditions on which the work or subject-matter may be
used, or indicates that the use of the work or
subject-matter is subject to terms or conditions
(including such information represented as numbers or
codes).
eligible rights holder has the meaning given by
subsection 113V(9).
engraving includes an etching, lithograph, product of
photogravure, woodcut, print or similar work, not being a
photograph.
exclusive licence means a licence in writing, signed by or on
behalf of the owner or prospective owner of copyright, authorizing
the licensee, to the exclusion of all other persons, to do an act that,
by virtue of this Act, the owner of the copyright would, but for the
licence, have the exclusive right to do, and exclusive licensee has a
corresponding meaning.
free-to-air broadcast means:
(a) a broadcast delivered by a national broadcasting service,
commercial broadcasting service or community broadcasting
service within the meaning of the Broadcasting Services Act
1992; or
(b) a broadcast delivered by a broadcasting service within the
meaning of the Broadcasting Services Act 1992 that does no
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
13
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
more than transmit program material supplied by National
Indigenous TV Limited.
future copyright means copyright to come into existence at a
future time or upon the happening of a future event.
government has the meaning given by subsection 182B(1).
government copy has the meaning given by subsection 182B(1).
infringing copy means:
(a) in relation to a work—a reproduction of the work, or of an
adaptation of the work, not being a copy of a cinematograph
film of the work or adaptation;
(b) in relation to a sound recording—a copy of the sound
recording not being a sound-track associated with visual
images forming part of a cinematograph film;
(c) in relation to a cinematograph film—a copy of the film;
(d) in relation to a television broadcast or a sound broadcast—a
copy of a cinematograph film of the broadcast or a record
embodying a sound recording of the broadcast; and
(e) in relation to a published edition of a work—a facsimile copy
of the edition;
being an article (which may be an electronic reproduction or copy
of the work, recording, film, broadcast or edition) the making of
which constituted an infringement of the copyright in the work,
recording, film, broadcast or edition or, in the case of an article
imported without the licence of the owner of the copyright, would
have constituted an infringement of that copyright if the article had
been made in Australia by the importer, but does not include:
(f) a non-infringing book whose importation does not constitute
an infringement of that copyright; or
(g) a non-infringing accessory whose importation does not
constitute an infringement of that copyright; or
(h) a non-infringing copy of a sound recording whose
importation does not infringe that copyright; or
(i) a non-infringing copy of a computer program whose
importation does not infringe that copyright; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
14
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
(j) a non-infringing copy of an electronic literary or music item
whose importation does not infringe that copyright.
institution includes an educational institution.
international agreement means:
(a) a convention to which Australia is a party; or
(b) an agreement or arrangement between Australia and a foreign
country, including an agreement, arrangement or
understanding between a Minister and an official or authority
of a foreign country.
international organization to which this Act applies means an
organization that is declared by regulations made for the purposes
of section 186 to be an international organization to which this Act
applies, and includes:
(a) an organ of, or office within, an organization that is so
declared; and
(b) a commission, council or other body established by such an
organization or organ.
judicial proceeding means a proceeding before a court, tribunal or
person having by law power to hear, receive and examine evidence
on oath.
key cultural institution has the meaning given by section 113L.
law of the Commonwealth includes a law of a Territory.
licensed copying or communicating has the meaning given by
subsection 113Q(2).
literary work includes:
(a) a table, or compilation, expressed in words, figures or
symbols; and
(b) a computer program or compilation of computer programs.
manuscript, in relation to a literary, dramatic or musical work,
means the document embodying the work as initially prepared by
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
15
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
the author, whether the document is in hardcopy form, electronic
form or any other form.
material form, in relation to a work or an adaptation of a work,
includes any form (whether visible or not) of storage of the work or
adaptation, or a substantial part of the work or adaptation, (whether
or not the work or adaptation, or a substantial part of the work or
adaptation, can be reproduced).
National Library material has the meaning given by
section 195CE.
National Library Minister means the Minister administering the
National Library Act 1960.
non-infringing accessory means an accessory made in:
(a) a country that is a party to the International Convention for
the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works concluded at
Berne on 9 September 1886 as revised from time to time; or
(b) a country that is a member of the World Trade Organization
and has a law that provides consistently with the TRIPS
Agreement for:
(i) the ownership and duration of copyright or a related
right in works, sound recordings and cinematograph
films; and
(ii) the owner of the copyright or related right to have rights
relating to the reproduction of the work, sound
recording or cinematograph film;
where:
(c) the making of any copy of a work, or any reproduction of a
published edition of a work, that is, or is on, or is embodied
in, the accessory; or
(d) the making of any record embodying a sound recording, or
any copy of a cinematograph film, that is the accessory;
was authorised by the owner of the copyright in that country in the
work, edition, recording or film, as the case may be.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
16
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
non-infringing book means a book made (otherwise than under a
compulsory licence) in a country specified in regulations made for
the purposes of subsection 184(1), being a book whose making did
not constitute an infringement of any copyright subsisting in a
work, or in a published edition of a work, under a law of that
country.
non-infringing copy:
(a) in relation to a sound recording, has the meaning given by
section 10AA; and
(b) in relation to a computer program, has the meaning given by
section 10AB; and
(c) in relation to an electronic literary or music item, has the
meaning given by section 10AC.
officer in charge means:
(a) in relation to archives—the archivist or other person having,
for the time being, immediate care and control of the
collection comprising the archives; and
(c) in relation to a library—the librarian or other person having,
for the time being, immediate care and control of the
collection comprising the library.
organisation assisting persons with a disability means:
(a) an educational institution; or
(b) a not-for-profit organisation with a principal function of
providing assistance to persons with a disability (whether or
not the organisation has other principal functions).
original form: a library or archives holds copyright material in
original form if the material is held in the collection comprising
the library or archives in a form that embodies the material as
initially prepared by the author or maker of the material.
Example: A manuscript of a literary, dramatic or musical work.
Note: This definition does not apply in Division 6 of Part III: see
subsection 54(6).
Parliament: see section 12.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
17
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
person with a disability means a person with a disability that
causes the person difficulty in reading, viewing, hearing or
comprehending copyright material in a particular form.
photograph means a product of photography or of a process
similar to photography, other than an article or thing in which
visual images forming part of a cinematograph film have been
embodied, and includes a product of xerography, and photographic
has a corresponding meaning.
plate includes a stereotype, stone, block, mould, matrix, transfer,
negative or other similar appliance.
private and domestic use means private and domestic use on or off
domestic premises.
prospective owner means:
(a) in relation to a future copyright that is not the subject of an
agreement of a kind referred to in subsection 19(1)—the
person who will be the owner of the copyright on its coming
into existence; or
(b) in relation to a future copyright that is the subject of such an
agreement—the person in whom, by virtue of that subsection,
the copyright will vest on its coming into existence.
qualifying country means:
(a) a country that is a party to the International Convention for
the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works concluded at
Berne on 9 September 1886 as revised from time to time; or
(b) a country that is a member of the World Trade Organization
and has a law that provides consistently with the TRIPS
Agreement for:
(i) the ownership and duration of copyright or a related
right in works, sound recordings and cinematograph
films; and
(ii) the owner of the copyright or related right to have rights
relating to the reproduction of the work, sound
recording or cinematograph film.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
18
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
reception equipment means equipment whose operation, either
alone or together with other equipment, enables people to hear or
see a work or other subject-matter that is communicated.
record includes a disc, tape, paper, electronic file or other device in
which sounds are embodied.
record embodying a sound recording means:
(a) a record produced upon the making of the sound recording;
or
(b) a record that:
(i) embodies the sound recording; and
(ii) is derived directly or indirectly from a record produced
upon the making of the sound recording.
registered charity means an entity that is registered under the
Australian Charities and Not-for-profits Commission Act 2012 as
the type of entity mentioned in column 1 of item 1 of the table in
subsection 25-5(5) of that Act.
Registrar means the Registrar of the Tribunal provided for by
section 170.
remuneration notice means:
(a) a notice mentioned in section 113Q; or
(b) a notice mentioned in section 135ZZL; or
(c) a notice mentioned in section 135ZZZJ.
retransmission, in relation to a broadcast, means a retransmission
of the broadcast, where:
(a) the content of the broadcast is unaltered (even if the
technique used to achieve retransmission is different to the
technique used to achieve the original transmission); and
(b) either:
(i) in any case—the retransmission is simultaneous with
the original transmission; or
(ii) if the retransmission is in an area that has, wholly or
partly, different local time to the area of the original
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
19
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
transmission—the retransmission is delayed until no
later than the equivalent local time.
rules, of a collecting society, means the constitution of the society.
satellite BSA licence means a commercial television broadcasting
licence allocated under section 38C of the Broadcasting Services
Act 1992.
satellite BSA licensee means the licensee of a satellite BSA
licence.
sculpture includes a cast or model made for purposes of sculpture.
simulcasting means simultaneously broadcasting a broadcasting
service in both analog and digital form in accordance with the
requirements of the Broadcasting Services Act 1992 or of any
prescribed legislative provisions relating to digital broadcasting.
sound broadcast means sounds broadcast otherwise than as part of
a television broadcast.
sound recording means the aggregate of the sounds embodied in a
record.
sound-track, in relation to visual images forming part of a
cinematograph film, means:
(a) the part of any article or thing, being an article or thing in
which those visual images are embodied, in which sounds are
embodied; or
(b) a disc, tape or other device in which sounds are embodied
and which is made available by the maker of the film for use
in conjunction with the article or thing in which those visual
images are embodied.
sufficient acknowledgement, in relation to a work, means an
acknowledgement identifying the work by its title or other
description and, unless the work is anonymous or pseudonymous
or the author has previously agreed or directed that an
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
20
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
acknowledgement of his or her name is not to be made, also
identifying the author.
technological protection measure means:
(a) an access control technological protection measure; or
(b) a device, product, technology or component (including a
computer program) that:
(i) is used in Australia or a qualifying country by, with the
permission of, or on behalf of, the owner or the
exclusive licensee of the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter; and
(ii) in the normal course of its operation, prevents, inhibits
or restricts the doing of an act comprised in the
copyright;
but does not include such a device, product, technology or
component to the extent that it:
(iii) if the work or other subject-matter is a cinematograph
film or computer program (including a computer
game)—controls geographic market segmentation by
preventing the playback in Australia of a non-infringing
copy of the work or other subject-matter acquired
outside Australia; or
(iv) if the work is a computer program that is embodied in a
machine or device—restricts the use of goods (other
than the work) or services in relation to the machine or
device.
For the purposes of this definition, computer program has the
same meaning as in section 47AB.
television broadcast means visual images broadcast by way of
television, together with any sounds broadcast for reception along
with those images.
the Australian Broadcasting Commission means the Australian
Broadcasting Commission that was established under the
Broadcasting and Television Act 1942.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
21
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
the Australian Broadcasting Corporation means the Australian
Broadcasting Corporation established under the Australian
Broadcasting Corporation Act 1983.
the Commonwealth includes the Administration of a Territory.
the Copyright Act, 1911 means the Imperial Act known as the
Copyright Act, 1911.
the Copyright Tribunal or the Tribunal means the Copyright
Tribunal of Australia provided for by Part VI, and includes a
member of that Tribunal exercising powers of that Tribunal.
the Crown includes the Crown in right of a State and the Crown in
right of the Australian Capital Territory and the Northern Territory
and also includes the Administration of a Territory other than the
Australian Capital Territory or the Northern Territory.
the National Library means the National Library established under
the National Library Act 1960-1967.
the Special Broadcasting Service means the Special Broadcasting
Service that was referred to in section 5 of the Special
Broadcasting Service Act 1991.
the Special Broadcasting Service Corporation means the body
corporate preserved and continued in existence as the Special
Broadcasting Service Corporation under section 5 of the Special
Broadcasting Service Act 1991.
to the public means to the public within or outside Australia.
TRIPS Agreement means the Agreement on Trade-Related
Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights set out in Annex 1C to the
Marrakesh Agreement establishing the World Trade Organization,
done at Marrakesh on 15 April 1994.
Note: The English text of the Marrakesh Agreement establishing the World
Trade Organization is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1995 No. 8.
will includes a codicil.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
22
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
work means a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.
work of joint authorship means a work that has been produced by
the collaboration of two or more authors and in which the
contribution of each author is not separate from the contribution of
the other author or the contributions of the other authors.
works collecting society means a body declared to be a collecting
society by a declaration that is in force under section 113V and to
which subparagraph 113V(4)(a)(i) applies.
writing means a mode of representing or reproducing words,
figures or symbols in a visible form, and written has a
corresponding meaning.
(1A) Without limiting the meaning of the expression educational
purposes in this Act, a copy of the whole or a part of a work or
other subject-matter shall be taken, for the purposes of the
provision in which the expression appears, to have been made,
used or retained, as the case may be, for the educational purposes
of an educational institution if:
(a) it is made or retained for use, or is used, in connection with a
particular course of instruction provided by the institution; or
(b) it is made or retained for inclusion, or is included, in the
collection of a library of the institution.
(2) Without limiting the meaning of the expression reasonable portion
in this Act, where a literary, dramatic or musical work (other than a
computer program) is contained in a published edition of that
work, being an edition of not less than 10 pages, a copy of part of
that work, as it appears in that edition, shall be taken to contain
only a reasonable portion of that work if the pages that are copied
in the edition:
(a) do not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the number of pages
in that edition; or
(b) in a case where the work is divided into chapters exceed, in
the aggregate, 10% of the number of pages in that edition but
contain only the whole or part of a single chapter of the
work.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
23
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10
(2A) Without limiting the meaning of the expression reasonable portion
in this Act, if a person makes a reproduction of a part of:
(a) a published literary work (other than a computer program or
an electronic compilation, such as a database); or
(b) a published dramatic work;
being a work that is in electronic form, the reproduction is taken to
contain only a reasonable portion of the work if:
(c) the number of words copied does not exceed, in the
aggregate, 10% of the number of words in the work; or
(d) if the work is divided into chapters—the number of words
copied exceeds, in the aggregate, 10% of the number of
words in the work, but the reproduction contains only the
whole or part of a single chapter of the work.
(2B) If a published literary or dramatic work is contained in a published
edition of the work and is separately available in electronic form, a
reproduction of a part of the work is taken to contain only a
reasonable portion of the work if it is taken to do so either under
subsection (2) or (2A), whether or not it does so under both of
them.
(2C) If:
(a) a person makes a reproduction of a part of a published
literary or dramatic work; and
(b) the reproduction is taken to contain only a reasonable portion
of the work under subsection (2) or (2A);
subsection (2) or (2A) does not apply in relation to any subsequent
reproduction made by the person of any other part of the same
work.
(3) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:
(e) a reference to the Crown in right of a State shall be read as
including a reference to the Crown in right of the Australian
Capital Territory and the Northern Territory; and
(g) a reference to the making, by reprographic reproduction, of a
copy of a document, or of the whole or a part of a work, shall
be read as a reference to the making of a facsimile copy of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
24
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10
the document or the whole or that part of the work, being a
facsimile copy of any size or form; and
(j) a reference to a microform copy of the whole or a part of a
work shall be read as a reference to a copy of the whole or a
part of the work produced by miniaturizing the graphic
symbols of which the work is composed; and
(k) a reference to a periodical publication shall be read as a
reference to an issue of a periodical publication and a
reference to articles contained in the same periodical
publication shall be read as a reference to articles contained
in the same issue of that periodical publication; and
(ma) a reference to a relevant declaration, in relation to the
making, in reliance on section 49, of a copy of the whole or a
part of a work, shall be read as a reference to:
(i) in a case where the copy is made in reliance on
subsection 49(2)—a declaration of the kind referred to
in subsection 49(1) that is furnished in relation to the
making of the copy; or
(ii) in a case where the copy is made in reliance on
subsection 49(2C)—a declaration of the kind referred to
in paragraph 49(2C)(b) that is made in relation to the
making of the copy; or
(iii) in any case—a declaration of the kind referred to in
subsection 49(5) that is made in relation to the making
of the copy; and
(n) a reference to a State shall be read as including a reference to
the Australian Capital Territory and the Northern Territory
and Norfolk Island and a reference to a Territory shall be
read as not including a reference to the Australian Capital
Territory or the Northern Territory or Norfolk Island.
(3A) For the purposes of this Act, something held in, or forming part of,
the collection of any archives covered by paragraph (aa) of the
definition of archives in subsection (1) is taken not to be held in,
and not to form part of, the collection of the National Archives of
Australia.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
25
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10AA
Note: Paragraph (aa) of the definition of archives covers archival material in
the custody of a person other than the National Archives of Australia
under an arrangement referred to in section 64 of the Archives Act
1983.
(4) Where:
(a) a collection of documents or other material of historical
significance or public interest that is in the custody of a body,
whether incorporated or unincorporated, is being maintained
by the body for the purpose of conserving and preserving
those documents or other material; and
(b) the body does not maintain and operate the collection for the
purpose of deriving a profit;
paragraph (b) of the definition of archives in subsection (1) applies
to that collection.
Example: Museums and galleries are examples of bodies that could have
collections covered by paragraph (b) of the definition of archives.
(5) A reference to a copy of a cinematograph film includes a reference
to any form (whether visible or not) of storage of a cinematograph
film, or a substantial part of a cinematograph film, (whether or not
the copy of the film, or a substantial part of the film, can be
reproduced).
(6) A reference to a copy of a sound recording includes a reference to
any form (whether visible or not) of storage of the sound recording,
or a substantial part of the sound recording, (whether or not the
copy of the recording, or a substantial part of the recording, can be
reproduced).
10AA Non-infringing copy of a sound recording
Minimum requirements
(1) A copy of a sound recording is a non-infringing copy only if it is
made by or with the consent of:
(a) the owner of the copyright or related right in the sound
recording in the country (the copy country) in which the copy
was made; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
26
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 10AA
(b) the owner of the copyright or related right in the sound
recording in the country (the original recording country) in
which the sound recording was made, if the law of the copy
country did not provide for copyright or a related right in
sound recordings when the sound recording was made; or
(c) the maker of the sound recording, if neither the law of the
copy country nor the law of the original recording country
(whether those countries are different or not) provided for
copyright or a related right in sound recordings when the
sound recording was made.
Extra requirements for copies of recordings of works subject to
Australian copyright
(2) If the sound recording is of a work that is a literary, dramatic or
musical work in which copyright subsists in Australia, the copy is a
non-infringing copy only if:
(a) copyright subsists in the work under the law of the copy
country; and
(b) the making of the copy does not infringe the copyright in the
work under the law of the copy country; and
(c) the copy country meets the requirements of subsection (3).
To avoid doubt, the requirements of this subsection are additional
to those of subsection (1).
Requirements for copy country
(3) The copy country mentioned in subsection (2) must:
(a) be a party to the International Convention for the Protection
of Literary and Artistic Works concluded at Berne on
9 September 1886 as revised from time to time; or
(b) be a member of the World Trade Organization and have a
law that provides consistently with the TRIPS Agreement
for:
(i) the ownership and duration of copyright in literary,
dramatic and musical works; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
27
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 10AB
(ii) the owner of the copyright in the work to have rights
relating to the reproduction of the work.
Australian copyright may result from Act or regulations
(4) For the purposes of subsection (2) it does not matter whether the
copyright in the work subsists in Australia as a result of this Act or
as a result of the regulations made for the purposes of section 184.
10AB Non-infringing copy of a computer program
A copy of a computer program is a non-infringing copy only if:
(a) it is made in a qualifying country; and
(b) its making did not constitute an infringement of any
copyright in a work under a law of that country.
10AC Non-infringing copy of an electronic literary or music item
A copy of an electronic literary or music item is a non-infringing
copy only if:
(a) it is made in a qualifying country; and
(b) its making did not constitute an infringement of any
copyright in a work, or in a published edition of a work,
under a law of that country.
10AD Accessories to imported articles
Accessories
(1) If a person imports into Australia:
(a) an article that has embodied in it a copy of a computer
program; or
(b) an article that has embodied in it a copy of an electronic
literary or music item; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
28
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 11
(c) an article that has embodied in it a copy of a sound recording;
a copy of any work or other subject matter (other than a feature
film) that is on, embodied in, or included with, the article on its
importation is taken to be an accessory to the article.
Note: See also sections 44C and 112C (about the non-infringement of
copyright in works or other subject matter that are accessories to
imported articles).
Definition
(2) In this section:
feature film means a cinematograph film that:
(a) is produced wholly or principally:
(i) for exhibition to the public in cinemas or by way of
television broadcasting; or
(ii) for sale or rental to the public where it is reasonable to
assume that the viewing of the film (without electronic
interactive involvement with the film) would be the
primary object of any such sale or rental; and
(b) is more than 20 minutes in duration.
Interpretation
(3) This section does not limit the meaning of accessory in
subsection 10(1).
11 Residence in a country not affected by temporary absence
For the purposes of this Act, a person who, at a material time, was
ordinarily resident in a country (including Australia) but was
temporarily absent from that country shall be treated as if he or she
had been resident in that country at that time.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
29
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 12
12 References to Parliament
A reference in this Act to a Parliament shall be read as a reference
to the Parliament of the Commonwealth or of a State or a
legislature of a Territory.
13 Acts comprised in copyright
(1) A reference in this Act to an act comprised in the copyright in a
work or other subject-matter shall be read as a reference to any act
that, under this Act, the owner of the copyright has the exclusive
right to do.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, the exclusive right to do an act in
relation to a work, an adaptation of a work or any other
subject-matter includes the exclusive right to authorize a person to
do that act in relation to that work, adaptation or other
subject-matter.
14 Acts done in relation to substantial part of work or other
subject-matter deemed to be done in relation to the whole
(1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:
(a) a reference to the doing of an act in relation to a work or
other subject-matter shall be read as including a reference to
the doing of that act in relation to a substantial part of the
work or other subject-matter; and
(b) a reference to a reproduction, adaptation or copy of a work
shall be read as including a reference to a reproduction,
adaptation or copy of a substantial part of the work, as the
case may be.
(2) This section does not affect the interpretation of any reference in
sections 32, 177, 180, 187 and 198 to the publication, or absence of
publication, of a work.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
30
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 15
15 References to acts done with licence of owner of copyright
For the purposes of this Act, an act shall be deemed to have been
done with the licence of the owner of a copyright if the doing of
the act was authorized by a licence binding the owner of the
copyright.
16 References to partial assignment of copyright
A reference in this Act to a partial assignment of copyright shall be
read as a reference to an assignment of copyright that is limited in
any way.
17 Statutory employment
For the purposes of this Act, the employment of a person, or the
employment of a person as an apprentice, under a law of the
Commonwealth or of a State but otherwise than under a contract of
service or contract of apprenticeship shall be treated as if that
employment were employment under a contract of service or
employment under a contract of apprenticeship, as the case may be.
18 Libraries established or conducted for profit
For the purposes of this Act, a library shall not be taken to be
established or conducted for profit by reason only that the library is
owned by a person carrying on business for profit.
19 References to Copyright Act, 1911
A reference in a provision of this Act to the Copyright Act, 1911,
in relation to any time before the commencement of this Act, shall,
for the purposes of the application of that provision in relation to a
State or a Territory, be read as a reference to the Copyright Act,
1911 as it applied in that State or Territory at that time.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
31
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 20
20 Names under which work is published
(1) A reference in this Act to the name or names under which a work
was published shall be read as a reference to the name or names
specified in the work as the name of the author or the names of the
authors of the work.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, a publication of a work under two or
more names shall not be taken to be pseudonymous unless all those
names are pseudonyms.
21 Reproduction and copying of works and other subject-matter
(1) For the purposes of this Act, a literary, dramatic or musical work
shall be deemed to have been reproduced in a material form if a
sound recording or cinematograph film is made of the work, and
any record embodying such a recording and any copy of such a
film shall be deemed to be a reproduction of the work.
(1A) For the purposes of this Act, a work is taken to have been
reproduced if it is converted into or from a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, and any article embodying the
work in such a form is taken to be a reproduction of the work.
Note: The reference to the conversion of a work into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form includes the first digitisation of the
work.
(2) Subsections (1) and (1A) apply in relation to an adaptation of a
work in the same way as they apply in relation to a work.
(3) For the purposes of this Act, an artistic work shall be deemed to
have been reproduced:
(a) in the case of a work in a two-dimensional form—if a version
of the work is produced in a three-dimensional form; or
(b) in the case of a work in a three-dimensional form—if a
version of the work is produced in a two-dimensional form;
and the version of the work so produced shall be deemed to be a
reproduction of the work.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
32
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 22
(4) The last preceding subsection has effect subject to Division 7 of
Part III.
(5) For the purposes of this Act, a computer program is taken to have
been reproduced if:
(a) an object code version of the program is derived from the
program in source code by any process, including
compilation; or
(b) a source code version of the program is derived from the
program in object code by any process, including
decompilation;
and any such version is taken to be a reproduction of the program.
(6) For the purposes of this Act, a sound recording or cinematograph
film is taken to have been copied if it is converted into or from a
digital or other electronic machine-readable form, and any article
embodying the recording or film in such a form is taken to be a
copy of the recording or film.
Note: The reference to the conversion of a sound recording or
cinematograph film into a digital or other electronic machine-readable
form includes the first digitisation of the recording or film.
22 Provisions relating to the making of a work or other
subject-matter
Literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
(1) A reference in this Act to the time when, or the period during
which, a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work was made shall
be read as a reference to the time when, or the period during which,
as the case may be, the work was first reduced to writing or to
some other material form.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, a literary, dramatic or musical work
that exists in the form of sounds embodied in an article or thing
shall be deemed to have been reduced to a material form and to
have been so reduced at the time when those sounds were
embodied in that article or thing.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
33
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 22
Sound recordings
(3) For the purposes of this Act:
(a) a sound recording, other than a sound recording of a live
performance, shall be deemed to have been made at the time
when the first record embodying the recording was produced;
and
(b) the maker of the sound recording is the person who owned
that record at that time.
(3A) For the purposes of this Act, the makers of a sound recording of a
live performance are:
(a) the person or persons who, at the time of the recording, own
the record on which the recording is made; and
(b) the performer or performers who performed in the
performance (other than a performer who is already covered
by paragraph (a)).
Note: A performer might be liable to pay compensation under
section 116AAA to a person who owns the record on which the
recording is made.
(3B) If:
(a) a sound recording of a live performance is made; and
(b) a performer performs in that performance under the terms of
his or her employment by another person (the employer)
under a contract of service or apprenticeship;
then, for the purposes of paragraph (3A)(b), the employer is taken
to be a maker instead of that performer.
(3C) Subsection (3B) may be excluded or modified by agreement
between the performer and the employer.
Cinematograph films
(4) For the purposes of this Act:
(a) a reference to the making of a cinematograph film shall be
read as a reference to the doing of the things necessary for
the production of the first copy of the film; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
34
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 22
(b) the maker of the cinematograph film is the person by whom
the arrangements necessary for the making of the film were
undertaken.
Broadcasts and other communications
(5) For the purposes of this Act, a broadcast is taken to have been
made by the person who provided the broadcasting service by
which the broadcast was delivered.
(6) For the purposes of this Act, a communication other than a
broadcast is taken to have been made by the person responsible for
determining the content of the communication.
(6A) To avoid doubt, for the purposes of subsection (6), a person is not
responsible for determining the content of a communication merely
because the person takes one or more steps for the purpose of:
(a) gaining access to what is made available online by someone
else in the communication; or
(b) receiving the electronic transmission of which the
communication consists.
Example: A person is not responsible for determining the content of the
communication to the person of a web page merely because the person
clicks on a link to gain access to the page.
Definitions
(7) In this section:
live performance means:
(a) a performance (including an improvisation) of a dramatic
work, or part of such a work, including such a performance
given with the use of puppets; or
(b) a performance (including an improvisation) of a musical
work or part of such a work; or
(c) the reading, recitation or delivery of a literary work, or part
of such a work, or the recitation or delivery of an improvised
literary work; or
(d) a performance of a dance; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
35
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 23
(e) a performance of a circus act or a variety act or any similar
presentation or show; or
(f) a performance of an expression of folklore;
being a live performance, whether in the presence of an audience
or otherwise.
performer in a live performance:
(a) means each person who contributed to the sounds of the
performance; and
(b) if the performance includes a performance of a musical
work—includes the conductor.
sound recording of a live performance means a sound recording,
made at the time of the live performance, consisting of, or
including, the sounds of the performance.
23 Sound recordings and records
(1) For the purposes of this Act, sounds embodied in a sound-track
associated with visual images forming part of cinematograph film
shall be deemed not to be a sound recording.
(2) A reference in this Act to a record of a work or other
subject-matter shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be read
as a reference to a record by means of which the work or other
subject-matter can be performed.
24 References to sounds and visual images embodied in an article
For the purposes of this Act, sounds or visual images shall be taken
to have been embodied in an article or thing if the article or thing
has been so treated in relation to those sounds or visual images that
those sounds or visual images are capable, with or without the aid
of some other device, of being reproduced from the article or thing.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
36
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 25
25 Provisions relating to broadcasting
(1) A reference in this Act to broadcasting shall, unless the contrary
intention appears, be read as a reference to broadcasting whether
by way of sound broadcasting or of television.
(2) A reference in this Act to the doing of an act by the reception of a
television broadcast or sound broadcast shall be read as a reference
to the doing of that act by means of receiving a broadcast:
(a) from the transmission by which the broadcast is made; or
(b) from a transmission made otherwise than by way of
broadcasting, but simultaneously with the transmission
referred to in the last preceding paragraph;
whether the reception of the broadcast is directly from the
transmission concerned or from a re-transmission made by any
person from any place.
(3) Where a record embodying a sound recording or a copy of a
cinematograph film is used for the purpose of making a broadcast
(in this subsection referred to as the primary broadcast), a person
who makes a broadcast (in this subsection referred to as the
secondary broadcast) by receiving and making a retransmission of:
(a) the transmission by which the primary broadcast was made;
or
(b) a transmission made otherwise than by way of broadcasting
but simultaneously with the transmission referred to in the
last preceding paragraph;
shall, for the purposes of this Act, be deemed not to have used the
record or copy for the purpose of making the secondary broadcast.
(4) In this Act:
(a) a reference to a cinematograph film of a television broadcast
shall be read as including a reference to a cinematograph
film, or a photograph, of any of the visual images comprised
in the broadcast; and
(b) a reference to a copy of a cinematograph film of a television
broadcast shall be read as including a reference to a copy of a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
37
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 27
cinematograph film, or a reproduction of a photograph, of
any of those images.
27 Performance
(1) Subject to this section, a reference in this Act to performance shall:
(a) be read as including a reference to any mode of visual or
aural presentation, whether the presentation is by the use of
reception equipment, by the exhibition of a cinematograph
film, by the use of a record or by any other means; and
(b) in relation to a lecture, address, speech or sermon—be read
as including a reference to delivery;
and a reference in this Act to performing a work or an adaptation
of a work has a corresponding meaning.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, the communication of a work or other
subject-matter to the public does not constitute:
(a) performance; or
(b) causing visual images to be seen or sounds to be heard.
(3) Where visual images or sounds are displayed or emitted by any
reception equipment to which they are communicated, the
operation of any equipment by which the images or sounds are
communicated, directly or indirectly, to the reception equipment
shall be deemed not to constitute performance or to constitute
causing visual images to be seen or sounds to be heard but, in so
far as the display or emission of the images or sounds constitutes a
performance, or causes the images to be seen or the sounds to be
heard, the performance, or the causing of the images to be seen or
sounds to be heard, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be
effected by the operation of the reception equipment.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
38
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 28
(4) Without prejudice to the last two preceding subsections, where a
work or an adaptation of a work is performed or visual images are
caused to be seen or sounds to be heard by the operation of any
equipment referred to in the last preceding subsection or of any
equipment for reproducing sounds by the use of a record, being
equipment provided by or with the consent of the occupier of the
premises where the equipment is situated, the occupier of those
premises shall, for the purposes of this Act, be deemed to be the
person giving the performance or causing the images to be seen or
the sounds to be heard, whether he or she is the person operating
the equipment or not.
(5) This section does not apply to a performance within the meaning of
Part XIA.
28 Performance and communication of works or other
subject-matter in the course of educational instruction
(1) Where a literary, dramatic or musical work:
(a) is performed in class, or otherwise in the presence of an
audience; and
(b) is so performed by a teacher in the course of giving
educational instruction, not being instruction given for profit,
or by a student in the course of receiving such instruction;
the performance shall, for the purposes of this Act, be deemed not
to be a performance in public if the audience is limited to persons
who are taking part in the instruction or are otherwise directly
connected with the place where the instruction is given.
(2) For the purposes of this section, educational instruction given by a
teacher at a place of education that is not conducted for profit shall
not be taken to be given for profit by reason only that the teacher
receives remuneration for giving the instruction.
(3) For the purposes of this section, a person shall not be taken to be
directly connected with a place where instruction is given by
reason only that he or she is a parent or guardian of a student who
receives instruction at that place.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
39
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 28
(4) The last three preceding subsections apply in relation to sound
recordings and cinematograph films in like manner as they apply in
relation to literary, dramatic and musical works but, in the
application of those subsections in relation to such recordings or
films, any reference to performance shall be read as a reference to
the act of causing the sounds concerned to be heard or the visual
images concerned to be seen.
(5) A communication of a literary, dramatic or musical work, a sound
recording or a cinematograph film is taken for the purposes of this
Act not to be a communication to the public if the communication
is made merely to facilitate:
(a) a performance of the work that, because of this section, is not
a performance in public; or
(b) an act of causing sounds forming part of the recording to be
heard that, because of this section, is not an act of causing the
sound recording to be heard in public; or
(c) an act of causing visual images or sounds forming part of the
cinematograph film to be seen or heard that, because of this
section, is not an act of causing the film to be seen or heard
in public.
(6) A communication of a television broadcast or sound broadcast is
taken for the purposes of this Act not to be a communication of the
broadcast, or of a work or other subject-matter included in the
broadcast, to the public if:
(a) the communication is made merely to facilitate the television
broadcast being seen and heard, or the sound broadcast being
heard, in class or otherwise in the presence of an audience, in
the course of educational instruction that:
(i) is given by a teacher; and
(ii) is not given for profit; and
(b) the audience is limited to persons who are taking part in the
instruction or are otherwise directly connected with the place
where the instruction is given.
(7) A communication of an artistic work is taken for the purposes of
this Act not to be a communication of the work to the public if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
40
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 29
(a) the communication is made merely to facilitate the work
being seen in class or otherwise in the presence of an
audience, in the course of educational instruction that:
(i) is given by a teacher; and
(ii) is not given for profit; and
(b) the audience is limited to persons who are taking part in the
instruction or are otherwise directly connected with the place
where the instruction is given.
29 Publication
(1) Subject to this section, for the purposes of this Act:
(a) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or an edition of
such a work, shall be deemed to have been published if, but
only if, reproductions of the work or edition have been
supplied (whether by sale or otherwise) to the public;
(b) a cinematograph film shall be deemed to have been published
if, but only if, copies of the film have been sold, let on hire,
or offered or exposed for sale or hire, to the public; and
(c) a sound recording shall be deemed to have been published if,
but only if, records embodying the recording or a part of the
recording have been supplied (whether by sale or otherwise)
to the public.
(2) In determining, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), whether
reproductions of a work or edition have been supplied to the
public, section 14 does not apply.
(3) For the purposes of this Act, the performance of a literary,
dramatic or musical work, the supplying (whether by sale or
otherwise) to the public of records of a literary, dramatic or
musical work, the exhibition of an artistic work, the construction of
a building or of a model of a building, or the supplying (whether by
sale or otherwise) to the public of photographs or engravings of a
building, of a model of a building or of a sculpture, does not
constitute publication of the work.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
41
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 29
(4) A publication that is merely colourable and is not intended to
satisfy the reasonable requirements of the public shall be
disregarded for the purposes of this Act except in so far as it may
constitute an infringement of copyright or a breach of a duty under
Part IX.
(5) For the purposes of this Act, a publication in Australia or in any
other country shall not be treated as being other than the first
publication by reason only of an earlier publication elsewhere, if
the two publications took place within a period of not more than
thirty days.
(6) In determining, for the purposes of any provision of this Act:
(a) whether a work or other subject-matter has been published;
(b) whether a publication of a work or other subject-matter was
the first publication of the work or other subject-matter; or
(c) whether a work or other subject-matter was published or
otherwise dealt with in the life-time of a person;
any unauthorized publication or the doing of any other
unauthorized act shall be disregarded.
(7) Subject to section 52, a publication or other act shall, for the
purposes of the last preceding subsection, be taken to have been
unauthorized if, but only if:
(a) copyright subsisted in the work or other subject-matter and
the act concerned was done otherwise than by, or with the
licence of, the owner of the copyright; or
(b) copyright did not subsist in the work or other subject-matter
and the act concerned was done otherwise than by, or with
the licence of:
(i) the author or, in the case of a sound recording,
cinematograph film or edition of a work, the maker or
publisher, as the case may be; or
(ii) persons lawfully claiming under the author, maker or
publisher.
(8) Nothing in either of the last two preceding subsections affects any
provisions of this Act relating to the acts comprised in a copyright
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
42
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Interpretation Part II
Section 30
or to acts constituting infringements of copyrights or any
provisions of Part IX.
30 Ownership of copyright for particular purposes
In the case of a copyright of which (whether as a result of a partial
assignment or otherwise) different persons are the owners in
respect of its application to:
(a) the doing of different acts or classes of acts; or
(b) the doing of one or more acts or classes of acts in different
countries or at different times;
the owner of the copyright, for any purpose of this Act, shall be
deemed to be the person who is the owner of the copyright in
respect of its application to the doing of the particular act or class
of acts, or to the doing of the particular act or class of acts in the
particular country or at the particular time, as the case may be, that
is relevant to that purpose, and a reference in this Act to the
prospective owner of a future copyright of which different persons
are the prospective owners has a corresponding meaning.
30A Commercial rental arrangement
(1) In this Act, the expression commercial rental arrangement, in
relation to a work reproduced in a sound recording, signifies an
arrangement that has the following features:
(a) however the arrangement is expressed, it is in substance an
arrangement under which a copy of the sound recording is
made available by a person on terms that it will or may be
returned to the person;
(b) the arrangement is made in the course of the conduct of a
business;
(c) the arrangement provides for the copy to be made available:
(i) for payment in money or money’s worth; or
(ii) as part of the provision of a service for which payment
in money or money’s worth is to be made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
43
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part II Interpretation
Section 30A
(2) In this Act, the expression commercial rental arrangement, in
relation to a sound recording or a computer program, signifies an
arrangement that has the following features:
(a) however the arrangement is expressed, it is in substance an
arrangement under which a copy of the sound recording or
computer program is made available by a person on terms
that it will or may be returned to the person;
(b) the arrangement is made in the course of the conduct of a
business;
(c) the arrangement provides for the copy to be made available:
(i) for payment in money or money’s worth; or
(ii) as part of the provision of a service for which payment
in money or money’s worth is to be made.
(3) It is not the intention of the Parliament that a lending arrangement
should be regarded as a commercial rental arrangement for the
purposes of subsection (1) or (2).
(4) An arrangement is to be regarded as a lending arrangement if,
regardless of the way in which the arrangement is expressed, the
true nature of the arrangement is that it is an arrangement for the
lending of a copy of a sound recording or computer program under
which no amount, other than a deposit to secure the return of the
copy, is payable.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
44
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in works Division 1
Section 31
Part III—Copyright in original literary, dramatic,
musical and artistic works
Division 1—Nature, duration and ownership of copyright
in works
31 Nature of copyright in original works
(1) For the purposes of this Act, unless the contrary intention appears,
copyright, in relation to a work, is the exclusive right:
(a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, to do all
or any of the following acts:
(i) to reproduce the work in a material form;
(ii) to publish the work;
(iii) to perform the work in public;
(iv) to communicate the work to the public;
(vi) to make an adaptation of the work;
(vii) to do, in relation to a work that is an adaptation of the
first-mentioned work, any of the acts specified in
relation to the first-mentioned work in subparagraphs (i)
to (iv), inclusive; and
(b) in the case of an artistic work, to do all or any of the
following acts:
(i) to reproduce the work in a material form;
(ii) to publish the work;
(iii) to communicate the work to the public; and
(c) in the case of a literary work (other than a computer program)
or a musical or dramatic work, to enter into a commercial
rental arrangement in respect of the work reproduced in a
sound recording; and
(d) in the case of a computer program, to enter into a commercial
rental arrangement in respect of the program.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
45
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 1 Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in works
Section 31
(2) The generality of subparagraph (1)(a)(i) is not affected by
subparagraph (1)(a)(vi).
(3) Paragraph (1)(d) does not extend to entry into a commercial rental
arrangement in respect of a machine or device in which a computer
program is embodied if the program is not able to be copied in the
course of the ordinary use of the machine or device.
(4) The reference in subsection (3) to a device does not include a
device of a kind ordinarily used to store computer programs (for
example, a floppy disc, a device of the kind commonly known as a
CD ROM, or an integrated circuit).
(5) Paragraph (1)(d) does not extend to entry into a commercial rental
arrangement if the computer program is not the essential object of
the rental.
(6) Paragraph (1)(c) does not extend to entry into a commercial rental
arrangement if:
(a) the copy of the sound recording concerned was purchased by
a person (the record owner) before the commencement of
Part 2 of the Copyright (World Trade Organization
Amendments) Act 1994; and
(b) the commercial rental arrangement is entered into in the
ordinary course of a business conducted by the record owner;
and
(c) the record owner was conducting the same business, or
another business that consisted of, or included, the making of
commercial rental arrangements of the same kind, when the
copy was purchased.
(7) Paragraph (1)(d) does not extend to entry into a commercial rental
arrangement in respect of a computer program if:
(a) the copy of the computer program was purchased by a person
(the program owner) before the commencement of Part 2 of
the Copyright (World Trade Organization Amendments) Act
1994; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
46
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in works Division 1
Section 32
(b) the commercial rental arrangement is entered into in the
ordinary course of a business conducted by the program
owner; and
(c) the program owner was conducting the same business, or
another business that consisted of, or included, the making of
commercial rental arrangements in respect of computer
programs, when the copy was purchased.
32 Original works in which copyright subsists
(1) Subject to this Act, copyright subsists in an original literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work that is unpublished and of which
the author:
(a) was a qualified person at the time when the work was made;
or
(b) if the making of the work extended over a period—was a
qualified person for a substantial part of that period.
(2) Subject to this Act, where an original literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic work has been published:
(a) copyright subsists in the work; or
(b) if copyright in the work subsisted immediately before its first
publication—copyright continues to subsist in the work;
if, but only if:
(c) the first publication of the work took place in Australia;
(d) the author of the work was a qualified person at the time
when the work was first published; or
(e) the author died before that time but was a qualified person
immediately before his or her death.
(3) Notwithstanding the last preceding subsection but subject to the
remaining provisions of this Act, copyright subsists in:
(a) an original artistic work that is a building situated in
Australia; or
(b) an original artistic work that is attached to, or forms part of,
such a building.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
47
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 1 Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in works
Section 33
(4) In this section, qualified person means an Australian citizen or a
person resident in Australia.
33 Duration of copyright in original works
(1) This section has effect subject to subsection 32(2) and to
section 34.
(2) Subject to this section, copyright that subsists in a literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work by virtue of this Part continues to
subsist until the end of 70 years after the end of the calendar year
in which the author of the work died.
(3) If, before the death of the author of a literary work (other than a
computer program) or a dramatic or musical work:
(a) the work had not been published;
(b) the work had not been performed in public;
(c) the work had not been broadcast; and
(d) records of the work had not been offered or exposed for sale
to the public;
the copyright in the work continues to subsist until the end of 70
years after the end of the calendar year in which the work is first
published, performed in public, or broadcast, or records of the
work are first offered or exposed for sale to the public, whichever
is the earliest of those events to happen.
(4) A reference in the last preceding subsection to the doing of an act
in relation to a work shall be read as including a reference to the
doing of that act in relation to an adaptation of the work.
(5) If, before the death of the author of an engraving, the engraving
had not been published, the copyright in the engraving continues to
subsist until the end of 70 years after the end of the calendar year
in which the engraving is first published.
34 Duration of copyright in anonymous and pseudonymous works
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if the first publication of a literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work is anonymous or pseudonymous,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
48
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in works Division 1
Section 35
any copyright subsisting in the work by virtue of this Part
continues to subsist until the end of the period of 70 years after the
end of the calendar year in which the work was first published.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a work if, at any time
before the end of the period referred to in that subsection, the
identity of the author of the work is generally known or can be
ascertained by reasonable inquiry.
35 Ownership of copyright in original works
(1) This section has effect subject to Parts VII and X.
(2) Subject to this section, the author of a literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic work is the owner of any copyright subsisting in the work
by virtue of this Part.
(3) The operation of any of the next three succeeding subsections in
relation to copyright in a particular work may be excluded or
modified by agreement.
(4) If a literary, dramatic or artistic work:
(a) is made by the author under the terms of his or her
employment by the proprietor of a newspaper, magazine or
similar periodical under a contract of service or
apprenticeship; and
(b) is so made for the purpose of inclusion in a newspaper,
magazine or similar periodical;
the following paragraphs apply:
(c) the author is the owner of the copyright only in so far as the
copyright relates to:
(i) reproduction of the work for the purpose of inclusion in
a book; or
(ii) reproduction of the work in the form of a hard copy
facsimile (other than a hard copy facsimile made as part
of a process of transmission) made from a paper edition
of, or from another hard copy facsimile made from a
paper edition of, an issue of the newspaper, magazine or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
49
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 1 Nature, duration and ownership of copyright in works
Section 35
similar periodical, but not including reproduction by the
proprietor for a purpose connected with the publication
of the newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;
(d) except as provided by paragraph (c), the proprietor is the
owner of the copyright.
(5) Subject to the last preceding subsection, where:
(a) a person makes, for valuable consideration, an agreement
with another person for the taking of a photograph for a
private or domestic purpose, the painting or drawing of a
portrait or the making of an engraving by the other person;
and
(b) the work is made in pursuance of the agreement;
the first-mentioned person is the owner of any copyright subsisting
in the work by virtue of this Part, but, if at the time the agreement
was made that person made known, expressly or by implication, to
the author of the work the purpose for which the work was
required, the author is entitled to restrain the doing, otherwise than
for that purpose, of any act comprised in the copyright in the work.
(6) Where a literary, dramatic or artistic work to which neither of the
last two preceding subsections applies, or a musical work, is made
by the author in pursuance of the terms of his or her employment
by another person under a contract of service or apprenticeship,
that other person is the owner of any copyright subsisting in the
work by virtue of this Part.
(7) In this section:
hard copy facsimile, in relation to a literary, dramatic or artistic
work, means a facsimile which is in a material form and from
which the work is visible to a human being without the use of any
device.
private or domestic purpose includes a portrait of family members,
a wedding party or children.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
50
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Infringement of copyright in works Division 2
Section 36
Division 2—Infringement of copyright in works
36 Infringement by doing acts comprised in the copyright
(1) Subject to this Act, the copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic work is infringed by a person who, not being the owner of
the copyright, and without the licence of the owner of the
copyright, does in Australia, or authorizes the doing in Australia
of, any act comprised in the copyright.
(1A) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether or not a
person has authorised the doing in Australia of any act comprised
in the copyright in a work, without the licence of the owner of the
copyright, the matters that must be taken into account include the
following:
(a) the extent (if any) of the person’s power to prevent the doing
of the act concerned;
(b) the nature of any relationship existing between the person
and the person who did the act concerned;
(c) whether the person took any reasonable steps to prevent or
avoid the doing of the act, including whether the person
complied with any relevant industry codes of practice.
(2) The next three succeeding sections do not affect the generality of
this section.
37 Infringement by importation for sale or hire
(1) Subject to Division 3, the copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical
or artistic work is infringed by a person who, without the licence of
the owner of the copyright, imports an article into Australia for the
purpose of:
(a) selling, letting for hire, or by way of trade offering or
exposing for sale or hire, the article;
(b) distributing the article:
(i) for the purpose of trade; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
51
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 2 Infringement of copyright in works
Section 38
(ii) for any other purpose to an extent that will affect
prejudicially the owner of the copyright; or
(c) by way of trade exhibiting the article in public;
if the importer knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
making of the article would, if the article had been made in
Australia by the importer, have constituted an infringement of the
copyright.
(2) In relation to an accessory to an article that is or includes a copy of
a work, being a copy that was made without the licence of the
owner of the copyright in the work in the country in which the
copy was made, subsection (1) has effect as if the words “the
importer knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that” were
omitted.
38 Infringement by sale and other dealings
(1) Subject to Division 3, the copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical
or artistic work is infringed by a person who, in Australia, and
without the licence of the owner of the copyright:
(a) sells, lets for hire, or by way of trade offers or exposes for
sale or hire, an article; or
(b) by way of trade exhibits an article in public;
if the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
making of the article constituted an infringement of the copyright
or, in the case of an imported article, would, if the article had been
made in Australia by the importer, have constituted such an
infringement.
(2) For the purposes of the last preceding subsection, the distribution
of any articles:
(a) for the purpose of trade; or
(b) for any other purpose to an extent that affects prejudicially
the owner of the copyright concerned;
shall be taken to be the sale of those articles.
(3) In this section:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
52
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Infringement of copyright in works Division 2
Section 39
article includes a reproduction or copy of a work or other
subject-matter, being a reproduction or copy in electronic form.
39 Infringement by permitting place of public entertainment to be
used for performance of work
(1) The copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work is infringed
by a person who permits a place of public entertainment to be used
for the performance in public of the work, where the performance
constitutes an infringement of the copyright in the work.
(2) This section does not apply where the person permitting the place
to be so used establishes:
(a) that he or she was not aware, and had no reasonable grounds
for suspecting, that the performance would be an
infringement of the copyright; or
(b) that he or she gave the permission gratuitously, or for a
consideration that was only nominal or, if more than
nominal, did not exceed a reasonable estimate of the
expenses to be incurred by him or her by reason of the use of
the place for the performance.
(3) In this section, place of public entertainment includes any
premises that are occupied principally for purposes other than
public entertainment but are from time to time made available for
hire for purposes of public entertainment.
39A Infringing copies made on machines installed in libraries and
archives
Where:
(a) a person makes an infringing copy of, or of part of, a work on
a machine (including a computer), being a machine installed
by or with the approval of the body administering a library or
archives on the premises of the library or archives, or outside
those premises for the convenience of persons using the
library or archives; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
53
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 2 Infringement of copyright in works
Section 39B
(b) there is affixed to, or in close proximity to, the machine, in a
place readily visible to persons using the machine, a notice of
the prescribed dimensions and in accordance with the
prescribed form;
neither the body administering the library or archives nor the
officer in charge of the library or archives shall be taken to have
authorized the making of the infringing copy by reason only that
the copy was made on that machine.
39B Communication by use of certain facilities
A person (including a carrier or carriage service provider) who
provides facilities for making, or facilitating the making of, a
communication is not taken to have authorised any infringement of
copyright in a work merely because another person uses the
facilities so provided to do something the right to do which is
included in the copyright.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
54
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 40
Division 3—Acts not constituting infringements of
copyright in works
40 Fair dealing for purpose of research or study
(1) A fair dealing with a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or
with an adaptation of a literary, dramatic or musical work, for the
purpose of research or study does not constitute an infringement of
the copyright in the work.
(1A) A fair dealing with a literary work (other than lecture notes) does
not constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work if it is
for the purpose of, or associated with, an approved course of study
or research by an enrolled external student of an educational
institution.
(1B) In subsection (1A) the expression lecture notes means any literary
work produced for the purpose of the course of study or research
by a person lecturing or teaching in or in connection with the
course of study or research.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, the matters to which regard shall be
had, in determining whether a dealing with a literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic work or with an adaptation of a literary,
dramatic or musical work, being a dealing by way of reproducing
the whole or a part of the work or adaptation, constitutes a fair
dealing with the work or adaptation for the purpose of research or
study include:
(a) the purpose and character of the dealing;
(b) the nature of the work or adaptation;
(c) the possibility of obtaining the work or adaptation within a
reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price;
(d) the effect of the dealing upon the potential market for, or
value of, the work or adaptation; and
(e) in a case where part only of the work or adaptation is
reproduced—the amount and substantiality of the part copied
taken in relation to the whole work or adaptation.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
55
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 40
(3) Despite subsection (2), a reproduction, for the purpose of research
or study, of all or part of a literary, dramatic or musical work, or of
an adaptation of such a work, contained in an article in a periodical
publication is taken to be a fair dealing with the work or adaptation
for the purpose of research or study.
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply if another article in the publication is
also reproduced for the purpose of different research or a different
course of study.
(5) Despite subsection (2), a reproduction, for the purpose of research
or study, of not more than a reasonable portion of a work or
adaptation that is described in an item of the table and is not
contained in an article in a periodical publication is taken to be a
fair dealing with the work or adaptation for the purpose of research
or study. For this purpose, reasonable portion means the amount
described in the item.
Works, adaptations and reasonable portions
Item Work or adaptation Amount that is reasonable portion
1 A literary, dramatic or musical work
(except a computer program), or an
(a) 10% of the number of pages in
the edition; or
adaptation of such a work, that is
contained in a published edition of at
least 10 pages
(b) if the work or adaptation is
divided into chapters—a single
chapter
2 A published literary work in
electronic form (except a computer
(a) 10% of the number of words in
the work or adaptation; or
program or an electronic compilation,
such as a database), a published
dramatic work in electronic form or
(b) if the work or adaptation is
divided into chapters—a single
chapter
an adaptation published in electronic
form of such a literary or dramatic
work
(6) Subsection (5) applies to a reproduction of a work or adaptation
described in both items of the table in that subsection even if the
amount of the work or adaptation reproduced is not more than a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
56
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 41
reasonable portion (as defined in that subsection) on the basis of
only one of those items.
(7) If:
(a) a person makes a reproduction of a part of a published
literary or dramatic work or published adaptation of a literary
or dramatic work; and
(b) the reproduction is of not more than a reasonable portion (as
defined in subsection (5)) of the work or adaptation;
subsection (5) does not apply in relation to any subsequent
reproduction made by the person of any other part of the same
work or adaptation.
(8) Subsections 10(2), (2A), (2B) and (2C) do not affect
subsection (5), (6) or (7) of this section.
41 Fair dealing for purpose of criticism or review
A fair dealing with a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or
with an adaptation of a literary, dramatic or musical work, does not
constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work if it is for
the purpose of criticism or review, whether of that work or of
another work, and a sufficient acknowledgement of the work is
made.
41A Fair dealing for purpose of parody or satire
A fair dealing with a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or
with an adaptation of a literary, dramatic or musical work, does not
constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work if it is for
the purpose of parody or satire.
42 Fair dealing for purpose of reporting news
(1) A fair dealing with a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or
with an adaptation of a literary, dramatic or musical work, does not
constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
57
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 43
(a) it is for the purpose of, or is associated with, the reporting of
news in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical and a
sufficient acknowledgement of the work is made; or
(b) it is for the purpose of, or is associated with, the reporting of
news by means of a communication or in a cinematograph
film.
(2) The playing of a musical work in the course of reporting news by
means of a communication or in a cinematograph film is not a fair
dealing with the work for the purposes of this section if the playing
of the work does not form part of the news being reported.
43 Reproduction for purpose of judicial proceedings or professional
advice
(1) The copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is not
infringed by anything done for the purposes of a judicial
proceeding or of a report of a judicial proceeding.
(2) A fair dealing with a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work
does not constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work if
it is for the purpose of the giving of professional advice by:
(a) a legal practitioner; or
(b) a person registered as a patent attorney under the Patents Act
1990; or
(c) a person registered as a trade marks attorney under the Trade
Marks Act 1995.
43A Temporary reproductions made in the course of
communication
(1) The copyright in a work, or an adaptation of a work, is not
infringed by making a temporary reproduction of the work or
adaptation as part of the technical process of making or receiving a
communication.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the making of a
temporary reproduction of a work, or an adaptation of a work, as
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
58
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 43B
part of the technical process of making a communication if the
making of the communication is an infringement of copyright.
43B Temporary reproductions of works as part of a technical
process of use
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the copyright in a work is not infringed
by the making of a temporary reproduction of the work if the
reproduction is incidentally made as a necessary part of a technical
process of using a copy of the work.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) the making of a temporary reproduction of a work if the
reproduction is made from:
(i) an infringing copy of the work; or
(ii) a copy of the work where the copy is made in another
country and would be an infringing copy of the work if
the person who made the copy had done so in Australia;
or
(b) the making of a temporary reproduction of a work as a
necessary part of a technical process of using a copy of the
work if that use constitutes an infringement of the copyright
in the work.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to any subsequent use of a temporary
reproduction of a work other than as a part of the technical process
in which the temporary reproduction was made.
43C Reproducing works in books, newspapers and periodical
publications in different form for private use
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the owner of a book, newspaper or periodical publication
makes from it a reproduction (the main copy) of a work
contained in the book, newspaper or periodical publication;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
59
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 43C
(b) the main copy is made for his or her private and domestic use
instead of the work as contained in the book, newspaper or
periodical publication; and
(c) the main copy embodies the work in a form different from
the form in which the work is embodied in the book,
newspaper or periodical publication; and
(d) the book, newspaper or periodical publication itself is not an
infringing copy of either the work or a published edition of
the work; and
(e) at the time the owner makes the main copy, he or she has not
made, and is not making, another copy that embodies the
work in a form substantially identical to the form of the main
copy.
For this purpose, disregard a temporary reproduction of the work
incidentally made as a necessary part of the technical process of
making the main copy.
(2) The making of the main copy is not an infringement of copyright in
the work or a published edition of the work.
Dealing with main copy may make it an infringing copy
(3) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the main copy is:
(a) sold; or
(b) let for hire; or
(c) by way of trade offered or exposed for sale or hire; or
(d) distributed for the purpose of trade or otherwise.
Note: If the main copy is dealt with as described in subsection (3), then
copyright may be infringed not only by the making of the main copy
but also by the dealing with the main copy.
(4) To avoid doubt, paragraph (3)(d) does not apply to a loan of the
main copy by the lender to a member of the lender’s family or
household for the member’s private and domestic use.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
60
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 44
Reproducing work from main copy may infringe copyright
(5) Subsection (2) does not prevent the main copy from being an
infringing copy for the purpose of working out whether this section
applies again in relation to the making of another reproduction of
the work from the main copy.
Disposal of book etc. may make the main copy an infringing copy
(6) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the owner of the
book, newspaper or periodical publication disposes of it (in the
form from which the main copy was made) to another person.
Status of temporary reproduction
(7) If subsection (2) applies to the making of the main copy only as a
result of disregarding the incidental making of a temporary
reproduction of the work as a necessary part of the technical
process of making the main copy, then:
(a) if the temporary reproduction is destroyed at the first
practicable time during or after the making of the main
copy—the making of the temporary reproduction does not
infringe copyright in the work or a published edition of the
work; or
(b) if the temporary reproduction is not destroyed at that time—
the making of the temporary reproduction is taken always to
have infringed copyright (if any) subsisting in the work and
the published edition of the work from which the main copy
was made.
44 Inclusion of works in collections for use by places of education
(1) The copyright in a published literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work is not infringed by the inclusion of a short extract from the
work, or, in the case of a published literary, dramatic or musical
work, from an adaptation of the work, in a collection of literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic works contained in a book, sound
recording or cinematograph film and intended for use by places of
education if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
61
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 44A
(a) the collection is described in an appropriate place in the
book, on the label of each record embodying the recording or
of its container, or in the film, as being intended for use by
places of education;
(b) the work or adaptation was not published for the purpose of
being used by places of education;
(c) the collection consists principally of matter in which
copyright does not subsist; and
(d) a sufficient acknowledgement of the work or adaptation is
made.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to the
copyright in a work if, in addition to the extract concerned, 2 or
more other extracts from, or from adaptations of, works (being
works in which copyright subsists at the time when the collection
is published) by the author of the first-mentioned work are
contained in that collection, or are contained in that collection
taken together with every similar collection, if any, of works
intended for use by places of education and published by the same
publisher within the period of 5 years immediately preceding the
publication of the first-mentioned collection.
44A Importation etc. of books
(1) The copyright in an overseas work first published on or after the
commencing day is not infringed by a person who, without the
licence of the owner of the copyright, imports a non-infringing
book into Australia for a purpose mentioned in paragraph 37(1)(a),
(b) or (c).
(2) Subject to this section, the copyright in:
(a) an overseas work first published before the commencing day;
or
(b) a work first published in Australia, whether before, on or
after the commencing day;
is not infringed by a person who, without the licence of the owner
of the copyright, imports a copy (in this subsection called the
imported copy) of a hardback or paperback version of a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
62
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 44A
non-infringing book into Australia for a purpose mentioned in
paragraph 37(1)(a), (b) or (c) if:
(c) the person had ordered in writing from the copyright owner,
or the owner’s licensee or agent, one or more copies of that
version of the book (not being second-hand copies or more
copies than were needed to satisfy the person’s reasonable
requirements); and
(d) when the person ordered the imported copy, the original
order mentioned in paragraph (c) had not been withdrawn or
cancelled by, or with the consent of, the person and:
(i) at least 7 days had elapsed since the person placed the
original order and the copyright owner, licensee or
agent had not notified the person in writing that the
original order would be filled within 90 days after it was
placed; or
(ii) at least 90 days had elapsed since the person placed the
original order and the copyright owner, licensee or
agent had not filled the order.
(3) The copyright in a published work (whether first published before,
on or after the commencing day) is not infringed by a person who,
without the licence of the owner of the copyright, imports a single
copy of a non-infringing book into Australia if the importation is
for the purpose of filling a written order, or a verifiable telephone
order, by a customer of the person and:
(a) in the case of a written order, the order contains a statement,
signed by the customer; or
(b) in the case of a telephone order, the customer makes a
verifiable statement;
to the effect that the customer does not intend to use the book for a
purpose mentioned in paragraph 37(1)(a), (b) or (c).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
63
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 44A
(4) The copyright in a published work (whether first published before,
on or after the commencing day) is not infringed by a person who,
without the licence of the owner of the copyright, imports 2 or
more copies of a non-infringing book into Australia if:
(a) the importation is for the purpose of filling a written order, or
a verifiable telephone order, placed with the person by or on
behalf of a library, other than a library conducted for the
profit (direct or indirect) of a person or organisation; and
(b) in the case of a written order—the order contains a statement,
signed by the person placing the order, to the effect that the
library does not intend to use any of the books for a purpose
mentioned in paragraph 37(1)(a), (b) or (c); and
(c) in the case of a telephone order—the person placing the order
makes a verifiable statement to the effect referred to in
paragraph (b); and
(d) the number of copies so imported is not more than the
number of copies so ordered.
(5) Without limiting the ways in which a telephone order under
subsection (3) or (4), or a statement under paragraph (3)(b) or
(4)(c) relating to such an order, may be verified, such an order or
statement is, for the purposes of this section, taken to be verifiable
if the person who takes the order, or to whom the statement is
made, makes a written note of the details of the order or statement
when, or immediately after, the order is placed, or the statement is
made, as the case may be.
(6) Where:
(a) a book is imported into Australia for a purpose mentioned in
paragraph 37(1)(a), (b) or (c); and
(b) the importation does not, under this section, constitute an
infringement of copyright in a published work;
the use of the book for any such purpose does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the work and subsection 38(1)
does not apply to the book.
(7) Subsection (2) does not apply to the importation of a copy of a
hardback version of a non-infringing book into Australia if the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
64
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 44B
copyright owner, or his or her licensee or agent, is able to supply in
Australia enough copies of a paperback version of the book to fill
any reasonable order.
(8) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(d), a copyright owner, licensee
or agent is not taken to have filled an order by a person for one or
more copies of a version of a book unless and until the copyright
owner, licensee or agent sends the copy, or all of the copies, as the
case requires, to the person.
(9) In this section:
book does not include:
(a) a book whose main content is one or more musical works,
with or without any related literary, dramatic or artistic work;
or
(b) a manual sold with computer software for use in connection
with that software; or
(c) a periodical publication.
commencing day means the day on which the Copyright
Amendment Act 1991 commences.
overseas work means a work:
(a) that was first published in a country other than Australia; and
(b) that was not published in Australia within 30 days after its
first publication in that other country.
Note: A work may, for the purposes of this Act, be first published in
Australia if it is published in Australia within 30 days of an earlier
publication elsewhere. For the meaning of first publication, see
section 29 and, in particular, subsection 29(5).
44B Reproduction of writing on approved label for containers for
chemical product
The reproduction on a label on a container for a chemical product
of any writing appearing on an approved label is not an
infringement of any copyright subsisting under this Part in relation
to that writing.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
65
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 44BA
44BA Acts done in relation to certain medicine
(1) The following acts are not an infringement of any copyright
subsisting under this Part in a work that is product information
approved under section 25AA of the Therapeutic Goods Act 1989
in relation to medicine:
(a) an act that is done under that Act and that is in respect of
product information in relation to:
(i) restricted medicine; or
(ii) medicine in respect of which the applicant for the
registration of that medicine under that Act has been
given a notice of the kind referred to in
subparagraph 25(1)(da)(ii) of that Act; or
(iii) medicine in respect of which subsection 25AA(2) or (3)
of that Act applies;
(b) an act that is ancillary or incidental to an act referred to in
paragraph (a).
(2) The following acts are not an infringement of any copyright
subsisting under this Part in a work that is product information
approved under section 25AA of the Therapeutic Goods Act 1989
in relation to medicine:
(a) supplying, in Australia, some or all of any product
information that is approved under that section in relation to
medicine;
(b) reproducing, in Australia, some or all of the information
referred to in paragraph (a);
(c) publishing, in Australia, some or all of the information
referred to in paragraph (a);
(d) communicating, in Australia, some or all of the information
referred to in paragraph (a);
(e) adapting, in Australia, some or all of the information referred
to in paragraph (a);
to the extent that the supply, reproduction, publication,
communication or adaptation is for a purpose related to the safe
and effective use of the medicine referred to in paragraph (a).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
66
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 44BB
(3) An act done in Australia that is ancillary or incidental to a supply,
reproduction, publication, communication or adaptation referred to
in subsection (2) is not an infringement of any copyright subsisting
under this Part in the work referred to in subsection (2).
(4) For the purposes of this section, medicine, product information
and restricted medicine have the same meanings as in the
Therapeutic Goods Act 1989.
44BB Copyright subsisting in works shared for healthcare or related
purposes
(1) The copyright in a work is not infringed by an act comprised in the
copyright in the work if:
(a) the act is done, or authorised to be done:
(i) for a purpose for which the collection, use or disclosure
of health information is required or authorised under the
My Health Records Act 2012; or
(ii) in circumstances in which a permitted general situation
exists under item 1 of the table in subsection 16A(1) of
the Privacy Act 1988 (serious threat to life, health or
safety), or would exist if the act were done, or
authorised to be done, by an entity that is an APP entity
for the purposes of that Act; or
(iii) in circumstances in which a permitted health situation
exists under section 16B of the Privacy Act 1988, or
would exist if the act were done, or authorised to be
done, by an entity that is an organisation for the
purposes of that Act; or
(iv) for any other purpose relating to healthcare, or the
communication or management of health information,
prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) either:
(i) the work is substantially comprised of health
information; or
(ii) the work allows for the storage, retrieval or use of
health information and it is reasonably necessary to do
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
67
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 44C
the act, or authorise it to be done, in circumstances that
would otherwise infringe copyright in the work.
(2) In this section:
healthcare has the same meaning as in the My Health Records Act
2012.
health information has the same meaning as in the My Health
Records Act 2012.
44C Copyright subsisting in accessories etc. to imported articles
(1) The copyright in a work a copy of which is, or is on, or embodied
in, a non-infringing accessory to an article is not infringed by
importing the accessory with the article.
Note: See the definition of accessory in subsection 10(1) and see also
section 10AD for an expanded meaning of accessory in relation to
certain imported articles.
(2) Section 38 does not apply to a copy of a work, being a copy that is,
or is on, or embodied in, a non-infringing accessory to an article, if
the importation of the accessory is not an infringement of copyright
in the work.
44D Import of non-infringing copy of sound recording does not
infringe copyright in works recorded
(1) The copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work is not
infringed by a person who:
(a) imports into Australia a non-infringing copy of a sound
recording of the work; or
(b) does an act described in section 38 involving an article that is
a non-infringing copy of a sound recording of the work and
has been imported into Australia by anyone.
Note: In a civil action for infringement of copyright, a copy of a sound
recording is presumed not to be a non-infringing copy of the sound
recording unless the defendant proves it is. See section 130A.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
68
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works Division 3
Section 44E
(2) This section applies to a copy of a sound recording only if, when
the copy is imported into Australia, the sound recording has been
published:
(a) in Australia; or
(b) in another country (the publication country) by or with the
consent of:
(i) the owner of the copyright or related right in the sound
recording in the publication country; or
(ii) the owner of the copyright or related right in the sound
recording in the country (the original recording
country) in which the sound recording was made, if the
law of the publication country did not provide for
copyright or a related right in sound recordings when
publication occurred; or
(iii) the maker of the sound recording, if neither the law of
the publication country nor the law of the original
recording country (whether those countries are different
or not) provided for copyright or a related right in sound
recordings when publication occurred.
Note: Subsection 29(6) deals with unauthorised publication.
(3) In subsection (2):
owner of the copyright or related right in the sound recording
means the owner at the time publication of the sound recording
occurred.
(4) The definition of article in section 38 does not affect this section.
44E Importation and sale etc. of copies of computer programs
(1) The copyright in a literary work:
(a) that is a computer program; and
(b) that has been published in Australia or a qualifying country;
is not infringed by a person who:
(c) imports into Australia an article that has embodied in it a
non-infringing copy of the program; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
69
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 3 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in works
Section 44F
(d) does an act mentioned in section 38 involving an article that
has embodied in it a non-infringing copy of the program and
that has been imported into Australia by anyone.
Note: Section 130B deals with the burden of proof a defendant bears in a
civil action for infringement of copyright.
(2) The definition of article in section 38 does not affect this section.
44F Importation and sale etc. of copies of electronic literary or
music items
(1) The copyright in a work:
(a) that is, or is part of, an electronic literary or music item; and
(b) that has been published in Australia or a qualifying country;
is not infringed by a person who:
(c) imports into Australia an article that has embodied in it a
non-infringing copy of the electronic literary or music item;
or
(d) does an act mentioned in section 38 involving an article that
has embodied in it a non-infringing copy of the electronic
literary or music item and that has been imported into
Australia by anyone.
Note: Section 130C deals with the burden of proof a defendant bears in a
civil action for infringement of copyright.
(2) The definition of article in section 38 does not affect this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
70
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in literary, dramatic and musical works
Division 4
Section 45
Division 4—Acts not constituting infringements of
copyright in literary, dramatic and musical works
45 Reading or recitation in public or for a broadcast
The reading or recitation in public, or the inclusion in a sound
broadcast or television broadcast of a reading or recitation, of an
extract of reasonable length from a published literary or dramatic
work, or from an adaptation of such a work, does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the work if a sufficient
acknowledgement of the work is made.
46 Performance at premises where persons reside or sleep
Where a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an adaptation of
such a work, is performed in public, by the operation of reception
equipment or by the use of a record, at premises where persons
reside or sleep, as part of the amenities provided exclusively for
residents or inmates of the premises or for those residents or
inmates and their guests, the performance does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the work.
47 Reproduction for purpose of broadcasting
(1) Where the broadcasting by a person of a literary, dramatic or
musical work, or of an adaptation of such a work, would not
(whether by reason of an assignment or licence or of the operation
of a provision of this Act) constitute an infringement of the
copyright in the work, but the making by the person of a sound
recording or a cinematograph film of the work or adaptation
would, apart from this subsection, constitute such an infringement,
the copyright in the work is not infringed by the making by the
person of such a recording or film solely for the purpose of the
broadcasting of the work or adaptation.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
71
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 4 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in literary, dramatic and
musical works
Section 47
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to a
recording or film if a record embodying the recording or a copy of
the film is used for a purpose other than:
(a) the broadcasting of the work or adaptation in circumstances
that do not (whether by reason of an assignment or licence or
of the operation of a provision of this Act) constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the work; or
(b) the making of further records embodying the recording or
further copies of the film for the purpose of the broadcasting
of the work or adaptation in such circumstances.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a recording or film
where a record embodying the recording or a copy of the film is
used for the purpose of the broadcasting of the work or adaptation
by a person who is not the maker of the recording or film unless
the maker has paid to the owner of the copyright in the work such
amount as they agree or, in default of agreement, has given an
undertaking in writing to the owner to pay to the owner such
amount as is determined by the Copyright Tribunal, on the
application of either of them, to be equitable remuneration to the
owner for the making of the recording or film.
(4) A person who has given an undertaking referred to in the last
preceding subsection is liable, when the Copyright Tribunal has
determined the amount to which the undertaking relates, to pay that
amount to the owner of the copyright in the work and the owner
may recover that amount in a court of competent jurisdiction from
the person as a debt due to the owner.
(5) Subsection (1) of this section does not apply in relation to a
recording or film unless, before the expiration of the period of 12
months commencing on the day on which any of the records
embodying the recording or any of the copies of the film is first
used for broadcasting the work or adaptation in accordance with
that subsection, or before the expiration of such further period, if
any, as is agreed between the maker of the recording or film and
the owner of the copyright in the work, all the records embodying
the recording or all the copies of the film are destroyed or are
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
72
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in literary, dramatic and musical works
Division 4
Section 47AA
transferred, with the consent of the Director-General of the
National Archives of Australia, to the care (within the meaning of
the Archives Act 1983) of the National Archives of Australia.
(6) The Director-General of the National Archives of Australia must
not consent to the transfer to the care of the National Archives of
Australia in accordance with subsection (5) of a record embodying
a recording or of a copy of a film unless he or she has certified that
the recording or film is of an exceptional documentary character.
(7) In this section:
broadcasting does not include simulcasting.
47AA Reproduction for the purpose of simulcasting
(1) If the broadcasting of a literary, dramatic or musical work, or of an
adaptation of such a work, would not for any reason constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the work, but the making of a
sound recording or a cinematograph film of the work or adaptation
would, apart from this subsection, constitute such an infringement,
the copyright in the work is not infringed by the making of such a
recording or film solely for the purpose of simulcasting the work or
adaptation in digital form.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a recording or film if a
record embodying the recording or a copy of the film is used for a
purpose other than:
(a) the simulcasting of the work or adaptation in circumstances
that do not for any reason constitute an infringement of the
copyright in the work; or
(b) the making of further records embodying the recording or
further copies of the film for the purpose of simulcasting the
work or adaptation in such circumstances.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a recording or film
unless all records embodying the recording, or all copies of the
film, made under that subsection are destroyed on or before the
relevant date specified in the regulations.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
73
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 4 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in literary, dramatic and
musical works
Section 47AA
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), the regulations may specify
different dates in relation to different classes of sound recordings
or cinematograph films.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
74
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in computer programs Division 4A
Section 47AB
Division 4A—Acts not constituting infringements of
copyright in computer programs
47AB Meaning of computer program
In this Division:
computer program includes any literary work that is:
(a) incorporated in, or associated with, a computer program; and
(b) essential to the effective operation of a function of that
computer program.
47B Reproduction for normal use or study of computer programs
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program is not infringed by the making of a reproduction
of the work if:
(a) the reproduction is incidentally and automatically made as
part of the technical process of running a copy of the
program for the purposes for which the program was
designed; and
(b) the running of the copy is done by, or on behalf of, the owner
or licensee of the copy.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making of a reproduction of a
computer program:
(a) from an infringing copy of the computer program; or
(b) contrary to an express direction or licence given by, or on
behalf of, the owner of the copyright in the computer
program to the owner or licensee of the copy from which the
reproduction is made when the owner or licensee of that copy
acquired it.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program is not infringed by the making of a reproduction
of the work if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
75
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 4A Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in computer programs
Section 47C
(a) the reproduction is incidentally and automatically made as
part of the technical process of running a copy of the
program for the purpose of studying the ideas behind the
program and the way in which it functions; and
(b) the running of the copy is done by, or on behalf of, the owner
or licensee of the copy.
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply to the making of a reproduction of a
computer program from an infringing copy of the computer
program.
(5) In this section:
reproduction, in relation to a computer program, does not include a
version of the program of the kind referred to in
paragraph 21(5)(b).
47C Back-up copy of computer programs
(1) Subject to subsection (4), the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program is not infringed by the making of a reproduction
of the work if:
(a) the reproduction is made by, or on behalf of, the owner or
licensee of the copy (the original copy) from which the
reproduction is made; and
(b) the reproduction is made for use only by, or on behalf of, the
owner or licensee of the original copy; and
(c) the reproduction is made for any of the following purposes:
(i) to enable the owner or licensee of the original copy to
use the reproduction in lieu of the original copy and to
store the original copy;
(ii) to enable the owner or licensee of the original copy to
store the reproduction for use in lieu of the original copy
if the original copy is lost, destroyed or rendered
unusable;
(iii) to enable the owner or licensee of the original copy to
use the reproduction in lieu of the original copy, or of
another reproduction made under this subsection, if the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
76
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in computer programs Division 4A
Section 47C
original copy, or the other reproduction, is lost,
destroyed or rendered unusable.
(2) Subject to subsection (4), the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program, and in any work or other subject-matter held
together with the program on the same computer system, is not
infringed by the making of a reproduction of the program, or of
such a work or other subject-matter if:
(a) the reproduction is made by, or on behalf of, the owner or
licensee of the copy (the original copy) from which the
reproduction is made; and
(b) the making of the reproduction is part of the normal back-up
copying of data for security purposes.
(3) Subsection (1) applies in relation to a reproduction of a work made
for a purpose referred to in subparagraph (1)(c)(iii) whether or not
other reproductions of the work have previously been made for the
same purpose from the same copy.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to the making of a
reproduction of a computer program:
(a) from an infringing copy of the computer program; or
(b) if the owner of the copyright in the computer program has so
designed the program that copies of it cannot be made
without modifying the program; or
(c) if a licence to use the original copy, given by, or on behalf of,
the owner of the copyright in the computer program to the
owner of the original copy when the owner of that copy
acquired it, has expired or been terminated.
(5) For the purposes of this section, a reference to a copy of a
computer program is a reference to any article in which the
computer program is reproduced in a material form.
(6) In this section:
reproduction, in relation to a computer program, does not include a
version of the program of the kind referred to in
paragraph 21(5)(b).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
77
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 4A Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in computer programs
Section 47D
47D Reproducing computer programs to make interoperable
products
(1) Subject to this Division, the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program is not infringed by the making of a reproduction
or adaptation of the work if:
(a) the reproduction or adaptation is made by, or on behalf of,
the owner or licensee of the copy of the program (the
original program) used for making the reproduction or
adaptation; and
(b) the reproduction or adaptation is made for the purpose of
obtaining information necessary to enable the owner or
licensee, or a person acting on behalf of the owner or
licensee, to make independently another program (the new
program), or an article, to connect to and be used together
with, or otherwise to interoperate with, the original program
or any other program; and
(c) the reproduction or adaptation is made only to the extent
reasonably necessary to obtain the information referred to in
paragraph (b); and
(d) to the extent that the new program reproduces or adapts the
original program, it does so only to the extent necessary to
enable the new program to connect to and be used together
with, or otherwise to interoperate with, the original program
or the other program; and
(e) the information referred to in paragraph (b) is not readily
available to the owner or licensee from another source when
the reproduction or adaptation is made.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making of a reproduction or
adaptation of a computer program from an infringing copy of the
computer program.
47E Reproducing computer programs to correct errors
(1) Subject to this Division, the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program is not infringed by the making, on or after
23 February 1999, of a reproduction or adaptation of the work if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
78
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in computer programs Division 4A
Section 47F
(a) the reproduction or adaptation is made by, or on behalf of,
the owner or licensee of the copy of the program (the
original copy) used for making the reproduction or
adaptation; and
(b) the reproduction or adaptation is made for the purpose of
correcting an error in the original copy that prevents it from
operating (including in conjunction with other programs or
with hardware):
(i) as intended by its author; or
(ii) in accordance with any specifications or other
documentation supplied with the original copy; and
(c) the reproduction or adaptation is made only to the extent
reasonably necessary to correct the error referred to in
paragraph (b); and
(d) when the reproduction or adaptation is made, another copy of
the program that does operate as mentioned in paragraph (b)
is not available to the owner or licensee within a reasonable
time at an ordinary commercial price.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making of a reproduction or
adaptation of a computer program from an infringing copy of the
computer program.
47F Reproducing computer programs for security testing
(1) Subject to this Division, the copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program is not infringed by the making of a reproduction
or adaptation of the work if:
(a) the reproduction or adaptation is made by, or on behalf of,
the owner or licensee of the copy of the program (the
original copy) used for making the reproduction or
adaptation; and
(b) the reproduction or adaptation is made for the purpose of:
(i) testing in good faith the security of the original copy, or
of a computer system or network of which the original
copy is a part; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
79
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 4A Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in computer programs
Section 47G
(ii) investigating, or correcting, in good faith a security flaw
in, or the vulnerability to unauthorised access of, the
original copy, or of a computer system or network of
which the original copy is a part; and
(c) the reproduction or adaptation is made only to the extent
reasonably necessary to achieve a purpose referred to in
paragraph (b); and
(d) the information resulting from the making of the
reproduction or adaptation is not readily available to the
owner or licensee from another source when the reproduction
or adaptation is made.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making of a reproduction or
adaptation of a computer program from an infringing copy of the
computer program.
47G Unauthorised use of copies or information
(1) If:
(a) a reproduction or adaptation of a literary work that is a
computer program is made under a prescribed provision; and
(b) the reproduction or adaptation, or any information derived
from it, is, without the consent of the owner of the copyright
in the computer program, used, or sold or otherwise supplied
to a person, for a purpose other than a purpose specified in
the prescribed provision;
the prescribed provision does not apply, and is taken never to have
applied, to the making of the reproduction or adaptation.
(2) For the purposes of this section, sections 47B, 47C, 47D, 47E and
47F are prescribed provisions.
47H Agreements excluding operation of certain provisions
An agreement, or a provision of an agreement, that excludes or
limits, or has the effect of excluding or limiting, the operation of
subsection 47B(3), or section 47C, 47D, 47E or 47F, has no effect.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
80
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in artistic works Division 4B
Section 47J
Division 4B—Acts not constituting infringements of
copyright in artistic works
47J Reproducing photograph in different format for private use
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the owner of a photograph (the original photograph) makes
a reproduction (the main copy) of it for his or her private and
domestic use instead of the original photograph; and
(b) the original photograph itself is not an infringing copy of a
work or published edition of a work; and
(c) either:
(i) the original photograph is in hardcopy form and the
main copy is in electronic form; or
(ii) the original photograph is in electronic form and the
main copy is in hardcopy form; and
(d) at the time the owner makes the main copy, he or she has not
made, and is not making, another reproduction of the original
photograph that embodies the original photograph in a form
substantially identical to the form of the main copy.
For this purpose, disregard a temporary reproduction of the original
photograph incidentally made as a necessary part of the technical
process of making the main copy.
(2) The making of the main copy is not an infringement of copyright:
(a) in the original photograph; or
(b) in a work, or published edition of a work, included in the
original photograph.
Dealing with main copy may make it an infringing copy
(3) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the main copy is:
(a) sold; or
(b) let for hire; or
(c) by way of trade offered or exposed for sale or hire; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
81
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 4B Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in artistic works
Section 47J
(d) distributed for the purpose of trade or otherwise.
Note: If the main copy is dealt with as described in subsection (3), then
copyright may be infringed not only by the making of the main copy
but also by the dealing with the main copy.
(4) To avoid doubt, paragraph (3)(d) does not apply to a loan of the
main copy by the lender to a member of the lender’s family or
household for the member’s private and domestic use.
Reproducing main copy may infringe copyright
(5) Subsection (2) does not prevent the main copy from being an
infringing copy for the purpose of working out whether this section
applies again in relation to the making of a reproduction of the
main copy.
Disposal of original may make the main copy an infringing copy
(6) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the owner of the
original photograph disposes of it to another person.
Status of temporary reproduction
(7) If subsection (2) applies to the making of the main copy only as a
result of disregarding the incidental making of a temporary
reproduction of the original photograph as a necessary part of the
technical process of making the main copy, then:
(a) if the temporary reproduction is destroyed at the first
practicable time during or after the making of the main
copy—the making of the temporary reproduction does not
infringe copyright in the original photograph or a work, or
published edition of a work, included in the original
photograph; or
(b) if the temporary reproduction is not destroyed at that time—
the making of the temporary reproduction is taken always to
have infringed copyright (if any) subsisting in the original
photograph or a work, or published edition of a work,
included in the original photograph.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
82
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 48
Division 5—Copying of works in libraries or archives
48 Interpretation
In this Division, a reference to an article contained in a periodical
publication shall be read as a reference to anything (other than an
artistic work) appearing in such a publication.
48A Copying by Parliamentary libraries for members of Parliament
The copyright in a work is not infringed by anything done, for the
sole purpose of assisting a person who is a member of a Parliament
in the performance of the person’s duties as such a member, by an
authorized officer of a library, being a library the principal purpose
of which is to provide library services for members of that
Parliament.
49 Reproducing and communicating works by libraries and archives
for users
(1) A person may furnish to the officer in charge of a library or
archives:
(a) a request in writing to be supplied with a reproduction of an
article, or a part of an article, contained in a periodical
publication or of the whole or a part of a published work
other than an article contained in a periodical publication,
being a periodical publication or a published work held in the
collection of a library or archives; and
(b) a declaration signed by him or her stating:
(i) that he or she requires the reproduction for the purpose
of research or study and will not use it for any other
purpose; and
(ii) that he or she has not previously been supplied with a
reproduction of the same article or other work, or the
same part of the article or other work, as the case may
be, by an authorized officer of the library or archives.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
83
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 49
(2) Subject to this section, where a request and declaration referred to
in subsection (1) are furnished to the officer in charge of a library
or archives, an authorized officer of the library or archives may,
unless the declaration contains a statement that to his or her
knowledge is untrue in a material particular, make, or cause to be
made, the reproduction to which the request relates and supply the
reproduction to the person who made the request.
Note: The reproduction could be made from another reproduction of the
article or published work in the collection of the library or archives
that was made without infringing copyright because of
subsection 113H(1) (Preservation).
(2A) A person may make to an authorized officer of a library or
archives:
(a) a request to be supplied with a reproduction of an article, or
part of an article, contained in a periodical publication, or of
the whole or a part of a published work other than an article
contained in a periodical publication, being a periodical
publication or a published work held in the collection of a
library or archives; and
(b) a declaration to the effect that:
(i) the person requires the reproduction for the purpose of
research or study and will not use it for any other
purpose;
(ii) the person has not previously been supplied with a
reproduction of the same article or other work, or the
same part of the article or other work, as the case may
be, by an authorized officer of the library or archives;
and
(iii) by reason of the remoteness of the person’s location, the
person cannot conveniently furnish to the officer in
charge of the library or archives a request and
declaration referred to in subsection (1) in relation to the
reproduction soon enough to enable the reproduction to
be supplied to the person before the time by which the
person requires it.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
84
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 49
(2B) A request or declaration referred to in subsection (2A) is not
required to be made in writing.
(2C) Subject to this section, where:
(a) a request and declaration referred to in subsection (2A) are
made by a person to an authorized officer of a library or
archives; and
(b) the authorized officer makes a declaration setting out
particulars of the request and declaration made by the person
and stating that:
(i) the declaration made by the person, so far as it relates to
the matters specified in subparagraphs (2A)(b)(i) and
(ii), does not contain a statement that, to the knowledge
of the authorized officer, is untrue in a material
particular; and
(ii) the authorized officer is satisfied that the declaration
made by the person is true so far as it relates to the
matter specified in subparagraph (2A)(b)(iii);
an authorized officer of the library or archives may make, or cause
to be made, the reproduction to which the request relates and
supply the reproduction to the person.
Note: The reproduction could be made from another reproduction of the
article or published work in the collection of the library or archives
that was made without infringing copyright because of
subsection 113H(1) (Preservation).
(3) Where a charge is made for making and supplying a reproduction
to which a request under subsection (1) or (2A) relates,
subsection (2) or (2C), as the case may be, does not apply in
relation to the request if the amount of the charge exceeds the cost
of making and supplying the reproduction.
(4) Subsection (2) or (2C) does not apply in relation to a request for a
reproduction of, or parts of, 2 or more articles contained in the
same periodical publication unless the articles are requested for the
same research or course of study.
(5) Subsection (2) or (2C) does not apply to a request for a
reproduction of the whole of a work (other than an article
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
85
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 49
contained in a periodical publication), or to a reproduction of a part
of such a work that contains more than a reasonable portion of the
work unless:
(a) the work forms part of the library or archives collection; and
(b) before the reproduction is made, an authorized officer has,
after reasonable investigation, made a declaration stating that
he or she is satisfied that a reproduction (not being a
second-hand reproduction) of the work cannot be obtained
within a reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price.
(5AA) For the purposes of subsection (5), if the characteristics of the work
are such that subsection 10(2) or (2A) is relevant to the question
whether the reproduction contains only a reasonable portion of the
work, then that question is to be determined solely by reference to
subsection 10(2) or (2A) and not by reference to the ordinary
meaning of reasonable portion.
(5AB) For the purposes of paragraph (5)(b), in determining whether a
reproduction (not being a second-hand reproduction) of the work
cannot be obtained within a reasonable time at an ordinary
commercial price, the authorized officer must take into account:
(a) the time by which the person requesting the reproduction
requires it; and
(b) the time within which a reproduction (not being a
second-hand reproduction) of the work at an ordinary
commercial price could be delivered to the person; and
(c) whether an electronic reproduction of the work can be
obtained within a reasonable time at an ordinary commercial
price.
(5A) If an article contained in a periodical publication, or a published
work (other than an article contained in a periodical publication) is
acquired, in electronic form, as part of a library or archives
collection, the officer in charge of the library or archives may make
it available online within the premises of the library or archives in
such a manner that users cannot, by using any equipment supplied
by the library or archives:
(a) make an electronic reproduction of the article or work; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
86
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 49
(b) communicate the article or work.
(6) The copyright in an article contained in a periodical publication is
not infringed by the making, in relation to a request under
subsection (1) or (2A), of a reproduction of the article, or of a part
of the article, in accordance with subsection (2) or (2C), as the case
may be, unless the reproduction is supplied to a person other than
the person who made the request.
(7) The copyright in a published work other than an article contained
in a periodical publication is not infringed by the making, in
relation to a request under subsection (1) or (2A), of a reproduction
of the work, or of a part of the work, in accordance with
subsection (2) or (2C), as the case may be, unless the reproduction
is supplied to a person other than the person who made the request.
(7A) Subsections (6) and (7) do not apply to the making under
subsection (2) or (2C) of an electronic reproduction of:
(a) an article, or a part of an article, contained in a periodical
publication; or
(b) the whole or part of a published work, other than such an
article;
in relation to a request under this section for communication to the
person who made the request unless:
(c) before or when the reproduction is communicated to the
person, the person is notified in accordance with the
regulations:
(i) that the reproduction has been made under this section
and that the article or work might be subject to
copyright protection under this Act; and
(ii) about such other matters (if any) as are prescribed; and
(d) as soon as practicable after the reproduction is communicated
to the person, the reproduction made under subsection (2) or
(2C) and held by the library or archives is destroyed.
(7B) It is not an infringement of copyright in an article contained in a
periodical publication, or of copyright in a published work, to
communicate it in accordance with subsection (2), (2C) or (5A).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
87
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 50
(8) The regulations may exclude the application of subsection (6) or
(7) in such cases as are specified in the regulations.
(9) In this section:
archives means an archives all or part of whose collection is
accessible to members of the public.
library means a library all or part of whose collection is accessible
to members of the public directly or through interlibrary loans.
supply includes supply by way of a communication.
Note: Under section 203F, it is an offence to make a false or misleading
declaration for the purposes of this section. Sections 203A and 203G
create offences relating to the keeping of declarations made for the
purposes of this section.
50 Reproducing and communicating works by libraries or archives
for other libraries or archives
(1) The officer in charge of a library may request, or cause another
person to request, the officer in charge of another library to supply
the officer in charge of the first-mentioned library with a
reproduction of an article, or a part of an article, contained in a
periodical publication, or of the whole or a part of a published
work other than an article contained in a periodical publication,
being a periodical publication or a published work held in the
collection of a library:
(a) for the purpose of including the reproduction in the collection
of the first-mentioned library;
(aa) in a case where the principal purpose of the first-mentioned
library is to provide library services for members of a
Parliament—for the purpose of assisting a person who is a
member of that Parliament in the performance of the person’s
duties as such a member; or
(b) for the purpose of supplying the reproduction to a person
who has made a request for the reproduction under
section 49.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
88
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 50
(2) Subject to this section, where a request is made by or on behalf of
the officer in charge of a library to the officer in charge of another
library under subsection (1), an authorized officer of the
last-mentioned library may make, or cause to be made, the
reproduction to which the request relates and supply the
reproduction to the officer in charge of the first-mentioned library.
Note: The reproduction could be made from another reproduction of the
article or published work in the collection of the other library that was
made without infringing copyright because of subsection 113H(1)
(Preservation).
(3) Where, under subsection (2), an authorized officer of a library
makes, or causes to be made, a reproduction of the whole or part of
a work (including an article contained in a periodical publication)
and supplies it to the officer in charge of another library in
accordance with a request made under subsection (1):
(a) the reproduction shall, for all purposes of this Act, be deemed
to have been made on behalf of an authorized officer of the
other library for the purpose for which the reproduction was
requested; and
(b) an action shall not be brought against the body administering
that first-mentioned library, or against any officer or
employee of that library, for infringement of copyright by
reason of the making or supplying of that reproduction.
(4) Subject to this section, if a reproduction of the whole or a part of
an article contained in a periodical publication, or of any other
published work, is, by virtue of subsection (3), taken to have been
made on behalf of an authorised officer of a library, the copyright
in the article or other work is not infringed:
(a) by the making of the reproduction; or
(b) if the work is supplied under subsection (2) by way of a
communication—by the making of the communication.
(5) The regulations may exclude the application of subsection (4) in
such cases as are specified in the regulations.
(6) Where a charge is made for making and supplying a reproduction
to which a request under subsection (1) relates, subsection (3) does
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
89
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 50
not apply in relation to the request if the amount of the charge
exceeds the cost of making and supplying the reproduction.
(7) Where:
(a) a reproduction (in this subsection referred to as the relevant
reproduction) of, or of a part of, an article, or of the whole or
a part of another work, is supplied under subsection (2) to the
officer in charge of a library; and
(b) a reproduction of the same article or other work, or of the
same part of the article or other work, as the case may be, has
previously been supplied under subsection (2) for the purpose
of inclusion in the collection of the library;
subsection (4) does not apply to or in relation to the relevant
reproduction unless, as soon as practicable after the request under
subsection (1) relating to the relevant reproduction is made, an
authorized officer of the library makes a declaration:
(c) setting out particulars of the request (including the purpose
for which the relevant reproduction was requested); and
(d) stating that the reproduction referred to in paragraph (b) has
been lost, destroyed or damaged, as the case requires.
(7A) If:
(a) a reproduction is made of the whole of a work (other than an
article contained in a periodical publication) or of a part of
such a work, being a part that contains more than a
reasonable portion of the work; and
(b) the work from which the reproduction is made is in hardcopy
form; and
(c) the reproduction is supplied under subsection (2) to the
officer in charge of a library;
subsection (4) does not apply in relation to the reproduction unless:
(d) in a case where the principal purpose of the library is to
provide library services for members of a Parliament—the
reproduction is so supplied for the purpose of assisting a
person who is a member of that Parliament in the
performance of the person’s duties as such a member; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
90
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 50
(e) as soon as practicable after the request under subsection (1)
relating to the reproduction is made, an authorized officer of
the library makes a declaration:
(i) setting out particulars of the request (including the
purpose for which the reproduction was requested); and
(ii) stating that, after reasonable investigation, the
authorized officer is satisfied that a copy (not being a
second-hand copy) of the work cannot be obtained
within a reasonable time at an ordinary commercial
price.
(7B) If:
(a) a reproduction is made of the whole of a work (including an
article contained in a periodical publication) or of a part of
such a work, whether or not the part contains more than a
reasonable portion of the work; and
(b) the work from which the reproduction is made is in electronic
form; and
(c) the reproduction is supplied under subsection (2) to the
officer in charge of a library;
subsection (4) does not apply in relation to the reproduction unless:
(d) in a case where the principal purpose of the library is to
provide library services for members of a Parliament—the
reproduction is so supplied for the purpose of assisting a
person who is a member of that Parliament in the
performance of the person’s duties as such a member; or
(e) as soon as practicable after the request under subsection (1)
relating to the reproduction is made, an authorized officer of
the library makes a declaration:
(i) setting out particulars of the request (including the
purpose for which the reproduction was requested); and
(ii) if the reproduction is of the whole, or of more than a
reasonable portion, of a work other than an article—
stating that, after reasonable investigation, the
authorised officer is satisfied that the work cannot be
obtained in electronic form within a reasonable time at
an ordinary commercial price; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
91
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 50
(iii) if the reproduction is of a reasonable portion, or less
than a reasonable portion, of a work other than an
article—stating that, after reasonable investigation, the
authorised officer is satisfied that the portion cannot be
obtained in electronic form, either separately or together
with a reasonable amount of other material, within a
reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price; and
(iv) if the reproduction is of the whole or of a part of an
article—stating that, after reasonable investigation, the
authorised officer is satisfied that the article cannot be
obtained on its own in electronic form within a
reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price.
(7BA) For the purposes of subsections (7A) and (7B), if the
characteristics of the work are such that subsection 10(2) or (2A) is
relevant to the question whether the reproduction contains only a
reasonable portion of the work, then that question is to be
determined solely by reference to subsection 10(2) or (2A) and not
by reference to the ordinary meaning of reasonable portion.
(7BB) For the purposes of subparagraphs (7A)(e)(ii) and (7B)(e)(ii), (iii)
and (iv), in determining whether a copy of the work, the work, the
portion of the work or the article (as appropriate) cannot be
obtained within a reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price,
the authorized officer must take into account:
(a) the time by which the person requesting the reproduction
under section 49 requires the reproduction; and
(b) the time within which a reproduction (not being a
second-hand reproduction) of the work at an ordinary
commercial price could be delivered to the person; and
(c) whether the copy, work, portion or article can be obtained in
electronic form within a reasonable time at an ordinary
commercial price.
(7C) If:
(a) a reproduction is made in electronic form by or on behalf of
an authorised officer of a library of the whole of a work
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
92
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 50
(including an article contained in a periodical publication) or
of a part of such a work; and
(b) the reproduction is supplied under subsection (2) to the
officer in charge of another library;
subsection (3) does not apply in relation to the reproduction unless,
as soon as practicable after the reproduction is supplied to the other
library the reproduction made for the purpose of the supply and
held by the first-mentioned library is destroyed.
(8) Subsection (4) does not apply to a reproduction or communication
of all or part of 2 or more articles that are contained in the same
periodical publication and that have been requested for the same
purpose unless:
(a) the purpose is the one described in paragraph (1)(aa)
(assisting a member of a Parliament perform his or her
duties); or
(b) the purpose is the one described in paragraph (1)(b)
(supplying a reproduction to a person requesting it under
section 49 for research or study) and the reproduction of the
articles was requested under section 49 for the same research
or course of study.
(10) In this section:
library means:
(a) a library all or part of whose collection is accessible to
members of the public directly or through interlibrary loans;
or
(b) a library whose principal purpose is to provide library
services for members of a Parliament; or
(c) an archives all or part of whose collection is accessible to
members of the public.
supply includes supply by way of a communication.
Note: Under section 203F, it is an offence to make a false or misleading
declaration for the purposes of this section. Sections 203A and 203G
create offences relating to the keeping of declarations made for the
purposes of this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
93
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 51
51 Reproducing and communicating unpublished works in libraries
or archives
(1) Where, at a time more than 50 years after the end of the calendar
year in which the author of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work died, copyright subsists in the work but:
(a) the work has not been published; and
(b) a reproduction of the work, or, in the case of a literary,
dramatic or musical work, the manuscript of the work, is kept
in the collection of a library or archives where it is, subject to
any regulations governing that collection, open to public
inspection;
the copyright in the work is not infringed:
(c) by the making or communication of a reproduction of the
work by a person for the purposes of research or study or
with a view to publication; or
(d) by the making or communication of a reproduction of the
work by, or on behalf of, the officer in charge of the library
or archives if the reproduction is supplied (whether by way of
communication or otherwise) to a person who satisfies the
officer in charge of the library or archives that the person
requires the reproduction for the purposes of research or
study, or with a view to publication, and that the person will
not use it for any other purpose.
(2) If the manuscript, or a reproduction, of an unpublished thesis or
other similar literary work is kept in a library of a university or
other similar institution, or in an archives, the copyright in the
thesis or other work is not infringed by the making or
communication of a reproduction of the thesis or other work by or
on behalf of the officer in charge of the library or archives if the
reproduction is supplied (whether by communication or otherwise)
to a person who satisfies an authorized officer of the library or
archives that he or she requires the reproduction for the purposes of
research or study.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
94
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 51AA
51AA Reproducing and communicating works in care of National
Archives of Australia
(1) The copyright in a work that is kept in the collection of an archives
covered by subparagraph (a)(i) or paragraph (aa) of the definition
of archives in subsection 10(1), where it is open to public
inspection, is not infringed by the making or communication by, or
on behalf of, the officer in charge of the archives:
(a) of a single working copy of the work; or
(b) of a single reference copy of the work for supply to the
central office of the National Archives of Australia; or
(c) on the written request for a reference copy of the work by an
officer of the National Archives of Australia in a regional
office of the Archives, where the officer in charge is satisfied
that a reference copy of the work has not been previously
supplied to that regional office—of a single reference copy of
the work for supply to that regional office; or
(d) where the officer in charge is satisfied that a reference copy
of the work supplied to a regional office of the National
Archives of Australia is lost, damaged or destroyed and an
officer of the Archives in that regional office makes a written
request for a replacement copy of the work—of a single
replacement copy of the work for supply to that regional
office; or
(e) where the officer in charge is satisfied that a reference copy
of the work supplied to the central office of the National
Archives of Australia is lost, damaged or destroyed—of a
single replacement copy of the work for supply to that central
office.
(2) In this section:
reference copy, in relation to a work, means a reproduction of the
work made from a working copy for supply to the central office, or
to a regional office, of the National Archives of Australia for use
by that office in providing access to the work to members of the
public.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
95
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 52
replacement copy, in relation to a work, means a reproduction of
the work made from a working copy for the purpose of replacing a
reference copy of the work that is lost, damaged or destroyed.
working copy, in relation to a work, means a reproduction of the
work made for the purpose of enabling the National Archives of
Australia to retain the copy and use it for making reference copies
and replacement copies of the work.
52 Publication of unpublished works kept in libraries or archives
(1) Where:
(a) a published literary, dramatic or musical work (in this section
referred to as the new work) incorporates the whole or a part
of a work (in this section referred to as the old work) to
which subsection 51(1) applied immediately before the new
work was published;
(b) before the new work was published, the prescribed notice of
the intended publication of the work had been given; and
(c) immediately before the new work was published, the identity
of the owner of the copyright in the old work was not known
to the publishers of the new work;
then, for the purposes of this Act, the first publication of the new
work, and any subsequent publication of the new work whether in
the same or in an altered form, shall, in so far as it constitutes a
publication of the old work, be deemed not to be an infringement
of the copyright in the old work or an unauthorized publication of
the old work.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply to a subsequent
publication of the new work incorporating a part of the old work
that was not included in the first publication of the new work
unless:
(a) subsection 51(1) would, but for this section, have applied to
that part of the old work immediately before that subsequent
publication;
(b) before that subsequent publication, the prescribed notice of
the intended publication had been given; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
96
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Copying of works in libraries or archives Division 5
Section 53
(c) immediately before that subsequent publication, the identity
of the owner of the copyright in the old work was not known
to the publisher of that subsequent publication.
(3) If a work, or part of a work, has been published and, because of
this section, the publication is taken not to be an infringement of
the copyright in the work, the copyright in the work is not
infringed by a person who, after the publication took place:
(a) broadcasts the work, or that part of the work; or
(b) electronically transmits the work, or that part of the work
(other than in a broadcast) for a fee payable to the person
who made the transmission; or
(c) performs the work, or that part of the work, in public; or
(d) makes a record of the work, or that part of the work.
53 Application of Division to illustrations accompanying articles and
other works
Where an article, thesis or literary, dramatic or musical work is
accompanied by artistic works provided for the purpose of
explaining or illustrating the article, thesis or other work (in this
section referred to as the illustrations), the preceding sections of
this Division apply as if:
(a) where any of those sections provides that the copyright in the
article, thesis or work is not infringed—the reference to that
copyright included a reference to any copyright in the
illustrations; and
(b) a reference in section 49, section 50 or section 51 to a
reproduction of the article, thesis or work included a
reference to a reproduction of the article, thesis or work
together with a reproduction of the illustrations; and
(c) a reference in section 49 or section 50 to a reproduction of a
part of the article or work included a reference to a
reproduction of that part of the article or work together with a
reproduction of the illustrations that were provided for the
purpose of explaining or illustrating that part; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
97
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 5 Copying of works in libraries or archives
Section 53
(d) a reference in section 52 to the doing of any act in relation to
the work included a reference to the doing of that act in
relation to the work together with the illustrations.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
98
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Recording of musical works Division 6
Section 54
Division 6—Recording of musical works
54 Interpretation
(1A) In this Division:
record means a disc, tape, paper or other device in which sounds
are embodied.
(1) For the purposes of this Division:
(a) a reference to a musical work shall be read as a reference to
the work in its original form or to an adaptation of the work;
(b) a reference to the owner of the copyright in a literary,
dramatic or musical work shall, unless the contrary intention
appears, be read as a reference to the person who is entitled
to authorize the making in, and the importation into,
Australia of records of the work; and
(c) a reference to sale of a record by retail or to retail sale of a
record shall be read as not including a reference to:
(i) sale for a consideration not consisting wholly of money;
or
(ii) sale by a person not ordinarily carrying on the business
of making or selling records.
(2) For the purposes of this Division, where a musical work is
comprised partly in one record and partly in another record or other
records, all the records shall be treated as if they constituted a
single record.
(3) A reference in this Division to a record of a musical work does not
include a reference to a sound-track associated with visual images
forming part of a cinematograph film.
(4) Subject to subsection (5), this Division applies to a record of a part
of a musical work as it applies to a record of the whole work.
(5) Section 55:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
99
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 6 Recording of musical works
Section 55
(a) does not apply to a record of a whole work unless the
previous record referred to in paragraph 55(1)(a) was a
record of the whole work; and
(b) does not apply to a record of a part of a work unless that
previous record was a record of that part of the work.
Original form
(6) The definition of original form in subsection 10(1) does not apply
in this Division.
55 Conditions upon which manufacturer may make records of
musical work
(1) Subject to this Division, the copyright in a musical work is not
infringed by a person (in this section referred to as the
manufacturer) who makes, in Australia, a record of the work if:
(a) a record of the work:
(i) has previously been made in, or imported into, Australia
for the purpose of retail sale and was so made or
imported by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the work;
(ii) has previously been made in Australia for use in making
other records for the purpose of retail sale and was so
made by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the work;
(iii) has previously been made in, or imported into, a country
other than Australia for the purpose of retail sale, being
a country that, at the time of the previous making or
importation, was specified in the regulations to be a
country in relation to which this Division applies, and
was so made or imported by, or with the licence of, the
person who was, under the law of that country, the
owner of the copyright in the work; or
(iv) has previously been made in a country other than
Australia for use in making other records for the
purpose of retail sale, being a country that, at the time of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
100
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Recording of musical works Division 6
Section 55
the previous making, was specified in the regulations to
be a country in relation to which this Division applies,
and was so made by, or with the licence of, the person
who was, under the law of that country, the owner of the
copyright in the work;
(b) before the making of the record, the prescribed notice of the
intended making of the record was given to the owner of the
copyright;
(c) the manufacturer intends to sell the record by retail, or to
supply it for the purpose of its being sold by retail by a
person other than the manufacturer, or intends to use it for
making other records that are to be so sold or supplied; and
(d) where the record is so sold or supplied by the manufacturer:
(i) the sale or supply is made with the licence of the owner
of the copyright; and
(ii) the prescribed royalty is paid to the owner of the
copyright in the manner agreed between the
manufacturer and the owner of the copyright or, failing
such agreement, determined by the Copyright Tribunal
under section 152B.
(3) Subparagraph (1)(d)(i) does not apply in relation to a record of a
work (other than a work that was made for the purpose of being
performed, or has been performed, in association with a dramatic
work or has been included in a cinematograph film) if the sale or
supply is made after the expiration of the prescribed period after
the earliest of the following dates:
(a) the date of the first making in, or the date of the first
importation into, Australia of a previous record of the work
in circumstances referred to in subparagraph (1)(a)(i) or (ii);
(b) the date of the first supplying (whether by sale or otherwise)
to the public in a country referred to in
subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) or (iv) of a previous record of the
work made in, or imported into, that country in
circumstances referred to in that subparagraph.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
101
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 6 Recording of musical works
Section 57
(4) Regulations prescribing a period for the purposes of the last
preceding subsection may prescribe different periods in relation to
different classes of records.
(5) If, apart from this subsection, the amount of royalty payable in
respect of a record under this section would be less than one cent,
that amount of royalty is one cent.
(6) In this section:
prescribed royalty, in relation to a record of a musical work,
means:
(a) such amount of royalty as is agreed between the
manufacturer and the owner of the copyright in the work or,
failing such agreement, as is determined by the Copyright
Tribunal under section 152A; or
(b) if no such agreement or determination is in force—an amount
equal to 6.25% of the retail selling price of the record.
57 Provisions relating to royalty where 2 or more works are on the
one record
Where a record comprises 2 or more musical works, whether or not
there is any other matter comprised in the record:
(a) if the record includes a work in which copyright does not
subsist or works in which copyrights do not subsist the
royalty payable in respect of the record is, subject to the next
succeeding paragraph, the amount that bears to the amount
that, but for this section, would be the amount of the royalty
the same proportion as the number of works in the record in
which copyrights subsist bears to the total number of works
in the record; and
(b) if the record includes 2 or more works in which copyrights
subsist:
(i) subject to this Division, the royalty payable in respect of
the record shall not be less than One cent in respect of
each work in the record in which copyright subsists; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
102
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Recording of musical works Division 6
Section 59
(ii) if the owners of the copyrights in the works in the
record in which copyrights subsist are different persons
there shall be paid to the owner of the copyright in each
work, in respect of that work, an amount ascertained by
dividing the amount of the royalty payable in respect of
the record by the number of works in the record in
which copyrights subsist.
59 Conditions upon which manufacturer may include part of a
literary or dramatic work in a record of a musical work
(1) Where:
(a) a person makes in Australia a record comprising the
performance of a musical work in which words are sung, or
are spoken incidentally to or in association with the music,
whether or not there is any other matter comprised in the
record;
(b) copyright does not subsist in that work or, if copyright so
subsists, the requirements specified in subsection 55(1) are
complied with in relation to that copyright;
(c) the words consist or form part of a literary or dramatic work
in which copyright subsists;
(d) a record of the musical work in which those words, or words
substantially the same as those words, were sung, or were
spoken incidentally to or in association with the music:
(i) has previously been made in, or imported into, Australia
for the purpose of retail sale and was so made or
imported by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the literary or dramatic work;
(ii) has previously been made in Australia for use in making
other records for the purpose of retail sale and was so
made by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the literary or dramatic work;
(iii) has previously been made in, or imported into, a country
other than Australia for the purpose of retail sale, being
a country that, at the time of the previous making or
importation, was specified in the regulations to be a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
103
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 6 Recording of musical works
Section 59
country in relation to which this Division applies, and
was so made or imported by, or with the licence of, the
person who was, under the law of that country, the
owner of the copyright in the literary or dramatic work;
or
(iv) has previously been made in a country other than
Australia for use in making other records for the
purpose of retail sale, being a country that, at the time of
the previous making, was specified in the regulations to
be a country in relation to which this Division applies,
and was so made by, or with the licence of, the person
who was, under the law of that country, the owner of the
copyright in the literary or dramatic work; and
(e) the like notice was given to the owner of the copyright in the
literary or dramatic work as is required by paragraph 55(1)(b)
to be given to the owner of the copyright (if any) in the
musical work and there is paid to the owner of the copyright
in the literary or dramatic work such amount (if any) as is
ascertained in accordance with this section;
the making of the record does not constitute an infringement of the
copyright in the literary or dramatic work.
(2) Where copyright does not subsist in the musical work, the amount
to be paid in respect of the literary or dramatic work is an amount
equal to the royalty that, but for this section, would have been
payable in respect of the musical work if copyright had subsisted in
the musical work.
(3) Where copyright subsists in the musical work as well as in the
literary or dramatic work:
(a) if the copyrights in those works are owned by the same
person—an amount is not payable in respect of the literary or
dramatic work; or
(b) if the copyrights in those works are owned by different
persons—the royalty that, but for this section, would have
been payable in respect of the musical work shall be
apportioned between them in such manner as they agree, or,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
104
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Recording of musical works Division 6
Section 60
in default of the agreement, as is determined by the
Copyright Tribunal on the application of either of them.
(4) Where the owner of the copyright in a musical work and the owner
of the copyright in a literary or dramatic work do not agree on the
manner in which an amount is to be apportioned between them but
the person who made the record gives an undertaking in writing to
each owner to pay to him or her the portion of that amount that the
Tribunal determines to be payable to him or her, then:
(a) paragraph 55(1)(d) and paragraph (1)(e) of this section have
effect as if the payments referred to in those paragraphs had
been made; and
(b) the person who made the record is liable, when the amount to
which an undertaking relates is determined, to pay that
amount to the owner of the copyright to whom the
undertaking was given and the owner may recover that
amount in a court of competent jurisdiction from that person
as a debt due to the owner.
60 Records made partly for retail sale and partly for gratuitous
disposal
Where a person makes, in Australia, a number of records
embodying the same sound recording, being a recording of a
musical work or of a musical work and of words consisting or
forming part of a literary or dramatic work, with the intention of:
(a) selling by retail, or supplying for sale by retail by another
person, a substantial proportion of the records (in this section
referred to as the records made for retail sale); and
(b) disposing gratuitously of the remainder of the records or
supplying the remainder of the records for gratuitous disposal
by another person;
this Division applies in relation to the records other than the
records made for retail sale as if:
(c) those records had been made with the intention of selling
them by retail or of supplying them for sale by retail by
another person;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
105
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 6 Recording of musical works
Section 61
(d) the gratuitous disposal of those records by the maker of the
records, or the supplying of those records by the maker of the
records for gratuitous disposal by another person, were a sale
of the records by retail; and
(e) the retail selling price of those records were the same as the
retail selling price of the records made for retail sale.
61 Making inquiries in relation to previous records
Where:
(a) a person makes inquiries, as prescribed, for the purpose of
ascertaining whether a record of a musical work, or a record
of a musical work in which words consisting or forming part
of a literary or dramatic work were sung or spoken, has
previously been made in, or imported into, Australia by, or
with the licence of, the owner of the copyright in the musical
work or in the literary or dramatic work, as the case may be,
for the purpose of retail sale or for use in making other
records for the purpose of retail sale; and
(b) an answer to those inquiries is not received within the
prescribed period;
a record of that musical work, or a record of that work in which
those words were sung or spoken, as the case may be, shall, for the
purposes of the application of this Division:
(c) in relation to the person who made the inquiries; or
(d) in relation to a person who makes records of the musical
work, or records of that work in which those words or
substantially the same words are sung or spoken, for the
purpose of supplying those records to the person who made
the inquiries in pursuance of an agreement entered into
between those persons for the making of the records;
be taken to have been previously made in, or imported into,
Australia with the licence of the owner of that copyright for the
purpose of retail sale or for use in making other records for the
purpose of retail sale, as the case may be.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
106
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Recording of musical works Division 6
Section 64
64 Sections 55 and 59 to be disregarded in determining whether an
infringement has been committed by the importation of
records
For the purpose of any provision of this Act relating to imported
articles, in determining whether the making of a record made
outside Australia would have constituted an infringement of
copyright if the record had been made in Australia by the importer,
sections 55 and 59 shall be disregarded.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
107
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 7 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in artistic works
Section 65
Division 7—Acts not constituting infringements of
copyright in artistic works
65 Sculptures and certain other works in public places
(1) This section applies to sculptures and to works of artistic
craftsmanship of the kind referred to in paragraph (c) of the
definition of artistic work in section 10.
(2) The copyright in a work to which this section applies that is
situated, otherwise than temporarily, in a public place, or in
premises open to the public, is not infringed by the making of a
painting, drawing, engraving or photograph of the work or by the
inclusion of the work in a cinematograph film or in a television
broadcast.
66 Buildings and models of buildings
The copyright in a building or a model of a building is not
infringed by the making of a painting, drawing, engraving or
photograph of the building or model or by the inclusion of the
building or model in a cinematograph film or in a television
broadcast.
67 Incidental filming or televising of artistic works
Without prejudice to the last two preceding sections, the copyright
in an artistic work is not infringed by the inclusion of the work in a
cinematograph film or in a television broadcast if its inclusion in
the film or broadcast is only incidental to the principal matters
represented in the film or broadcast.
68 Publication of artistic works
The copyright in an artistic work is not infringed by the publication
of a painting, drawing, engraving, photograph or cinematograph
film if, by virtue of section 65, section 66 or section 67, the making
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
108
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in artistic works Division 7
Section 70
of that painting, drawing, engraving, photograph or film did not
constitute an infringement of the copyright.
70 Reproduction for purpose of including work in television
broadcast
(1) Where the inclusion of an artistic work in a television broadcast
made by a person would not (whether by reason of an assignment
or licence or of the operation of a provision of this Act) constitute
an infringement of copyright in the work but the making by the
person of a cinematograph film of the work would, apart from this
subsection, constitute such an infringement, the copyright in the
work is not infringed by the making by the person of such a film
solely for the purpose of the inclusion of the work in a television
broadcast.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to a film if
a copy of the film is used for a purpose other than:
(a) the inclusion of the work in a television broadcast in
circumstances that do not (whether by reason of an
assignment or licence or of the operation of a provision of
this Act) constitute an infringement of the copyright in the
work; or
(b) the making of further copies of the film for the purpose of the
inclusion of the work in such a broadcast.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a film where a copy of
the film is used for the purpose of the inclusion of the work in a
television broadcast made by a person who is not the maker of the
film unless the maker has paid to the owner of the copyright in the
work such amount as they agree or, in default of agreement, has
given an undertaking in writing to the owner to pay to the owner
such amount as is determined by the Copyright Tribunal, on the
application of either of them, to be equitable remuneration to the
owner for the making of the film.
(4) A person who has given an undertaking referred to in the last
preceding subsection is liable, when the Copyright Tribunal has
determined the amount to which the undertaking relates, to pay that
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
109
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 7 Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in artistic works
Section 72
amount to the owner of the copyright in the work and the owner
may recover that amount in a court of competent jurisdiction from
the person as a debt due to the owner.
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a film unless, before
the expiration of the period of 12 months commencing on the day
on which any of the copies of the film is first used for including the
work in a television broadcast in accordance with that subsection,
or before the expiration of such further period, if any, as is agreed
between the maker of the film and the owner of the copyright in
the work, all the copies of the film are destroyed or are transferred,
with the consent of the Director-General of the National Archives
of Australia, to the care (within the meaning of the Archives Act
1983) of the National Archives of Australia.
(6) The Director-General of the National Archives of Australia must
not consent to the transfer to the care of the National Archives of
Australia in accordance with subsection (5) of a copy of a film
unless he or she has certified that the film is of an exceptional
documentary character.
72 Reproduction of part of work in later work
(1) The copyright in an artistic work is not infringed by the making of
a later artistic work by the same author if, in making the later work,
the author does not repeat or imitate the main design of the earlier
work.
(2) The last preceding subsection has effect notwithstanding that part
of the earlier work is reproduced in the later work and that, in
reproducing the later work, the author used a mould, cast, sketch,
plan, model or study made for the purposes of the earlier work.
73 Reconstruction of buildings
(1) Where copyright subsists in a building, the copyright is not
infringed by a reconstruction of that building.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
110
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Acts not constituting infringements of copyright in artistic works Division 7
Section 73
(2) Where a building has been constructed in accordance with
architectural drawings or plans in which copyright subsists and has
been so constructed by, or with the licence of, the owner of that
copyright, that copyright is not infringed by a later reconstruction
of the building by reference to those drawings or plans.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
111
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 8 Designs
Section 74
Division 8—Designs
74 Corresponding design
(1) In this Division:
corresponding design, in relation to an artistic work, means visual
features of shape or configuration which, when embodied in a
product, result in a reproduction of that work, whether or not the
visual features constitute a design that is capable of being
registered under the Designs Act 2003.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1):
embodied in, in relation to a product, includes woven into,
impressed on or worked into the product.
75 Copyright protection where corresponding design registered
Subject to section 76, where copyright subsists in an artistic work
(whether made before the commencement of this section or
otherwise) and a corresponding design is or has been registered
under the Designs Act 1906 or the Designs Act 2003 on or after
that commencement, it is not an infringement of that copyright to
reproduce the work by embodying that, or any other,
corresponding design in a product.
76 False registration of industrial designs under the Designs Act
2003
(1) This section applies if:
(a) proceedings (copyright proceedings) are brought under this
Act in relation to an artistic work in which copyright subsists;
and
(b) a corresponding design was registered under the Designs Act
2003; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
112
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Designs Division 8
Section 77
(c) the exclusive right in the design had not expired by effluxion
of time before the copyright proceedings began; and
(d) it is established in the copyright proceedings that:
(i) none of the persons who are registered owners of the
registered design are entitled persons in relation to the
design; and
(ii) none of those persons were registered with the
knowledge of the owner of the copyright in the artistic
work.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), for the purposes of the copyright
proceedings:
(a) the design is taken never to have been registered under the
Designs Act 2003; and
(b) section 75 does not apply in relation to anything done in
respect of the design; and
(c) nothing in the Designs Act 2003 constitutes a defence.
(3) Ignore subsection (2) if it is established in the copyright
proceedings that the act to which the proceedings relate was done:
(a) by an assignee of, or under a licence granted by, the
registered owner of the registered design; and
(b) in good faith relying on the registration and without notice of
any proceedings (whether or not before a court) to revoke the
registration or to rectify the entry in the Register of Designs
in relation to the design.
77 Application of artistic works as industrial designs without
registration of the designs
(1) This section applies where:
(a) copyright subsists in an artistic work (other than a building or
a model of a building, or a work of artistic craftsmanship)
whether made before the commencement of this section or
otherwise;
(b) a corresponding design is or has been applied industrially,
whether in Australia or elsewhere, and whether before or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
113
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 8 Designs
Section 77
after the commencement of this section, by or with the
licence of the owner of the copyright in the place of
industrial application; and
(c) at any time on or after the commencement of this section,
products to which the corresponding design has been so
applied (the products made to the corresponding design) are
sold, let for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire,
whether in Australia or elsewhere; and
(d) at that time, the corresponding design is not registrable under
the Designs Act 2003 or has not been registered under that
Act or under the Designs Act 1906.
(1A) This section also applies if:
(a) a complete specification that discloses a product made to the
corresponding design; or
(b) a representation of a product made to the corresponding
design and included in a design application;
is published in Australia, whether or not paragraphs (1)(b) and (c)
are satisfied in relation to the corresponding design.
(2) It is not an infringement of the copyright in the artistic work to
reproduce the work, on or after the day on which:
(a) products made to the corresponding design are first sold, let
for hire or offered or exposed for sale or hire; or
(b) a complete specification that discloses a product made to the
corresponding design is first published in Australia; or
(c) a representation of a product made to the corresponding
design and included in a design application is first published
in Australia;
by embodying that, or any other, corresponding design in a
product.
(3) This section does not apply in relation to any articles or products in
respect of which, at the time when they were sold, let for hire or
offered or exposed for sale or hire, the corresponding design
concerned was excluded from registration by regulations made
under the Designs Act 1906 or the Designs Act 2003, and, for the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
114
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Designs Division 8
Section 77A
purposes of any proceedings under this Act, a design shall be
conclusively presumed to have been so excluded if:
(a) before the commencement of the proceedings, an application
for the registration of the design under the Designs Act 1906
in respect of those articles, or under the Designs Act 2003 in
respect of those products, had been refused;
(b) the reason, or one of the reasons, given for the refusal was
that the design was excluded from registration under that Act
by regulations made under that Act; and
(c) when the proceedings were commenced, no appeal against
the refusal had been allowed or was pending.
(4) The regulations may specify the circumstances in which a design
is, for the purposes of this section, to be taken to be applied
industrially.
(5) In this section:
building or model of a building does not include a portable
building such as a shed, a pre-constructed swimming pool, a
demountable building or similar portable building.
complete specification has the same meaning as in the Patents Act
1990.
design application has the same meaning as in the Designs Act
2003.
representation, in relation to a design, has the same meaning as
in the Designs Act 2003.
77A Certain reproductions of an artistic work do not infringe
copyright
(1) It is not an infringement of copyright in an artistic work to
reproduce the artistic work, or communicate that reproduction, if:
(a) the reproduction is derived from a three-dimensional product
that embodies a corresponding design in relation to the
artistic work; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
115
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 8 Designs
Section 77A
(b) the reproduction is in the course of, or incidental to:
(i) making a product (the non-infringing product), if the
making of the product did not, or would not, infringe the
copyright in the artistic work because of the operation
of this Division; or
(ii) selling or letting for hire the non-infringing product, or
offering or exposing the non-infringing product for sale
or hire.
(2) It is not an infringement of copyright in an artistic work to make a
cast or mould embodying a corresponding design in relation to the
artistic work, if:
(a) the cast or mould is for the purpose of making products; and
(b) the making of the products would not infringe copyright
because of the operation of this Division.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
116
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works Part III
Works of joint authorship Division 9
Section 78
Division 9—Works of joint authorship
78 References to all of joint authors
Subject to this Division, a reference in this Act to the author of a
work shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by this Act, be
read, in relation to a work of joint authorship, as a reference to all
the authors of the work.
79 References to any one or more of joint authors
The references in section 32, and in subsection 34(2) to the author
of a work shall, in relation to a work of joint authorship, be read as
references to any one or more of the authors of the work.
80 References to whichever of joint authors died last
The references in sections 33 and 51 to the author of a work shall,
in relation to a work of joint authorship other than a work to which
the next succeeding section applies, be read as references to the
author who died last.
81 Works of joint authorship published under pseudonyms
(1) This section applies to a work of joint authorship that was first
published under 2 or more names of which one was a pseudonym
or 2 or more (but not all) were pseudonyms.
(2) This section also applies to a work of joint authorship that was first
published under 2 or more names all of which were pseudonyms if,
at any time within 70 years after the end of the calendar year in
which the work was first published, the identity of one or more
(but not all) of the authors was generally known or could be
ascertained by reasonable inquiry.
(3) The references in section 33 to the author of a work shall, in
relation to a work to which this section applies, be read as
references to the author whose identity was disclosed or, if the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
117
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part III Copyright in original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works
Division 9 Works of joint authorship
Section 82
identity of 2 or more of the authors was disclosed, as references to
whichever of those authors died last.
(4) For the purposes of this section, the identity of an author shall be
deemed to have been disclosed if:
(a) one of the names under which the work was published was
the name of that author; or
(b) the identity of that author is generally known or can be
ascertained by reasonable inquiry.
82 Copyright to subsist in joint works without regard to any author
who is an unqualified person
(1) Subsection 35(2) has effect, in relation to a work of joint
authorship of which one of the authors is an unqualified person, or
2 or more (but not all) of the authors are unqualified persons, as if
the author or authors, other than unqualified persons, had alone
been the author or authors, as the case may be, of the work.
(2) For the purposes of the last preceding subsection, a person is an
unqualified person in relation to a work where, if he or she had
alone been the author of the work, copyright would not have
subsisted in the work by virtue of this Part.
83 Inclusion of joint works in collections for use in places of
education
The reference in subsection 44(2) to other extracts from, or from
adaptations of, works by the author of the extract concerned:
(a) shall be read as including a reference to extracts from, or
from adaptations of, works by the author of the extract
concerned in collaboration with any other person; or
(b) if the extract concerned is from, or from an adaptation of, a
work of joint authorship shall be read as including a
reference to extracts from, or from adaptations of, works by
any one or more of the authors of the extract concerned, or by
any one or more of those authors in collaboration with any
other person.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
118
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Preliminary Division 1
Section 84
Part IV—Copyright in subject-matter other than
works
Division 1—Preliminary
84 Definitions
In this Part:
live performance means:
(a) a performance (including an improvisation) of a dramatic
work, or part of such a work, including such a performance
given with the use of puppets; or
(b) a performance (including an improvisation) of a musical
work or part of such a work; or
(c) the reading, recitation or delivery of a literary work, or part
of such a work, or the recitation or delivery of an improvised
literary work; or
(d) a performance of a dance; or
(e) a performance of a circus act or a variety act or any similar
presentation or show; or
(f) a performance of an expression of folklore;
being a live performance, whether in the presence of an audience
or otherwise.
performer in a live performance:
(a) means each person who contributed to the sounds of the
performance; and
(b) if the performance includes a performance of a musical
work—includes the conductor.
qualified person means:
(a) an Australian citizen or a person (other than a body
corporate) resident in Australia; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
119
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 84
(b) a body corporate incorporated under a law of the
Commonwealth or of a State.
sound recording of a live performance means a sound recording,
made at the time of the live performance, consisting of, or
including, the sounds of the performance.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
120
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Nature of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 2
Section 85
Division 2—Nature of copyright in subject-matter other
than works
85 Nature of copyright in sound recordings
(1) For the purposes of this Act, unless the contrary intention appears,
copyright, in relation to a sound recording, is the exclusive right to
do all or any of the following acts:
(a) to make a copy of the sound recording;
(b) to cause the recording to be heard in public;
(c) to communicate the recording to the public;
(d) to enter into a commercial rental arrangement in respect of
the recording.
(2) Paragraph (1)(d) does not extend to entry into a commercial rental
arrangement in respect of a sound recording if:
(a) the copy of the sound recording was purchased by a person
(the record owner) before the commencement of Part 2 of
the Copyright (World Trade Organization Amendments) Act
1994; and
(b) the commercial rental arrangement is entered into in the
ordinary course of a business conducted by the record owner;
and
(c) the record owner was conducting the same business, or
another business that consisted of, or included, the making of
commercial rental arrangements in respect of copies of sound
recordings, when the copy was purchased.
86 Nature of copyright in cinematograph films
For the purposes of this Act, unless the contrary intention appears,
copyright, in relation to a cinematograph film, is the exclusive right
to do all or any of the following acts:
(a) to make a copy of the film;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
121
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 2 Nature of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 87
(b) to cause the film, in so far as it consists of visual images, to
be seen in public, or, in so far as it consists of sounds, to be
heard in public;
(c) to communicate the film to the public.
87 Nature of copyright in television broadcasts and sound
broadcasts
For the purposes of this Act, unless the contrary intention appears,
copyright, in relation to a television broadcast or sound broadcast,
is the exclusive right:
(a) in the case of a television broadcast in so far as it consists of
visual images—to make a cinematograph film of the
broadcast, or a copy of such a film;
(b) in the case of a sound broadcast, or of a television broadcast
in so far as it consists of sounds—to make a sound recording
of the broadcast, or a copy of such a sound recording; and
(c) in the case of a television broadcast or of a sound
broadcast—to re-broadcast it or communicate it to the public
otherwise than by broadcasting it.
88 Nature of copyright in published editions of works
For the purposes of this Act, unless the contrary intention appears,
copyright, in relation to a published edition of a literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic work or of two or more literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic works, is the exclusive right to make a facsimile
copy of the edition.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
122
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Subject-matter, other than works, in which copyright subsists Division 3
Section 89
Division 3—Subject-matter, other than works, in which
copyright subsists
89 Sound recordings in which copyright subsists
(1) Subject to this Act, copyright subsists in a sound recording of
which the maker was a qualified person at the time when the
recording was made.
(2) Without prejudice to the last preceding subsection, copyright
subsists, subject to this Act, in a sound recording if the recording
was made in Australia.
(3) Without prejudice to the last two preceding subsections, copyright
subsists, subject to this Act, in a published sound recording if the
first publication of the recording took place in Australia.
90 Cinematograph films in which copyright subsists
(1) Subject to this Act, copyright subsists in a cinematograph film of
which the maker was a qualified person for the whole or a
substantial part of the period during which the film was made.
(2) Without prejudice to the last preceding subsection, copyright
subsists, subject to this Act, in a cinematograph film if the film was
made in Australia.
(3) Without prejudice to the last two preceding subsections, copyright
subsists, subject to this Act, in a published cinematograph film if
the first publication of the film took place in Australia.
91 Television broadcasts and sound broadcasts in which copyright
subsists
Subject to this Act, copyright subsists in a television broadcast or
sound broadcast made from a place in Australia:
(a) under the authority of a licence or a class licence under the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
123
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 3 Subject-matter, other than works, in which copyright subsists
Section 92
(b) by the Australian Broadcasting Corporation or the Special
Broadcasting Service Corporation.
92 Published editions of works in which copyright subsists
(1) Subject to this Act, copyright subsists in a published edition of a
literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or of 2 or more literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic works, where:
(a) the first publication of the edition took place in Australia; or
(b) the publisher of the edition was a qualified person at the date
of the first publication of the edition.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply to an edition that
reproduces a previous edition of the same work or works.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
124
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Duration of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 4
Section 93
Division 4—Duration of copyright in subject-matter other
than works
93 Duration of copyright in sound recordings
Copyright subsisting in a sound recording by virtue of this Part
continues to subsist until the end of 70 years after the end of the
calendar year in which the recording is first published.
94 Duration of copyright in cinematograph films
(1) Copyright subsisting in a cinematograph film by virtue of
subsection 90(1) or (2) continues to subsist until the film is
published and, after the publication of the film, until the end of 70
years after the end of the calendar year in which the film was first
published.
(2) Copyright subsisting in a cinematograph film by virtue only of
subsection 90(3) continues to subsist until the end of 70 years after
the end of the calendar year in which the film was first published.
95 Duration of copyright in television broadcasts and sound
broadcasts
(1) Copyright subsisting in a television broadcast or sound broadcast
by virtue of this Part continues to subsist until the expiration of 50
years after the expiration of the calendar year in which the
broadcast was made.
(2) In so far as a television broadcast or sound broadcast is a repetition
(whether the first or a subsequent repetition) of a previous
television broadcast or sound broadcast to which section 91
applies, and is made by broadcasting visual images or sounds
embodied in any article or thing:
(a) if it is made before the expiration of the period of 50 years
after the expiration of the calendar year in which the previous
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
125
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 4 Duration of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 96
broadcast was made—any copyright subsisting in it expires
at the expiration of that period; and
(b) if it is made after the expiration of that period—copyright
does not subsist in it by virtue of this Part.
96 Duration of copyright in published editions of works
Copyright subsisting in a published edition of a work or works
by virtue of this Part continues to subsist until the expiration of 25
years after the expiration of the calendar year in which the edition
was first published.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
126
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 5
Section 97
Division 5—Ownership of copyright in subject-matter
other than works
Subdivision A—Ownership of copyright in subject-matter
other than works
97 Ownership of copyright in sound recordings
(1) This section has effect subject to Parts VII and X.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the maker of a sound recording is the
owner of any copyright subsisting in the recording by virtue of this
Part.
(2A) If there is more than one owner of the copyright in a sound
recording of a live performance, the owners own the copyright as
tenants in common in equal shares.
(3) Where:
(a) a person makes, for valuable consideration, an agreement
with another person for the making of a sound recording by
the other person; and
(b) the recording is made in pursuance of the agreement;
the first-mentioned person is, in the absence of any agreement to
the contrary, the owner of any copyright subsisting in the recording
by virtue of this Part.
98 Ownership of copyright in cinematograph films
(1) This section has effect subject to Parts VII and X.
(2) Subject to the next succeeding subsection, the maker of a
cinematograph film is the owner of any copyright subsisting in the
film by virtue of this Part.
(3) Where:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
127
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 5 Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 99
(a) a person makes, for valuable consideration, an agreement
with another person for the making of a cinematograph film
by the other person; and
(b) the film is made in pursuance of the agreement;
the first-mentioned person is, in the absence of any agreement to
the contrary, the owner of any copyright subsisting in the film by
virtue of this Part.
(4) If the film is not a commissioned film, then the reference in
subsection (2) to the maker of the film includes a reference to each
director of the film.
(5) If a director directed the film under the terms of his or her
employment under a contract of service or apprenticeship with
another person (the employer), then, in the absence of any
agreement to the contrary, the employer is to be substituted for the
director for the purposes of subsection (4).
(6) If a person becomes an owner of the copyright:
(a) because of the operation of subsection (4); or
(b) because of the operation of subsections (4) and (5);
then the person becomes the owner of the copyright only so far as
the copyright consists of the right to include the film in a
retransmission of a free-to-air broadcast.
(7) In this section:
commissioned film means a film made as mentioned in
paragraphs (3)(a) and (b).
director has the same meaning as in Part IX.
retransmission means a retransmission (as defined in section 10)
to which Part VC applies.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
128
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 5
Section 99
99 Ownership of copyright in television broadcasts and sound
broadcasts
Subject to Parts VII and X, the maker of a television broadcast or
sound broadcast is the owner of any copyright subsisting in the
broadcast.
100 Ownership of copyright in published editions of works
Subject to Parts VII and X, the publisher of an edition of a work or
works is the owner of any copyright subsisting in the edition by
virtue of this Part.
Subdivision B—Specific provisions relating to the ownership of
copyright in pre-commencement sound recordings of
live performances
100AA Application
This Subdivision applies to a sound recording of a live
performance if:
(a) copyright subsists in the recording on the day on which this
section commences; and
(b) at least one person would become a maker of the recording
under paragraph 100AD(1)(b) or subsection 100AD(2).
100AB Definitions
In this Subdivision:
former owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance means a person mentioned in paragraph 100AD(1)(a).
new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance means the following people:
(a) a person who becomes a maker of a sound recording under
paragraph 100AD(1)(b);
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
129
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 5 Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 100AC
(b) if subsection 100AD(2) applies—an employer who becomes
a maker of a sound recording under that subsection.
Note: Other expressions used in this Subdivision are defined in section 84.
100AC Application of sections 100AD and 100AE
Sections 100AD and 100AE have effect subject to Parts VII and X.
100AD Makers of pre-commencement sound recordings of live
performances
(1) For the purpose of section 100AE, the makers of a sound recording
of a live performance are:
(a) the person or persons who, immediately before the
commencement of this section, owned the copyright
subsisting in the recording; and
(b) the performer or performers who performed in the
performance (other than a performer who is already covered
by paragraph (a)).
Employer may be a maker of the sound recording
(2) If:
(a) a sound recording of a live performance was made; and
(b) a performer performed in that performance under the terms of
his or her employment by another person (the employer)
under a contract of service or apprenticeship;
then, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), the employer is taken to
be a maker instead of that performer.
(3) Subsection (2) may be excluded or modified by an agreement
(whether made before or after the live performance) between the
performer and the employer.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
130
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 5
Section 100AE
100AE Ownership of pre-commencement copyright in sound
recordings of live performances
Ownership of the copyright
(1) On and after the day on which this section commences, all makers
of a sound recording of a live performance are owners of any
copyright subsisting in the recording by virtue of this Part.
Division of the ownership of the copyright
(2) The former owners of the copyright and the new owners of the
copyright each own half of the copyright as tenants in common in 2
equal shares.
(3) The former owners own their half of the copyright in the same
proportions as the whole copyright was owned by them
immediately before the commencement of this section.
(4) The new owners own their half of the copyright as tenants in
common in equal shares.
(5) Subsections (3) and (4) do not limit section 196.
(6) Subsection (3) does not otherwise affect the terms on which the
former owners own their half of the copyright.
Copyright to devolve if a new owner is not alive
(7) If a new owner is not alive on the day on which this section
commences, then, for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4), that
owner is replaced by the person to whom the copyright would have
devolved if the new owner had owned the copyright immediately
before his or her death. If the copyright would have devolved to
more than one person, those persons are to be treated as a single
new owner for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
131
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 5 Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 100AF
100AF Former owners may continue to do any act in relation to the
copyright
(1) On and after the day on which this section commences, a former
owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance
may:
(a) do an act comprised in the copyright; or
(b) do any other act in relation to the copyright;
as if each new owner of the copyright had granted a licence or
permission (however described) to the former owner to do the act.
Note: However, the former owner may still need to obtain the consent of
other former owners of the copyright before doing the act.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to:
(a) the former owner’s licensees and successors in title; and
(b) any persons who are authorised by the former owner; and
(c) any persons who are authorised by the former owner’s
licensees or successors in title;
in the same way as it applies to the former owner.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) may be excluded or modified by an
agreement (whether made before or after this section commences)
between the former owner and a new owner.
100AG Actions by new owners of copyright
If a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance brings an action under this Act in respect of the
copyright, the new owner is not entitled to the remedies listed in
the table.
Actions under this Act
Item In this case... the new owner is not entitled to:
1 the action is for an infringement of (a) damages (other than additional
the copyright under section 115 damages); or
(b) an account of profits
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
132
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 5
Section 100AH
Actions under this Act
Item In this case... the new owner is not entitled to:
2 the action is for conversion or (a) damages (other than additional
detention under section 116 damages); or
(b) an account of profits; or
(c) any other pecuniary remedy
(other than costs); or
(d) delivery up of an infringing copy
2A the action is brought under
section 116AN, 116AO or 116AP
(a) damages (other than additional
damages); or
(b) an account of profits; or
(c) destruction or delivery up of a
circumvention device
3 the action is brought under
section 116B or 116C
(a) damages (other than additional
damages); or
(b) an account of profits
100AH References to the owner of the copyright in a sound
recording
A new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance is taken not to be the owner of the copyright for the
purposes of the following provisions:
(a) sections 107, 108 and 109 (in Part IV);
(b) sections 119 and 133 (in Part V);
(c) the definitions of licence and licensor in subsection 136(1),
and sections 150, 151, 152, 153E, 153F, 153G, 159 and 163A
(in Part VI);
(d) section 183 (in Part VII).
Note: A new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance is not an eligible rights holder under
subsection 113V(9), nor a relevant copyright owner under
section 135ZZI or 135ZZZF.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
133
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 100A
Division 6—Infringement of copyright in subject-matter
other than works
100A Interpretation
In this Division, audio-visual item means a sound recording, a
cinematograph film, a sound broadcast or a television broadcast.
101 Infringement by doing acts comprised in copyright
(1) Subject to this Act, a copyright subsisting by virtue of this Part is
infringed by a person who, not being the owner of the copyright,
and without the licence of the owner of the copyright, does in
Australia, or authorizes the doing in Australia of, any act
comprised in the copyright.
(1A) In determining, for the purposes of subsection (1), whether or not a
person has authorised the doing in Australia of any act comprised
in a copyright subsisting by virtue of this Part without the licence
of the owner of the copyright, the matters that must be taken into
account include the following:
(a) the extent (if any) of the person’s power to prevent the doing
of the act concerned;
(b) the nature of any relationship existing between the person
and the person who did the act concerned;
(c) whether the person took any other reasonable steps to prevent
or avoid the doing of the act, including whether the person
complied with any relevant industry codes of practice.
(2) The next two succeeding sections do not affect the generality of the
last preceding subsection.
(3) Subsection (1) applies in relation to an act done in relation to a
sound recording whether the act is done by directly or indirectly
making use of a record embodying the recording.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
134
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 102
(4) Subsection (1) applies in relation to an act done in relation to a
television broadcast or a sound broadcast whether the act is done
by the reception of the broadcast or by making use of any article or
thing in which the visual images and sounds comprised in the
broadcast have been embodied.
102 Infringement by importation for sale or hire
(1) Subject to sections 112A, 112C, 112D and 112DA, a copyright
subsisting by virtue of this Part is infringed by a person who,
without the licence of the owner of the copyright, imports an article
into Australia for the purpose of:
(a) selling, letting for hire, or by way of trade offering or
exposing for sale or hire, the article;
(b) distributing the article:
(i) for the purpose of trade; or
(ii) for any other purpose to an extent that will affect
prejudicially the owner of the copyright; or
(c) by way of trade exhibiting the article in public;
if the importer knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
making of the article would, if the article had been made in
Australia by the importer, have constituted an infringement of the
copyright.
(2) In relation to an accessory to an article that is or includes a copy of
subject-matter in which copyright subsists by virtue of this Part,
being a copy that was made without the licence of the owner of the
copyright in the country in which the copy was made,
subsection (1) has effect as if the words “the importer knew, or
ought reasonably to have known, that” were omitted.
103 Infringement by sale and other dealings
(1) Subject to sections 112A, 112C, 112D and 112DA, a copyright
subsisting by virtue of this Part is infringed by a person who, in
Australia, and without the licence of the owner of the copyright:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
135
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 103A
(a) sells, lets for hire, or by way of trade offers or exposes for
sale or hire, an article; or
(b) by way of trade exhibits an article in public;
if the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
making of the article constituted an infringement of the copyright
or, in the case of an imported article, would, if the article had been
made in Australia by the importer, have constituted an
infringement of the copyright.
(2) For the purposes of the last preceding subsection, the distribution
of any articles:
(a) for the purpose of trade; or
(b) for any other purpose to an extent that affects prejudicially
the owner of the copyright concerned;
shall be taken to be the sale of those articles.
(3) In this section:
article includes a reproduction or copy of a work or other
subject-matter, being a reproduction or copy in electronic form.
103A Fair dealing for purpose of criticism or review
A fair dealing with an audio-visual item does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the item or in any work or other
audio-visual item included in the item if it is for the purpose of
criticism or review, whether of the first-mentioned audio-visual
item, another audio-visual item or a work, and a sufficient
acknowledgement of the first-mentioned audio-visual item is made.
103AA Fair dealing for purpose of parody or satire
A fair dealing with an audio-visual item does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the item or in any work or other
audio-visual item included in the item if it is for the purpose of
parody or satire.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
136
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 103B
103B Fair dealing for purpose of reporting news
(1) A fair dealing with an audio-visual item does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the item or in any work or other
audio-visual item included in the item if:
(a) it is for the purpose of, or is associated with, the reporting of
news in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical and a
sufficient acknowledgement of the first-mentioned
audio-visual item is made; or
(b) it is for the purpose of, or is associated with, the reporting of
news by means of a communication or in a cinematograph
film.
103C Fair dealing for purpose of research or study
(1) A fair dealing with an audio-visual item does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the item or in any work or other
audio-visual item included in the item if it is for the purpose of
research or study.
(2) For the purposes of this Act, the matters to which regard shall be
had in determining whether a dealing with an audio-visual item
constitutes a fair dealing for the purpose of research or study
include:
(a) the purpose and character of the dealing;
(b) the nature of the audio-visual item;
(c) the possibility of obtaining the audio-visual item within a
reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price;
(d) the effect of the dealing upon the potential market for, or
value of, the audio-visual item; and
(e) in a case where part only of the audio-visual item is
copied—the amount and substantiality of the part copied
taken in relation to the whole item.
104 Acts done for purposes of judicial proceeding
A copyright subsisting by virtue of this Part is not infringed by
anything done:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
137
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 104A
(a) for the purpose of a judicial proceeding or a report of a
judicial proceeding; or
(b) for the purpose of seeking professional advice from:
(i) a legal practitioner; or
(ii) a person registered as a patent attorney under the
Patents Act 1990; or
(iii) a person registered as a trade marks attorney under the
Trade Marks Act 1995; or
(c) for the purpose of, or in the course of, the giving of
professional advice by:
(i) a legal practitioner; or
(ii) a person registered as a patent attorney under the
Patents Act 1990; or
(iii) a person registered as a trade marks attorney under the
Trade Marks Act 1995.
104A Acts done by Parliamentary libraries for members of
Parliament
A copyright subsisting by virtue of this Part is not infringed by
anything done, for the sole purpose of assisting a person who is a
member of a Parliament in the performance of the person’s duties
as such a member, by an authorized officer of a library, being a
library the principal purpose of which is to provide library services
for members of that Parliament.
104B Infringing copies made on machines installed in libraries and
archives
If:
(a) a person makes an infringing copy of, or of part of, an
audio-visual item or a published edition of a work on a
machine (including a computer), being a machine installed
by or with the approval of the body administering a library or
archives on the premises of the library or archives, or outside
those premises for the convenience of persons using the
library or archives; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
138
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 104C
(b) there is affixed to, or in close proximity to, the machine, in a
place readily visible to persons using the machine, a notice of
the prescribed dimensions and in accordance with the
prescribed form;
neither the body administering the library or archives, nor the
officer in charge of the library or archives, is taken to have
authorised the making of the infringing copy merely because the
copy was made on that machine.
104C Copyright subsisting in sound recordings and cinematograph
films shared for healthcare or related purposes
(1) The copyright in a cinematograph film or a sound recording is not
infringed by an act comprised in the copyright in the film or
recording if:
(a) the act is done, or authorised to be done:
(i) for a purpose for which the collection, use or disclosure
of health information is required or authorised under the
My Health Records Act 2012; or
(ii) in circumstances in which a permitted general situation
exists under item 1 of the table in subsection 16A(1) of
the Privacy Act 1988 (serious threat to life, health or
safety), or would exist if the entity doing the thing were
an APP entity for the purposes of that Act; or
(iii) in circumstances in which a permitted health situation
exists under section 16B of the Privacy Act 1988, or
would exist if the entity doing the thing were an
organisation for the purposes of that Act; or
(iv) for any other purpose relating to healthcare, or the
communication or management of health information,
prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) either:
(i) the film or recording is substantially comprised of
health information; or
(ii) the film or recording allows for the storage, retrieval or
use of health information and it is reasonably necessary
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
139
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 105
to do the act, or authorise it to be done, in circumstances
that would otherwise infringe copyright in the work.
(2) In this section:
healthcare has the same meaning as in the My Health Records Act
2012.
health information has the same meaning as in the My Health
Records Act 2012.
105 Copyright in certain recordings not infringed by causing
recordings to be heard in public or broadcast
Copyright subsisting in a sound recording by virtue only of
subsection 89(3) is not infringed by the causing of the recording to
be heard in public or by the broadcasting of the recording.
106 Causing sound recording to be heard at guest house or club
(1) Where a sound recording is caused to be heard in public:
(a) at premises where persons reside or sleep, as part of the
amenities provided exclusively for residents or inmates of the
premises or for those residents or inmates and their guests; or
(b) as part of the activities of, or for the benefit of, a registered
charity;
the act of causing the recording to be so heard does not constitute
an infringement of the copyright in the recording.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply:
(a) in relation to premises of a kind referred to in paragraph (a)
of that subsection, if a specific charge is made for admission
to the part of the premises where the recording is to be heard;
or
(b) in relation to a registered charity of a kind referred to in
paragraph (b) of that subsection, if a charge is made for
admission to the place where the recording is to be heard and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
140
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 107
any of the proceeds of the charge are applied otherwise than
for the purposes of the registered charity.
(3) A reference in the last preceding subsection to a specific charge, or
a charge, made for admission includes a reference to a specific
charge, or a charge, made partly for admission and partly for other
purposes.
107 Making of a copy of the sound recording for purpose of
broadcasting
(1) Where the broadcasting by a person of a sound recording would
not (whether by reason of an assignment or licence or of the
operation of a provision of this Act) constitute an infringement of
the copyright in the recording but the making by the person of a
copy of the sound recording would, apart from this subsection,
constitute such an infringement, the copyright in the recording is
not infringed by the making by the person of a copy of the sound
recording in association with other matter solely for the purpose of
the broadcasting of the recording in association with the other
matter.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to a copy
of a sound recording if the copy is used for a purpose other than:
(a) the broadcasting of the recording in circumstances that do not
(whether by reason of an assignment or licence or of the
operation of a provision of this Act) constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the recording; or
(b) the making of further copies of the sound recording for the
purpose of the broadcasting of the recording in such
circumstances.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a copy of a sound
recording where the copy is used for the purpose of the
broadcasting of the recording by a person who is not the maker of
the copy unless the maker has paid to the owner of the copyright in
the recording such amount as they agree or, in default of
agreement, has given an undertaking in writing to the owner to pay
to the owner such amount as is determined by the Copyright
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
141
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 108
Tribunal, on the application of either of them, to be equitable
remuneration to the owner for the making of the copy.
(4) A person who has given an undertaking referred to in the last
preceding subsection is liable, when the Copyright Tribunal has
determined the amount to which the undertaking relates, to pay that
amount to the owner of the copyright in the recording and the
owner may recover that amount in a court of competent jurisdiction
from the person as a debt due to the owner.
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a copy of a sound
recording unless, before the expiration of the period of 12 months
commencing on the day on which any of the copies made in
accordance with that subsection is first used for broadcasting the
recording in accordance with that subsection, or before the
expiration of such further period, if any, as is agreed between the
maker of the copy and the owner of the copyright in the recording,
all the copies made in accordance with that subsection are
destroyed or are transferred, with the consent of the
Director-General of the National Archives of Australia, to the care
(within the meaning of the Archives Act 1983) of the National
Archives of Australia.
(6) The Director-General of the National Archives of Australia must
not consent to the transfer to the care of the National Archives of
Australia in accordance with subsection (5) of a copy of a sound
recording unless he or she has certified that the recording is of an
exceptional documentary character.
(7) In this section:
broadcasting does not include simulcasting.
108 Copyright in published recording not infringed by public
performance if equitable remuneration paid
(1) The copyright in a sound recording that has been published is not
infringed by a person who causes the recording to be heard in
public if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
142
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 109
(a) the person has paid to the owner of the copyright in the
recording such amount as they agree or, in default of
agreement, has given an undertaking in writing to the owner
to pay to the owner such amount as is determined by the
Copyright Tribunal, on the application of either of them, to
be equitable remuneration to the owner for the causing of the
recording to be heard in public; and
(b) in the case of a recording that was first published outside
Australia—the recording has been published in Australia or
the prescribed period after the date of the first publication of
the recording has expired.
(2) A person who has given an undertaking referred to in the last
preceding subsection is liable, when the Copyright Tribunal has
determined the amount to which the undertaking relates, to pay that
amount to the owner of the copyright in the recording and the
owner may recover that amount in a court of competent jurisdiction
from the person as a debt due to the owner.
(3) Regulations prescribing a period for the purposes of
paragraph (1)(b) may prescribe different periods in relation to
different classes of sound recordings.
109 Copyright in published sound recording not infringed by
broadcast in certain circumstances
(1) Subject to this section, the copyright in a published sound
recording is not infringed by the making of a broadcast (other than
a broadcast transmitted for a fee payable to the person who made
the broadcast) of that recording if:
(a) where there is no order of the Tribunal in force under
section 152 applying to the maker of that broadcast in
relation to the time when that broadcast was made—the
maker of that broadcast has given an undertaking in writing
to the person who is the owner of the copyright in that
recording to pay to the owner such amounts (if any) as may
be specified in, or determined in accordance with, an order of
the Tribunal made under that section in respect of the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
143
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 109
broadcasting by the maker, during a period within which that
broadcast was made, of published sound recordings in which
the copyrights are owned by that person and which include
that recording; or
(b) where there is an order of the Tribunal in force under that
section applying to the maker of that broadcast in relation to
the time when that broadcast was made:
(i) the copyright in that recording is owned by a person
who is specified in the order as one of the persons
among whom the amount specified in, or determined in
accordance with, the order is to be divided and the
maker of the broadcast makes payments to the person in
accordance with the order; or
(ii) the copyright in that recording is owned by a person
who is not so specified in the order.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to a
broadcast of a sound recording if the broadcast was made in
accordance with an agreement between the maker of the broadcast
and the owner of the copyright in the recording.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a broadcast of a sound
recording that has not been published in Australia if the broadcast
was made before the expiration of the prescribed period after the
date of the first publication of the recording.
(4) Regulations prescribing a period for the purposes of the last
preceding subsection may prescribe different periods in relation to
different classes of sound recordings.
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a broadcast of a sound
recording that has not been published in Australia if:
(a) the recording consists of, or includes, a musical work in
which copyright subsists;
(b) the musical work was made for the purpose of being
performed, or has been performed, in association with a
dramatic work or has been included in a cinematograph film;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
144
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 109A
(c) records of the musical work have not been supplied (whether
by sale or otherwise) to the public in Australia.
(6) For the purposes of paragraph (5)(c), a supplying of records of a
musical work shall be disregarded if the supplying was done
otherwise than by, or with the licence of, the owner of the
copyright in the work.
109A Copying sound recordings for private and domestic use
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the owner of a copy (the earlier copy) of a sound recording
makes another copy (the later copy) of the sound recording
using the earlier copy; and
(b) the sole purpose of making the later copy is the owner’s
private and domestic use of the later copy with a device that:
(i) is a device that can be used to cause sound recordings to
be heard; and
(ii) he or she owns; and
(c) the earlier copy was not made by downloading over the
internet a digital recording of a radio broadcast or similar
program; and
(d) the earlier copy is not an infringing copy of the sound
recording, a broadcast or a literary, dramatic or musical work
included in the sound recording.
(2) The making of the later copy does not infringe copyright in the
sound recording, or in a literary, dramatic or musical work or other
subject-matter included in the sound recording.
(3) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the earlier copy or
the later copy is:
(a) sold; or
(b) let for hire; or
(c) by way of trade offered or exposed for sale or hire; or
(d) distributed for the purpose of trade or otherwise; or
(e) used for causing the sound recording to be heard in public; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
145
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 110
(f) used for broadcasting the sound recording.
Note: If the earlier or later copy is dealt with as described in subsection (3),
then copyright may be infringed not only by the making of the later
copy but also by a dealing with the later copy.
(4) To avoid doubt, paragraph (3)(d) does not apply to a loan of the
earlier copy or the later copy by the lender to a member of the
lender’s family or household for the member’s private and
domestic use.
110 Provisions relating to cinematograph films
(1) Where the visual images forming part of a cinematograph film
consist wholly or principally of images that, at the time when they
were first embodied in an article or thing, were means of
communicating news, the copyright in the film is not infringed by
the causing of the film to be seen or heard, or to be both seen and
heard, in public after the expiration of 50 years after the expiration
of the calendar year in which the principal events depicted in the
film occurred.
(2) Where, by virtue of this Part, copyright has subsisted in a
cinematograph film, a person who, after that copyright has expired,
causes the film to be seen or heard, or to be seen and heard, in
public does not, by so doing, infringe any copyright subsisting by
virtue of Part III in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work.
(3) Where the sounds that are embodied in a sound-track associated
with the visual images forming part of a cinematograph film are
also embodied in a record, other than such a sound-track or a
record derived directly or indirectly from such a sound-track, the
copyright in the cinematograph film is not infringed by any use
made of that record.
110AA Copying cinematograph film in different format for private
use
(1) This section applies if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
146
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 110AA
(a) the owner of videotape embodying a cinematograph film in
analog form makes a copy (the main copy) of the film in
electronic form for his or her private and domestic use
instead of the videotape; and
(b) the videotape itself is not an infringing copy of the film or of
a broadcast, sound recording, work or published edition of a
work; and
(c) at the time the owner makes the main copy, he or she has not
made, and is not making, another copy that embodies the film
in an electronic form substantially identical to the electronic
form in which the film is embodied in the main copy.
For this purpose, disregard a temporary copy of the film
incidentally made as a necessary part of the technical process of
making the main copy.
(2) The making of the main copy is not an infringement of copyright in
the cinematograph film or in a work or other subject-matter
included in the film.
Dealing with main copy may make it an infringing copy
(3) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the main copy is:
(a) sold; or
(b) let for hire; or
(c) by way of trade offered or exposed for sale or hire; or
(d) distributed for the purpose of trade or otherwise.
Note: If the main copy is dealt with as described in subsection (3), then
copyright may be infringed not only by the making of the main copy
but also by the dealing with the main copy.
(4) To avoid doubt, paragraph (3)(d) does not apply to a loan of the
main copy by the lender to a member of the lender’s family or
household for the member’s private and domestic use.
Disposal of videotape may make the main copy an infringing copy
(5) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if the owner of the
videotape disposes of it to another person.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
147
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 110A
Status of temporary copy
(6) If subsection (2) applies to the making of the main copy only as a
result of disregarding the incidental making of a temporary copy of
the film as a necessary part of the technical process of making the
main copy, then:
(a) if the temporary copy is destroyed at the first practicable time
during or after the making of the main copy—the making of
the temporary copy does not infringe copyright in the film or
in any work or other subject-matter included in the film; or
(b) if the temporary copy is not destroyed at that time—the
making of the temporary copy is taken always to have
infringed copyright (if any) subsisting in the film and in any
work or other subject-matter included in the film.
110A Copying and communicating unpublished sound recordings
and cinematograph films in libraries or archives
Where, at a time more than 50 years after the time at which, or the
expiration of the period during which, a sound recording or
cinematograph film was made, copyright subsists in the sound
recording or cinematograph film but:
(a) the sound recording or cinematograph film has not been
published; and
(b) a record embodying the sound recording, or a copy of the
cinematograph film, is kept in the collection of a library or
archives where it is, subject to any regulations governing that
collection, accessible to the public;
the copyright in the sound recording or cinematograph film and in
any work or other subject-matter included in the sound recording
or cinematograph film is not infringed:
(c) by the making of a copy or the communication of the sound
recording or cinematograph film by a person for the purpose
of research or study or with a view to publication; or
(d) by the making of a copy or the communication of the sound
recording or cinematograph film by, or on behalf of, the
officer in charge of the library or archives if the copy is
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
148
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 110C
supplied or communicated to a person who satisfies the
officer that he or she requires the copy for the purpose of
research or study, or with a view to publication and that he or
she will not use it for any other purpose.
110C Making of a copy of a sound recording or cinematograph film
for the purpose of simulcasting
(1) If the broadcasting of a sound recording or a cinematograph film
would not for any reason constitute an infringement of the
copyright in the recording or film, but the making of a copy of the
recording or film would, apart from this section, constitute an
infringement of the copyright, the copyright is not infringed by the
making of a copy of the recording or film if:
(a) the recording or film from which the copy is made is in
analog form; and
(b) the copy is made solely for the purpose of simulcasting the
recording or film in digital form.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a copy of a recording
or film if the copy is used for a purpose other than:
(a) the simulcasting of the recording or film in circumstances
that do not for any reason constitute an infringement of the
copyright in the recording or film; or
(b) the making of further copies of the recording or film for the
purpose of simulcasting the recording or film in such
circumstances.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a copy of a recording
or film unless all copies of the recording or film made under that
subsection are destroyed on or before the relevant date specified in
the regulations.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), the regulations may specify
different dates in relation to different classes of sound recordings
or cinematograph films.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
149
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 111
111 Recording broadcasts for replaying at more convenient time
(1) This section applies if a person makes a cinematograph film or
sound recording of a broadcast solely for private and domestic use
by watching or listening to the material broadcast at a time more
convenient than the time when the broadcast is made.
Note: Subsection 10(1) defines broadcast as a communication to the public
delivered by a broadcasting service within the meaning of the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992.
Making the film or recording does not infringe copyright
(2) The making of the film or recording does not infringe copyright in
the broadcast or in any work or other subject-matter included in the
broadcast.
Note: Even though the making of the film or recording does not infringe that
copyright, that copyright may be infringed if a copy of the film or
recording is made.
Dealing with embodiment of film or recording
(3) Subsection (2) is taken never to have applied if an article or thing
embodying the film or recording is:
(a) sold; or
(b) let for hire; or
(c) by way of trade offered or exposed for sale or hire; or
(d) distributed for the purpose of trade or otherwise; or
(e) used for causing the film or recording to be seen or heard in
public; or
(f) used for broadcasting the film or recording.
Note: If the article or thing embodying the film or recording is dealt with as
described in subsection (3), then copyright may be infringed not only
by the making of the article or thing but also by the dealing with the
article or thing.
(4) To avoid doubt, paragraph (3)(d) does not apply to a loan of the
article or thing by the lender to a member of the lender’s family or
household for the member’s private and domestic use.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
150
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 111A
111A Temporary copy made in the course of communication
(1) A copyright subsisting under this Part is not infringed by making a
temporary copy of an audio-visual item as part of the technical
process of making or receiving a communication.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the making of a
temporary copy of an audio-visual item as part of the technical
process of making a communication if the making of the
communication is an infringement of copyright.
111B Temporary copy of subject-matter as part of a technical
process of use
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the copyright in a subject-matter is not
infringed by the making of a temporary copy of the subject-matter
if the temporary copy is incidentally made as a necessary part of a
technical process of using a copy of the subject-matter.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) the making of a temporary copy of a subject-matter if the
temporary copy is made from:
(i) an infringing copy of the subject-matter; or
(ii) a copy of the subject-matter where the copy is made in
another country and would be an infringing copy of the
subject-matter if the person who made the copy had
done so in Australia; or
(b) the making of a temporary copy of a subject-matter as a
necessary part of a technical process of using a copy of the
subject-matter if that use constitutes an infringement of the
copyright in the subject-matter.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to any subsequent use of a temporary
copy of a subject-matter other than as a part of the technical
process in which the temporary copy was made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
151
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 112
112 Reproductions of editions of work
The copyright in a published edition of a work or works is not
infringed by the making of a reproduction of the whole or a part of
that edition if that reproduction is made in the course of:
(a) where the edition contains one work only:
(i) a dealing with that work, being a dealing that does not,
by virtue of section 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 or 113E, infringe
copyright in that work; or
(ii) a use of the whole or a part of that work, being a use
that, because of section 49, 50, 113F, 113H, 113J,
113K, 113M, 113P or 182A, does not infringe copyright
in that work; or
(b) where the edition contains more than one work:
(i) a dealing with one of those works or dealings with some
or all of those works, being a dealing that does not, or
dealings that do not, by virtue of section 40, 41, 42, 43,
44 or 113E, infringe copyright in that work or those
works; or
(ii) a use of a whole or a part of one of those works, or a use
of the whole or parts of some or all of those works,
being a use that, because of section 49, 50, 113F, 113H,
113J, 113K, 113M, 113P or 182A, does not infringe
copyright in that work or those works.
112A Importation and sale etc. of books
(1) The copyright in an overseas edition first published on or after the
commencing day, is not infringed by a person who, without the
licence of the owner of the copyright, imports a non-infringing
book into Australia for a purpose mentioned in
paragraph 102(1)(a), (b) or (c).
(2) Subject to this section, the copyright in:
(a) an overseas edition first published before the commencing
day; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
152
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 112A
(b) a published edition of a work, being an edition first published
in Australia, whether before, on or after the commencing day;
is not infringed by a person who, without the licence of the owner
of the copyright, imports a copy (in this subsection called the
imported copy) of a hardback or paperback version of a
non-infringing book into Australia for a purpose mentioned in
paragraph 102(1)(a), (b) or (c) if:
(c) the person had ordered in writing from the copyright owner,
or the owner’s licensee or agent, one or more copies of that
version of the book (not being second-hand copies or more
copies than were needed to satisfy the person’s reasonable
requirements); and
(d) when the person ordered the imported copy, the original
order mentioned in paragraph (c) had not been withdrawn or
cancelled by, or with the consent of, the person and:
(i) at least 7 days had elapsed since the person placed the
original order and the copyright owner, licensee or
agent had not notified the person in writing that the
original order would be filled within 90 days after it was
placed; or
(ii) at least 90 days had elapsed since the person placed the
original order and the copyright owner, licensee or
agent had not filled the order.
(3) The copyright in a published edition of a work (whether the edition
was first published before, on or after the commencing day) is not
infringed by a person who, without the licence of the owner of the
copyright, imports a single copy of a non-infringing book into
Australia if the importation is for the purpose of filling a written
order, or a verifiable telephone order, by a customer of the person
and:
(a) in the case of a written order, the order contains a statement,
signed by the customer; or
(b) in the case of a telephone order, the customer makes a
verifiable statement;
to the effect that the customer does not intend to use the book for a
purpose mentioned in paragraph 102(1)(a), (b) or (c).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
153
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 112A
(4) The copyright in a published edition of a work (whether the edition
was first published before, on or after the commencing day) is not
infringed by a person who, without the licence of the owner of the
copyright, imports 2 or more copies of a non-infringing book into
Australia if:
(a) the importation is for the purpose of filling a written order, or
a verifiable telephone order, placed with the person by or on
behalf of a library, other than a library conducted for the
profit (direct or indirect) of a person or organisation; and
(b) in the case of a written order—the order contains a statement,
signed by the person placing the order, to the effect that the
library does not intend to use any of the books for a purpose
mentioned in paragraph 102(1)(a), (b) or (c); and
(c) in the case of a telephone order—the person placing the order
makes a verifiable statement to the effect referred to in
paragraph (b); and
(d) the number of copies so imported is not more than the
number of copies so ordered.
(5) Without limiting the ways in which a telephone order under
subsection (3) or (4), or a statement under paragraph (3)(b) or
(4)(c) relating to such an order, may be verified, such an order or
statement is, for the purposes of this section, taken to be verifiable
if the person who takes the order, or to whom the statement is
made, makes a written note of the details of the order or statement
when, or immediately after, the order is placed, or the statement is
made, as the case may be.
(6) Where:
(a) a book is imported into Australia for a purpose mentioned in
paragraph 102(1)(a), (b) or (c); and
(b) the importation does not, under this section, constitute an
infringement of copyright in a published edition of a work;
the use of the book for any such purpose does not constitute an
infringement of the copyright in the edition and subsection 103(1)
does not apply to the book.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
154
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 112B
(7) Subsection (2) does not apply to the importation of a copy of a
hardback version of a non-infringing book into Australia if the
copyright owner, or his or her licensee or agent, is able to supply in
Australia enough copies of a paperback version of the book to fill
any reasonable order.
(8) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(d), a copyright owner, licensee
or agent is not taken to have filled an order by a person for one or
more copies of a version of a book unless and until the copyright
owner, licensee or agent sends the copy, or all of the copies, as the
case requires, to the person.
(9) In this section:
book does not include:
(a) a book whose main content is one or more musical works,
with or without any related literary, dramatic or artistic work;
or
(b) a manual sold with computer software for use in connection
with that software; or
(c) a periodical publication.
commencing day means the day on which the Copyright
Amendment Act 1991 commences.
overseas edition means a published edition of a work, being an
edition:
(a) that was first published in a country other than Australia; and
(b) that was not published in Australia within 30 days after its
first publication in that other country.
Note: An edition of a work may, for the purposes of this Act, be first
published in Australia if it is published in Australia within 30 days of
an earlier publication elsewhere. For the meaning of first publication,
see section 29 and, in particular, subsection 29(5).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
155
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 112B
112B Reproduction of writing on approved label for containers for
chemical product
The reproduction on a label on a container for a chemical product
of any writing appearing on an approved label is not an
infringement of any copyright subsisting under section 92 in
relation to that writing.
112C Copyright subsisting in accessories etc. to imported articles
(1) The copyright in:
(a) a published edition of a work a reproduction of which is on,
or embodied in, a non-infringing accessory to an article; or
(b) a cinematograph film a copy of which is a non-infringing
accessory to an article; or
(c) a sound recording a record of which is a non-infringing
accessory to an article;
is not infringed by importing the accessory with the article.
Note: See the definition of accessory in subsection 10(1) and see also
section 10AD for an expanded meaning of accessory in relation to
certain imported articles.
(2) Section 103 does not apply to:
(a) a reproduction of a published edition of a work, being a
reproduction that is on, or embodied in, a non-infringing
accessory to an article; or
(b) a copy of a cinematograph film, being a copy that is a
non-infringing accessory to an article; or
(c) a record embodying a sound recording, being a record that is
a non-infringing accessory to an article;
if the importation of the accessory is not an infringement of
copyright in the edition, film or recording, as the case may be.
(3) The definition of article in section 103 does not affect this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
156
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works Division 6
Section 112D
112D Import of non-infringing copy of a sound recording does not
infringe copyright in the sound recording
(1) The copyright in a sound recording is not infringed by a person
who:
(a) imports into Australia a non-infringing copy of the sound
recording; or
(b) does an act described in section 103 involving an article that
is a non-infringing copy of the sound recording and has been
imported into Australia by anyone.
Note: In a civil action for infringement of copyright, a copy of a sound
recording is presumed not to be a non-infringing copy of the sound
recording unless the defendant proves it is. See section 130A.
(2) This section applies to a copy of a sound recording only if, when
the copy is imported into Australia, the sound recording has been
published:
(a) in Australia; or
(b) in another country (the publication country) by or with the
consent of:
(i) the owner of the copyright or related right in the sound
recording in the publication country; or
(ii) the owner of the copyright or related right in the sound
recording in the country (the original recording
country) in which the sound recording was made, if the
law of the publication country did not provide for
copyright or a related right in sound recordings when
publication occurred; or
(iii) the maker of the sound recording, if neither the law of
the publication country nor the law of the original
recording country (whether those countries are different
or not) provided for copyright or a related right in sound
recordings when publication occurred.
Note: Subsection 29(6) deals with unauthorised publication.
(3) In subsection (2):
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
157
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 6 Infringement of copyright in subject-matter other than works
Section 112DA
owner of the copyright or related right in the sound recording
means the owner at the time publication of the sound recording
occurred.
(4) The definition of article in section 103 does not affect this section.
112DA Importation and sale etc. of copies of electronic literary or
music items
(1) If, in relation to a published edition of a work:
(a) the work is, or is part of, an electronic literary or music item;
and
(b) the edition has been published in Australia or a qualifying
country;
then the copyright in the published edition is not infringed by a
person who:
(c) imports into Australia an article that has embodied in it a
non-infringing copy of the electronic literary or music item;
or
(d) does an act mentioned in section 103 involving an article that
has embodied in it a non-infringing copy of the electronic
literary or music item and that has been imported into
Australia by anyone.
Note: Section 130C deals with the burden of proof a defendant bears in a
civil action for infringement of copyright.
(2) The definition of article in section 103 does not affect this section.
112E Communication by use of certain facilities
A person (including a carrier or carriage service provider) who
provides facilities for making, or facilitating the making of, a
communication is not taken to have authorised any infringement of
copyright in an audio-visual item merely because another person
uses the facilities so provided to do something the right to do
which is included in the copyright.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
158
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Miscellaneous Division 7
Section 113
Division 7—Miscellaneous
113 Copyrights to subsist independently
(1) Subject to subsection 110(2), where copyright subsists in any
subject-matter by virtue of this Part, nothing in this Part shall be
taken to affect the operation of Part III in relation to any literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work from which that subject-matter is
wholly or partly derived, and any copyright subsisting by virtue of
this Part is in addition to, and independent of, any copyright
subsisting by virtue of Part III.
(2) The subsistence of copyright under any provision of this Part does
not affect the operation of any other provision of this Part under
which copyright can subsist.
113A Agents may act on behalf of groups of performers
(1) This section applies in respect of all members of a group of
performers who have an interest in the copyright in a sound
recording of a live performance.
(2) All members of the group are taken to have granted a licence or
permission (however described) to a person:
(a) to do an act comprised in the copyright; or
(b) to do any other act in relation to the copyright;
if an agent of the group, acting within the scope of his or her actual
or apparent authority, has granted a licence or permission to the
person to do the act.
Note: The person may still need to obtain the licence or permission of other
owners of the copyright before doing the act.
113B Consent to the use of a sound recording of a live performance
A person is taken to have been granted a licence or permission
(however described) by a performer to use a sound recording of a
live performance if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
159
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IV Copyright in subject-matter other than works
Division 7 Miscellaneous
Section 113C
(a) the performer has given his or her consent to recording the
performance for a particular purpose; and
(b) the recording is used for that purpose in accordance with the
terms of the consent.
Note: The person may still need to obtain the consent of the other owners of
the copyright in the sound recording of the live performance before
using the sound recording.
113C Use of published sound recordings when owners cannot be
found etc.
(1) An owner (the first owner) of the copyright in a sound recording of
a live performance that is a published sound recording is taken to
have been granted a licence or permission (however described) by
another owner of the copyright to do an act comprised in the
copyright, or to do any other act in relation to the copyright, if:
(a) the first owner has entered into an agreement with another
person to do the act; and
(b) the first owner, after making reasonable inquiries, cannot
discover the identity or location of the other owner or a
person representing the other owner.
Note: The first owner may still need to obtain a licence or permission from
any other owners of the copyright in the sound recording of the live
performance.
(2) If the first owner does the act, then the first owner must hold the
other owner’s share of any amount received in respect of it on trust
for 4 years after the day on which the agreement is entered into
(unless the amount is distributed to, or on behalf of, the other
owner before then).
(3) If during the 4 year period, the other owner is identified and
located, the first owner must distribute the amount held on trust to,
or on behalf of, the other owner. If at the end of the 4 year period,
the other owner remains unidentified or is not located, the first
owner may retain the amount.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
160
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright in subject-matter other than works Part IV
Miscellaneous Division 7
Section 113C
(4) After initially making reasonable inquiries, the first owner is not
required to continue making reasonable inquiries during the 4 year
period.
(5) The other owner cannot prevent the first owner doing the act
comprised in the copyright during the term of the agreement if the
other owner is identified or located.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
161
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 1 Simplified outline of this Part
Section 113D
Part IVA—Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 1—Simplified outline of this Part
113D Simplified outline of this Part
The following do not infringe copyright in any copyright material:
(a) certain use by or for persons with a disability;
(b) certain use for the purposes of libraries, archives and
key cultural institutions;
(c) certain use by educational institutions.
Note 1: Other provisions of this Act, including Parts III, IV, VC, VII and X, provide that certain other use of copyright material does not infringe copyright.
Note 2: A person may circumvent an access control technological protection measure to enable the person to do an act that, under this Part, does not infringe copyright (if the act is prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of paragraph 116AN(9)(c)).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
162
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Access by or for persons with a disability Division 2
Section 113E
Division 2—Access by or for persons with a disability
113E Fair dealing for purpose of access by persons with a disability
(1) A fair dealing with copyright material does not infringe copyright
in the material if the dealing is for the purpose of one or more
persons with a disability having access to copyright material
(whether the dealing is by any of those persons or by another
person).
(2) The matters to which regard must be had, in determining whether
the dealing is a fair dealing for the purposes of this section, include
the following matters:
(a) the purpose and character of the dealing;
(b) the nature of the copyright material;
(c) the effect of the dealing upon the potential market for, or
value of, the material;
(d) if only part of the material is dealt with—the amount and
substantiality of the part dealt with, taken in relation to the
whole material.
113F Use of copyright material by organisations assisting persons
with a disability
An organisation assisting persons with a disability, or a person
acting on behalf of such an organisation, does not infringe
copyright in copyright material by using the material if:
(a) the use is for the sole purpose of assisting one or more
persons with a disability to access the material in a format
that the person or persons require because of the disability
(whether the access is provided by or on behalf of the
organisation or by another body or person); and
(b) the organisation, or the person acting on behalf of the
organisation, is satisfied that the material (or a relevant part
of the material) cannot be obtained in that format within a
reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
163
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 3 Libraries and archives
Section 113G
Division 3—Libraries and archives
Subdivision A—Public libraries, parliamentary libraries and
archives
113G Libraries
This Subdivision applies to a library if:
(a) all or part of the collection comprising the library is
accessible to members of the public directly or through
interlibrary loans; or
(b) the principal purpose of the library is to provide library
services for members of a Parliament.
Note 1: For references to a Parliament, see section 12.
Note 2: This Subdivision also applies to archives (within the meaning of
section 10).
113H Preservation
(1) An authorized officer of a library or archives does not infringe
copyright in copyright material by using the material if:
(a) the use is for the purpose of preserving the collection
comprising that or another library or archives; and
(b) either or both of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) the authorized officer’s library or archives holds the
material in original form;
(ii) the authorized officer is satisfied that a copy of the
material cannot be obtained in a version or format that is
required for that purpose, consistent with best practice
for preserving such collections.
(2) An authorized officer of a library or archives does not infringe
copyright in copyright material (the preservation copy) by making
the preservation copy available to be accessed at the library or
archives if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
164
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Libraries and archives Division 3
Section 113J
(a) subsection (1) applied to the making of the preservation copy
because it was done for the purpose of preserving the
collection comprising the library or archives; and
(b) the preservation copy is in electronic form; and
(c) the body administering the library or archives takes
reasonable steps to ensure that a person who accesses the
preservation copy at the library or archives does not infringe
copyright in the preservation copy.
Note: Other uses of the preservation copy might not infringe copyright
because of other provisions of this Act, such as section 49
(Reproducing and communicating works by libraries and archives for
users).
113J Research
(1) An authorized officer of a library or archives does not infringe
copyright in copyright material by using the material if:
(a) the material forms part of the collection comprising the
library or archives; and
(b) the library or archives holds the material in original form;
and
(c) the use is for the purpose of research carried out at that or
another library or archives.
(2) An authorized officer of a library or archives does not infringe
copyright in copyright material (the research copy) by making the
research copy available to be accessed at the library or archives if:
(a) subsection (1) applied to the making of the research copy
because it was done for the purpose of research carried out at
the library or archives; and
(b) the research copy is in electronic form; and
(c) the body administering the library or archives takes
reasonable steps to ensure that a person who accesses the
research copy at the library or archives does not infringe
copyright in the research copy.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
165
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 3 Libraries and archives
Section 113K
Note: Other uses of the research copy might not infringe copyright because
of other provisions of this Act, such as section 49 (Reproducing and
communicating works by libraries and archives for users).
113K Administration of the collection
An authorized officer of a library or archives does not infringe
copyright in copyright material by using the material if the use is
for purposes directly related to the care or control of the collection
comprising the library or archives.
Subdivision B—Key cultural institutions
113L Meaning of key cultural institution
A library or archives is a key cultural institution if the body
administering it:
(a) has, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or
Territory, the function of developing and maintaining the
collection comprising the library or archives; or
(b) is prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this
paragraph.
113M Preservation
(1) An authorized officer of a key cultural institution does not infringe
copyright in copyright material by using the material if:
(a) the material forms part of the collection comprising the key
cultural institution; and
(b) the authorized officer is satisfied that the material is of
historical or cultural significance to Australia; and
(c) the use is for the purpose of preserving the material; and
(d) either or both of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) the key cultural institution holds the material in original
form;
(ii) the authorized officer is satisfied that a copy of the
material cannot be obtained in a version or format that is
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
166
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Libraries and archives Division 3
Section 113M
required for that purpose, consistent with best practice
for preserving such copyright material.
Note: If the use of the copyright material does not meet the requirements of
this subsection, the authorized officer might be able to rely on
subsection 113H(1) instead.
(2) An authorized officer of a key cultural institution does not infringe
copyright in copyright material (the preservation copy) by making
the preservation copy available to be accessed at the key cultural
institution if:
(a) subsection (1) applied to the making of the preservation copy
because it was done for the purpose of preserving copyright
material that formed part of the collection comprising the key
cultural institution; and
(b) the preservation copy is in electronic form; and
(c) the body administering the key cultural institution takes
reasonable steps to ensure that a person who accesses the
preservation copy at the key cultural institution does not
infringe copyright in the preservation copy.
Note: Other uses of the preservation copy might not infringe copyright
because of other provisions of this Act, such as section 49
(Reproducing and communicating works by libraries and archives for
users).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
167
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 4 Educational institutions—statutory licence
Section 113N
Division 4—Educational institutions—statutory licence
113N Simplified outline of this Division
An educational institution may copy or communicate certain
copyright material for educational purposes if the body
administering the educational institution agrees to pay equitable
remuneration to a collecting society.
113P Copying and communicating works and broadcasts
Works
(1) The body administering an educational institution does not infringe
copyright in a work by copying or communicating the whole or a
part of the work if:
(a) a remuneration notice that applies to the educational
institution and the work is in force under section 113Q; and
(b) the work is not:
(i) a computer program; or
(ii) a compilation of computer programs; or
(iii) a work included in a broadcast; and
(c) the copying or communicating occurs solely for the
educational purposes of:
(i) the educational institution; or
(ii) another educational institution, if a remuneration notice
that applies to the other educational institution and the
work is in force under section 113Q; and
(d) the amount of the work copied or communicated does not
unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner
of the copyright; and
(e) the copying or communicating complies with:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
168
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Educational institutions—statutory licence Division 4
Section 113P
(i) any relevant agreement between the relevant works
collecting society and the body administering the
educational institution; and
(ii) any relevant determination made by the Copyright
Tribunal under subsection (4) of this section.
Broadcasts
(2) The body administering an educational institution does not infringe
copyright in copyright material by copying, or communicating a
copy of, the whole or a part of a broadcast if:
(a) a remuneration notice that applies to the educational
institution and the material is in force under section 113Q;
and
(b) the material is:
(i) the broadcast; or
(ii) a work, sound recording or cinematograph film included
in the broadcast; and
(c) the copying or communicating occurs solely for the
educational purposes of:
(i) the educational institution; or
(ii) another educational institution, if a remuneration notice
that applies to the other educational institution and the
material is in force under section 113Q; and
(d) the copying or communicating complies with:
(i) any relevant agreement between the broadcasts
collecting society and the body administering the
educational institution; and
(ii) any relevant determination made by the Copyright
Tribunal under subsection (4) of this section.
(3) For the purposes of Part XIA, each performer in a performance is
taken to have authorised the copying, or the communicating a
copy, of the whole or a part of:
(a) a broadcast of the performance; or
(b) the content of a broadcast of the performance;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
169
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 4 Educational institutions—statutory licence
Section 113P
if subsection (2) applies to the copying or communicating.
Note: The effect of this subsection is that no right of action and no offence
occurs, in respect of the copy or communication, under Part XIA
(Performers’ protection).
Questions determined by Copyright Tribunal
(4) The Copyright Tribunal may determine a question relating to
copying or communicating mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) if:
(a) the relevant collecting society and the body administering the
relevant educational institution fail to determine the question
by agreement under subparagraph (1)(e)(i) or (2)(d)(i); and
(b) the society or the body applies to the Tribunal to have the
Tribunal determine the question.
Note: Section 153A sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the application.
Copies and communications subsequently used for other purposes
(5) Subsections (1), (2) and (3) do not apply, and are taken never to
have applied, to copying, or communicating a copy, by a body
administering an educational institution if the copy is, with the
consent of the body:
(a) used for a purpose other than the educational purposes of an
educational institution; or
(b) given to the body administering another educational
institution, if no remuneration notice that applies to the other
educational institution and the relevant copyright material is
in force under section 113Q; or
(c) sold or otherwise supplied for a financial profit.
Content of certain broadcasts
(6) This section applies to the content of a broadcast in the same way
as this section applies to a broadcast if the content of the broadcast
was:
(a) electronically transmitted using the internet at the same time,
or at substantially the same time, as the broadcast; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
170
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Educational institutions—statutory licence Division 4
Section 113Q
(b) if the broadcast is a free-to-air broadcast—made available
online by the broadcaster of the broadcast at the same time
as, or after, the broadcast.
113Q Remuneration notices
(1) A remuneration notice is a written notice:
(a) that the body administering an educational institution gives to
a collecting society; and
(b) by which the body undertakes:
(i) to pay to the society equitable remuneration for licensed
copying or communicating; and
(ii) to give to the society reasonable assistance to enable the
society to collect and distribute that equitable
remuneration.
Note: For equitable remuneration, see section 113R.
(2) Copying or communicating mentioned in subsection 113P(1) or (2)
is licensed copying or communicating if the copying or
communicating does not infringe copyright only because of
section 113P.
(3) A remuneration notice that a body gives to a collecting society
under this section applies to:
(a) an educational institution that the body administers; and
(b) copyright material for which the society is the collecting
society.
Note: See paragraph 113V(4)(a).
(4) However, the notice does not apply to a work to which
paragraph 113P(1)(b) applies if the society is not the works
collecting society for the eligible rights holder who owns the
copyright in the work.
Note: See paragraph 113V(4)(b).
When remuneration notice is in force
(5) A remuneration notice given under this section:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
171
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 4 Educational institutions—statutory licence
Section 113R
(a) comes into force on:
(i) the day on which the notice is given to the relevant
collecting society; or
(ii) a later day specified in the notice; and
(b) remains in force until it is revoked.
(6) The body administering an educational institution may, at any
time, revoke a remuneration notice the body gave to a collecting
society under this section. The body revokes the remuneration
notice by giving notice in writing to the society. The revocation
takes effect:
(a) at the end of the period of 3 months starting on the day the
notice of revocation is given to the society; or
(b) on a later day specified in the notice of revocation.
113R Equitable remuneration
(1) The amount of the equitable remuneration that, by a remuneration
notice given to a collecting society under section 113Q, the body
administering an educational institution undertakes to pay for
licensed copying or communicating is the amount:
(a) agreed between the society and the body; or
(b) determined by the Copyright Tribunal under subsection (2).
(2) The Copyright Tribunal may determine the amount of the equitable
remuneration if:
(a) the society and the body fail to determine the amount by
agreement under paragraph (1)(a); and
(b) the society or the body apply to the Tribunal to have the
Tribunal determine the amount.
Note: Section 153A sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the application.
(3) A determination of the Tribunal under subsection (2) may be
expressed to have effect in relation to copying or communicating
done before the day on which the determination is made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
172
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Educational institutions—statutory licence Division 4
Section 113S
113S Educational institutions must assist collecting society
(1) If a remuneration notice that applies to an educational institution is
in force under section 113Q, the relevant collecting society may, in
writing (the entry notice), notify the body administering the
educational institution that the society wishes, on a day specified in
the notice, to enter the premises of the educational institution for
the purpose of reviewing the body’s compliance with:
(a) the remuneration notice; and
(b) any relevant agreements and determinations mentioned in
paragraph 113P(1)(e) or (2)(d).
(2) A person authorised in writing by the collecting society may enter
the premises of the educational institution for the purpose
mentioned in subsection (1) after the collecting society gives the
entry notice to the body.
(3) Entry onto premises under subsection (2) may only occur:
(a) during ordinary working hours of the educational institution;
and
(b) on the day specified in the entry notice, which must not be
earlier than 7 days after the day on which the entry notice is
given.
(4) The Copyright Tribunal may determine a question relating to entry
onto premises of an educational institution under this section if:
(a) the relevant collecting society and the body administering the
educational institution fail to determine the question by
agreement; and
(b) the society or the body applies to the Tribunal to have the
Tribunal determine the question.
Note: Section 153A sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the application.
(5) The body administering an educational institution must:
(a) ensure that a person who enters the premises of the
educational institution under subsection (2) is provided with
all reasonable and necessary facilities and assistance for the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
173
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 4 Educational institutions—statutory licence
Section 113T
effective review of the body’s compliance with the
remuneration notice, agreements and determinations
mentioned in paragraphs (1)(a) and (b); and
(b) comply with any determinations of the Copyright Tribunal
made under subsection (4).
(6) A body administering an educational institution commits an
offence if the body contravenes subsection (5).
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
113T Voluntary licences
(1) Nothing in this Division affects the right of the owner of the
copyright in copyright material to grant a licence authorising any
use of that material by the body administering an educational
institution.
(2) Nothing in this Division affects the right of a performer in a
performance (within the meaning of Part XIA) to authorise the
body administering an educational institution:
(a) to make, or cause to be made, a sound recording or a
cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) to communicate, or cause to be communicated, that recording
or film.
113U Persons acting on behalf of bodies administering educational
institutions
A reference in this Division (other than the first reference in
subsection 113S(6)) to the body administering an educational
institution includes a reference to a person acting on behalf of the
body.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
174
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Collecting societies Division 5
Section 113V
Division 5—Collecting societies
Subdivision A—Declaration of collecting society
113V Declaration of collecting society
Applications
(1) A body may apply, in writing, to the Minister to be declared to be:
(a) the works collecting society for:
(i) all eligible rights holders; or
(ii) specified classes of eligible rights holders; or
(b) the broadcasts collecting society.
Declarations
(2) After receiving the application, the Minister must do one of the
following:
(a) declare the body to be a collecting society;
(b) refuse to declare the body to be a collecting society;
(c) both:
(i) refer the application to the Copyright Tribunal in the
way prescribed by the regulations; and
(ii) notify the body of the referral.
(3) The Copyright Tribunal may declare the body to be a collecting
society if the Minister refers the application to the Tribunal under
paragraph (2)(c). The Registrar must notify the Minister of the
declaration.
Note: Section 153A sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the referral.
(4) A declaration of the body to be a collecting society under this
section must declare the body to be a collecting society:
(a) for either:
(i) works to which paragraph 113P(1)(b) applies; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
175
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 5 Collecting societies
Section 113V
(ii) copyright material to which paragraph 113P(2)(b)
applies; and
(b) for:
(i) if subparagraph (a)(i) of this subsection applies—
specified classes of eligible rights holders; or
(ii) in either case—all eligible rights holders.
(5) The Minister must, by notifiable instrument, give notice of a
declaration made under this section.
Existing collecting societies
(6) If:
(a) a body is declared to be the works collecting society for an
eligible rights holder; and
(b) another body is later declared to be the works collecting
society for the eligible rights holder;
the first declaration ceases to be in effect on the day (the cessation
day) before the second declaration commences, to the extent the
first declaration relates to the eligible rights holder.
(7) If:
(a) a remuneration notice given to the first body under
section 113Q:
(i) is in force on the cessation day; and
(ii) applies to a work; and
(b) the eligible rights holder owns the copyright in the work;
the notice ceases to be in force on the cessation day, to the extent
the notice applies to the work.
(8) A body cannot be declared to be the broadcasts collecting society
while another body is declared to be the broadcasts collecting
society.
Eligible rights holders
(9) In this Act:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
176
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Collecting societies Division 5
Section 113W
eligible rights holder means:
(a) for a works collecting society—the owner of the copyright in
a work; or
(b) for the broadcasts collecting society—any of the following:
(i) the owner of the copyright in a work, a sound recording
or a cinematograph film (other than a new owner of the
copyright in a sound recording of a live performance
within the meaning of section 100AB);
(ii) a performer in a performance (within the meaning of
Part XIA).
113W Requirements for declaration of collecting society
The Minister and the Copyright Tribunal must not declare a body
to be a collecting society for eligible rights holders under
section 113V unless:
(a) the body is a company limited by guarantee and incorporated
under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory
relating to companies; and
(b) all of those eligible rights holders, or their agents, are entitled
to become its members; and
(c) its rules prohibit the payment of dividends to its members;
and
(d) its rules contain such other provisions as are prescribed by
the regulations, being provisions necessary to ensure that the
interests of the collecting society’s members who are eligible
rights holders or their agents are protected adequately,
including provisions about:
(i) the collection of amounts of equitable remuneration
payable under remuneration notices given to the society
under section 113Q; and
(ii) the payment of the administrative costs of the society
out of amounts collected by it; and
(iii) the distribution of amounts collected by it; and
(iv) the holding on trust by the society of amounts for
eligible rights holders who are not its members; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
177
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 5 Collecting societies
Section 113X
(v) access to records of the society by its members.
113X Revocation of declaration
(1) Subsection (2) applies if the Minister is satisfied that a body
declared to be a collecting society under section 113V:
(a) is not functioning adequately as the collecting society; or
(b) is not acting in accordance with its rules or in the best
interests of those of its members who are eligible rights
holders or their agents; or
(c) has altered its rules so that they no longer comply with
paragraphs 113W(c) and (d); or
(d) has refused or failed, without reasonable excuse, to comply
with section 113Z or 113ZA.
(2) The Minister may:
(a) revoke the declaration; or
(b) refer to the Copyright Tribunal, in the way prescribed by the
regulations, the question whether the declaration should be
revoked.
(3) The Tribunal may revoke the declaration if:
(a) the Minister refers the question to the Copyright Tribunal
under paragraph (2)(b); and
(b) the Tribunal is satisfied that paragraph (1)(a), (b), (c) or (d)
applies to the body.
The Registrar must notify the Minister of the revocation.
Note: Section 153A sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the referral.
(4) A revocation under this section must specify the day on which it
takes effect.
(5) The Minister must, by notifiable instrument, give notice of a
revocation under this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
178
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Collecting societies Division 5
Section 113Y
(6) Subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 does not
apply in relation to a power under section 113V of this Act to make
a declaration.
Subdivision B—Operation of collecting society
113Y Scope of this Subdivision
This Subdivision applies to:
(a) a works collecting society; or
(b) the broadcasts collecting society.
113Z Annual report and accounts
(1) The collecting society must, as soon as practicable after the end of
each financial year:
(a) prepare a report of its operations during that financial year;
and
(b) send a copy of the report to the Minister, for presentation to
the Parliament.
(2) The collecting society must keep accounting records correctly
recording and explaining the transactions of the society (including
any transactions as trustee) and the financial position of the
society.
(3) The accounting records must be kept in such a manner as will
enable true and fair accounts of the society to be prepared from
time to time and those accounts to be conveniently and properly
audited.
(4) The collecting society must:
(a) as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year,
cause its accounts to be audited by an auditor who is not a
member of the society; and
(b) must send to the Minister a copy of its accounts as so
audited.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
179
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IVA Uses that do not infringe copyright
Division 5 Collecting societies
Section 113ZA
(5) The collecting society must give its members reasonable access to
copies of all reports and audited accounts prepared under this
section.
(6) This section does not affect any obligations of a collecting society
relating to the preparation and lodging of annual returns or
accounts under the law under which it is incorporated.
113ZA Amendment of rules
The collecting society must, within 21 days after it alters its rules,
send a copy of the rules as so altered to the Minister, together with
a statement setting out:
(a) the effect of the alteration; and
(b) the reasons why it was made.
113ZB Review of distribution arrangement by Copyright Tribunal
(1) The collecting society or a member of the society may apply to the
Copyright Tribunal for review of the arrangement adopted, or
proposed to be adopted, by the society for distributing amounts it
collects in a period.
Note: Section 153A sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the application.
(2) After an application is made under subsection (1), the Tribunal
must make an order:
(a) confirming the arrangement; or
(b) varying the arrangement; or
(c) substituting for the arrangement another arrangement for
distributing amounts the collecting society collects in the
period.
(3) If the Tribunal makes an order varying the arrangement or
substituting for it another arrangement, the arrangement reflecting
the Tribunal’s order:
(a) has effect as if it had been adopted in accordance with the
society’s rules; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
180
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Uses that do not infringe copyright Part IVA
Collecting societies Division 5
Section 113ZC
(b) does not affect a distribution started before the order was
made.
113ZC Operation of collecting society rules
Division 4 and this Division apply to the collecting society despite
anything in the rules of the society, but nothing in those Divisions
affects the rules so far as they can operate together with those
Divisions.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
181
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 114
Part V—Remedies and offences
Division 1—Preliminary
114 Interpretation
(1) In this Part, action means a proceeding of a civil nature between
parties, and includes a counterclaim.
(2) In the application of this Part in relation to a counterclaim,
references to the plaintiff and to the defendant shall be read as
references to the defendant and to the plaintiff, respectively.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
182
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions by owner of copyright Division 2
Section 115
Division 2—Actions by owner of copyright
115 Actions for infringement
(1) Subject to this Act, the owner of a copyright may bring an action
for an infringement of the copyright.
(2) Subject to this Act, the relief that a court may grant in an action for
an infringement of copyright includes an injunction (subject to
such terms, if any, as the court thinks fit) and either damages or an
account of profits.
(3) Where, in an action for infringement of copyright, it is established
that an infringement was committed but it is also established that,
at the time of the infringement, the defendant was not aware, and
had no reasonable grounds for suspecting, that the act constituting
the infringement was an infringement of the copyright, the plaintiff
is not entitled under this section to any damages against the
defendant in respect of the infringement, but is entitled to an
account of profits in respect of the infringement whether any other
relief is granted under this section or not.
(4) Where, in an action under this section:
(a) an infringement of copyright is established; and
(b) the court is satisfied that it is proper to do so, having regard
to:
(i) the flagrancy of the infringement; and
(ia) the need to deter similar infringements of copyright; and
(ib) the conduct of the defendant after the act constituting
the infringement or, if relevant, after the defendant was
informed that the defendant had allegedly infringed the
plaintiff’s copyright; and
(ii) whether the infringement involved the conversion of a
work or other subject-matter from hardcopy or analog
form into a digital or other electronic machine-readable
form; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
183
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2 Actions by owner of copyright
Section 115
(iii) any benefit shown to have accrued to the defendant by
reason of the infringement; and
(iv) all other relevant matters;
the court may, in assessing damages for the infringement, award
such additional damages as it considers appropriate in the
circumstances.
Consideration for relief for electronic commercial infringement
(5) Subsection (6) applies to a court hearing an action for infringement
of copyright if the court is satisfied that:
(a) the infringement (the proved infringement) occurred
(whether as a result of the doing of an act comprised in the
copyright, the authorising of the doing of such an act or the
doing of another act); and
(b) the proved infringement involved a communication of a work
or other subject-matter to the public; and
(c) because the work or other subject-matter was communicated
to the public, it is likely that there were other infringements
(the likely infringements) of the copyright by the defendant
that the plaintiff did not prove in the action; and
(d) taken together, the proved infringement and likely
infringements were on a commercial scale.
(6) The court may have regard to the likelihood of the likely
infringements (as well as the proved infringement) in deciding
what relief to grant in the action.
(7) In determining for the purposes of paragraph (5)(d) whether, taken
together, the proved infringement and the likely infringements
were on a commercial scale, the following matters are to be taken
into account:
(a) the volume and value of any articles that:
(i) are infringing copies that constitute the proved
infringement; or
(ii) assuming the likely infringements actually occurred,
would be infringing copies constituting those
infringements;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
184
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions by owner of copyright Division 2
Section 115A
(b) any other relevant matter.
(8) In subsection (7):
article includes a reproduction or copy of a work or other
subject-matter, being a reproduction or copy in electronic form.
115A Injunctions against carriage service providers providing
access to online locations outside Australia
(1) The Federal Court of Australia may, on application by the owner of
a copyright, grant an injunction referred to in subsection (2) if the
Court is satisfied that:
(a) a carriage service provider provides access to an online
location outside Australia; and
(b) the online location infringes, or facilitates an infringement of,
the copyright; and
(c) the primary purpose of the online location is to infringe, or to
facilitate the infringement of, copyright (whether or not in
Australia).
(2) The injunction is to require the carriage service provider to take
reasonable steps to disable access to the online location.
Parties
(3) The parties to an action under subsection (1) are:
(a) the owner of the copyright; and
(b) the carriage service provider; and
(c) the person who operates the online location if, but only if,
that person makes an application to be joined as a party to the
proceedings.
Service
(4) The owner of the copyright must notify:
(a) the carriage service provider; and
(b) the person who operates the online location;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
185
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2 Actions by owner of copyright
Section 115A
of the making of an application under subsection (1), but the Court
may dispense, on such terms as it sees fit, with the notice required
to be sent under paragraph (b) if the Court is satisfied that the
owner of the copyright is unable, despite reasonable efforts, to
determine the identity or address of the person who operates the
online location, or to send notices to that person.
Matters to be taken into account
(5) In determining whether to grant the injunction, the Court may take
the following matters into account:
(a) the flagrancy of the infringement, or the flagrancy of the
facilitation of the infringement, as referred to in
paragraph (1)(c);
(b) whether the online location makes available or contains
directories, indexes or categories of the means to infringe, or
facilitate an infringement of, copyright;
(c) whether the owner or operator of the online location
demonstrates a disregard for copyright generally;
(d) whether access to the online location has been disabled by
orders from any court of another country or territory on the
ground of or related to copyright infringement;
(e) whether disabling access to the online location is a
proportionate response in the circumstances;
(f) the impact on any person, or class of persons, likely to be
affected by the grant of the injunction;
(g) whether it is in the public interest to disable access to the
online location;
(h) whether the owner of the copyright complied with
subsection (4);
(i) any other remedies available under this Act;
(j) any other matter prescribed by the regulations;
(k) any other relevant matter.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
186
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions by owner of copyright Division 2
Section 116
Affidavit evidence
(6) For the purposes of the proceedings, section 134A (affidavit
evidence) applies as if the reference in paragraph 134A(f) to a
particular act included a reference to a class of acts.
Rescinding and varying injunctions
(7) The Court may:
(a) limit the duration of; or
(b) upon application, rescind or vary;
an injunction granted under this section.
(8) An application under subsection (7) may be made by:
(a) any of the persons referred to in subsection (3); or
(b) any other person prescribed by the regulations.
Costs
(9) The carriage service provider is not liable for any costs in relation
to the proceedings unless the provider enters an appearance and
takes part in the proceedings.
116 Rights of owner of copyright in respect of infringing copies
(1) The owner of the copyright in a work or other subject-matter may
bring an action for conversion or detention in relation to:
(a) an infringing copy; or
(b) a device (including a circumvention device) used or intended
to be used for making infringing copies.
(1A) In an action for conversion or detention, a court may grant to the
owner of the copyright all or any of the remedies that are available
in such an action as if:
(a) the owner of the copyright had been the owner of the
infringing copy since the time the copy was made; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
187
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2 Actions by owner of copyright
Section 116
(b) the owner of the copyright had been the owner of the device
since the time when it was used or intended to be used for
making infringing copies.
(1B) Any relief granted by a court in an action for conversion or
detention is in addition to any relief that the court may grant under
section 115.
(1C) A court is not to grant any relief to the owner of the copyright in an
action for conversion or detention if the relief that the court has
granted or proposes to grant under section 115 is, in the opinion of
the court, a sufficient remedy.
(1D) In deciding whether to grant relief in an action for conversion or
detention and in assessing the amount of damages payable, the
court may have regard to the following:
(a) the expenses incurred by the defendant, being a person who
marketed or otherwise dealt with the infringing copy, in
manufacturing or acquiring the infringing copy;
(b) whether the expenses were incurred before or after the
infringing copy was sold or otherwise disposed of by the
defendant;
(c) any other matter that the court considers relevant.
(1E) If the infringing copy is an article of which only part consists of
material that infringes copyright, the court, in deciding whether to
grant relief and in assessing the amount of damages payable, may
also have regard to the following:
(a) the importance to the market value of the article of the
material that infringes the copyright;
(b) the proportion the material that infringes copyright bears to
the article;
(c) the extent to which the material that infringes copyright may
be separated from the article.
(2) A plaintiff is not entitled by virtue of this section to any damages
or to any other pecuniary remedy, other than costs, if it is
established that, at the time of the conversion or detention:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
188
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions by owner of copyright Division 2
Section 116AAA
(a) the defendant was not aware, and had no reasonable grounds
for suspecting, that copyright subsisted in the work or other
subject-matter to which the action relates;
(b) where the articles converted or detained were infringing
copies—the defendant believed, and had reasonable grounds
for believing, that they were not infringing copies; or
(c) where an article converted or detained was a device used or
intended to be used for making articles—the defendant
believed, and had reasonable grounds for believing, that the
articles so made or intended to be made were not or would
not be, as the case may be, infringing copies.
116AAA Compensation for acquisition of property
(1) This section applies if, apart from this section, subsections 22(3A)
and 97(2) and (2A) would result in the acquisition of property from
a maker of a sound recording of a live performance by a performer
in the performance otherwise than on just terms.
(2) There is payable to the maker by the performer such amount of
compensation as is agreed on between those persons, or, failing
agreement, as is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(3) Any damages or compensation recovered or other remedy given in
a proceeding that is commenced otherwise than under this section
is to be taken into account in assessing compensation payable in a
proceeding that is commenced under this section and that arises out
of the same event or transaction.
(4) Any compensation payable in a proceeding that is commenced
under this section is to be taken into account in assessing any
damages or compensation or other remedy to be awarded in a
proceeding that is commenced otherwise than under this section
and that arises out of the same event or transaction.
(5) In this section:
acquisition of property has the same meaning as in
paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
189
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2 Actions by owner of copyright
Section 116AAA
just terms has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the
Constitution.
maker of a sound recording of a live performance means a person
mentioned in paragraph 22(3A)(a).
performer in a live performance means the following people:
(a) a person who becomes a maker of a sound recording under
paragraph 22(3A)(b);
(b) if subsection 22(3B) applies—an employer who becomes a
maker of a sound recording under that subsection.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
190
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers Division 2AA
Section 116AA
Division 2AA—Limitation on remedies available against
carriage service providers
Subdivision A—Preliminary
116AA Purpose of this Division
(1) The purpose of this Division is to limit the remedies that are
available against carriage service providers for infringements of
copyright that relate to the carrying out of certain online activities
by carriage service providers. A carriage service provider must
satisfy certain conditions to take advantage of the limitations.
Note 1: Subdivision B contains a description of the relevant activities.
Note 2: Subdivision C contains details of the limitations on remedies.
Note 3: Subdivision D sets out the conditions that must be satisfied for a
carriage service provider to take advantage of the limitations. The
limitations are automatic if a carriage service provider complies with
the relevant conditions.
(2) This Division does not limit the operation of provisions of this Act
outside this Division in relation to determining whether copyright
has been infringed.
116AB Definitions
In this Division:
caching means the reproduction of copyright material on a system
or network controlled or operated by or for a carriage service
provider in response to an action by a user in order to facilitate
efficient access to that material by that user or other users.
industry code means:
(a) an industry code that:
(i) meets any prescribed requirements; and
(ii) is registered under Part 6 of the Telecommunications Act
1997; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
191
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2AA Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers
Section 116AC
(b) an industry code developed in accordance with the
regulations.
Subdivision B—Relevant activities
116AC Category A activity
A carriage service provider carries out a Category A activity by
providing facilities or services for transmitting, routing or
providing connections for copyright material, or the intermediate
and transient storage of copyright material in the course of
transmission, routing or provision of connections.
116AD Category B activity
A carriage service provider carries out a Category B activity by
caching copyright material through an automatic process. The
carriage service provider must not manually select the copyright
material for caching.
116AE Category C activity
A carriage service provider carries out a Category C activity by
storing, at the direction of a user, copyright material on a system or
network controlled or operated by or for the carriage service
provider.
116AF Category D activity
A carriage service provider carries out a Category D activity by
referring users to an online location using information location
tools or technology.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
192
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers Division 2AA
Section 116AG
Subdivision C—Limitations on remedies
116AG Limitations on remedies
Relevant conditions must be satisfied
(1) A carriage service provider must satisfy the relevant conditions set
out in Subdivision D before the limitations in this section apply.
General limitations
(2) For infringements of copyright that occur in the course of carrying
out any of the categories of activities set out in Subdivision B, a
court must not grant relief against a carriage service provider that
consists of:
(a) damages or an account of profits; or
(b) additional damages; or
(c) other monetary relief.
Category specific limitations
(3) For an infringement of copyright that occurs in the course of the
carrying out of a Category A activity, the relief that a court may
grant against a carriage service provider is limited to one or more
of the following orders:
(a) an order requiring the carriage service provider to take
reasonable steps to disable access to an online location
outside Australia;
(b) an order requiring the carriage service provider to terminate a
specified account.
(4) For an infringement of copyright that occurs in the course of the
carrying out of a Category B, C or D activity, the relief that a court
may grant against a carriage service provider is limited to one or
more of the following orders:
(a) an order requiring the carriage service provider to remove or
disable access to infringing copyright material, or to a
reference to infringing copyright material;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
193
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
1
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2AA Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers
Section 116AH
(b) an order requiring the carriage service provider to terminate a
specified account;
(c) some other less burdensome but comparably effective
non-monetary order if necessary.
Relevant matters
(5) In deciding whether to make an order of a kind referred to in
subsection (3) or (4), a court must have regard to:
(a) the harm that has been caused to the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright; and
(b) the burden that the making of the order will place on the
carriage service provider; and
(c) the technical feasibility of complying with the order; and
(d) the effectiveness of the order; and
(e) whether some other comparably effective order would be less
burdensome.
The court may have regard to other matters it considers relevant.
Subdivision D—Conditions
116AH Conditions
(1) This table sets out the conditions for each of the categories of
activities.
Conditions
Item Activity Conditions
All categories 1. The carriage service provider must adopt and
reasonably implement a policy that provides for
termination, in appropriate circumstances, of the
accounts of repeat infringers.
2. If there is a relevant industry code in force—the
carriage service provider must comply with the relevant
provisions of that code relating to accommodating and
not interfering with standard technical measures used to
protect and identify copyright material.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
194
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
2
Remedies and offences Part V
Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers Division 2AA
Section 116AH
Conditions
Item Activity Conditions
Category A 1. Any transmission of copyright material in carrying out
this activity must be initiated by or at the direction of a
person other than the carriage service provider.
2. The carriage service provider must not make
substantive modifications to copyright material
transmitted. This does not apply to modifications made
as part of a technical process.
3 Category B 1. If the copyright material that is cached is subject to
conditions on user access at the originating site, the
carriage service provider must ensure that access to a
significant part of the cached copyright material is
permitted only to users who have met those conditions.
2. If there is a relevant industry code in force—the
carriage service provider must comply with the relevant
provisions of that code relating to:
(a) updating the cached copyright material; and
(b) not interfering with technology used at the
originating site to obtain information about the
use of the copyright material.
3. The service provider must expeditiously remove or
disable access to cached copyright material upon
notification in the prescribed form that the material has
been removed or access to it has been disabled at the
originating site.
4. The carriage service provider must not make
substantive modifications to the cached copyright
material as it is transmitted to subsequent users. This
does not apply to modifications made as part of a
technical process.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
195
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2AA Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers
Section 116AH
Conditions
Item Activity Conditions
4 Category C 1. The carriage service provider must not receive a
financial benefit that is directly attributable to the
infringing activity if the carriage service provider has
the right and ability to control the activity.
2. The carriage service provider must expeditiously
remove or disable access to copyright material residing
on its system or network upon receipt of a notice in the
prescribed form that the material has been found to be
infringing by a court.
2A. The carriage service provider must act expeditiously to
remove or disable access to copyright material residing
on its system or network if the carriage service
provider:
(a) becomes aware that the material is infringing; or
(b) becomes aware of facts or circumstances that
make it apparent that the material is likely to be
infringing.
The carriage service provider does not, in an action
relating to this Division, bear any onus of proving a
matter referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
3. The carriage service provider must comply with the
prescribed procedure in relation to removing or
disabling access to copyright material residing on its
system or network.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
196
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers Division 2AA
Section 116AH
Conditions
Item Activity Conditions
5 Category D 1. The carriage service provider must not receive a
financial benefit that is directly attributable to the
infringing activity if the carriage service provider has
the right and ability to control the activity.
2. The carriage service provider must expeditiously
remove or disable access to a reference residing on its
system or network upon receipt of a notice in the
prescribed form that the copyright material to which it
refers has been found to be infringing by a court.
2A. The carriage service provider must act expeditiously to
remove or disable access to a reference residing on its
system or network if the carriage service provider:
(a) becomes aware that the copyright material to
which it refers is infringing; or
(b) becomes aware of facts or circumstances that
make it apparent that the copyright material to
which it refers is likely to be infringing.
The carriage service provider does not, in an action
relating to this Division, bear any onus of proving a
matter referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
3. The carriage service provider must comply with the
prescribed procedure in relation to removing or
disabling a reference residing on its system or network.
(2) Nothing in the conditions is to be taken to require a carriage
service provider to monitor its service or to seek facts to indicate
infringing activity except to the extent required by a standard
technical measure mentioned in condition 2 in table item 1 in the
table in subsection (1).
(3) In deciding, for the purposes of condition 1 in table items 4 and 5
in the table in subsection (1), whether a financial benefit is
otherwise directly attributable to the infringing activity referred to
in that condition, a court must have regard to:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
197
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2AA Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers
Section 116AI
(a) industry practice in relation to the charging of services by
carriage service providers, including charging based on level
of activity; and
(b) whether the financial benefit was greater than the benefit that
would usually result from charging in accordance with
accepted industry practice.
The court may have regard to other matters it considers relevant.
(4) An act done by a carriage service provider in complying with the
prescribed procedure referred to in condition 3 in table item 4 in
the table in subsection (1) does not constitute a failure to satisfy
condition 2A in that item.
116AI Evidence of compliance with conditions
If a carriage service provider, in an action relating to this Division,
points to evidence, as prescribed, that suggests that the carriage
service provider has complied with a condition, the court must
presume, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the
carriage service provider has complied with the condition.
Subdivision E—Regulations
116AJ Regulations
(1) The regulations may provide that a carriage service provider is not
liable for damages or any other civil remedy as a result of action
taken in good faith to comply with a condition.
(2) The regulations may provide civil remedies for conduct by relevant
parties in relation to conditions.
(3) The regulations may prescribe offences for conduct by persons
issuing notices under the regulations, and prescribe penalties for
offences against those regulations. The penalties must not exceed
50 penalty units.
Note: If a body corporate is convicted of an offence against regulations
made under this section, subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
198
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers Division 2AA
Section 116AJ
allows a court to impose fines of up to 5 times the penalty stated
above.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
199
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116AK
Division 2A—Actions in relation to technological
protection measures and electronic rights
management information
Subdivision A—Technological protection measures
116AK Definitions
In this Subdivision, computer program has the same meaning as in
section 47AB.
116AL Interaction of this Subdivision with Part VAA
This Subdivision does not apply to encoded broadcasts (within the
meaning of Part VAA).
116AM Geographical application
(1) This Subdivision applies to acts done in Australia.
(2) This section does not, by implication, affect the interpretation of
any other provision of this Act.
116AN Circumventing an access control technological protection
measure
(1) An owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter may bring an action against a person if:
(a) the work or other subject-matter is protected by an access
control technological protection measure; and
(b) the person does an act that results in the circumvention of the
access control technological protection measure; and
(c) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the act
would have that result.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
200
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116AN
Exception—permission
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if the person has the
permission of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee to
circumvent the access control technological protection measure.
Exception—interoperability
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program (the original
program) that is not an infringing copy and that was
lawfully obtained; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the original program;
and
(iia) relates to elements of the original program that will not
be readily available to the person when the
circumvention occurs; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of achieving
interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the original program or any other
program.
Exception—encryption research
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable:
(i) the person; or
(ii) if the person is a body corporate—an employee of the
person;
to do an act; and
(b) the act:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
201
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116AN
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy and that was lawfully obtained;
and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
analysing flaws and vulnerabilities of encryption
technology; and
(c) the person or employee is:
(i) engaged in a course of study at an educational
institution in the field of encryption technology; or
(ii) employed, trained or experienced in the field of
encryption technology; and
(d) the person or employee:
(i) has obtained permission from the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright to do the act; or
(ii) has made, or will make, a good faith effort to obtain
such permission.
In this subsection, encryption technology means the scrambling
and descrambling of information using mathematical formulas or
algorithms.
Exception—computer security testing
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program that is not an
infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the computer program;
and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of testing,
investigating or correcting the security of a computer,
computer system or computer network; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
202
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116AN
(iv) will be done with the permission of the owner of the
computer, computer system or computer network.
Exception—online privacy
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
disabling an undisclosed capability to collect or
disseminate personally identifying information about
the online activities of a natural person; and
(iv) will not affect the ability of the person or any other
person to gain access to the work or other subject-matter
or any other work or subject-matter.
Exception—law enforcement and national security
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done
for the purposes of:
(a) law enforcement; or
(b) national security; or
(c) performing a statutory function, power or duty;
by or on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, or an
authority of one of those bodies.
Exception—libraries etc.
(8) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the person is:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
203
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116AO
(i) a library (other than a library that is conducted for the
profit, direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);
or
(ii) a body mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of
archives in subsection 10(1), or in subsection 10(4); or
(iii) an educational institution; and
(c) the act will be done for the sole purpose of making an
acquisition decision in relation to the work or other
subject-matter; and
(d) the work or other subject-matter will not be otherwise
available to the person when the act is done.
Note: A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit
might not itself be conducted for profit (see section 18).
Exception—prescribed acts
(9) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act will not infringe the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) the doing of the act by the person is prescribed by the
regulations.
Note: For the making of regulations prescribing the doing of an act by a
person, see section 249.
Burden of proof
(10) The defendant bears the burden of establishing the matters referred
to in subsections (2) to (9).
116AO Manufacturing etc. a circumvention device for a
technological protection measure
(1) An owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter may bring an action against a person if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts with a device:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
204
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116AO
(i) manufactures it with the intention of providing it to
another person;
(ii) imports it into Australia with the intention of providing
it to another person;
(iii) distributes it to another person;
(iv) offers it to the public;
(v) provides it to another person;
(vi) communicates it to another person; and
(b) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the
device is a circumvention device for a technological
protection measure; and
(c) the work or other subject-matter is protected by the
technological protection measure.
Exception - no promotion, advertising etc.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the device is a circumvention device for the technological
protection measure only because it was promoted, advertised
or marketed as having the purpose of circumventing the
technological protection measure; and
(b) both of the following apply:
(i) the person did not do such promoting, advertising or
marketing;
(ii) the person did not direct or request (expressly or
impliedly) another person to do such promoting,
advertising or marketing.
Exception—interoperability
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the circumvention device will be used to circumvent the
technological protection measure to enable the doing of an
act; and
(b) the act:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
205
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116AO
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program (the original
program) that is not an infringing copy and that was
lawfully obtained; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the original program;
and
(iia) relates to elements of the original program that will not
be readily available to the person doing the act when the
circumvention occurs; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of achieving
interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the original program or any other
program.
Exception—encryption research
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention device will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable a
person (the researcher) to do an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy and that was lawfully obtained;
and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
analysing flaws and vulnerabilities of encryption
technology; and
(d) the researcher is:
(i) engaged in a course of study at an educational
institution in the field of encryption technology; or
(ii) employed, trained or experienced in the field of
encryption technology; and
(e) the researcher:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
206
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116AO
(i) has obtained permission from the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright to do the act; or
(ii) has made, or will make, a good faith effort to obtain
such permission.
In this subsection, encryption technology means the scrambling
and descrambling of information using mathematical formulas or
algorithms.
Exception—computer security testing
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention device will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable the
doing of an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program that is not an
infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the computer program;
and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of testing,
investigating or correcting the security of a computer,
computer system or computer network; and
(iv) will be done with the permission of the owner of the
computer, computer system or computer network.
Exception—law enforcement and national security
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done
for the purposes of:
(a) law enforcement; or
(b) national security; or
(c) performing a statutory function, power or duty;
by or on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, or an
authority of one of those bodies.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
207
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116AP
Burden of proof
(7) The defendant bears the burden of establishing the matters referred
to in subsections (2) to (6).
116AP Providing etc. a circumvention service for a technological
protection measure
(1) An owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter may bring an action against a person if:
(a) the person:
(i) provides a service to another person; or
(ii) offers a service to the public; and
(b) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the
service is a circumvention service for a technological
protection measure; and
(c) the work or other subject-matter is protected by the
technological protection measure.
Exception - no promotion, advertising etc.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the service is a circumvention service for the technological
protection measure only because it was promoted, advertised
or marketed as having the purpose of circumventing the
technological protection measure; and
(b) both of the following apply:
(i) the person did not do such promoting, advertising or
marketing;
(ii) the person did not direct or request (expressly or
impliedly) another person to do such promoting,
advertising or marketing.
Exception—interoperability
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
208
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116AP
(a) the circumvention service will be used to circumvent a
technological protection measure to enable the doing of an
act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program (the original
program) that is not an infringing copy and that was
lawfully obtained; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the original program;
and
(iia) relates to elements of the original program that will not
be readily available to the person doing the act when the
circumvention occurs; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of achieving
interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the original program or any other
program.
Exception—encryption research
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention service will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable a
person (the researcher) to do an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy and that was lawfully obtained;
and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
analysing flaws and vulnerabilities of encryption
technology; and
(d) the researcher is:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
209
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116AP
(i) engaged in a course of study at an educational
institution in the field of encryption technology; or
(ii) employed, trained or experienced in the field of
encryption technology; and
(e) the researcher:
(i) has obtained permission from the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright to do the act; or
(ii) has made, or will make, a good faith effort to obtain
such permission.
In this subsection, encryption technology means the scrambling
and descrambling of information using mathematical formulas or
algorithms.
Exception—computer security testing
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention service will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable the
doing of an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program that is not an
infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the computer program;
and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of testing,
investigating or correcting the security of a computer,
computer system or computer network; and
(iv) will be done with the permission of the owner of the
computer, computer system or computer network.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
210
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116AQ
Exception—law enforcement and national security
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done
for the purposes of:
(a) law enforcement; or
(b) national security; or
(c) performing a statutory function, power or duty;
by or on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, or an
authority of one of those bodies.
Burden of proof
(7) The defendant bears the burden of establishing the matters referred
to in subsections (2) to (6).
116AQ Remedies in actions under this Subdivision
(1) Without limiting the relief that a court may grant in an action under
this Subdivision, the relief may include:
(a) an injunction, subject to such terms, if any, as the court
thinks fit; and
(b) damages or an account of profits; and
(c) if the doing of an act, which is the subject of the action,
involved a circumvention device—an order that the
circumvention device be destroyed or dealt with as specified
in the order.
(2) In assessing damages, the court may award such additional
damages as it considers appropriate, having regard to:
(a) the flagrancy of the defendant’s acts that are the subject of
the action; and
(b) the need to deter similar acts; and
(c) the conduct of the defendant after the acts or, if relevant, after
the defendant was informed that the defendant had allegedly
done an act that would be the subject of an action under this
Subdivision; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
211
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116B
(d) any benefit shown to have accrued to the defendant as a
result of those acts; and
(e) any other relevant matters.
(3) If:
(a) an action has been commenced against a person under this
Subdivision; and
(b) the doing of an act by the person, which is the subject of the
action, involved a device; and
(c) the device appears to the court to be a circumvention device;
the court may order that the device be delivered up to the court
upon such conditions as the court considers appropriate.
(4) This section does not, by implication, affect the interpretation of
any other provision of this Act.
Subdivision B—Electronic rights management information
116B Removal or alteration of electronic rights management
information
(1) This section applies if:
(a) either:
(i) a person removes, from a copy of a work or other
subject-matter in which copyright subsists, any
electronic rights management information that relates to
the work or other subject-matter; or
(ii) a person alters any electronic rights management
information that relates to a work or other
subject-matter in which copyright subsists; and
(b) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(c) the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
removal or alteration would induce, enable, facilitate or
conceal an infringement of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
212
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116C
(2) If this section applies, the owner or exclusive licensee of the
copyright may bring an action against the person.
(3) In an action under subsection (2), it must be presumed that the
defendant knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
removal or alteration to which the action relates would have the
effect referred to in paragraph (1)(c) unless the defendant proves
otherwise.
116C Distribution to the public etc. of works whose electronic rights
management information has been removed or altered
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a person does any of the following acts in relation to a work
or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists without
the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the
copyright:
(i) distributes a copy of the work or other subject-matter to
the public;
(ii) imports into Australia a copy of the work or other
subject-matter for distribution to the public;
(iii) communicates a copy of the work or other
subject-matter to the public; and
(b) either:
(i) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or other subject-matter has been
removed from the copy of the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or other subject-matter has been
altered; and
(c) the person knew that the electronic rights management
information had been so removed or altered without the
permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the
copyright; and
(d) the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
act referred to in paragraph (a) that was done by the person
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
213
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116CA
would induce, enable, facilitate or conceal an infringement of
the copyright in the work or other subject-matter.
(2) If this section applies, the owner or exclusive licensee of the
copyright may bring an action against the person.
(3) In an action under subsection (2), it must be presumed that the
defendant:
(a) had the knowledge referred to in paragraph (1)(c); and
(b) knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the doing of
the act to which the action relates would have the effect
referred to in paragraph (1)(d);
unless the defendant proves otherwise.
116CA Distribution and importation of electronic rights
management information that has been removed or
altered
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a person does either of the following acts in relation to
electronic rights management information that relates to a
work or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists:
(i) distributes the electronic rights management
information;
(ii) imports into Australia the electronic rights management
information for distribution; and
(b) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(c) either:
(i) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter without the permission of the
owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; or
(ii) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter with the permission of the owner
or exclusive licensee of the copyright but the
information has been altered without that permission;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
214
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic rights
management information Division 2A
Section 116CB
(d) the person knew that the information had been removed or
altered without that permission; and
(e) the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
act referred to in paragraph (a) that was done by the person
would induce, enable, facilitate or conceal an infringement of
the copyright.
(2) If this section applies, the owner or exclusive licensee of the
copyright may bring an action against the person.
(3) In an action under subsection (2), it must be presumed that the
defendant:
(a) had the knowledge referred to in paragraph (1)(d); and
(b) knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the doing of
the act to which the action relates would have the effect
referred to in paragraph (1)(e);
unless the defendant proves otherwise.
116CB Exception relating to national security and law enforcement
Sections 116B to 116CA do not apply in respect of anything
lawfully done for the purposes of law enforcement or national
security by or on behalf of:
(a) the Commonwealth or a State or Territory; or
(b) an authority of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
116D Remedies in actions under this Subdivision
(1) The relief that a court may grant in an action under this
Subdivision includes an injunction (subject to such terms, if any, as
the court thinks fit) and either damages or an account of profits.
(2) If, in an action under this Subdivision, the court is satisfied that it
is proper to do so, having regard to:
(a) the flagrancy of the defendant’s actions that are the subject of
the action; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
215
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 2A Actions in relation to technological protection measures and electronic
rights management information
Section 116D
(b) any benefit shown to have accrued to the defendant as a
result of those acts; and
(c) any other relevant matters;
the court may, in assessing damages, award such additional
damages as it considers appropriate in the circumstances.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
216
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Proceedings where copyright is subject to exclusive licence Division 3
Section 117
Division 3—Proceedings where copyright is subject to
exclusive licence
117 Interpretation
In this Division:
if the licence had been an assignment means if, instead of the
licence, there had been granted (subject to conditions
corresponding as nearly as practicable with those subject to which
the licence was granted) an assignment of the copyright in respect
of its application to the doing, at the places and times authorized by
the licence, of the acts so authorized.
the other party means:
(a) in relation to the owner of the copyright—the exclusive
licensee; and
(b) in relation to the exclusive licensee—the owner of the
copyright.
118 Application
This Division applies to proceedings in relation to a copyright in
respect of which an exclusive licence has been granted and is in
force at the time of the events to which the proceedings relate.
119 Rights of exclusive licensee
Subject to the succeeding sections of this Division:
(a) except against the owner of the copyright, the exclusive
licensee has the same rights of action as he or she would
have, and is entitled to the same remedies as he or she would
be entitled to, by virtue of section 115 or 115A if the licence
had been an assignment, and those rights and remedies are
concurrent with the rights and remedies of the owner of the
copyright under that section;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
217
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 3 Proceedings where copyright is subject to exclusive licence
Section 120
(b) except against the owner of the copyright, the exclusive
licensee has the same rights of action as he or she would
have, and is entitled to the same remedies as he or she would
be entitled to, by virtue of section 116 if the licence had been
an assignment; and
(c) the owner of the copyright does not have any rights of action
that he or she would not have, and is not entitled to any
remedies that he or she would not be entitled to, by virtue of
section 116 if the licence had been an assignment.
120 Joinder of owner or exclusive licensee as a party
(1) Where:
(a) an action is brought by the owner of the copyright or by the
exclusive licensee; and
(b) the action, in so far as it is brought under section 115 or
115A, relates, in whole or in part, to an infringement in
respect of which the owner and the licensee have concurrent
rights of action under that section;
the owner or licensee, as the case may be, is not entitled, except
with the leave of the court, to proceed with the action, in so far as it
is brought under that section and relates to that infringement,
unless the other party is joined as a plaintiff in the action or added
as a defendant.
(2) This section does not affect the granting of an interlocutory
injunction on the application of the owner of the copyright or of the
exclusive licensee.
121 Defences available against exclusive licensee
In an action brought by the exclusive licensee by virtue of this
Division, a defence under this Act that would have been available
to a defendant in the action if the action had been brought by the
owner of the copyright is available to that defendant as against the
exclusive licensee.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
218
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Proceedings where copyright is subject to exclusive licence Division 3
Section 122
122 Assessment of damages where exclusive licence granted
Where an action to which section 120 applies is brought and the
owner of the copyright and the exclusive licensee are not both
plaintiffs in the action, the court, in assessing damages in respect of
an infringement of a kind referred to in that section, shall:
(a) if the plaintiff is the exclusive licensee—take into account
any liabilities, in respect of royalties or otherwise, to which
the licence is subject; and
(b) whether the plaintiff is the owner of the copyright or the
exclusive licensee—take into account any pecuniary remedy
already awarded to the other party under section 115 in
respect of that infringement, or any right of action
exercisable by the other party under that section in respect of
that infringement, as the case requires.
123 Apportionment of profits between owner and exclusive licensee
Where:
(a) an action, in so far as it is brought under section 115, relates,
in whole or in part, to an infringement in respect of which the
owner of the copyright and the exclusive licensee have
concurrent rights of action under that section; and
(b) in that action, whether the owner of the copyright and the
exclusive licensee are both parties or not, an account of
profits is directed to be taken in respect of that infringement;
then, subject to any agreement of which the court is aware by
which the application of those profits is determined as between the
owner of the copyright and the exclusive licensee, the court shall
apportion the profits between them in such a manner as the court
considers just and shall give such directions as the court considers
appropriate for giving effect to that apportionment.
Note: However, not all owners of the copyright are entitled to an account of
profits: see section 100AG.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
219
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 3 Proceedings where copyright is subject to exclusive licence
Section 124
124 Separate actions in relation to the same infringement
In an action brought by the owner of the copyright or by the
exclusive licensee:
(a) a judgment or order for the payment of damages in respect of
an infringement of copyright shall not be given or made
under section 115 if a final judgment or order has been given
or made in favour of the other party directing an account of
profits under that section in respect of the same infringement;
and
(b) a judgment or order for an account of profits in respect of an
infringement of copyright shall not be given or made under
that section if a final judgment or order has been given or
made in favour of the other party awarding damages or
directing an account of profits under that section in respect of
the same infringement.
Note: However, not all owners of the copyright are entitled to damages
(other than additional damages) or an account of profits: see
section 100AG.
125 Liability for costs
Where, in an action to which section 120 applies, whether brought
by the owner of the copyright or by the exclusive licensee, the
other party is not joined as a plaintiff (either at the commencement
of the action or at a later time), but is added as a defendant, the
other party is not liable for any costs in the action unless he or she
enters an appearance and takes part in the proceedings.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
220
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Proof of facts in civil actions Division 4
Section 126
Division 4—Proof of facts in civil actions
126 Presumptions as to subsistence and ownership of copyright
In an action brought by virtue of this Part:
(a) copyright shall be presumed to subsist in the work or other
subject-matter to which the action relates if the defendant
does not put in issue the question whether copyright subsists
in the work or other subject-matter; and
(b) where the subsistence of the copyright is established—the
plaintiff shall be presumed to be the owner of the copyright if
he or she claims to be the owner of the copyright and the
defendant does not put in issue the question of his or her
ownership.
126A Presumptions relating to subsistence of copyright
(1) This section applies to an action under this Part in which the
defendant puts in issue the question whether copyright subsists in
the work or other subject matter to which the action relates.
Labels or marks
(2) If a copy of the work or other subject matter, or the packaging or
container in which the copy is packaged or contained, bears a label
or mark stating the year and place of the first publication, or of the
making, of the work or other subject matter, then that year and
place are presumed to be as stated on the label or mark, unless the
contrary is established.
Foreign certificates
(3) If a certificate or other document issued in a qualifying country in
accordance with a law of that country states the year and place of
the first publication, or of the making, of the work or other subject
matter, then that year and place are presumed to be as stated in the
certificate or document, unless the contrary is established.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
221
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 4 Proof of facts in civil actions
Section 126B
(4) For the purposes of this section, a document purporting to be a
certificate or document referred to in subsection (3) is, unless the
contrary intention is established, taken to be such a certificate or
document.
126B Presumptions relating to ownership of copyright
(1) This section applies to an action under this Part in which the
defendant puts in issue the question of the plaintiff’s ownership of
copyright in the work or other subject matter to which the action
relates.
Labels or marks
(2) If a copy of the work or other subject matter, or the packaging or
container in which the copy is packaged or contained, bears a label
or mark stating that a person was the owner of copyright in the
work or other subject matter at a particular time, then the person is
presumed to have been the owner of the copyright at the time,
unless the contrary is established.
Foreign certificates
(3) If a certificate or other document issued in a qualifying country in
accordance with a law of that country states that a person was the
owner of copyright in the work or other subject matter at a
particular time, then the person is presumed to have been the owner
of the copyright at the time, unless the contrary is established.
(4) For the purposes of this section, a document purporting to be a
certificate or document referred to in subsection (3) is, unless the
contrary intention is established, taken to be such a certificate or
document.
Chains of ownership
(5) If:
(a) subsection (2) or (3) applies; and
(b) the plaintiff produces a document stating the following:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
222
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Proof of facts in civil actions Division 4
Section 126B
(i) each subsequent owner of the copyright the subject of
the action (including the plaintiff’s ownership);
(ii) the date each subsequent owner became the owner of
that copyright;
(iii) a description of the transaction resulting in each
subsequent owner becoming the owner of that
copyright;
then the matters described in subparagraphs (b)(i), (ii) and (iii) are
presumed to be as stated in the document, unless the contrary is
established.
(6) If:
(a) neither subsection (2) nor (3) applies; and
(b) the plaintiff produces a document stating the following:
(i) the original owner of the copyright the subject of the
action;
(ii) each subsequent owner of that copyright (including the
plaintiff’s ownership);
(iii) the date each owner became the owner of that
copyright;
(iv) a description of the transaction resulting in each owner
becoming the owner of that copyright;
then the matters described in subparagraphs (b)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
are presumed to be as stated in the document, unless the contrary is
established.
Offence
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person produces a document under subsection (5) or (6);
and
(b) the person is reckless as to whether the document is false or
misleading.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
223
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 4 Proof of facts in civil actions
Section 127
127 Presumptions in relation to authorship of work
(1) Where a name purporting to be that of the author of a literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work appeared on copies of the work
as published or a name purporting to be that of the author of an
artistic work appeared on the work when it was made, the person
whose name so appeared, if it was his or her true name or a name
by which he or she was commonly known, shall, in an action
brought by virtue of this Part, be presumed, unless the contrary is
established, to be the author of the work and to have made the
work in circumstances to which subsections 35(4), (5) and (6) do
not apply.
(2) Where a work is alleged to be a work of joint authorship, the last
preceding subsection applies in relation to each person alleged to
be one of the authors of the work as if references in that subsection
to the author were references to one of the authors.
(3) Where, in an action brought by virtue of this Part in relation to a
photograph:
(a) it is established that, at the time when the photograph was
taken, a person was the owner of the material on which the
photograph was taken or, if the ownership of that material as
at that time is not established, that a person was the owner of
the apparatus by which the photograph was taken; or
(b) neither the ownership as at the time when the photograph was
taken of the material on which it was taken nor the ownership
as at that time of the apparatus by which it was taken is
established but it is established that, at the time of the death
of a person, the photograph was owned by the person or, if
the ownership of the photograph as at that time is not
established, was in the possession or custody of the person;
the person shall be presumed, unless the contrary is established, to
have been the person who took the photograph.
(4) However, if the owner of the material or apparatus was a body
corporate, then paragraph (3)(a) only applies if the presumption is
required to determine the ownership of the copyright in the
photograph.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
224
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Proof of facts in civil actions Division 4
Section 128
Note: For example, the presumption does not apply if it is required to
determine the duration of the copyright in the photograph.
128 Presumptions in relation to publisher of work
Where, in an action brought by virtue of this Part in relation to a
literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, the last preceding
section does not apply, but it is established:
(a) that the work was first published in Australia and was so
published during the period of 70 years that ended
immediately before the commencement of the calendar year
in which the action was brought; and
(b) that a name purporting to be that of the publisher appeared on
copies of the work as first published;
then, unless the contrary is established, copyright shall be
presumed to subsist in the work and the person whose name so
appeared shall be presumed to have been the owner of that
copyright at the time of the publication.
129 Presumptions where author has died
(1) Where, in an action brought by virtue of this Part in relation to a
literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, it is established that the
author is dead:
(a) the work shall be presumed to be an original work unless the
contrary is established; and
(b) if it is alleged by the plaintiff that a publication specified in
the allegation was the first publication of the work, and that it
took place in a country and on a date so specified—that
publication shall be presumed, unless the contrary is
established, to have been the first publication of the work,
and to have taken place in that country and on that date.
(2) Where:
(a) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work has been
published;
(b) the publication was anonymous or is alleged by the plaintiff
to have been pseudonymous; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
225
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 4 Proof of facts in civil actions
Section 129A
(c) it is not established that the work has ever been published
under the true name of the author, or under a name by which
he or she was commonly known, or that the identity of the
author is generally known or can be ascertained by
reasonable inquiry;
paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) apply, in an action brought by virtue of
this Part in relation to the work, in like manner as those paragraphs
apply where it is established that the author is dead.
129A Presumptions relating to computer programs
(1) This section applies to an action under this Part relating to
copyright in a literary work that is a computer program if:
(a) articles or things embodying all or part of the program have
been supplied (by sale or otherwise) to the public; and
(b) at the time of the supply, the articles or things, or their
containers, bore a label or other mark consisting of the letter
“C” in a circle accompanied by a specified year and the name
of a person.
(2) It is presumed that:
(a) the computer program is an original literary work; and
(b) the computer program was first published in the year; and
(c) the person was the owner of copyright in the program when
and where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked;
unless the contrary is established.
(3) A presumption about a person under subsection (2) does not imply
that the person was the only owner of copyright in the program
when and where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked.
130 Presumptions relating to sound recordings
(1) This section applies to an action under this Part relating to
copyright in a sound recording if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
226
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
1
2
3
Remedies and offences Part V
Proof of facts in civil actions Division 4
Section 130
(a) records embodying all or part of the recording have been
supplied (by sale or otherwise) to the public; and
(b) at the time of the supply, the records or their containers bore
a label or other mark.
(2) If the label or mark contained a statement described in an item of
the table, the matter described in the item is presumed, unless the
contrary is established.
Statements and matters presumed unless the contrary is established
Item Statement Matter presumed
A specified person was the maker of The person was the maker of the
the recording recording
The recording was first published in The recording was first published in
a specified year the year
The recording was first published in The recording was first published in
a specified country the country
(3) If the label or mark consisted of the letter “P” in a circle
accompanied by a specified year and the name of a person, it is
presumed that:
(a) the recording was first published in the year; and
(b) the person was the owner of copyright in the recording when
and where the records or containers were labelled or marked;
unless the contrary is established.
(4) A presumption about a person under this section does not imply
that the person was:
(a) the only maker of the recording; or
(b) the only owner of copyright in the recording when and where
the records or containers were labelled or marked.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
227
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 4 Proof of facts in civil actions
Section 130A
130A Acts relating to imported copies of sound recordings
(1) In an action for infringement of copyright described in section 37,
38, 102 or 103 by an act involving an article that is a copy of a
sound recording, it must be presumed that the copy is not a
non-infringing copy unless the defendant proves that the copy is a
non-infringing copy.
Note 1: Sections 37 and 38 deal with infringement of copyright in literary,
dramatic and musical works (among other things) by commercial
importation and dealings involving articles.
Note 2: Sections 102 and 103 deal with infringement of copyright in sound
recordings (among other things) by commercial importation and
dealings involving articles.
(2) The definition of article in sections 38 and 103 does not affect this
section.
130B Acts relating to imported copies of computer programs
(1) In an action by a plaintiff for infringement of copyright described
in section 37 or 38:
(a) relating to the plaintiff’s copyright in a literary work that is a
computer program; and
(b) involving an article that has embodied in it a copy of the
program;
it must be presumed, unless the defendant proves otherwise, that
the copy is not a non-infringing copy so far as it relates to the
plaintiff’s copyright.
Note: Sections 37 and 38 deal with infringement of copyright in literary
works (among other things) by commercial importation and dealings
involving articles.
(2) The definition of article in section 38 does not affect this section.
130C Acts relating to imported copies of electronic literary or music
items
(1) In an action by a plaintiff for infringement of copyright described
in section 37, 38, 102 or 103:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
228
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Proof of facts in civil actions Division 4
Section 131
(a) relating to the plaintiff’s copyright in a work, or in a
published edition of a work, that is, or is part of, an electronic
literary or music item; and
(b) involving an article that has embodied in it a copy of the
electronic literary or music item;
it must be presumed, unless the defendant proves otherwise, that
the copy is not a non-infringing copy so far as it relates to the
plaintiff’s copyright.
Note 1: Sections 37 and 38 deal with infringement of copyright in a work by
commercial importation and dealings involving articles.
Note 2: Sections 102 and 103 deal with infringement of copyright in a
published edition of a work (among other things) by commercial
importation and dealings involving articles.
(2) The definition of article in sections 38 and 103 does not affect this
section.
131 Presumptions relating to films
(1) Where the name of a person appeared on copies of a
cinematograph film as made available to the public in such a way
as to imply that the person was the maker of the film and, in the
case of a person other than a body corporate, that name was his or
her true name or a name by which he or she was commonly known,
that person shall, in an action brought by virtue of this Part, be
presumed, unless the contrary is established, to be the maker of the
film and to have made the film in circumstances to which
subsection 98(3) does not apply.
(2) Subsection (3) applies to an action under this Part relating to
copyright in a cinematograph film, if:
(a) articles or things embodying the film have been supplied
commercially; and
(b) at the time of the supply, the articles or things, or their
containers, bore a label or other mark consisting of the letter
“C” in a circle accompanied by a specified year and the name
of a person.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
229
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 4 Proof of facts in civil actions
Section 131
(3) It is presumed that:
(a) the film was first made in the year; and
(b) the person was the owner of copyright in the film when and
where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked;
unless the contrary is established.
(4) A presumption about a person under subsection (3) does not imply
that the person was the only owner of copyright in the film when
and where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
230
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Jurisdiction and appeals Division 4A
Section 131A
Division 4A—Jurisdiction and appeals
131A Exercise of jurisdiction
(1) The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory in an
action under this Part shall be exercised by a single Judge of the
Court.
(2) Despite subsection 39(2) of the Judiciary Act 1903, the Supreme
Court of a State or Territory does not have jurisdiction in relation
to applications under section 115A of this Act (injunctions against
carriage service providers providing access to online locations
outside Australia).
131B Appeals
(1) Subject to subsection (2), a decision of a court of a State or
Territory (however constituted) under this Part is final and
conclusive.
(2) An appeal lies from a decision of a court of a State or Territory
under this Part:
(a) to the Federal Court of Australia; or
(b) by special leave of the High Court, to the High Court.
131C Jurisdiction of Federal Court of Australia
Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Court of Australia with
respect to actions under this Part.
131D Jurisdiction of Federal Circuit Court of Australia
Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Circuit Court of Australia
with respect to civil actions under this Part (other than
section 115A).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
231
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AA
Division 5—Offences and summary proceedings
Subdivision A—Preliminary
132AA Definitions
In this Division:
article includes a reproduction or copy of a work or other
subject-matter, being a reproduction or copy in electronic form.
distribute, except in Subdivision E, includes distribute by way of
communication.
place of public entertainment includes premises that are occupied
principally for purposes other than public entertainment but are
from time to time made available for hire for purposes of public
entertainment.
profit does not include any advantage, benefit, or gain, that:
(a) is received by a person; and
(b) results from, or is associated with, the person’s private or
domestic use of any copyright material.
132AB Geographical application
(1) Subdivisions B, C, D, E and F apply only to acts done in Australia.
(2) This section has effect despite section 14.1 (Standard geographical
jurisdiction) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision B—Substantial infringement on a commercial scale
132AC Commercial-scale infringement prejudicing copyright owner
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
232
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AC
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the conduct results in one or more infringements of the
copyright in a work or other subject-matter; and
(c) the infringement or infringements have a substantial
prejudicial impact on the owner of the copyright; and
(d) the infringement or infringements occur on a commercial
scale.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the conduct results in one or more infringements of the
copyright in a work or other subject-matter; and
(c) the infringement or infringements have a substantial
prejudicial impact on the owner of the copyright and the
person is negligent as to that fact; and
(d) the infringement or infringements occur on a commercial
scale and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Determining whether infringements occur on commercial scale
(5) In determining whether one or more infringements occur on a
commercial scale for the purposes of paragraph (1)(d) or (3)(d), the
following matters are to be taken into account:
(a) the volume and value of any articles that are infringing
copies that constitute the infringement or infringements;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
233
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AC
(b) any other relevant matter.
Defence relating to law enforcement and national security
(6) This section does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done
for the purposes of law enforcement or national security by or on
behalf of:
(a) the Commonwealth or a State or Territory; or
(b) an authority of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence for certain public institutions etc.
(7) This section does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done by
the following in performing their functions:
(a) a library (other than a library that is conducted for the profit,
direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);
(b) a body mentioned in:
(i) paragraph (a) of the definition of archives in
subsection 10(1); or
(ii) subsection 10(4);
(c) an educational institution;
(d) a public non-commercial broadcaster, including:
(i) a body that provides a national broadcasting service
within the meaning of the Broadcasting Services Act
1992; and
(ii) a body that holds a community broadcasting licence
within the meaning of that Act.
Note 1: A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit
might not itself be conducted for profit (see section 18).
Note 2: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(8) This section does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done by
a person in connection with a work or other subject-matter if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
234
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AD
(a) the person has custody of the work or other subject-matter
under an arrangement referred to in section 64 of the
Archives Act 1983; and
(b) under subsection (7), it would be lawful for the National
Archives of Australia to do that thing.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (8) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Subdivision C—Infringing copies
132AD Making infringing copy commercially
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an article, with the intention of:
(i) selling it; or
(ii) letting it for hire; or
(iii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter when
the article is made.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
235
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AE
(a) the person makes an article, with the intention of:
(i) selling it; or
(ii) letting it for hire; or
(iii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter when
the article is made and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an article in preparation for, or in the
course of:
(i) selling it; or
(ii) letting it for hire; or
(iii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter when
the article is made.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AE Selling or hiring out infringing copy
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
236
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AE
(a) the person sells an article or lets an article for hire; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the sale or letting.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person sells an article or lets an article for hire; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the sale or letting and the person is negligent as to
that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person sells an article or lets an article for hire; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
237
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AF
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the sale or letting.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AF Offering infringing copy for sale or hire
Indictable offences
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade offers or exposes an article for
sale or hire; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the offer or exposure.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person offers or exposes an article for sale or hire, with
the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;
and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the offer or exposure.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
238
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AF
Summary offences
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade offers or exposes an article for
sale or hire; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the offer or exposure and the person is negligent as to
that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person offers or exposes an article for sale or hire, with
the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;
and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the offer or exposure and the person is negligent as to
that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(6) An offence against subsection (4) or (5) is a summary offence,
despite section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offences
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade offers or exposes an article for
sale or hire; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the offer or exposure.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
239
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AG
(8) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person offers or exposes an article for sale or hire, in
preparation for, or in the course of, obtaining a commercial
advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the offer or exposure.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(9) Subsections (7) and (8) are offences of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AG Exhibiting infringing copy in public commercially
Indictable offences
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits an article in public; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the exhibition.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person exhibits an article in public, with the intention of
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the exhibition.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
240
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AG
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Summary offences
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits an article in public; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the exhibition and the person is negligent as to that
fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person exhibits an article in public, with the intention of
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the exhibition and the person is negligent as to that
fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(6) An offence against subsection (4) or (5) is a summary offence,
despite section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offences
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits an article in public; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
241
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AH
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the exhibition.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(8) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person exhibits an article in public in preparation for, or
in the course of, obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;
and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the exhibition.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(9) Subsections (7) and (8) are offences of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AH Importing infringing copy commercially
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports an article into Australia, with the intention
of doing any of the following with the article:
(i) selling it;
(ii) letting it for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire;
(iv) offering or exposing it for sale or hire to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing it for trade;
(vi) distributing it to obtain a commercial advantage or
profit;
(vii) distributing it to an extent that will affect prejudicially
the owner of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter of which the article is an infringing copy;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
242
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AH
(viii) by way of trade exhibiting it in public;
(ix) exhibiting it in public to obtain a commercial advantage
or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the import.
(2) An offence against this section is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 650 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports an article into Australia, with the intention
of doing any of the following with the article:
(i) selling it;
(ii) letting it for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire;
(iv) offering or exposing it for sale or hire to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing it for trade;
(vi) distributing it to obtain a commercial advantage or
profit;
(vii) distributing it to an extent that will affect prejudicially
the owner of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter of which the article is an infringing copy;
(viii) by way of trade exhibiting it in public;
(ix) exhibiting it in public to obtain a commercial advantage
or profit; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
243
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AH
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the import and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports an article into Australia in preparation for,
or in the course of, doing any of the following with the
article:
(i) selling it;
(ii) letting it for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire;
(iv) offering or exposing it for sale or hire to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing it for trade;
(vi) distributing it to obtain a commercial advantage or
profit;
(vii) distributing it to an extent that will affect prejudicially
the owner of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter of which the article is an infringing copy;
(viii) by way of trade exhibiting it in public;
(ix) exhibiting it in public to obtain a commercial advantage
or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the import.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
244
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AI
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AI Distributing infringing copy
Indictable offences
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes an article, with the intention of:
(i) trading; or
(ii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the distribution.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes an article; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the distribution; and
(d) the extent of the distribution affects prejudicially the owner
of the copyright.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
245
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AI
Summary offences
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes an article, with the intention of:
(i) trading; or
(ii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the distribution and the person is negligent as to that
fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes an article; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the distribution and the person is negligent as to that
fact; and
(d) the extent of the distribution affects prejudicially the owner
of the copyright and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(6) An offence against subsection (4) or (5) is a summary offence,
despite section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes an article in preparation for, or in the
course of:
(i) trading; or
(ii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
246
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AJ
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the distribution.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(9) Subsection (7) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AJ Possessing infringing copy for commerce
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses an article, with the intention of doing
any of the following with the article:
(i) selling it;
(ii) letting it for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire;
(iv) offering or exposing it for sale or hire to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing it for trade;
(vi) distributing it to obtain a commercial advantage or
profit;
(vii) distributing it to an extent that will affect prejudicially
the owner of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter of which the article is an infringing copy;
(viii) by way of trade exhibiting it in public;
(ix) exhibiting it in public to obtain a commercial advantage
or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the possession.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
247
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AJ
Note 1: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Note 2: If the infringing copy was made by converting the work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or other
electronic machine-readable form, there is an aggravated offence with
a higher maximum penalty under section 132AK.
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses an article, with the intention of doing
any of the following with the article:
(i) selling it;
(ii) letting it for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire;
(iv) offering or exposing it for sale or hire to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing it for trade;
(vi) distributing it to obtain a commercial advantage or
profit;
(vii) distributing it to an extent that will affect prejudicially
the owner of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter of which the article is an infringing copy;
(viii) by way of trade exhibiting it in public;
(ix) exhibiting it in public to obtain a commercial advantage
or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the possession and the person is negligent as to that
fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
248
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AK
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses an article in preparation for, or in the
course of, doing any of the following with the article:
(i) selling it;
(ii) letting it for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire;
(iv) offering or exposing it for sale or hire to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing it for trade;
(vi) distributing it to obtain a commercial advantage or
profit;
(vii) distributing it to an extent that will affect prejudicially
the owner of the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter of which the article is an infringing copy;
(viii) by way of trade exhibiting it in public;
(ix) exhibiting it in public to obtain a commercial advantage
or profit; and
(b) the article is an infringing copy of a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the possession.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AK Aggravated offence—work etc. converted to digital form
(1) An indictable offence against a provision (the basic offence
provision) of this Subdivision (except sections 132AL and
132AM) relating to an infringing copy is an aggravated offence if
the infringing copy was made by converting a work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or
other electronic machine-readable form.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
249
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AL
(2) An aggravated offence is punishable on conviction by a fine of not
more than 850 penalty units or imprisonment for not more than 5
years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
(3) To prove an aggravated offence, the prosecution must prove that
the defendant was reckless with respect to the circumstance that the
infringing copy was made by converting a work or other
subject-matter from a hard copy or analog form into a digital or
other electronic machine-readable form.
Note: The prosecution must also prove all the physical and fault elements of
the offence against the basic offence provision.
(4) If the prosecution intends to prove an aggravated offence, the
charge must allege that the infringing copy was made by
converting a work or other subject-matter from a hard copy or
analog form into a digital or other electronic machine-readable
form.
132AL Making or possessing device for making infringing copy
Indictable offences
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a device, intending it to be used for making
an infringing copy of a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the making of the device.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses a device, intending it to be used for
making an infringing copy of a work or other subject-matter;
and
(b) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the possession.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
250
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AL
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offences
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a device; and
(b) the device is to be used for copying a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) the copy will be an infringing copy and the person is
negligent as to that fact; and
(d) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the making of the device and the person is negligent
as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses a device; and
(b) the device is to be used for copying a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) the copy will be an infringing copy and the person is
negligent as to that fact; and
(d) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the possession and the person is negligent as to that
fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(6) To avoid doubt, recklessness is the fault element for the
circumstance in paragraphs (4)(b) and (5)(b) that the device is to be
used for copying a work or other subject-matter.
(7) An offence against subsection (4) or (5) is a summary offence,
despite section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
251
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AM
Strict liability offence
(8) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a device; and
(b) the device is to be used for copying a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) the copy will be an infringing copy; and
(d) copyright subsists in the work or other subject-matter at the
time of the making of the device.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(10) Subsection (8) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
No need to prove which work etc. is to be copied
(11) In a prosecution for an offence against this section, it is not
necessary to prove which particular work or other subject-matter is
intended to be, or will be, copied using the device.
132AM Advertising supply of infringing copy
Summary offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person, by any means, publishes, or causes to be
published, an advertisement for the supply in Australia of a
copy (whether from within or outside Australia) of a work or
other subject-matter; and
(b) the copy is, or will be, an infringing copy.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Location of supply of copy by communication resulting in creation
of copy
(2) For the purposes of this section, a communication of a work or
other subject-matter that, when received and recorded, will result
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
252
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AN
in the creation of a copy of the work or other subject-matter is
taken to constitute the supply of a copy of the work or other
subject-matter at the place where the copy will be created.
Subdivision D—Airing of works, sound recordings and films
132AN Causing work to be performed publicly
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes a literary, dramatic or musical work to be
performed; and
(b) the performance is in public at a place of public
entertainment; and
(c) the performance infringes copyright in the work.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes a literary, dramatic or musical work to be
performed; and
(b) the performance is in public at a place of public
entertainment; and
(c) the performance infringes copyright in the work and the
person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
253
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AO
132AO Causing recording or film to be heard or seen in public
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes:
(i) a sound recording to be heard; or
(ii) images from a cinematograph film to be seen; or
(iii) sound from a cinematograph film to be heard; and
(b) the hearing or seeing occurs in public at a place of public
entertainment; and
(c) causing the hearing or seeing infringes copyright in the
recording or film.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes:
(i) a sound recording to be heard; or
(ii) images from a cinematograph film to be seen; or
(iii) sound from a cinematograph film to be heard; and
(b) the hearing or seeing occurs in public at a place of public
entertainment; and
(c) causing the hearing or seeing infringes copyright in the
recording or film and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
254
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APA
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes:
(ii) images from a cinematograph film to be seen; or
(iii) sound from a cinematograph film to be heard; and
(b) the hearing or seeing occurs in public at a place of public
entertainment; and
(c) causing the hearing or seeing infringes copyright in the
recording or film.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision E—Technological protection measures
132APA Definitions
In this Subdivision, computer program has the same meaning as in
section 47AB.
132APB Interaction of this Subdivision with Part VAA
This Subdivision does not apply to encoded broadcasts (within the
meaning of Part VAA).
132APC Circumventing an access control technological protection
measure
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the conduct results in the circumvention of a technological
protection measure; and
(c) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
255
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132APC
(d) the person engages in the conduct with the intention of
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
Defence—permission
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if the person has the
permission of the copyright owner or exclusive licensee to
circumvent the access control technological protection measure.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—interoperability
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program (the original
program) that is not an infringing copy and that was
lawfully obtained; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the original program;
and
(iia) relates to elements of the original program that will not
be readily available to the person when the
circumvention occurs; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of achieving
interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the original program or any other
program.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—encryption research
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
256
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APC
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable:
(i) the person; or
(ii) if the person is a body corporate—an employee of the
person;
to do an act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy and that was lawfully obtained;
and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
analysing flaws and vulnerabilities of encryption
technology; and
(c) the person or employee is:
(i) engaged in a course of study at an educational
institution in the field of encryption technology; or
(ii) employed, trained or experienced in the field of
encryption technology; and
(d) the person or employee:
(i) has obtained permission from the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright to do the act; or
(ii) has made, or will make, a good faith effort to obtain
such permission.
In this subsection, encryption technology means the scrambling
and descrambling of information using mathematical formulas or
algorithms.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—computer security testing
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
257
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132APC
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program that is not an
infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the computer program;
and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of testing,
investigating or correcting the security of a computer,
computer system or computer network; and
(iv) will be done with the permission of the owner of the
computer, computer system or computer network.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—online privacy
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
disabling an undisclosed capability to collect or
disseminate personally identifying information about
the online activities of a natural person; and
(iv) will not affect the ability of the person or any other
person to gain access to the work or other subject-matter
or any other work or subject-matter.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—law enforcement and national security
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done
for the purposes of:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
258
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APC
(a) law enforcement; or
(b) national security; or
(c) performing a statutory function, power or duty;
by or on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, or an
authority of one of those bodies.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—libraries etc.
(8) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done
by the following bodies in performing their functions:
(a) a library (other than a library that is conducted for the profit,
direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);
(b) a body mentioned in:
(i) paragraph (a) of the definition of archives in
subsection 10(1); or
(ii) subsection 10(4);
(c) an educational institution;
(d) a public non-commercial broadcaster (including a body that
provides a national broadcasting service, within the meaning
of the Broadcasting Services Act 1992, and a body that holds
a community broadcasting licence within the meaning of that
Act).
Note 1: A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit
might not itself be conducted for profit (see section 18).
Note 2: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (8) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(8A) This section does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done by
a person in connection with a work or other subject-matter if:
(a) the person has custody of the work or other subject-matter
under an arrangement referred to in section 64 of the
Archives Act 1983; and
(b) under subsection (8), it would be lawful for the National
Archives of Australia to do that thing.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
259
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132APD
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (8A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—prescribed acts
(9) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the person circumvents the access control technological
protection measure to enable the person to do an act; and
(b) the act will not infringe the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter; and
(c) the doing of the act by the person is prescribed by the
regulations.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (9) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Note 2: For the making of regulations prescribing the doing of an act by a
person, see section 249.
132APD Manufacturing etc. a circumvention device for a
technological protection measure
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts with a device:
(i) manufactures it with the intention of providing it to
another person;
(ii) imports it into Australia with the intention of providing
it to another person;
(iii) distributes it to another person;
(iv) offers it to the public;
(v) provides it to another person;
(vi) communicates it to another person; and
(b) the person does the act with the intention of obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit; and
(c) the device is a circumvention device for a technological
protection measure.
Penalty: 550 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
260
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APD
Defence—no promotion, advertising etc.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the device is a circumvention device for the technological
protection measure only because it was promoted, advertised
or marketed as having the purpose of circumventing the
technological protection measure; and
(b) both of the following apply:
(i) the person did not do such promoting, advertising or
marketing;
(ii) the person did not direct or request (expressly or
impliedly) another person to do such promoting,
advertising or marketing.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—interoperability
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the circumvention device will be used to circumvent the
technological protection measure to enable the doing of an
act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program (the original
program) that is not an infringing copy and that was
lawfully obtained; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the original program;
and
(iia) relates to elements of the original program that will not
be readily available to the person doing the act when the
circumvention occurs; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of achieving
interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the original program or any other
program.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
261
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132APD
Defence—encryption research
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention device will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable a
person (the researcher) to do an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy and that was lawfully obtained;
and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
analysing flaws and vulnerabilities of encryption
technology; and
(d) the researcher is:
(i) engaged in a course of study at an educational
institution in the field of encryption technology; or
(ii) employed, trained or experienced in the field of
encryption technology; and
(e) the researcher:
(i) has obtained permission from the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright to do the act; or
(ii) has made, or will make, a good faith effort to obtain
such permission.
In this subsection, encryption technology means the scrambling
and descrambling of information using mathematical formulas or
algorithms.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—computer security testing
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
262
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APD
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention device will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable the
doing of an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program that is not an
infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the computer program;
and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of testing,
investigating or correcting the security of a computer,
computer system or computer network; and
(iv) will be done with the permission of the owner of the
computer, computer system or computer network.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—law enforcement and national security
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done
for the purposes of:
(a) law enforcement; or
(b) national security; or
(c) performing a statutory function, power or duty;
by or on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, or an
authority of one of those bodies.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—libraries etc.
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done
by the following bodies in performing their functions:
(a) a library (other than a library that is conducted for the profit,
direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);
(b) a body mentioned in:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
263
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132APE
(i) paragraph (a) of the definition of archives in
subsection 10(1); or
(ii) subsection 10(4);
(c) an educational institution;
(d) a public non-commercial broadcaster (including a body that
provides a national broadcasting service, within the meaning
of the Broadcasting Services Act 1992, and a body that holds
a community broadcasting licence within the meaning of that
Act).
Note 1: A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit
might not itself be conducted for profit (see section 18).
Note 2: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(8) This section does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done by
a person in connection with a work or other subject-matter if:
(a) the person has custody of the work or other subject-matter
under an arrangement referred to in section 64 of the
Archives Act 1983; and
(b) under subsection (7), it would be lawful for the National
Archives of Australia to do that thing.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (8) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
132APE Providing etc. a circumvention service for a technological
protection measure
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person:
(i) provides a service to another person; or
(ii) offers a service to the public; and
(b) the person does so with the intention of obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit; and
(c) the service is a circumvention service for a technological
protection measure.
Penalty: 550 penalty units or imprisonment for 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
264
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APE
Defence—no promotion, advertising etc.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the service is a circumvention service for the technological
protection measure only because it was promoted, advertised
or marketed as having the purpose of circumventing the
technological protection measure; and
(b) both of the following apply:
(i) the person did not do such promoting, advertising or
marketing;
(ii) the person did not direct or request (expressly or
impliedly) another person to do such promoting,
advertising or marketing.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—interoperability
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the circumvention service will be used to circumvent a
technological protection measure to enable the doing of an
act; and
(b) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program (the original
program) that is not an infringing copy and that was
lawfully obtained; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the original program;
and
(iia) relates to elements of the original program that will not
be readily available to the person doing the act when the
circumvention occurs; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of achieving
interoperability of an independently created computer
program with the original program or any other
program.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
265
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132APE
Defence—encryption research
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention service will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable a
person (the researcher) to do an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a work or other subject-matter that is
not an infringing copy and that was lawfully obtained;
and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the work or other
subject-matter; and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of identifying and
analysing flaws and vulnerabilities of encryption
technology; and
(d) the researcher is:
(i) engaged in a course of study at an educational
institution in the field of encryption technology; or
(ii) employed, trained or experienced in the field of
encryption technology; and
(e) the researcher:
(i) has obtained permission from the owner or exclusive
licensee of the copyright to do the act; or
(ii) has made, or will make, a good faith effort to obtain
such permission.
In this subsection, encryption technology means the scrambling
and descrambling of information using mathematical formulas or
algorithms.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (4) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—computer security testing
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
266
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132APE
(a) the technological protection measure is an access control
technological protection measure; and
(b) the circumvention service will be used to circumvent the
access control technological protection measure to enable the
doing of an act; and
(c) the act:
(i) relates to a copy of a computer program that is not an
infringing copy; and
(ii) will not infringe the copyright in the computer program;
and
(iii) will be done for the sole purpose of testing,
investigating or correcting the security of a computer,
computer system or computer network; and
(iv) will be done with the permission of the owner of the
computer, computer system or computer network.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—law enforcement and national security
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done
for the purposes of:
(a) law enforcement; or
(b) national security; or
(c) performing a statutory function, power or duty;
by or on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, or an
authority of one of those bodies.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Defence—libraries etc.
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done
by the following bodies in performing their functions:
(a) a library (other than a library that is conducted for the profit,
direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);
(b) a body mentioned in:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
267
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AQ
(i) paragraph (a) of the definition of archives in
subsection 10(1); or
(ii) subsection 10(4);
(c) an educational institution;
(d) a public non-commercial broadcaster (including a body that
provides a national broadcasting service, within the meaning
of the Broadcasting Services Act 1992, and a body that holds
a community broadcasting licence within the meaning of that
Act).
Note 1: A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit
might not itself be conducted for profit (see section 18).
Note 2: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(8) This section does not apply in respect of anything lawfully done by
a person in connection with a work or other subject-matter if:
(a) the person has custody of the work or other subject-matter
under an arrangement referred to in section 64 of the
Archives Act 1983; and
(b) under subsection (7), it would be lawful for the National
Archives of Australia to do that thing.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (8) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Subdivision F—Electronic rights management information
132AQ Removing or altering electronic rights management
information
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) either:
(i) the person removes, from a copy of the work or
subject-matter, any electronic rights management
information that relates to the work or subject-matter; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
268
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AQ
(ii) the person alters any electronic rights management
information that relates to the work or subject-matter;
and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) the removal or alteration will induce, enable, facilitate or
conceal an infringement of the copyright.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) either:
(i) the person removes, from a copy of the work or
subject-matter, any electronic rights management
information that relates to the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) the person alters any electronic rights management
information that relates to the work or subject-matter;
and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) the removal or alteration will induce, enable, facilitate or
conceal an infringement of the copyright and the person is
negligent as to that result.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
269
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AR
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) either:
(i) the person removes, from a copy of the work or
subject-matter, any electronic rights management
information that relates to the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) the person alters any electronic rights management
information that relates to the work or subject-matter;
and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) the removal or alteration will induce, enable, facilitate or
conceal an infringement of the copyright.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AR Distributing, importing or communicating copies after
removal or alteration of electronic rights management
information
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) the person does any of the following acts in relation to the
work or subject-matter:
(i) distributes a copy of the work or subject-matter with the
intention of trading or obtaining a commercial
advantage or profit;
(ii) imports a copy of the work or subject-matter into
Australia with the intention of trading or obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
270
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AR
(iii) communicates a copy of the work or subject-matter to
the public; and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) either:
(i) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or subject-matter has been removed
from the copy of the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or subject-matter has been altered;
without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of
the copyright; and
(e) the person knows that the information has been removed or
altered without that permission; and
(f) the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable,
facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) the person does any of the following acts in relation to the
work or subject-matter:
(i) distributes a copy of the work or subject-matter with the
intention of trading or obtaining a commercial
advantage or profit;
(ii) imports a copy of the work or subject-matter into
Australia with the intention of trading or obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit;
(iii) communicates a copy of the work or subject-matter to
the public; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
271
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AR
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) either:
(i) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or subject-matter has been removed
from the copy of the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or subject-matter has been altered;
without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of
the copyright; and
(e) the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable,
facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright and the
person is negligent as to that result.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) the person does any of the following acts in relation to the
work or subject-matter:
(i) distributes a copy of the work or subject-matter in
preparation for, or in the course of, trading or for
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;
(ii) imports a copy of the work or subject-matter into
Australia in preparation for, or in the course of, trading
or in preparation for, or in the course of, obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit;
(iii) communicates a copy of the work or subject-matter to
the public; and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
272
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AS
(d) either:
(i) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or subject-matter has been removed
from the copy of the work or subject-matter; or
(ii) any electronic rights management information that
relates to the work or subject-matter has been altered;
without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of
the copyright; and
(e) the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable,
facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AS Distributing or importing electronic rights management
information
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) the person does either of the following acts in relation to
electronic rights management information that relates to the
work or subject-matter:
(i) distributes the electronic rights management
information with the intention of trading or obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit;
(ii) imports the electronic rights management information
into Australia with the intention of trading or obtaining
a commercial advantage or profit; and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) either:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
273
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AS
(i) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter without the permission of the
owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; or
(ii) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter with the permission of the owner
or exclusive licensee of the copyright but the
information has been altered without that permission;
and
(e) the person knows that the information has been removed or
altered without that permission; and
(f) the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable,
facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) the person does either of the following acts in relation to
electronic rights management information that relates to the
work or subject-matter:
(i) distributes the electronic rights management
information with the intention of trading or obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit;
(ii) imports the electronic rights management information
into Australia with the intention of trading or obtaining
a commercial advantage or profit; and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
274
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AS
(d) either:
(i) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter without the permission of the
owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; or
(ii) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter with the permission of the owner
or exclusive licensee of the copyright but the
information has been altered without that permission;
and
(e) the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable,
facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright and the
person is negligent as to that result.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and
(b) the person does either of the following acts in relation to
electronic rights management information that relates to the
work or subject-matter:
(i) distributes the electronic rights management
information in preparation for, or in the course of,
trading or in preparation for, or in the course of,
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;
(ii) imports the electronic rights management information
into Australia in preparation for, or in the course of,
trading or in preparation for, or in the course of,
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
(c) the person does so without the permission of the owner or
exclusive licensee of the copyright; and
(d) either:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
275
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132AT
(i) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter without the permission of the
owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; or
(ii) the information has been removed from a copy of the
work or subject-matter with the permission of the owner
or exclusive licensee of the copyright but the
information has been altered without that permission;
and
(e) the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable,
facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
132AT Defences
Law enforcement and national security
(1) This Subdivision does not apply in respect of anything lawfully
done for the purposes of law enforcement or national security by or
on behalf of:
(a) the Commonwealth or a State or Territory; or
(b) an authority of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (1) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Certain public institutions etc.
(2) This Subdivision does not apply in respect of anything lawfully
done by the following in performing their functions:
(a) a library (other than a library that is conducted for the profit,
direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);
(b) a body mentioned in:
(i) paragraph (a) of the definition of archives in
subsection 10(1); or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
276
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AU
(ii) subsection 10(4);
(c) an educational institution;
(d) a public non-commercial broadcaster, including:
(i) a body that provides a national broadcasting service
within the meaning of the Broadcasting Services Act
1992; and
(ii) a body that holds a community broadcasting licence
within the meaning of that Act.
Note 1: A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit
might not itself be conducted for profit (see section 18).
Note 2: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (2) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
(3) This Subdivision does not apply in respect of anything lawfully
done by a person in connection with a work or other subject-matter
if:
(a) the person has custody of the work or other subject-matter
under an arrangement referred to in section 64 of the
Archives Act 1983; and
(b) under subsection (2), it would be lawful for the National
Archives of Australia to do that thing.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (3) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Subdivision G—Evidence
132AU Prosecution to prove profit
(1) This section applies if, in the prosecution of an offence against this
Division, either of the following questions is relevant:
(a) whether the defendant intended to obtain a profit;
(b) whether the defendant did something for, in preparation for,
or in the course of, obtaining a profit.
(2) The burden of proving that any advantage, benefit or gain does not
result from, or is not associated with, any private or domestic use
of any copyright material is on the prosecution.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
277
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132A
Note: For the purposes of this Division, section 132AA defines profit as not
including any advantage, benefit, or gain, that:
(a) is received by a person; and
(b) results from, or is associated with, the person’s private or domestic use of any copyright material.
132A Presumptions in relation to subsistence and ownership of
copyright
(1) This section applies to a prosecution for an offence against this
Division, except section 132AM, in relation to a work or other
subject matter.
Labels or marks
(2) If a copy of the work or other subject matter, or the packaging or
container in which the copy is packaged or contained, bears a label
or mark stating the year and place of the first publication, or of the
making, of the work or other subject matter, then that year and
place are presumed to be as stated on the label or mark, unless the
contrary is established.
(3) If a copy of the work or other subject matter, or the packaging or
container in which the copy is packaged or contained, bears a label
or mark stating that a person was the owner of copyright in the
work or other subject matter at a particular time, then the person is
presumed to have been the owner of the copyright at the time,
unless the contrary is established.
Foreign certificates
(4) If a certificate or other document issued in a qualifying country in
accordance with a law of that country states the year and place of
the first publication, or of the making, of the work or other subject
matter, then that year and place are presumed to be as stated in the
certificate or document, unless the contrary is established.
(5) If a certificate or other document issued in a qualifying country in
accordance with a law of that country states that a person was the
owner of copyright in the work or other subject matter at a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
278
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132AAA
particular time, then the person is presumed to have been the owner
of the copyright at the time, unless the contrary is established.
(6) For the purposes of this section, a document purporting to be a
certificate or document referred to in subsection (4) or (5) is, unless
the contrary intention is established, taken to be such a certificate
or document.
132AAA Presumptions relating to computer programs
(1) This section applies to a prosecution for an offence against this
Division, except section 132AM, relating to copyright in a literary
work that is a computer program if:
(a) articles or things embodying all or part of the program have
been supplied (by sale or otherwise) to the public; and
(b) at the time of the supply, the articles or things, or their
containers, bore a label or other mark consisting of the letter
“C” in a circle accompanied by a specified year and the name
of a person.
(2) It is presumed that:
(a) the computer program is an original literary work; and
(b) the computer program was first published in the year; and
(c) the person was the owner of copyright in the program when
and where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked;
unless the contrary is established.
(3) A presumption about a person under subsection (2) does not imply
that the person was the only owner of copyright in the program
when and where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked.
132B Presumptions relating to sound recordings
(1) This section applies to a prosecution for an offence against this
Division, except section 132AM, relating to copyright in a sound
recording if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
279
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
1
2
3
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 132B
(a) records embodying all or part of the recording have been
supplied (by sale or otherwise) to the public; and
(b) at the time of the supply, the records or their containers bore
a label or other mark.
(2) If the label or other mark contained a statement described in an
item of the table, the matter described in the item is presumed,
unless the contrary is established.
Statements and matters to be presumed unless the contrary is established
Item Statement Matter presumed
A specified person was the maker of The person was the maker of the
the recording recording
The recording was first published in The recording was first published in
a specified year the year
The recording was first published in The recording was first published in
a specified country the country
(3) If the label or mark consisted of the letter “P” in a circle
accompanied by a specified year and the name of a person, it is
presumed that:
(a) the recording was first published in the year; and
(b) the person was the owner of copyright in the recording when
and where the records or containers were labelled or marked;
unless the contrary is established.
(4) A presumption about a person under this section does not imply
that the person was:
(a) the only maker of the recording; or
(b) the only owner of copyright in the recording when and where
the records or containers were labelled or marked.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
280
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 132C
132C Presumptions relating to films
Presumption about film maker
(1) Subsection (2) applies to a prosecution for an offence against this
Division, except section 132AM, relating to copyright in a
cinematograph film if:
(a) copies of the film were made available to the public; and
(b) a person’s name appeared on the copies in such a way as to
imply that the person was the maker of the film; and
(c) if the person is not a body corporate—the name is his or her
true name or a name by which he or she is commonly known.
(2) It is presumed that:
(a) the person is the maker of the film; and
(b) the person made the film in circumstances to which
subsection 98(3) does not apply;
unless the contrary is established.
Presumption about time of making and owner of copyright
(3) Subsection (4) applies to a prosecution for an offence against this
Division, except section 132AM, relating to copyright in a
cinematograph film, if:
(a) articles or things embodying the film have been supplied
commercially; and
(b) at the time of the supply, the articles or things, or their
containers, bore a label or other mark consisting of the letter
“C” in a circle accompanied by a specified year and the name
of a person.
(4) It is presumed that:
(a) the film was first made in the year; and
(b) the person was the owner of copyright in the film when and
where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked;
unless the contrary is established.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
281
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 5 Offences and summary proceedings
Section 133
(5) A presumption about a person under subsection (4) does not imply
that the person was the only owner of copyright in the film when
and where the articles, things or containers were labelled or
marked.
Subdivision H—Extra court orders
133 Destruction or delivery up of infringing copies etc.
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a person is charged before a court with an offence against this
Division, except section 132AM, whether or not the person is
convicted of the offence; and
(b) the person possesses an article that appears to the court to be
any of the following:
(i) a circumvention device used or intended to be used in
conduct constituting an offence against Subdivision E;
(ii) an infringing copy;
(iii) a device or equipment used or intended to be used for
making infringing copies.
(2) The court may order that the article be destroyed, delivered up to
the owner of the copyright concerned or dealt with as the court
thinks fit.
Subdivision I—Procedure and jurisdiction
133A Courts in which offences may be prosecuted
(1) Prosecutions for offences against this Division may be brought in
the Federal Court of Australia or in any other court of competent
jurisdiction.
(2) However, the Federal Court of Australia does not have jurisdiction
to hear or determine prosecutions for indictable offences, despite
section 15C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
282
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Offences and summary proceedings Division 5
Section 133B
(3) The Federal Court of Australia has jurisdiction to hear and
determine prosecutions of the following offences against this
Division:
(a) summary offences;
(b) offences of strict liability.
133B Infringement notices
(1) The regulations may make provision enabling a person who is
alleged to have committed an offence of strict liability against this
Division to do both of the following as an alternative to
prosecution:
(a) pay a penalty to the Commonwealth;
(b) forfeit to the Commonwealth:
(i) each article (if any) that is alleged to be an infringing
copy of a work or other subject-matter and that is
alleged to have been involved in the commission of the
offence; and
(ii) each device (if any) that is alleged to have been made to
be used for making an infringing copy of a work or
other subject-matter and that is alleged to have been
involved in the commission of the offence.
Note: Regulations made for this purpose will make provision to the effect
that a prosecution of an alleged offender will be avoided if the alleged
offender both pays a penalty to the Commonwealth and forfeits to the
Commonwealth all relevant articles and devices (if any).
(2) The penalty must equal one-fifth of the maximum fine that a court
could impose on the person as a penalty for that offence.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
283
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 6 Miscellaneous
Section 134
Division 6—Miscellaneous
134 Limitation of actions in respect of infringement of copyright
(1) An action shall not be brought for an infringement of copyright or
in respect of the conversion or detention of an infringing copy, or
of a device (including a circumvention device) used or intended to
be used for making infringing copies, after the expiration of six
years from the time when the infringement took place or the
infringing copy or device was made, as the case may be.
(2) An action may not be brought under section 116AN, 116AO,
116AP, 116B, 116C or 116CA in respect of an act done by a
person if more than 6 years have elapsed from the time when the
act was done.
134A Affidavit evidence
(1) Subject to subsection (2), at the trial of a proceeding, being:
(a) an action brought by virtue of this Part; or
(b) a prosecution for an offence against this Act;
evidence that:
(c) at a particular time, copyright subsisted in the work or other
subject-matter to which the proceeding relates; or
(d) at a particular time, copyright in that work or subject-matter
was owned by, or exclusively licensed to, a particular person;
or
(e) at a particular time, copyright in that work or subject-matter
was not owned by, or exclusively licensed to, a particular
person; or
(f) a particular act was done without the licence of the owner of
the copyright, or of the exclusive licensee of the copyright, in
that work or subject-matter;
may be given by affidavit.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
284
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Miscellaneous Division 6
Section 134A
(2) If a party to a proceeding referred to in subsection (1) desires in
good faith that the person who made an affidavit referred to in that
subsection that is proposed to be used in the proceeding be
cross-examined with respect to the matters in the affidavit, the
affidavit may not be used in the proceeding unless the person
appears as a witness for such cross-examination or the court in
which the proceeding is being tried, in its discretion, permits the
affidavit to be used without the person so appearing.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
285
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 134B
Division 7—Seizure of imported copies of copyright
material
134B Interpretation
In this Division:
action period, in relation to particular seized copies, means the
period prescribed by the regulations after notice of a claim for
release of the copies is given to the objector under
section 135AED.
claim period, in relation to particular seized copies, means the
period prescribed by the regulations after notice of seizure of the
copies is given to the importer under section 135AC.
Comptroller-General of Customs means the person who is the
Comptroller-General of Customs in accordance with
subsection 11(3) or 14(2) of the Australian Border Force Act 2015.
copy, in relation to copyright material, means:
(a) if the copyright material is a work—an article in which the
work is embodied; or
(b) if the copyright material is a sound recording, or a sound
broadcast as recorded in a sound recording—a record
embodying the sound recording; or
(c) if the copyright material is a cinematograph film or a
television broadcast as recorded in a cinematograph film—an
article in which the visual images or sounds comprising the
film are embodied; or
(d) if the copyright material is a published edition of a work—an
article in which the edition is embodied.
importer, in relation to copies of copyright material, includes a
person who or which is, or holds himself, herself or itself out to be,
the owner or importer of the goods comprising the copies.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
286
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135
objector, in relation to particular seized copies, means the person
who gave the notice under subsection 135(2) as a result of the
giving of which the copies were seized.
owner, in relation to the copyright in copyright material, includes
an exclusive licensee of the copyright in the material.
personal information has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act
1988.
seized copies means copies seized under subsection 135(7).
working day means a day that is not:
(a) a Saturday; or
(b) a Sunday; or
(c) a public holiday in the Australian Capital Territory.
135 Restriction of importation of copies of works etc.
(1) In this section:
(a) a reference to Australia does not include a reference to the
external Territories; and
(b) a reference to importation into Australia does not include a
reference to importation from such a Territory.
(2) A person may give the Comptroller-General of Customs a written
notice stating:
(a) that the person is the owner of the copyright in copyright
material; and
(b) that the person objects to the importation into Australia of
copies of the copyright material to which this section applies.
(3) A notice under subsection (2):
(a) is to be given together with any prescribed document; and
(b) is to be accompanied by the prescribed fee (if any).
(4) This section applies to a copy of copyright material if the making
of the copy would, if it had been carried out in Australia by the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
287
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 135
person importing the copy, have constituted an infringement of the
copyright in the copyright material.
(5) Unless it is revoked under subsection (6) or declared to be
ineffective under subsection (6A), a notice under subsection (2)
remains in force until:
(a) the end of the period of 4 years commencing on the day on
which the notice was given; or
(b) the end of the period for which the copyright in the copyright
material to which the notice relates is to subsist;
whichever is the earlier.
(6) A notice under subsection (2) may be revoked by written notice
given to the Comptroller-General of Customs by the person who
gave the first-mentioned notice or by a subsequent owner of the
copyright in the copyright material to which the notice relates.
(6A) If the Comptroller-General of Customs believes, on reasonable
grounds, that it is no longer appropriate to give effect to a notice
given under subsection (2), the Comptroller-General of Customs
may, by writing, declare the notice to be ineffective.
Note: Subsection 195B(3) requires the Comptroller-General of Customs to
notify the person who gave the notice of the decision declaring the
notice to be ineffective.
(7) If:
(a) a notice has been given under subsection (2) in respect of
copyright material; and
(b) the notice has not been declared to be ineffective or revoked;
and
(c) a person imports copies of the copyright material to which
this section applies into Australia for the purpose of:
(i) selling, letting for hire, or by way of trade offering or
exposing for sale or hire, the copies; or
(ii) distributing the copies for the purpose of trade; or
(iii) distributing the copies for any other purpose to an extent
that will affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright
in the copyright material; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
288
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135AA
(iv) by way of trade exhibiting the copies in public; and
(d) the copies are subject to customs control under the Customs
Act 1901;
the Comptroller-General of Customs may seize the copies.
(8) The regulations may make provision for or in relation to:
(a) the forms of notices under this section; and
(b) the times at which, and the manner in which, notices are to be
given; and
(c) the giving of information and evidence to the
Comptroller-General of Customs.
(9) The regulations may contain provisions similar to the provisions of
this Division in relation to the importation into external Territories
(other than importation from Australia or from another such
Territory) of copies of copyright material.
(10) This Division does not apply to the importation into Australia of
copies of copyright material whose importation does not constitute
an infringement of copyright because of section 44A, 44D, 44E,
44F, 112A, 112D or 112DA.
(10A) This Division does not apply to the importation into Australia of
copies of copyright material whose importation does not constitute
an infringement of copyright because of section 44C or 112C.
135AA Decision not to seize unless expenses are covered
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the Comptroller-General of Customs
may decide not to seize the copies under subsection 135(7) unless
he or she has been given by the objector (or by one or more of the
objectors) a written undertaking acceptable to the
Comptroller-General of Customs to repay to the Commonwealth
the expenses of seizing the copies.
(2) The Comptroller-General of Customs may decide not to seize the
copies under subsection 135(7) unless he or she has been given by
the objector (or one or more of the objectors), instead of an
undertaking, security in an amount that the Comptroller-General of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
289
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 135AB
Customs considers sufficient to repay to the Commonwealth the
expenses of seizing the copies if:
(a) an amount payable under an undertaking given by the
objector (or one or more of the objectors) in relation to other
copies has not been paid in accordance with the undertaking;
and
(b) the Comptroller-General of Customs considers it reasonable
in all the circumstances to require the security.
(3) An undertaking may be withdrawn or varied if the
Comptroller-General of Customs consents in writing to a written
request from the objector or objectors to do so.
(4) In this section:
expenses of seizing the copies means the expenses that may be
incurred by the Commonwealth if the copies were seized.
135AB Secure storage of seized copies
Seized copies must be taken to such secure place as the
Comptroller-General of Customs directs.
135AC Notice of seizure
(1) As soon as is practicable after copies are seized under
subsection 135(7), the Comptroller-General of Customs must give
to the importer and the objector, either personally or by post, a
written notice (the seizure notice) identifying the copies and
stating that the identified copies have been seized.
(2) The seizure notice must state that the copies will be released to the
importer if:
(a) the importer makes a claim for the release of the copies
within the claim period; and
(b) the objector has not, by the end of the action period:
(i) instituted an action for infringement of copyright in
relation to the copies; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
290
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135AD
(ii) given the Comptroller-General of Customs written
notice of that action.
(3) The seizure notice must also:
(a) set out the claim period for the copies; and
(b) set out the action period for the copies and state that the
action period will begin only if the importer makes a claim
for the release of the copies; and
(c) if the notice is given to the objector—state the name and the
address of the place of business or residence of the importer
(if known); and
(d) if the notice is given to the importer—state the name and the
address of the place of business or residence of:
(i) the objector; or
(ii) if the objector has nominated a person to be the
objector’s agent or representative for the purposes of
this Division—that person.
(8) The Comptroller-General of Customs may, at any time after the
copies are seized, give to the objector:
(a) the name, and the address of the place of business or
residence, of any person or body (whether in or outside
Australia) that made arrangements, on behalf of the importer,
for the copies to be brought to Australia or any information
that the Comptroller-General of Customs has, and believes
on reasonable grounds may help in identifying and locating
such a person or body; and
(b) any information (including personal information) that the
Comptroller-General of Customs has, and believes on
reasonable grounds may be relevant for the purpose of
identifying and locating the importer.
135AD Inspection, release etc. of seized copies
(1) The Comptroller-General of Customs may permit the objector or
the importer to inspect the seized copies.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
291
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 135AE
(2) If the objector gives the Comptroller-General of Customs the
requisite undertakings, the Comptroller-General of Customs may
permit the objector to remove one or more samples of the seized
copies from the custody of the Comptroller-General of Customs for
inspection by the objector.
(3) If the importer gives the Comptroller-General of Customs the
requisite undertakings, the Comptroller-General of Customs may
permit the importer to remove one or more samples of the seized
copies from the custody of the Comptroller-General of Customs for
inspection by the importer.
(4) The requisite undertakings are undertakings in writing that the
person giving the undertaking will:
(a) return the sample copies to the Comptroller-General of
Customs at a specified time that is satisfactory to the
Comptroller-General of Customs; and
(b) take reasonable care to prevent damage to the sample copies.
(5) If the Comptroller-General of Customs permits inspection of the
seized copies, or the removal of sample copies, by the objector in
accordance with this section, the Commonwealth is not liable to
the importer for any loss or damage suffered by the importer
arising out of:
(a) damage to any of the seized copies incurred during that
inspection; or
(b) anything done by the objector or any other person to, or in
relation to, sample copies removed from the custody of the
Comptroller-General of Customs or any use made by the
objector of such sample copies.
135AE Forfeiture of seized copies by consent
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the importer may, by written notice to
the Comptroller-General of Customs, consent to the seized copies
being forfeited to the Commonwealth.
(2) The notice must be given before any action for infringement of
copyright in relation to the copies is instituted.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
292
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135AEA
(3) If the importer gives such a notice, the copies are forfeited to the
Commonwealth.
135AEA Claim for release of seized copies
(1) The importer may make a claim to the Comptroller-General of
Customs for the release of seized copies.
(2) The claim must be made before the end of the claim period for the
copies.
(3) The claim must:
(a) be in the form (if any) prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) include the information prescribed by the regulations.
Note: Sections 137.1 and 137.2 of the Criminal Code create offences for
providing false or misleading information or documents.
135AEB Seized copies not claimed are forfeited
(1) Seized copies are forfeited to the Commonwealth if a claim for the
release of the goods is not made within the claim period for the
copies.
(2) However, if the Comptroller-General of Customs allows a late
claim for the copies (see section 135AEC), the copies are taken not
to have been forfeited.
135AEC Late claim for release of seized copies
(1) The Comptroller-General of Customs may allow the importer to
make a claim (the late claim) to the Comptroller-General of
Customs for the release of seized copies after the end of the claim
period for the copies.
(2) The Comptroller-General of Customs may allow the late claim
only if:
(a) an action for infringement of copyright in relation to the
copies has not been instituted; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
293
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 135AED
(b) the Comptroller-General of Customs considers it reasonable
in the circumstances; and
(c) the copies have not been disposed of under section 135AI.
135AED Objector to be notified of claim
(1) If the importer makes a claim for the release of seized copies, the
Comptroller-General of Customs must, as soon as practicable, give
notice of the claim to the objector.
(2) The notice:
(a) must be in writing; and
(b) may include any information that the Comptroller-General of
Customs has, and believes on reasonable grounds may be
relevant, for the purpose of identifying and locating either or
both of the following:
(i) the importer of the copies;
(ii) any other person or body (whether in or outside
Australia) that made arrangements for the copies to be
brought to Australia.
135AF Release of seized copies to importer
(1) The Comptroller-General of Customs must release seized copies to
the importer if:
(a) the objector gives written notice to the Comptroller-General
of Customs stating that the objector consents to the release of
the seized copies; and
(b) the copies have not been disposed of under section 135AI.
(2) The Comptroller-General of Customs may release seized copies to
the importer at any time if:
(a) the Comptroller-General of Customs, having regard to
information that has come to his or her knowledge after the
copies were seized, is satisfied that there are no reasonable
grounds for believing that copyright has been infringed by
the importation of the copies; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
294
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135AFA
(b) the objector has not brought an action for infringement of
copyright in relation to the copies.
(3) The Comptroller-General of Customs must release seized copies to
the importer if:
(a) the importer has made a claim for the release of the copies;
and
(b) the objector has not, by the end of the action period:
(i) instituted an action for infringement of copyright in
relation to the copies; and
(ii) given the Comptroller-General of Customs written
notice of that action.
(4) The Comptroller-General of Customs must release seized copies to
the importer if:
(a) the importer has made a claim for the release of the copies;
and
(b) an action for infringement of copyright has been instituted in
relation to the copies; and
(c) at the end of a period of 20 working days commencing on the
day on which the action was instituted, there is not in force
an order of the court in which the action was instituted
preventing the release of the copies.
(5) This section has effect subject to section 135AH.
135AFA Copies released but not collected are forfeited
Seized copies are forfeited to the Commonwealth if:
(a) the copies are released by the Comptroller-General of
Customs to the importer; and
(b) the importer does not take possession of the copies within 90
days of the release.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
295
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 135AG
135AG Provision relating to actions for infringement of copyright
(1) In this section, infringement action means an action for an
infringement of copyright constituted by the importation of seized
copies.
(2) The court in which an infringement action is pending may, on the
application of a person having a sufficient interest in the
subject-matter of the action, allow the person to be joined as a
defendant to the action.
(3) The Comptroller-General of Customs is entitled to be heard on the
hearing of an infringement action.
(4) In addition to any relief that may be granted apart from this
section, the court may:
(a) at any time, order that the seized copies be released to the
importer subject to such conditions (if any) as the court
thinks fit; or
(b) order that the seized copies not be released to the importer
before the end of a specified period; or
(c) order that the goods be forfeited to the Commonwealth.
(5) A court may not make an order under paragraph (4)(a) if it is
satisfied that the Comptroller-General of Customs is required or
permitted, under any other law of the Commonwealth, to retain
control of the seized copies.
(6) The Comptroller-General of Customs must comply with an order
made under subsection (4).
(7) If:
(a) the court decides that the relevant copyright was not
infringed by the importation of the seized copies; and
(b) a defendant to the infringement action satisfies the court that
he or she has suffered loss or damage as a result of the
seizure of the copies;
the court may order the objector to pay to that defendant such
amount as the court determines as compensation for any part of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
296
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135AH
that loss or damage that is attributable to a period beginning on or
after the day on which the action was commenced.
135AH Retention of control of seized copies
In spite of section 135AF, in a case in which no order has been
made under subsection 135AG(4) in relation to seized copies, the
Comptroller-General of Customs is not obliged to release or
dispose of the copies if the Comptroller-General of Customs is
required or permitted, under any other law of the Commonwealth,
to retain control of the copies.
135AI Disposal of seized copies forfeited to the Commonwealth
(1) Seized copies forfeited to the Commonwealth must be disposed of:
(a) in the manner prescribed by the regulations; or
(b) if no manner of disposal is so prescribed—as the
Comptroller-General of Customs directs.
(2) However, copies forfeited under section 135AEB must not be
disposed of until 30 days after their forfeiture.
(3) Subsection (1) does not require the disposal of copies that are
required in relation to an action for infringement of copyright.
Right of compensation in certain circumstances
(4) Despite the forfeiture of seized copies to the Commonwealth, a
person may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction under this
section for compensation for the disposal of the copies.
(5) A right to compensation exists if:
(a) the copies did not infringe the objector’s copyright; and
(b) the person establishes, to the satisfaction of the court:
(i) that he or she was the owner of the copies immediately
before they were forfeited; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
297
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part V Remedies and offences
Division 7 Seizure of imported copies of copyright material
Section 135AJ
(ii) that there were circumstances providing a reasonable
excuse for the failure to make a claim for the release of
the copies.
(6) If a right to compensation exists under subsection (4), the court
must order the payment by the Commonwealth to the person of an
amount equal to the market value of the copies at the time of their
disposal.
135AJ Failure to meet Commonwealth’s expenses of seizure
(1) If an amount payable under an undertaking in relation to copies
covered by a notice given under section 135 is not paid in
accordance with the undertaking, the Comptroller-General of
Customs may decide not to seize copies covered by the notice until
the amount owing is paid.
(2) An amount not paid under an undertaking:
(a) is a debt due by the objector, or by the objectors jointly or
each of them separately, to the Commonwealth; and
(b) may be recovered by an action taken in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
(3) If the amount paid under an undertaking in relation to copies
covered by a notice given under section 135 is in accordance with
the undertaking but is not sufficient to meet the expenses incurred
by the Commonwealth as a result of the action taken by the
Comptroller-General of Customs under this Division because of
the notice, the amount of the difference between those expenses
and the amount paid:
(a) is a debt due by the objector, or by the objectors jointly or
each of them separately, to the Commonwealth; and
(b) may be recovered by an action taken in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
(4) If security given under subsection 135AA(2) by the objector or
objectors who gave notice under section 135 is not sufficient to
meet the expenses incurred by the Commonwealth as a result of the
action taken by the Comptroller-General of Customs under this
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
298
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Remedies and offences Part V
Seizure of imported copies of copyright material Division 7
Section 135AK
Division because of the notice, the amount of the difference
between those expenses and the amount of security:
(a) is a debt due by the objector, or by the objectors jointly or
each of them separately, to the Commonwealth; and
(b) may be recovered by an action taken in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
135AK Immunity of the Commonwealth
The Commonwealth is not liable for any loss or damage suffered
by a person:
(a) because of the seizure of copies, or the failure of the
Comptroller-General of Customs to seize copies, under this
Division; or
(b) because of the release of any seized copies.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
299
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 135AL
Part VAA—Unauthorised access to encoded
broadcasts
Division 1—Preliminary
135AL Definitions
In this Part:
action means a proceeding of a civil nature between parties,
including a counterclaim.
broadcaster means a person licensed under the Broadcasting
Services Act 1992 to provide a broadcasting service (as defined in
that Act) by which an encoded broadcast is delivered.
channel provider means a person who:
(a) packages a channel (which might include programs produced
by the person); and
(b) supplies a broadcaster with the channel; and
(c) carries on a business that involves the supply of the channel;
where, apart from any breaks for the purposes of the transmission
of incidental matter, the channel is broadcast as part of an encoded
broadcast service.
decoder means a device (including a computer program) designed
or adapted to decrypt, or facilitate the decryption of, an encoded
broadcast.
encoded broadcast means:
(a) a subscription broadcast; or
(b) a broadcast (except a radio broadcast or subscription
broadcast) that is encrypted and is delivered by a commercial
broadcasting service, or a national broadcasting service,
within the meaning of the Broadcasting Services Act 1992.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
300
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Preliminary Division 1
Section 135AM
subscription broadcast means a broadcast that is encrypted and is
made available by the broadcaster only to persons authorised by
the broadcaster to access the broadcast in intelligible form.
unauthorised decoder means a device (including a computer
program) designed or adapted to decrypt, or facilitate the
decryption of, an encoded broadcast without the authorisation of
the broadcaster.
135AM Counterclaim
In the application of this Part in relation to a counterclaim,
references to the defendant are to be read as references to the
plaintiff.
135AN This Part does not apply to law enforcement activity etc.
This Part does not apply in relation to anything lawfully done for
the purposes of law enforcement or national security by or on
behalf of:
(a) the Commonwealth or a State or Territory; or
(b) an authority of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.
Note: A defendant in proceedings for an offence against this Part bears an
evidential burden in relation to the matter in this section (see
subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
301
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 2 Actions
Section 135AOA
Division 2—Actions
Subdivision A—Actions relating to unauthorised decoders
135AOA Making or dealing with unauthorised decoder
(1) A channel provider, or anyone with an interest in the copyright in
either an encoded broadcast or the content of an encoded
broadcast, may bring an action against a person if:
(a) the person does any of the acts described in subsection (2)
with an unauthorised decoder; and
(b) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the
unauthorised decoder will be used to enable someone to gain
access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation of
the broadcaster.
(2) The acts with the unauthorised decoder are as follows:
(a) making the unauthorised decoder;
(b) selling the unauthorised decoder or letting it for hire;
(c) by way of trade, or with the intention of obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit, offering or exposing the
unauthorised decoder for sale or hire;
(d) exhibiting the unauthorised decoder in public by way of trade
or with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or
profit;
(e) distributing the unauthorised decoder (including by exporting
it from Australia) for the purpose of trade, or for a purpose
that will prejudicially affect a channel provider or anyone
with an interest in the copyright in either an encoded
broadcast or the content of an encoded broadcast;
(f) importing the unauthorised decoder into Australia for the
purpose of:
(i) selling the unauthorised decoder or letting it for hire; or
(ii) by way of trade, or with the intention of obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit, offering or exposing
the unauthorised decoder for sale or hire; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
302
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Actions Division 2
Section 135AOB
(iii) exhibiting the unauthorised decoder in public by way of
trade or with the intention of obtaining a commercial
advantage or profit; or
(iv) distributing the unauthorised decoder for the purpose of
trade, or for a purpose that will prejudicially affect a
channel provider or anyone with an interest in the
copyright in either an encoded broadcast or the content
of an encoded broadcast;
(g) making the unauthorised decoder available online to an
extent that will prejudicially affect a channel provider or
anyone with an interest in the copyright in either an encoded
broadcast or the content of an encoded broadcast.
(3) The action may be brought only within 6 years of the act.
(4) In an action under this section it must be presumed that the
defendant knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
unauthorised decoder would be used as described in
paragraph (1)(b), unless the defendant proves otherwise.
Subdivision B—Actions relating to decoders for subscription
broadcasts
135AOB Making decoder available online
(1) This section permits an action to be brought against a person if:
(a) a decoder was supplied (to the person or someone else) by, or
with the authorisation of, the broadcaster (the supplying
broadcaster) of a subscription broadcast; and
(b) the person makes the decoder available online to an extent
that will prejudicially affect any of the following persons (the
affected parties):
(i) anyone with an interest in the copyright in a
subscription broadcast by the supplying broadcaster;
(ii) anyone with an interest in the copyright in the content of
a subscription broadcast by the supplying broadcaster;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
303
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 2 Actions
Section 135AOC
(iii) a channel provider who supplies the supplying
broadcaster with a channel for a subscription broadcast;
and
(c) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the
decoder will be used to enable someone to gain access to a
subscription broadcast without the authorisation of the
broadcaster.
(2) The action may be brought by any of the affected parties but only
within 6 years of the person first making the decoder available
online as described in paragraph (1)(b).
(3) In an action under this section it must be presumed that the
defendant knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the
decoder would be used as described in paragraph (1)(c), unless the
defendant proves otherwise.
Subdivision C—Actions for unauthorised access to encoded
broadcasts
135AOC Causing unauthorised access
(1) This section permits an action to be brought against a person if:
(a) without the authorisation of the broadcaster of an encoded
broadcast, the person does an act causing the person or
anyone else to gain access in intelligible form to the
broadcast or sounds or images from the broadcast; and
(b) the access will prejudicially affect any of the following
persons (the affected parties):
(i) anyone with an interest in the copyright in an encoded
broadcast by the broadcaster;
(ii) anyone with an interest in the copyright in the content of
an encoded broadcast by the broadcaster;
(iii) a channel provider who supplies the broadcaster with a
channel for an encoded broadcast; and
(c) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the
access is not authorised by the broadcaster.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
304
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Actions Division 2
Section 135AOD
Note: Paragraph (a)—examples of causing a person to gain access to the
broadcast or sounds or images from the broadcast include:
(a) using, or authorising the use of, a decoder so the person gains access to the broadcast, sounds or images; and
(b) distributing, or authorising the distribution of, the sounds or images to the person after they are obtained from the broadcast using a decoder.
(2) The action may be brought by any of the affected parties but only
within 6 years of the act.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) an act consisting merely of one or more of the following:
(i) starting the playing of sounds or images in or from the
broadcast on a device (for example by switching the
device on);
(ii) listening to sounds in or from the broadcast and/or
seeing images in or from the broadcast;
(iii) distributing the sounds or images within a single
dwelling that is occupied by a single household and is
the subject of an arrangement involving a member of
the household and the broadcaster about authorisation of
private access to the broadcast; or
(b) access to the sounds or images gained from:
(i) a cinematograph film, or sound recording, made of the
encoded broadcast; or
(ii) a copy of such a film or recording.
Note: Paragraph (b)—the making of such a film, recording or copy may be
an infringement of copyright: see paragraphs 87(a) and (b) and
section 101.
135AOD Unauthorised commercial use of subscription broadcast
(1) This section permits an action to be brought against a person if:
(a) without the authorisation of the broadcaster of a subscription
broadcast, the person uses the broadcast, or sounds or images
from the broadcast, by way of trade or with the intention of
obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
305
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 2 Actions
Section 135AOE
(b) the use prejudicially affects any of the following persons (the
affected parties):
(i) anyone with an interest in the copyright in the
broadcast;
(ii) anyone with an interest in the copyright in any content
of the broadcast;
(iii) the channel provider who supplied the broadcaster with
the channel for the broadcast; and
(c) the person knows, or ought reasonably to know, that the use
is not authorised by the broadcaster.
(2) The action may be brought by any of the affected parties but only
within 6 years of the use.
Subdivision D—Court orders
135AOE Relief
(1) The relief that a court may grant in an action under this Division
includes an injunction (subject to the terms, if any, the court thinks
fit) and either damages or an account of profits.
(2) In assessing damages, the court may award such additional
damages as it considers appropriate, having regard to:
(a) the flagrancy with which the defendant did any of the
relevant acts; and
(b) the need to deter acts similar to the relevant acts; and
(c) any benefit shown in an action under Subdivision A or B to
have accrued to the defendant as a result of making or
dealing with the decoder; and
(d) any benefit shown in an action under Subdivision C to have
accrued to the defendant or any trade or business carried on
by, or in association with, the defendant; and
(e) all other relevant matters.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
306
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Actions Division 2
Section 135AOF
135AOF Destruction of decoder
In an action under this Division, the court may order that the
relevant decoder (if any) be destroyed or dealt with as specified in
the order.
Subdivision E—Jurisdiction and appeals
135AP Exercise of jurisdiction
The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory in an
action under the Part is to be exercised by a single Judge of the
Court.
135AQ Appeals
(1) Subject to subsection (2), a decision of a court of a State or
Territory (however constituted) under this Part is final and
conclusive.
(2) An appeal lies from a decision of a court of a State or Territory
under this Part:
(a) to the Federal Court of Australia; or
(b) by special leave of the High Court, to the High Court.
135AR Jurisdiction of Federal Court of Australia
Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Court of Australia with
respect to actions under this Part.
135AS Jurisdiction of Federal Circuit Court of Australia
Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Circuit Court of Australia
with respect to actions under this Part.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
307
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 3 Offences
Section 135ASA
Division 3—Offences
Subdivision A—Offences
135ASA Making unauthorised decoder
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an unauthorised decoder; and
(b) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASB Selling or hiring unauthorised decoder
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person sells or lets for hire an unauthorised decoder; and
(b) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASC Offering unauthorised decoder for sale or hire
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
308
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Offences Division 3
Section 135ASD
(a) with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or
profit, the person offers or exposes an unauthorised decoder
for sale or hire; and
(b) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person offers or exposes an unauthorised decoder for sale
or hire; and
(b) the offer or exposure is by way of trade; and
(c) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASD Commercially exhibiting unauthorised decoder in public
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person exhibits an unauthorised decoder in public with
the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;
and
(b) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person exhibits an unauthorised decoder in public; and
(b) the exhibition is by way of trade; and
(c) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
309
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 3 Offences
Section 135ASE
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASE Importing unauthorised decoder commercially
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports an unauthorised decoder into Australia
with the intention of doing any of the following with the
unauthorised decoder:
(i) selling the unauthorised decoder;
(ii) letting the unauthorised decoder for hire;
(iii) offering or exposing the unauthorised decoder for sale
or hire, by way of trade or to obtain a commercial
advantage or profit;
(iv) exhibiting the unauthorised decoder in public by way of
trade or to obtain a commercial advantage or profit;
(v) distributing the unauthorised decoder for trade;
(vi) distributing the unauthorised decoder to obtain a
commercial advantage or profit;
(vii) distributing the unauthorised decoder in preparation for,
or in the course of, engaging in an activity that will
prejudicially affect a channel provider or anyone with
an interest in the copyright in either an encoded
broadcast or the content of an encoded broadcast; and
(b) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
310
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Offences Division 3
Section 135ASF
135ASF Distributing unauthorised decoder
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes (including by exporting from Australia)
an unauthorised decoder with the intention of:
(i) trading; or
(ii) obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; or
(iii) engaging in any other activity that will prejudicially
affect a channel provider or anyone with an interest in
the copyright in either an encoded broadcast or the
content of an encoded broadcast; and
(b) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASG Making unauthorised decoder available online
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an unauthorised decoder available online;
and
(b) the unauthorised decoder is made available online to an
extent that will prejudicially affect a channel provider or
anyone with an interest in the copyright in either an encoded
broadcast or the content of an encoded broadcast; and
(c) the unauthorised decoder will be used to enable a person to
gain access to an encoded broadcast without the authorisation
of the broadcaster.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
311
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 3 Offences
Section 135ASH
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASH Making decoder available online for subscription broadcast
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) a decoder was supplied (to the person or anyone else) by, or
with the authorisation of, the broadcaster of a subscription
broadcast; and
(b) the person makes the decoder available online; and
(c) the decoder is made available online without the
authorisation of the broadcaster; and
(d) the decoder will be used to enable a person to gain access to a
subscription broadcast without the authorisation of the
broadcaster; and
(e) the decoder is made available online to an extent that will
prejudicially affect any of the following:
(i) anyone with an interest in the copyright in a
subscription broadcast by the broadcaster;
(ii) anyone with an interest in the copyright in the content of
a subscription broadcast by the broadcaster;
(iii) a channel provider who supplies the broadcaster with a
channel for a subscription broadcast.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
135ASI Unauthorised access to subscription broadcast etc.
A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does an act; and
(b) the act (either alone or in conjunction with other acts) results
in the person gaining access in intelligible form to a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
312
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Offences Division 3
Section 135ASJ
subscription broadcast or sounds or images from a
subscription broadcast; and
(c) the access is not authorised by the broadcaster and the person
knows that; and
(d) the act does not consist merely of one or more of the
following:
(i) starting the playing of sounds or images in or from the
broadcast on a device (for example by switching the
device on);
(ii) listening to sounds in or from the broadcast and/or
seeing images in or from the broadcast;
(iii) distributing the sounds or images within a single
dwelling that is occupied by a single household and is
the subject of an arrangement involving a member of
the household and the broadcaster about authorisation of
private access to the broadcast; and
(e) the access to the sounds or images is not gained from:
(i) a cinematograph film, or sound recording, made of the
encoded broadcast; or
(ii) a copy of such a film or recording.
Note: The making of such a film, recording or copy may be an infringement of copyright: see paragraphs 87(a) and (b) and section 101.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
135ASJ Causing unauthorised access to encoded broadcast etc.
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does an act; and
(b) the act is done by way of trade; and
(c) the act results in the person or anyone else gaining access in
intelligible form to an encoded broadcast or sounds or images
from an encoded broadcast; and
(d) the access is not authorised by the broadcaster; and
(e) the access to the sounds or images is not gained from:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
313
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 3 Offences
Section 135ASJ
(i) a cinematograph film, or sound recording, made of the
encoded broadcast; or
(ii) a copy of such a film or recording.
Note: Paragraph (e)—the making of such a film, recording or copy may be
an infringement of copyright: see paragraphs 87(a) and (b) and
section 101.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does an act with the intention of obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit; and
(b) the act results in the person or anyone else gaining access in
intelligible form to an encoded broadcast or sounds or images
from an encoded broadcast; and
(c) the access is not authorised by the broadcaster; and
(d) the access to the sounds or images is not gained from:
(i) a cinematograph film, or sound recording, made of the
encoded broadcast; or
(ii) a copy of such a film or recording.
Note: Paragraph (e)—the making of such a film, recording or copy may be
an infringement of copyright: see paragraphs 87(a) and (b) and
section 101.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does an act; and
(b) the act results in anyone else gaining access in intelligible
form to an encoded broadcast or sounds or images from an
encoded broadcast; and
(c) the access is not authorised by the broadcaster and the person
knows that; and
(d) the act does not consist merely of one or more of the
following:
(i) starting the playing of sounds or images in or from the
broadcast on a device (for example by switching the
device on);
(ii) distributing the sounds or images within a single
dwelling that is occupied by a single household and is
the subject of an arrangement involving a member of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
314
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts Part VAA
Offences Division 3
Section 135ATA
the household and the broadcaster about authorisation of
private access to the broadcast; and
(e) the access to the sounds or images is not gained from:
(i) a cinematograph film, or sound recording, made of the
encoded broadcast; or
(ii) a copy of such a film or recording.
Note: Paragraph (e)—the making of such a film, recording or copy may be
an infringement of copyright: see paragraphs 87(a) and (b) and
section 101.
(4) An offence against subsection (1), (2) or (3) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Subdivision B—Prosecutions
135ATA Courts in which offences may be prosecuted
(1) Prosecutions for offences against this Division may be brought in
the Federal Court of Australia or in any other court of competent
jurisdiction.
(2) However, the Federal Court of Australia does not have jurisdiction
to hear or determine prosecutions for indictable offences, despite
section 15C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(3) The Federal Court of Australia has jurisdiction to hear and
determine prosecutions of summary offences against this Division.
(4) Also, section 4J (except subsection 4J(2)) of the Crimes Act 1914
applies in relation to the Federal Court of Australia and an
indictable offence against this Division in the way in which that
section would apply if that court were a court of summary
jurisdiction.
Note: Section 4J of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court of summary jurisdiction
try indictable offences in certain circumstances and subject to limits
on the penalties the court can impose.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
315
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VAA Unauthorised access to encoded broadcasts
Division 3 Offences
Section 135AU
Subdivision C—Further orders by court
135AU Destruction etc. of unauthorised decoders
(1) The court trying a person for an offence against this Division may
order that any article in the person’s possession that appears to the
court to be an unauthorised decoder be destroyed or otherwise dealt
with as specified in the order.
(2) The court may make the order whether the person is convicted of
the offence or not.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
316
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Preliminary Division 1
Section 135ZZI
Part VC—Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 1—Preliminary
135ZZI Definitions
In this Part:
collecting society means a body that is, for the time being, declared
to be a collecting society under section 135ZZT.
delayed retransmission, in relation to a free-to-air broadcast,
means a retransmission of the broadcast in an area that has, wholly
or partly, different local time to the area of the original
transmission and that is delayed until no later than the equivalent
local time.
notice holder means the person who is, for the time being,
appointed to be the notice holder under section 135ZZX.
relevant collecting society, in relation to a remuneration notice,
means a collecting society for owners of copyright in the same
kind of work or other subject-matter as that to which the
remuneration notice relates.
relevant copyright owner means the owner of the copyright in a
work, a sound recording or a cinematograph film, but does not
include a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance within the meaning of Subdivision B of Division 5 of
Part IV.
remuneration notice means a notice referred to in section 135ZZL.
retransmitter means a person who makes a retransmission of a
free-to-air broadcast.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
317
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 135ZZJ
135ZZJ Operation of collecting society rules
This Part applies to a collecting society despite anything in the
rules of the society, but nothing in this Part affects those rules so
far as they can operate together with this Part.
135ZZJA Application of Part
(1) This Part does not apply in relation to a retransmission of a
free-to-air broadcast if the retransmission takes place over the
internet.
(2) This Part does not apply in relation to a retransmission if:
(a) the retransmission is a re-broadcast by a satellite BSA
licensee; and
(b) subsection 135ZZZI(1) or (2) applies to the re-broadcast.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
318
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Division 2
Section 135ZZK
Division 2—Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
135ZZK Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
(1) The copyright in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in a free-to-air broadcast is not infringed by the
retransmission of the broadcast if:
(a) a remuneration notice given by, or on behalf of, the
retransmitter to the relevant collecting society is in force; and
(b) the free-to-air broadcast was made by a broadcaster specified
in the remuneration notice; and
(c) the retransmitter complies with section 135ZZN.
(2) The copyright in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in a free-to-air broadcast is not infringed by the making of
a copy of the broadcast for the sole purpose of enabling a delayed
retransmission of the broadcast to be made.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the retransmission of the broadcast
would infringe the copyright in the broadcast.
(4) If a copy of a broadcast made for the purpose referred to in
subsection (2) is not destroyed within 7 days after it is made,
subsection (2) does not apply, and is taken never to have applied,
in relation to the making of the copy.
(5) In this section, a reference to the making of a copy of a free-to-air
broadcast is a reference to making a cinematograph film or sound
recording of the broadcast, or a copy of such a film or sound
recording.
135ZZL Remuneration notices
(1) A retransmitter may, by notice in writing given to the relevant
collecting society by, or on behalf of, the retransmitter, undertake
to pay equitable remuneration to the society for retransmissions of
free-to-air broadcasts by specified broadcasters, being
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
319
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 2 Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Section 135ZZM
retransmissions made by, or on behalf of, the retransmitter while
the notice is in force.
(2) A remuneration notice must specify that the amount of equitable
remuneration is to be assessed on the basis of the records to be kept
by the retransmitter under section 135ZZN.
(3) A remuneration notice comes into force on the day on which it is
given to the collecting society, or on such earlier day as is specified
in the notice, and remains in force until it is revoked.
135ZZM Amount of equitable remuneration
(1) If a retransmitter gives a remuneration notice to a collecting
society, the amount of equitable remuneration payable to the
collecting society for each retransmission made by, or on behalf of,
the retransmitter while the notice is in force is the amount
determined by agreement between the retransmitter and the
collecting society or, failing such agreement, by the Copyright
Tribunal on application made by either of them.
(2) If a determination has been made by the Copyright Tribunal under
subsection (1), either the retransmitter or the collecting society
may, at any time after 12 months from the day on which the
determination was made, apply to the Tribunal under that
subsection for a new determination payable to the collecting
society by the retransmitter for retransmissions made by, or on
behalf of, the retransmitter.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), different amounts may be
determined (whether by agreement or by the Copyright Tribunal)
in relation to different classes of works, sound recordings or
cinematograph films included in retransmissions.
135ZZN Record system
(1) If a remuneration notice is given to a collecting society by, or on
behalf of, a retransmitter, the retransmitter must establish and
maintain a record system.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
320
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Division 2
Section 135ZZP
(2) The record system must provide for a record to be kept of the title
of each program included in each retransmission made by, or on
behalf of, the retransmitter of each broadcast made by each
broadcaster specified in the remuneration notice.
(3) Subject to subsection (2), the record system must be determined by
agreement between the retransmitter and the collecting society or,
failing such agreement, by the Copyright Tribunal on application
made by either of them.
135ZZP Inspection of records etc.
(1) If a remuneration notice is or has been in force, the collecting
society to which it was given may, in writing, notify the relevant
retransmitter that the society wishes, on a day specified in the
notice, being an ordinary working day of the retransmitter specified
in the notice, not earlier than 7 days after the day on which the
notice is given, to do such of the following things as are specified
in the notice:
(a) assess the number of retransmissions carried out at the
premises of the retransmitter;
(b) inspect all the relevant records held at those premises that
relate to the making of retransmissions in reliance on
section 135ZZK;
(c) inspect such other records held at those premises as are
relevant to the assessment of the amount of equitable
remuneration payable by the retransmitter to the society.
(2) Subject to section 135ZZQ, if a collecting society gives a notice, a
person authorised in writing by the society may, during the
ordinary working hours of the retransmitter on the day specified in
the notice (but not before 10 am or after 3 pm), carry out the
assessment, or inspect the records, to which the notice relates and,
for that purpose, may enter the premises of the retransmitter.
(3) A retransmitter must take all reasonable precautions, and exercise
reasonable diligence, to ensure that a person referred to in
subsection (2) who attends the premises of the retransmitter for the
purpose of exercising the powers conferred by that subsection is
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
321
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 2 Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Section 135ZZQ
provided with all reasonable and necessary facilities and assistance
for the effective exercise of those powers.
(4) A retransmitter who contravenes subsection (3) commits an
offence punishable, on conviction, by a fine not exceeding 10
penalty units.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine. See subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914.
135ZZQ Identity cards
(1) The chief executive officer (however described) of a collecting
society must issue an identity card in the prescribed form to each
person authorised by the society for the purposes of
subsection 135ZZP(2). The identity card must contain a recent
photograph of the authorised person.
(2) If an authorised person who attends or enters premises for the
purpose of exercising powers conferred by subsection 135ZZP(2)
fails to produce his or her identity card when asked to do so by a
person apparently in charge of the premises, the authorised person
must not enter or remain on the premises or exercise any other
powers under subsection 135ZZP(2) at the premises.
(3) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine
not exceeding 1 penalty unit if:
(a) the person has been issued with an identity card; and
(b) the person stops being an authorised person; and
(c) the person does not, immediately after he or she stops being
an authorised person, return the identity card to the relevant
collecting society.
(4) An authorised person must carry his or her identity card at all times
when exercising powers under subsection 135ZZP(2).
135ZZR Revocation of remuneration notice
A remuneration notice may be revoked at any time by the relevant
retransmitter by notice in writing given to the collecting society to
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
322
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Division 2
Section 135ZZS
which the remuneration notice was given, and the revocation takes
effect at the end of 3 months after the date of the notice, or on such
later day as is specified in it.
135ZZS Request for payment of equitable remuneration
(1) Subject to this section, where a remuneration notice is or has been
in force, the collecting society to which the notice was given may,
by notice in writing given to the relevant retransmitter, request the
retransmitter to pay to the society, within a reasonable time after
the date of the notice, the amount of equitable remuneration
specified in the notice, being an amount payable under
section 135ZZM for retransmissions made by, or on behalf of, the
retransmitter while the remuneration notice is or was in force.
(2) If an amount specified in a request under subsection (1) is not paid
in accordance with the request, it may be recovered from the
retransmitter by the collecting society in the Federal Court of
Australia or any other court of competent jurisdiction as a debt due
to the society.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
323
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 3 Collecting societies
Section 135ZZT
Division 3—Collecting societies
135ZZT Collecting societies
(1) A body may apply to the Minister to be declared as a collecting
society for all relevant copyright owners or for specified classes of
relevant copyright owners.
(1A) After receiving the application, the Minister must do one of the
following:
(a) declare the body to be a collecting society, by notice in the
Gazette;
(b) refuse to declare the body to be a collecting society;
(c) refer the application to the Copyright Tribunal in the way
prescribed by the regulations and notify the body of the
referral.
(1B) A declaration made under paragraph (1A)(a) is not a legislative
instrument.
(1C) If the Minister refers the application to the Copyright Tribunal, the
Tribunal may declare the body to be a collecting society.
Note: Section 153P sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the reference.
(1D) A declaration of the body as a collecting society must declare the
body to be:
(a) the collecting society for all relevant copyright owners; or
(b) the collecting society for classes of relevant copyright owners
specified in the declaration.
(2) If a body is declared to be the collecting society for a specified
class of copyright owners and another body is subsequently
declared to be the collecting society for that class of copyright
owners:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
324
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Collecting societies Division 3
Section 135ZZT
(a) the first-mentioned collecting society ceases to be the
collecting society for that class of copyright owners on the
day on which the subsequent declaration is made; and
(b) any remuneration notice given to that collecting society
ceases to be in force to the extent to which it relates to
relevant copyright owners included in that class of copyright
owners.
(3) The Minister and the Copyright Tribunal must not declare a body
to be a collecting society unless:
(a) it is a company limited by guarantee and incorporated under
a law in force in a State or Territory relating to companies;
and
(b) all persons who are included in a class of relevant copyright
owners to be specified in the declaration, or their agents, are
entitled to become its members; and
(c) its rules prohibit the payment of dividends to its members;
and
(d) its rules contain such other provisions as are prescribed,
being provisions necessary to ensure that the interests of
members of the collecting society who are relevant copyright
owners, or their agents, are protected adequately, including,
in particular, provisions about:
(i) the collection of amounts of equitable remuneration
payable under section 135ZZM; and
(ii) the payment of the administrative costs of the collecting
society out of amounts collected by it; and
(iii) the distribution of amounts collected by the collecting
society; and
(iv) the holding on trust by the collecting society of amounts
for relevant copyright owners who are not its members;
and
(v) access to records of the collecting society by its
members.
(4) If the Minister or the Copyright Tribunal has declared a body to be
the collecting society for a specified class of copyright owners, the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
325
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 3 Collecting societies
Section 135ZZU
Minister and the Copyright Tribunal may refuse to declare another
body to be the collecting society for that class of copyright owners
unless satisfied that to do so would be in the interests of those
copyright owners, having regard to the number of members of the
first-mentioned society, the scope of its activities and such other
considerations as are relevant.
135ZZU Revocation of declaration
(1) This section applies if the Minister is satisfied that a body declared
as a collecting society:
(a) is not functioning adequately as a collecting society; or
(b) is not acting in accordance with its rules or in the best
interests of those of its members who are relevant copyright
owners, or their agents; or
(c) has altered its rules so that they no longer comply with
paragraphs 135ZZT(3)(c) and (d); or
(d) has refused or failed, without reasonable excuse, to comply
with section 135ZZV or 135ZZW.
(2) The Minister may:
(a) by notice in the Gazette, revoke the declaration; or
(b) refer the question whether the declaration should be revoked
to the Copyright Tribunal in the way prescribed by the
regulations.
(3) If the Minister refers the question to the Copyright Tribunal, the
Tribunal may revoke the declaration if it is satisfied that any of
paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d) applies to the body.
Note: Section 153Q sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the reference.
135ZZV Annual report and accounts
(1) A collecting society must, as soon as practicable after the end of
each financial year, prepare a report of its operations during that
financial year and send a copy of the report to the Minister.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
326
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Collecting societies Division 3
Section 135ZZW
(2) The Minister must cause a copy of the report sent to the Minister
under subsection (1) to be laid before each House of the Parliament
within 15 sitting days of that House after the receipt of the report
by the Minister.
(3) A collecting society must keep accounting records correctly
recording and explaining the transactions of the society (including
any transactions as trustee) and the financial position of the
society.
(4) The accounting records must be kept in such a manner as will
enable true and fair accounts of the society to be prepared from
time to time and those accounts to be conveniently and properly
audited.
(5) A collecting society must, as soon as practicable after the end of
each financial year, cause its accounts to be audited by an auditor
who is not a member of the society, and must send to the Minister
a copy of its accounts as so audited.
(6) A collecting society must give its members reasonable access to
copies of all reports and audited accounts prepared by it under this
section.
(7) This section does not affect any obligations of a collecting society
relating to the preparation and lodging of annual returns or
accounts under the law under which it is incorporated.
135ZZW Amendment of rules
A collecting society must, within 21 days after it alters its rules,
send a copy of the rules as so altered to the Minister, together with
a statement setting out the effect of the alteration and the reasons
why it was made.
135ZZWA Applying to Tribunal for review of distribution
arrangement
(1) A collecting society or a member of a collecting society may apply
to the Copyright Tribunal for review of the arrangement adopted,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
327
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 3 Collecting societies
Section 135ZZWA
or proposed to be adopted, by the collecting society for distributing
amounts it collects in a period.
(2) If the Tribunal makes an order under section 153R varying the
arrangement or substituting for it another arrangement, the
arrangement reflecting the Tribunal’s order has effect as if it had
been adopted in accordance with the collecting society’s rules, but
does not affect a distribution started before the order was made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
328
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Interim retransmissions Division 4
Section 135ZZX
Division 4—Interim retransmissions
135ZZX Appointment of notice holder
The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, appoint a person to be
the notice holder for the purposes of this Division.
135ZZY Retransmitting before declaration of collecting society
The copyright in any work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in a retransmission of a free-to-air broadcast is not
infringed by the making of the retransmission if:
(a) at the time the retransmission is made, a collecting society
has not been declared; and
(b) a notice given by the retransmitter by whom, or on whose
behalf, the retransmission was made to the notice holder
under subsection 135ZZZ(1) is in force; and
(c) the retransmitter complies with section 135ZZN.
135ZZZ Notices by retransmitters
(1) A retransmitter may at any time before the declaration of the first
collecting society, by notice in writing given to the notice holder
by, or on behalf of, the retransmitter, undertake to pay equitable
remuneration to a collecting society, when it is declared, for
retransmissions made by, or on behalf of, the retransmitter while
the notice is in force.
(2) A notice must specify that the amount of equitable remuneration is
to be assessed on the basis of the records to be kept by the
retransmitter under section 135ZZN.
(3) A notice comes into force on the day on which it is given to the
notice holder, or on such later day as is specified in the notice, and
remains in force until it is revoked.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
329
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 4 Interim retransmissions
Section 135ZZZA
(4) A notice may be revoked at any time by the retransmitter by notice
in writing given to the notice holder, and the revocation takes
effect on the date of the notice of revocation or on such later date
as is specified in it.
135ZZZA Record keeping requirements
If a retransmitter gives a notice to the notice holder under
section 135ZZZ, sections 135ZZM and 135ZZN apply as if:
(a) references to a collecting society were references to the
notice holder; and
(b) references to a remuneration notice were references to a
notice under section 135ZZZ.
135ZZZB Effect of declaration of collecting society
(1) If:
(a) as a result of the declaration of one or more collecting
societies, there is a society for all relevant copyright owners;
and
(b) a notice under section 135ZZZ was in force immediately
before the day on which the declaration came into force;
then, on and after that day, the notice ceases to have effect as such
a notice, but is taken, for the purposes of this Part, to be a
remuneration notice that:
(c) was given by the relevant retransmitter to the collecting
society, or to each of the collecting societies, as the case may
be; and
(d) came into force on the same day as the notice came into
force.
(2) If:
(a) one or more collecting societies are declared for one or more,
but not for all, classes of relevant copyright owners; and
(b) a notice was in force immediately before the day on which
the declaration came into force;
then, on and after that day:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
330
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts Part VC
Interim retransmissions Division 4
Section 135ZZZB
(c) the notice ceases to have effect as such a notice in relation to
the relevant copyright owners in the class or classes of
copyright owners for whom a collecting society is declared,
but is taken, for the purposes of this Part, to be a
remuneration notice that:
(i) was given by the relevant retransmitter to the collecting
society or to each of the collecting societies, as the case
may be; and
(ii) came into force on the same day as the notice came into
force; and
(d) the notice continues to have effect as such a notice in relation
to all other relevant copyright owners.
(3) When a notice is, under this section, taken to be a remuneration
notice, the relevant retransmitter must cause copies of all records
made under section 135ZZN on or after the day on which the
notice is taken to have come into force to be sent to the relevant
collecting society within 21 days after the declaration of the
collecting society.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
331
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VC Retransmission of free-to-air broadcasts
Division 5 Miscellaneous
Section 135ZZZC
Division 5—Miscellaneous
135ZZZC Relevant copyright owner may authorise retransmitting
Nothing in this Part affects the right of the owner of the copyright
in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film included in a
free-to-air broadcast to grant a licence authorising a retransmitter
to make, or cause to be made, a retransmission of the free-to-air
broadcast without infringing that copyright.
135ZZZD Copyright not to vest under this Part
Despite any other provision of this Act, the retransmission of a
free-to-air broadcast by, or on behalf of, a retransmitter that is not
an infringement of copyright under this Part, does not vest
copyright in any work or other subject-matter in any person.
135ZZZE Licence to retransmit does not authorise copyright
infringements
The owner of the copyright in a free-to-air broadcast is not taken,
for the purpose of this Act, to have authorised the infringement of
copyright in any work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in the broadcast merely because the owner licences the
retransmission of the broadcast.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
332
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Preliminary Division 1
Section 135ZZZF
Part VD—Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 1—Preliminary
135ZZZF Definitions
In this Part:
collecting society means a body that is, for the time being, declared
to be a collecting society under section 135ZZZO.
commercial television broadcasting licence has the same meaning
as in the Broadcasting Services Act 1992.
eligible program has the meaning given by section 135ZZZG.
engage in conduct means:
(a) do an act; or
(b) omit to perform an act.
notice holder means the person who is, for the time being,
appointed to be the notice holder under section 135ZZZT.
original broadcaster has the meaning given by section 135ZZZG.
relevant collecting society, in relation to a remuneration notice,
means a collecting society for owners of copyright in the same
kind of work or other subject-matter as that to which the
remuneration notice relates.
relevant copyright owner means the owner of the copyright in a
work, a sound recording or a cinematograph film, but does not
include a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live
performance within the meaning of Subdivision B of Division 5 of
Part IV.
remuneration notice means a notice referred to in
section 135ZZZJ.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
333
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 135ZZZG
135ZZZG Eligible program and original broadcaster
(2) For the purposes of this Part, if the following conditions are
satisfied in relation to a program:
(a) the program is broadcast by the licensee of a commercial
television broadcasting licence for a regional licence area
(within the meaning of section 43AA of the Broadcasting
Services Act 1992);
(b) the licensee is required to provide the program to a satellite
BSA licensee under section 43AA of that Act;
then:
(c) the program is an eligible program; and
(d) the licensee mentioned in paragraph (a) is the original
broadcaster of the eligible program.
(3) For the purposes of this Part, if the following conditions are
satisfied in relation to a program:
(a) the program is broadcast by the licensee of a commercial
television broadcasting licence;
(b) the licensee is required to provide the program to a satellite
BSA licensee under section 43AB or 43AC of the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992;
then:
(c) the program is an eligible program; and
(d) the licensee mentioned in paragraph (a) is the original
broadcaster of the eligible program.
135ZZZH Operation of collecting society rules
This Part applies to a collecting society despite anything in the
rules of the society, but nothing in this Part affects those rules so
far as they can operate together with this Part.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
334
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Division 2
Section 135ZZZI
Division 2—Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
135ZZZI Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Copyright in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in an eligible program
(1) The copyright in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in a broadcast of an eligible program is not infringed by
the re-broadcast of the eligible program if:
(a) the eligible program is re-broadcast by a satellite BSA
licensee; and
(b) the eligible program is re-broadcast on a service authorised
by the satellite BSA licensee’s satellite BSA licence; and
(c) the re-broadcast of the eligible program complies with the
conditions of the satellite BSA licensee’s satellite BSA
licence that are set out in clause 7A of Schedule 2 to the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992; and
(d) a remuneration notice given by the satellite BSA licensee to
the relevant collecting society is in force; and
(e) the original broadcaster of the eligible program was specified
in the remuneration notice; and
(f) the satellite BSA licensee complies with section 135ZZZL.
Copyright in a broadcast of an eligible program
(2) The copyright in a broadcast of an eligible program is not infringed
by the re-broadcast of the eligible program if:
(a) the eligible program is re-broadcast by a satellite BSA
licensee; and
(b) the eligible program is re-broadcast on a service authorised
by the satellite BSA licensee’s satellite BSA licence; and
(c) the re-broadcast of the eligible program complies with the
conditions of the satellite BSA licensee’s satellite BSA
licence that are set out in clause 7A of Schedule 2 to the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
335
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 2 Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Section 135ZZZI
(d) any of the following conditions is satisfied:
(i) there is an agreement in force between the satellite BSA
licensee and the owner of the copyright in the broadcast
of the eligible program as to the amount payable by the
satellite BSA licensee to the owner of the copyright for
the re-broadcast of eligible programs during a particular
period;
(ii) if there is no agreement—there is in force a
determination of the Copyright Tribunal under
section 153RA of the amount payable by the satellite
BSA licensee to the owner of the copyright in the
broadcast of the eligible program for the re-broadcast of
eligible programs during a particular period;
(iii) if there is no agreement or determination—the satellite
BSA licensee has given the owner of the copyright in
the broadcast of the eligible program a written
undertaking to pay to the owner of the copyright such
amount as is determined by the Copyright Tribunal
under section 153RA for the re-broadcast of eligible
programs during a particular period; and
(e) the eligible program is re-broadcast by the satellite BSA
licensee during the period mentioned in whichever of
subparagraphs (d)(i), (ii) or (iii) applies.
Making a copy for the purpose of a re-broadcast
(3) The copyright in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in a broadcast of an eligible program is not infringed by
the making of a copy of the eligible program if:
(a) the sole purpose of making the copy is to enable a
re-broadcast of the eligible program at a later time; and
(b) subsection (1) would apply to the re-broadcast of the eligible
program at the later time.
(4) The copyright in a broadcast of an eligible program is not infringed
by the making of a copy of the eligible program if:
(a) the sole purpose of making the copy is to enable a
re-broadcast of the eligible program at a later time; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
336
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Division 2
Section 135ZZZJ
(b) subsection (2) would apply to the re-broadcast of the eligible
program at the later time.
(5) If:
(a) a copy of an eligible program is made for a purpose referred
to in subsection (3) or (4); and
(b) under a law of the Commonwealth, the satellite BSA licensee
is required to retain the copy for a period longer than 7 days
after the copy is made; and
(c) the copy is not destroyed as soon as practicable after the end
of that period;
subsection (3) or (4), as the case requires, does not apply, and is
taken never to have applied, in relation to the making of the copy.
(5A) If:
(a) a copy of an eligible program is made for a purpose referred
to in subsection (3) or (4); and
(b) subsection (5) does not apply; and
(c) the copy is not destroyed within 7 days after it is made;
subsection (3) or (4), as the case requires, does not apply, and is
taken never to have applied, in relation to the making of the copy.
(6) In this section, a reference to the making of a copy of an eligible
program is a reference to making a cinematograph film or sound
recording of the broadcast of the eligible program, or a copy of
such a film or sound recording.
135ZZZJ Remuneration notices
(1) A satellite BSA licensee may, by written notice given to the
relevant collecting society, undertake to pay equitable
remuneration to the society for re-broadcasts of eligible programs
broadcast by specified original broadcasters, where the eligible
programs are re-broadcast by the satellite BSA licensee while the
notice is in force.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
337
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 2 Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Section 135ZZZK
(2) A remuneration notice must specify that the amount of equitable
remuneration is to be assessed on the basis of the records to be kept
by the satellite BSA licensee under section 135ZZZL.
(3) A remuneration notice comes into force on:
(a) the day on which it is given to the collecting society; or
(b) such earlier day as is specified in the notice;
and remains in force until it is revoked.
135ZZZK Amount of equitable remuneration
(1) If a satellite BSA licensee gives a remuneration notice to a
collecting society, the amount of equitable remuneration payable to
the collecting society for re-broadcasts of eligible programs by the
satellite BSA licensee while the notice is in force is the amount:
(a) determined by agreement between the satellite BSA licensee
and the collecting society; or
(b) failing such agreement—determined by the Copyright
Tribunal on application made by either of them.
(2) If a determination has been made by the Copyright Tribunal under
subsection (1), either:
(a) the satellite BSA licensee; or
(b) the collecting society;
may, at any time after 12 months from the day on which the
determination was made, apply to the Tribunal under that
subsection for a new determination of amounts payable to the
collecting society by the satellite BSA licensee for re-broadcasts of
eligible programs by the satellite BSA licensee.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), different amounts may be
determined (whether by agreement or by the Copyright Tribunal)
in relation to different classes of:
(a) works; or
(b) sound recordings; or
(c) cinematograph films;
included in re-broadcasts.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
338
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Division 2
Section 135ZZZL
135ZZZL Record system
(1) If a remuneration notice is given to a collecting society by a
satellite BSA licensee, the satellite BSA licensee must establish
and maintain a record system.
(2) The record system must provide:
(a) for a record to be kept of the title of each eligible program
that is:
(i) broadcast by an original broadcaster specified in the
remuneration notice; and
(ii) re-broadcast by the satellite BSA licensee; and
(b) for the collecting society to have access to such a record.
(3) The record system must be:
(a) determined by agreement between the satellite BSA licensee
and the collecting society; or
(b) failing such agreement—determined by the Copyright
Tribunal on application made by either of them.
(4) Subsection (3) has effect subject to subsection (2).
135ZZZM Revocation of remuneration notice
(1) A remuneration notice may be revoked at any time by the relevant
satellite BSA licensee by written notice given to the collecting
society to which the remuneration notice was given.
(2) The revocation takes effect:
(a) at the end of 3 months after the date of the notice; or
(b) on such later day as is specified in the notice.
135ZZZN Request for payment of equitable remuneration
(1) If a remuneration notice is or has been in force, the collecting
society to which the notice was given may, by written notice given
to the relevant satellite BSA licensee, request the satellite BSA
licensee to pay to the society, within a reasonable time after the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
339
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 2 Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Section 135ZZZN
date of the notice, the amount of equitable remuneration specified
in the notice.
(2) The amount specified in the notice must be an amount payable
under section 135ZZZK for re-broadcasts made by the satellite
BSA licensee while the remuneration notice is or was in force.
(3) Subsection (1) has effect subject to subsection (4).
(4) If an amount specified in a request under subsection (1) is not paid
in accordance with the request, it may be recovered from the
satellite BSA licensee by the collecting society in:
(a) the Federal Court of Australia; or
(b) any other court of competent jurisdiction;
as a debt due to the society.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
340
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Collecting societies Division 3
Section 135ZZZO
Division 3—Collecting societies
135ZZZO Collecting societies
(1) A body may apply to the Minister to be declared as a collecting
society for:
(a) all relevant copyright owners; or
(b) specified classes of relevant copyright owners.
(2) After receiving the application, the Minister must do one of the
following:
(a) by notice published in the Gazette, declare the body to be a
collecting society;
(b) refuse to declare the body to be a collecting society;
(c) both:
(i) refer the application to the Copyright Tribunal in the
way prescribed by the regulations; and
(ii) notify the body of the referral.
(3) A declaration made under paragraph (2)(a) is not a legislative
instrument.
(4) If the Minister refers the application to the Copyright Tribunal, the
Tribunal may declare the body to be a collecting society.
Note: Section 153U sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the reference.
(5) A declaration of the body as a collecting society must declare the
body to be:
(a) the collecting society for all relevant copyright owners; or
(b) the collecting society for classes of relevant copyright owners
specified in the declaration.
(6) If:
(a) a body is declared to be the collecting society for a specified
class of copyright owners; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
341
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 3 Collecting societies
Section 135ZZZO
(b) another body is subsequently declared to be the collecting
society for that class of copyright owners:
then:
(c) the first-mentioned collecting society ceases to be the
collecting society for that class of copyright owners on the
day on which the subsequent declaration is made; and
(d) any remuneration notice given to that collecting society
ceases to be in force to the extent to which it relates to
relevant copyright owners included in that class of copyright
owners.
(7) The Minister and the Copyright Tribunal must not declare a body
to be a collecting society unless:
(a) it is:
(i) registered as a company under Part 2A.2 of the
Corporations Act 2001; and
(ii) a company limited by guarantee; and
(b) all persons who are included in a class of relevant copyright
owners to be specified in the declaration, or their agents, are
entitled to become its members; and
(c) its rules prohibit the payment of dividends to its members;
and
(d) its rules contain such other provisions as are prescribed,
where the provisions are necessary to ensure that the interests
of members of the collecting society who are relevant
copyright owners, or their agents, are protected adequately,
including, in particular, provisions about:
(i) the collection of amounts of equitable remuneration
payable under section 135ZZZK; and
(ii) the payment of the administrative costs of the collecting
society out of amounts collected by it; and
(iii) the distribution of amounts collected by the collecting
society; and
(iv) the holding on trust by the collecting society of amounts
for relevant copyright owners who are not its members;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
342
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Collecting societies Division 3
Section 135ZZZP
(v) access to records of the collecting society by its
members.
(8) If the Minister or the Copyright Tribunal has declared a body to be
the collecting society for a specified class of copyright owners, the
Minister and the Copyright Tribunal may refuse to declare another
body to be the collecting society for that class of copyright owners
unless satisfied that to do so would be in the interests of those
copyright owners, having regard to:
(a) the number of members of the first-mentioned society; and
(b) the scope of its activities; and
(c) such other considerations as are relevant.
135ZZZP Revocation of declaration
(1) This section applies if the Minister is satisfied that a body declared
as a collecting society:
(a) is not functioning adequately as a collecting society; or
(b) is not acting in accordance with its rules or in the best
interests of those of its members who are relevant copyright
owners, or their agents; or
(c) has altered its rules so that they no longer comply with
paragraphs 135ZZZO(7)(c) and (d); or
(d) has refused or failed, without reasonable excuse, to comply
with section 135ZZZQ or 135ZZZR.
(2) The Minister may:
(a) by notice published in the Gazette, revoke the declaration; or
(b) refer the question whether the declaration should be revoked
to the Copyright Tribunal in the way prescribed by the
regulations.
(3) If the Minister refers the question to the Copyright Tribunal, the
Tribunal may revoke the declaration if it is satisfied that any of
paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d) applies to the body.
Note: Section 153V sets out the procedure of the Copyright Tribunal in
dealing with the reference.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
343
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 3 Collecting societies
Section 135ZZZQ
135ZZZQ Annual report and accounts
(1) A collecting society must, as soon as practicable after the end of
each financial year, prepare a report of its operations during that
financial year and send a copy of the report to the Minister.
(2) The Minister must cause a copy of the report sent to the Minister
under subsection (1) to be tabled in each House of the Parliament
within 15 sitting days of that House after the receipt of the report
by the Minister.
(3) A collecting society must keep accounting records correctly
recording and explaining:
(a) the transactions of the society (including any transactions as
trustee); and
(b) the financial position of the society.
(4) The accounting records must be kept in such a manner as will
enable:
(a) true and fair accounts of the society to be prepared from time
to time; and
(b) those accounts to be conveniently and properly audited.
(5) A collecting society must, as soon as practicable after the end of
each financial year:
(a) cause its accounts to be audited by an auditor who is not a
member of the society; and
(b) send to the Minister a copy of its accounts as so audited.
(6) A collecting society must give its members reasonable access to
copies of all reports and audited accounts prepared by it under this
section.
(7) This section does not affect any obligations of a collecting society
relating to the preparation and lodging of annual returns or
accounts under the Corporations Act 2001.
(8) For the purposes of this section, the period:
(a) beginning at the commencement of this section; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
344
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Collecting societies Division 3
Section 135ZZZR
(b) ending at the end of 30 June 2010;
is taken to be a financial year.
135ZZZR Amendment of rules
A collecting society must, within 21 days after it alters its rules,
send a copy of the rules as so altered to the Minister, together with
a statement setting out:
(a) the effect of the alteration; and
(b) the reasons why it was made.
135ZZZS Applying to Tribunal for review of distribution
arrangement
(1) A collecting society or a member of a collecting society may apply
to the Copyright Tribunal for review of the arrangement adopted,
or proposed to be adopted, by the collecting society for distributing
amounts it collects in a period.
(2) If the Tribunal makes an order under section 153W varying the
arrangement or substituting for it another arrangement, the
arrangement reflecting the Tribunal’s order has effect as if it had
been adopted in accordance with the collecting society’s rules, but
does not affect a distribution started before the order was made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
345
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 4 Interim re-broadcasts
Section 135ZZZT
Division 4—Interim re-broadcasts
135ZZZT Appointment of notice holder
The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, appoint a
person to be the notice holder for the purposes of this Division.
135ZZZU Re-broadcast before declaration of collecting society
The copyright in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film
included in a broadcast of an eligible program is not infringed by
the re-broadcast of the eligible program if:
(a) the eligible program is re-broadcast by a satellite BSA
licensee; and
(b) the eligible program is re-broadcast on a service authorised
by the satellite BSA licensee’s satellite BSA licence; and
(c) the re-broadcast of the eligible program complies with the
conditions of the satellite BSA licensee’s satellite BSA
licence that are set out in clause 7A of Schedule 2 to the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992; and
(d) at the time the re-broadcast is made, a collecting society has
not been declared; and
(e) a notice given by the satellite BSA licensee to the notice
holder under subsection 135ZZZV(1) is in force; and
(f) the satellite BSA licensee complies with section 135ZZZL.
135ZZZV Notices by satellite BSA licensees
(1) A satellite BSA licensee may, at any time before the declaration of
the first collecting society, by written notice given to the notice
holder by the satellite BSA licensee, undertake to pay equitable
remuneration to a collecting society, when it is declared, for
re-broadcasts of eligible programs by the satellite BSA licensee
while the notice is in force.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
346
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Interim re-broadcasts Division 4
Section 135ZZZW
(2) A notice must specify that the amount of equitable remuneration is
to be assessed on the basis of the records to be kept by the satellite
BSA licensee under section 135ZZZL.
(3) A notice comes into force on:
(a) the day on which it is given to the notice holder; or
(b) such later day as is specified in the notice;
and remains in force until it is revoked.
(4) A notice may be revoked at any time by the satellite BSA licensee
by written notice given to the notice holder.
(5) The revocation takes effect:
(a) on the date of the notice of revocation; or
(b) on such later date as is specified in the notice of revocation.
135ZZZW Record keeping requirements
If a satellite BSA licensee gives a notice to the notice holder under
section 135ZZZV, sections 135ZZZK and 135ZZZL apply as if:
(a) references to a collecting society were references to the
notice holder; and
(b) references to a remuneration notice were references to a
notice under section 135ZZZV.
135ZZZX Effect of declaration of collecting society
(1) If:
(a) as a result of the declaration of one or more collecting
societies, there is a society for all relevant copyright owners;
and
(b) a notice under section 135ZZZV was in force immediately
before the day on which the declaration came into force;
then, on and after that day, the notice ceases to have effect as such
a notice, but is taken, for the purposes of this Part, to be a
remuneration notice that:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
347
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VD Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees
Division 4 Interim re-broadcasts
Section 135ZZZX
(c) was given by the relevant satellite BSA licensee to the
collecting society, or to each of the collecting societies, as the
case may be; and
(d) came into force on the same day as the notice came into
force.
(2) If:
(a) one or more collecting societies are declared for one or more,
but not for all, classes of relevant copyright owners; and
(b) a notice was in force immediately before the day on which
the declaration came into force;
then, on and after that day:
(c) the notice ceases to have effect as such a notice in relation to
the relevant copyright owners in the class or classes of
copyright owners for whom a collecting society is declared,
but is taken, for the purposes of this Part, to be a
remuneration notice that:
(i) was given by the relevant satellite BSA licensee to the
collecting society or to each of the collecting societies,
as the case may be; and
(ii) came into force on the same day as the notice came into
force; and
(d) the notice continues to have effect as such a notice in relation
to all other relevant copyright owners.
(3) When a notice is, under this section, taken to be a remuneration
notice, the relevant satellite BSA licensee must cause copies of all
records made under section 135ZZZL on or after the day on which
the notice is taken to have come into force to be sent to the relevant
collecting society within 21 days after the declaration of the
collecting society.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
348
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Re-broadcasts by satellite BSA licensees Part VD
Miscellaneous Division 5
Section 135ZZZY
Division 5—Miscellaneous
135ZZZY Relevant copyright owner may authorise re-broadcast
(1) Nothing in this Part affects the right of the owner of the copyright
in a broadcast of an eligible program to grant a licence authorising
a satellite BSA licensee to re-broadcast the eligible program
without infringing that copyright.
(2) Nothing in this Part affects the right of the owner of the copyright
in a work, sound recording or cinematograph film included in a
broadcast of an eligible program to grant a licence authorising a
satellite BSA licensee to re-broadcast the eligible program without
infringing that copyright.
135ZZZZ Copyright not to vest under this Part
Despite any other provision of this Act, the re-broadcast of an
eligible program that is not an infringement of copyright under this
Part does not vest copyright in any work or other subject-matter in
any person.
135ZZZZA Licence to re-broadcast does not authorise copyright
infringements
The owner of the copyright in a broadcast of an eligible program is
not taken, for the purposes of this Act, to have authorised the
infringement of copyright in any work, sound recording or
cinematograph film included in the broadcast of the eligible
program merely because the owner licenses the re-broadcast of the
eligible program.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
349
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 136
Part VI—Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 1—Preliminary
136 Interpretation
(1) In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
Deputy President means a Deputy President of the Tribunal.
Judge means:
(a) a Judge of a federal court or of the Supreme Court of a State
or Territory; or
(b) a person who has the same designation and status as a Judge
of a federal court.
licence means a licence granted by or on behalf of the owner or
prospective owner of the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter to do an act comprised in the copyright.
licence scheme means a scheme (including anything in the nature
of a scheme, whether called a scheme or tariff or called by any
other name) formulated by a licensor or licensors and setting out
the classes of cases in which the licensor or each of the licensors is
willing, or the persons on whose behalf the licensor or each of the
licensors acts are willing, to grant licences and the charges (if any)
subject to payment of which, and the conditions subject to which,
licences would be granted in those classes of cases.
licensor means a body corporate for which both the following
conditions are met:
(a) the body is incorporated under a law in force in a State or
Territory relating to companies;
(b) the body’s constitution:
(i) entitles any owner of copyright, or any owner of
copyright of a specified kind, to become a member of
the body; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
350
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Preliminary Division 1
Section 136
(ii) requires the body to protect the interests of its members
connected with copyright; and
(iii) provides that the main business of the body is granting
licences; and
(iv) requires the body to distribute to its members the
proceeds (after deduction of the body’s administrative
expenses) from payments to the body for licences; and
(v) prevents the body from paying dividends.
member means a member of the Tribunal, and includes the
President and a Deputy President.
order includes an interim order.
organization means an organization or association of persons
whether corporate or unincorporate.
the President means the President of the Tribunal.
(2) In this Part:
(a) a reference to conditions is a reference to any conditions
other than conditions relating to the payment of a charge;
(b) a reference to giving an opportunity to a person or
organization of presenting a case is a reference to giving the
person or organization an opportunity, at the option of the
person or organization, of submitting representations in
writing, or of being heard, or of submitting representations in
writing and being heard;
(c) a reference to a person who requires a licence of a particular
kind includes a reference to a person who holds a licence of
that kind if the person will, at the expiration of the period for
which the licence was granted, require a renewal of that
licence or a grant of a further licence of the same kind; and
(d) a reference to proceedings for infringement of copyright
includes a reference to a prosecution of an offence against
Subdivision D of Division 5 of Part V.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
351
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 137
(3) For the purposes of this Part, a person shall not be taken not to
require a licence to cause a sound recording to be heard in public
by reason only of the operation of section 108.
137 Cases to which licence schemes apply
(1) For the purposes of this Part, a case shall, subject to the next
succeeding subsection, be deemed to be a case to which a licence
scheme applies if, in accordance with a licence scheme for the time
being in operation, a licence would be granted in that case.
(2) For the purposes of this Part, where, in accordance with a licence
scheme:
(a) the licences that would be granted would be subject to
conditions by virtue of which particular matters would be
excepted from the licences; and
(b) a case relates to one or more matters falling within such an
exception;
that case shall be deemed not to be a case to which the scheme
applies.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
352
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Constitution of the Tribunal Division 2
Section 138
Division 2—Constitution of the Tribunal
138 Constitution of Tribunal
The Copyright Tribunal established by the section for which this
section was substituted by section 138 of the Statute Law
(Miscellaneous Amendments) Act (No. 1) 1982 continues in
existence as the Copyright Tribunal of Australia but shall consist of
a President, and such number of Deputy Presidents and other
members as are appointed in accordance with this Division.
139 Appointment of members of Tribunal
A member of the Tribunal shall be appointed by the
Governor-General.
140 Qualifications of members
(1) A person shall not be appointed as the President unless he or she is
a Judge of the Federal Court of Australia.
(1A) A person is not to be appointed as a Deputy President unless he or
she is, or has been, a Judge of a federal court or of the Supreme
Court of a State or Territory.
(2) A person shall not be appointed as a member (other than the
President or a Deputy President) unless:
(a) he or she is or has been a Judge;
(b) he or she is enrolled as a legal practitioner of the High Court,
of another federal court or of the Supreme Court of a State or
Territory and has been so enrolled for not less than 5 years;
(c) he or she has had experience, for not less than 5 years, at a
high level in industry, commerce, business, public
administration, education or the practice of a profession;
(d) he or she has obtained a degree of a university, or an
educational qualification of a similar standing, after studies
in the field of law, economics or public administration; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
353
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 2 Constitution of the Tribunal
Section 141
(e) he or she has, in the opinion of the Governor-General, special
knowledge or skill relevant to the duties of a member.
141 Tenure of office
(1) Subject to this section, a member holds office for such period, not
exceeding 7 years, as is specified in the instrument of his or her
appointment, but is eligible for re-appointment.
(2) Where a member who is a Judge ceases to be a Judge, he or she
ceases to hold office as a member, but he or she is eligible for
appointment as a member (other than the President).
(3) The Governor-General may terminate the appointment of a
member (other than a member who is a Judge) for physical or
mental incapacity.
(4) The Governor-General shall terminate the appointment of a
member (other than a member who is a Judge) if:
(a) the member is guilty of misbehaviour; or
(b) the member becomes bankrupt, applies to take the benefit of
any law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors,
compounds with his or her creditors or makes an assignment
of his or her remuneration for their benefit.
141A Seniority of Deputy Presidents
(1) The Deputy Presidents have seniority as Deputy Presidents
according to the dates of their first appointment to the Tribunal, or,
if 2 or more Deputy Presidents were appointed on the same day,
according to the precedence assigned to them in their instruments
of appointment.
(2) At any time when only one person is holding office as a Deputy
President, any reference in this Part to ‘the senior Deputy
President’ is to be taken to be a reference to the Deputy President.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
354
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Constitution of the Tribunal Division 2
Section 142
142 Acting President
The Governor-General may appoint the senior Deputy President
available to act in the office of President:
(a) during a vacancy in that office; or
(b) during any period when the person holding that office is
absent from duty or from Australia or is, for any other
reason, unable to perform the functions of that office.
143 Remuneration and allowances
(1) Subject to this section, a member shall be paid such remuneration
as is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal but, if no
determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation,
the member shall be paid such remuneration as is prescribed.
(2) A member shall be paid such allowances as are prescribed.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) have effect subject to the Remuneration
Tribunal Act 1973.
(4) A member who is a Judge is not, while he or she receives salary or
annual allowance as a Judge, entitled to remuneration under this
Act.
144 Oath or affirmation of office
(1) A member shall, before proceeding to discharge the duties of his or
her office, take an oath or make an affirmation in accordance with
the form of oath or affirmation in the Schedule to this Act.
(2) An oath or affirmation shall be taken or made before a justice or
judge of a federal court or of the Supreme Court of a State.
144A Disclosure of interests by members
(1) Where a member is, or is to be, the Tribunal, or a member of the
Tribunal, as constituted for the purposes of a proceeding and the
member has or acquires any interest, pecuniary or otherwise, that
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
355
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 2 Constitution of the Tribunal
Section 144B
could conflict with the proper performance of his or her functions
in relation to that proceeding:
(a) he or she shall disclose the interest to the parties to the
proceeding; and
(b) except with the consent of all the parties to the proceeding,
he or she shall not take part in the proceeding.
(2) Where the President becomes aware that a member is, or is to be,
the Tribunal, or a member of the Tribunal, as constituted for the
purposes of a proceeding and that the member has, in relation to
that proceeding, such an interest as is mentioned under
subsection (1):
(a) if the President considers that the member should not take
part, or should not continue to take part, in the
proceeding—he or she shall give a direction to the member
accordingly; or
(b) in any other case—he or she shall cause the interest of the
member to be disclosed to the parties to the proceeding.
(3) In this section, a reference to a proceeding includes a reference to a
proceeding by way of an application or reference to the Tribunal
under this Act.
144B Removal from office for failure to disclose interest
Where the Governor-General is satisfied that a member (other than
a member who is a Judge) has failed, without reasonable excuse, to
make a disclosure that he or she is, under subsection 144A(1),
required to make, the Governor-General shall remove that member
from office.
145 Resignation
A member may resign the office of member by giving a signed
notice of resignation to the Governor-General.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
356
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Constitution of the Tribunal Division 2
Section 146
146 Sittings of the Tribunal
(1) Sittings of the Tribunal shall be held at such places and times as
the President determines.
(2) Subject to the next succeeding subsection, the Tribunal shall be
constituted by a single member.
(3) If a party to an application or reference requests that the Tribunal
be constituted by more than one member for the purposes of the
application or reference, the Tribunal must, for the purposes of the
application or reference, be constituted by not less than 2 members
of whom one must be the President or a Deputy President.
(3A) Nothing in subsection (3) prevents a single member from
exercising the powers of the Tribunal in relation to matters of
procedure.
(4) At a proceeding before the Tribunal constituted by more than one
member:
(a) if the President is one of the members constituting the
Tribunal—he or she shall preside; and
(b) in any other case—the senior Deputy President who is
present is to preside.
(5) Where the Tribunal constituted by more than one member is
divided in opinion on a question, the question shall be decided
according to the decision of the majority, if there is a majority, but
if the Tribunal as so constituted is equally divided in opinion, the
question shall be decided according to the opinion of the President
or, if he or she is not one of the members constituting the Tribunal,
according to the opinion of the senior Deputy President who is
present.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
357
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 2 Constitution of the Tribunal
Section 147
(6) The Tribunal constituted by a member or members may sit and
exercise the powers of the Tribunal notwithstanding that the
Tribunal constituted by another member or other members is at the
same time sitting and exercising those powers.
(7) The exercise of the powers of the Tribunal is not affected by a
vacancy or vacancies in the membership of the Tribunal.
(8) Where the hearing of any proceeding has been commenced before
the Tribunal constituted by 2 or more members and one or more of
those members has ceased to be a member or has ceased to be
available for the purposes of the proceeding, the remaining
member or members may continue the hearing of the proceeding if
the remaining member, or one of the remaining members, is the
President or a Deputy President.
147 President to arrange business of Tribunal
The President may give directions as to the arrangement of the
business of the Tribunal and, subject to subsection 146(2) or (3), as
to the constitution of the Tribunal for the purposes of particular
proceedings.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
358
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 149
Division 3—Applications and references to the Tribunal
Subdivision B—Applications relating to Parts III and IV
149 Applications to Tribunal for determination of remuneration
payable for making recording or film of a work
(1) This section applies where an application is made to the Tribunal
in pursuance of subsection 47(3) or 70(3) for the determination of
an equitable remuneration to be paid to the owner of the copyright
in a work for the making of a sound recording or cinematograph
film of the work or of an adaptation of the work.
(2) The parties to an application in relation to which this section
applies are:
(a) the owner of the copyright in the work; and
(b) the maker of the recording or film.
(3) Where an application in relation to which this section applies is
made to the Tribunal, the Tribunal shall consider the application
and, after giving to the parties to the application an opportunity of
presenting their cases, shall make an order determining the amount
that it considers to be equitable remuneration to the owner of the
copyright for the making of the recording or film.
150 Applications to Tribunal for determination of remuneration
payable to owner of copyright in recording for making of
a copy of the sound recording
(1) This section applies where an application is made to the Tribunal
in pursuance of subsection 107(3) for the determination of an
equitable remuneration to be paid to the owner of the copyright in a
sound recording for the making of a copy of the sound recording.
(2) The parties to an application in relation to which this section
applies are:
(a) the owner of the copyright in the sound recording; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
359
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 151
(b) the maker of the copy of the sound recording.
(3) Where an application in relation to which this section applies is
made to the Tribunal, the Tribunal shall consider the application
and, after giving to the parties to the application an opportunity of
presenting their cases, shall make an order determining the amount
that it considers to be equitable remuneration to the owner of the
copyright for the making of the copy of the sound recording.
151 Applications to Tribunal for determination of remuneration
payable to owner of copyright in recording in respect of
public playing of the recording
(1) This section applies where an application is made to the Tribunal
in pursuance of subsection 108(1) for the determination of an
equitable remuneration to be paid to the owner of the copyright in a
sound recording for the causing of the recording to be heard in
public.
(2) The parties to an application in relation to which this section
applies are:
(a) the owner of the copyright in the recording; and
(b) the person who caused the recording to be heard in public.
(3) Where an application in relation to which this section applies is
made to the Tribunal, the Tribunal shall consider the application
and, after giving to the parties to the application an opportunity of
presenting their cases, shall make an order determining the amount
that it considers to be equitable remuneration to the owner of the
copyright for the causing of the recording to be heard in public.
152 Applications to Tribunal for determination of amounts payable
for broadcasting published sound recordings
(1) In this section, unless the contrary intention appears:
Australia does not include the external Territories other than
Norfolk Island.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
360
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 152
broadcaster means:
(a) the Australian Broadcasting Corporation; or
(aa) the Special Broadcasting Service Corporation; or
(b) the holder of a licence allocated by the Australian
Communications and Media Authority under the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992; or
(c) a person making a broadcast under the authority of a class
licence determined by the Australian Communications and
Media Authority under the Broadcasting Services Act 1992.
broadcasting does not include broadcasting by a transmission for a
fee payable to the person who made the broadcast.
(1A) For the purposes of the application of this section in relation to a
period before the commencement of this subsection, this section
has effect as if any act or thing done during that period by the
Australian Broadcasting Commission had been done by the
Australian Broadcasting Corporation and any earnings of the
Australian Broadcasting Commission during that period were
earnings of the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.
(1B) In its application in relation to a period before the commencement
of this subsection, this section has effect as if any act or thing done
during that period by the Special Broadcasting Service had been
done by the Special Broadcasting Service Corporation and any
earnings of the Special Broadcasting Service during that period
were earnings of the Special Broadcasting Service Corporation.
(2) Subject to this section, an application may be made to the Tribunal
for an order determining, or making provision for determining, the
amount payable by a broadcaster to the owners of copyrights in
published sound recordings in respect of the broadcasting, during a
period specified in the application, of those recordings by that
broadcaster.
(3) An application under the last preceding subsection may be made by
the broadcaster or by the owner of a copyright in a published sound
recording.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
361
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 152
(4) The parties to an application under subsection (2) are:
(a) the person making the application; and
(b) such organizations or persons as apply to the Tribunal to be
made parties to the application and, in accordance with the
next succeeding subsection, are made parties to the
application.
(5) Where an organization (whether claiming to be representative of
broadcasters or of the owners of copyrights in published sound
recordings or not) or a person (whether a broadcaster or the owner
of a copyright in a published sound recording or not) applies to the
Tribunal to be made a party to an application under this section,
and the Tribunal is satisfied that the organization or person has a
substantial interest in the matter that is the subject of the
application, the Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, make that
organization or person a party to the application.
(6) The Tribunal shall consider an application under subsection (2)
and, after giving the parties to the application an opportunity of
presenting their cases, shall make an order:
(a) determining, or making provision for determining, the
amount payable by the broadcaster to the owners of
copyrights in published sound recordings in respect of the
broadcasting, during the period to which the order applies, by
the broadcaster of those recordings;
(b) specifying as the persons among whom that amount is to be
divided such of the persons who were, or were represented
by, parties to the application as the Tribunal is satisfied are
the owners of copyrights in published sound recordings; and
(c) specifying as the respective shares in that amount of the
persons among whom that amount is to be divided and as the
times at which those shares are to be paid such shares and
times as those persons agree or, in default of agreement, as
the Tribunal thinks equitable.
(7) In so making an order in relation to a broadcaster, the Tribunal
shall take into account all relevant matters, including the extent to
which the broadcaster uses, for the purposes of broadcasting,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
362
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 152
records embodying sound recordings (other than recordings in
relation to which section 105 applies) in which copyrights subsist,
being copyrights owned by persons who are, or are represented by,
parties to the application.
(8) The Tribunal must not make an order that would require a
broadcaster who is:
(a) the holder of a licence allocated by the Australian
Communications and Media Authority under the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992 that authorises the holder to
broadcast radio programs; or
(b) a person authorised by a class licence determined by that
Authority under that Act to broadcast radio programs;
to pay, in respect of the broadcasting of published sound
recordings during the period covered by the order, an amount
exceeding 1% of the amount determined by the Tribunal to be the
gross earnings of the broadcaster during the period equal to the
period covered by the order that ended on the last 30 June that
occurred before the period covered by the order.
(9) If a broadcaster that is:
(a) the holder of a licence allocated by the Australian
Communications and Media Authority under the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992 that authorises the holder to
broadcast radio programs; or
(b) a person authorised by a class licence determined by that
Authority under that Act to broadcast radio programs;
has, with the permission of that Authority, adopted an accounting
period ending on a day other than 30 June, the reference in
subsection (8) to 30 June is, in relation to that broadcaster, a
reference to that other day.
(10) Subsection (8) does not apply to an order in relation to a
broadcaster unless:
(a) the broadcaster establishes to the satisfaction of the Tribunal
the amount of the gross earnings of the broadcaster during
the period in respect of which those earnings are to be
determined; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
363
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 152
(b) the broadcaster carried on the transmission of programmes by
way of sound broadcasting throughout the whole of that
period.
(11) Where an application is made to the Tribunal under subsection (2)
in relation to the Australian Broadcasting Corporation, the
Tribunal:
(a) shall make separate orders in respect of sound broadcasts by
the Corporation of published sound recordings and in respect
of television broadcasts by the Corporation of such
recordings; and
(b) shall not make an order that would require the Corporation to
pay, in respect of sound broadcasts of published sound
recordings during the period in relation to which the order
applies, an amount exceeding the sum of:
(i) in respect of each complete year included in that period
the amount ascertained by multiplying one-half of One
cent by the number equal to the number of persons
comprised in the estimated population of Australia as
last set out in statistics published by the Commonwealth
Statistician before the making of the order; and
(ii) in respect of each part of a year included in that
period—the amount that bears to the amount ascertained
in accordance with the last preceding subparagraph in
relation to a complete year the same proportion as that
part of a year bears to a complete year.
(12) A person who is not specified in an order in force under
subsection (6) as one of the persons among whom the amount
specified in, or determined in accordance with, the order is to be
divided may, before the expiration of the period to which the order
applies, apply to the Tribunal for an amendment of the order so as
to specify him or her as one of those persons.
(13) The parties to an application under the last preceding subsection
for an amendment of an order are:
(a) the person making the application;
(b) the broadcaster in relation to whom the order applies;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
364
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 152
(c) the persons specified in the order as the persons among
whom the amount specified in, or determined in accordance
with, the order is to be divided; and
(d) such organizations or persons as apply to the Tribunal to be
made parties to the application and, in accordance with
subsection (5), are made parties to the application.
(14) The Tribunal shall consider an application under subsection (12)
for an amendment of an order in force under subsection (6) (in this
subsection referred to as the principal order) and, after giving the
parties to the application an opportunity of presenting their cases,
shall, if it is satisfied that the applicant is the owner of the
copyright or copyrights in one or more published sound recordings,
make an order amending the principal order so as to:
(a) specify the applicant as one of the persons among whom the
amount specified in, or determined in accordance with, the
principal order is to be divided; and
(b) specify as the share of the applicant in that amount and as the
times at which that share is to be paid such share and times as
the applicant and the other persons among whom that amount
is to be divided agree or, in default of agreement, as the
Tribunal thinks equitable and make any consequential
alterations in respect of the shares of those other persons.
(15) An order of the Tribunal made under subsection (6) in relation to a
broadcaster applies in relation to the period commencing on the
date specified in the order and ending on 30 June next succeeding
the date of making of the order.
(16) The date that may be so specified in an order of the Tribunal made
under subsection (6) in relation to a broadcaster may be a date
before the date of making of the order or before the date of making
of the application but shall not be a date before the date of
expiration of the period in relation to which the last preceding
order (if any) of the Tribunal made under that subsection in
relation to that broadcaster applied or before the date of
commencement of this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
365
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 152
(17) An order of the Tribunal made under subsection (14) amending an
order of the Tribunal made under subsection (6) applies in relation
to the period commencing on the date of making of the amending
order and ending on the date of expiration of the period in relation
to which the order that is being amended applies.
(18) Where an order of the Tribunal is in force under this section, the
broadcaster in relation to whom the order applies is liable to pay to
each of the persons specified in the order as the persons among
whom the amount specified in, or determined in accordance with,
the order is to be divided the share so specified in relation to that
person and is so liable to pay that share at the times so specified
and that person may recover any amount that is not paid in
accordance with the order in a court of competent jurisdiction from
the broadcaster as a debt due to the person.
(19) For the purposes of this section, the gross earnings of a broadcaster
in respect of a period are the gross earnings of the broadcaster
during that period in respect of the broadcasting by the broadcaster
of advertisements or other matter, including the gross earnings of
the broadcaster during that period in respect of the provision by the
broadcaster of, or otherwise in respect of, matter broadcast by the
broadcaster.
(20) Where, in connexion with a transaction, any consideration is paid
or given otherwise than in cash, the money value of that
consideration shall, for the purposes of the last preceding
subsection, be deemed to have been paid or given.
(21) Where the Tribunal is of the opinion that:
(a) an amount, or part of an amount, earned during any period by
a person other than a broadcaster would, if the broadcaster
and that person were the same person, form part of the gross
earnings of the broadcaster in respect of that period for the
purposes of this section; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
366
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 152A
(b) a relationship exists between the broadcaster and the other
person (whether by reason of any shareholding or of any
agreement or arrangement, or for any other reason) of such a
kind that the amount or the part of the amount, as the case
may be, should, for the purposes of this section, be treated as
part of the gross earnings of the broadcaster in respect of that
period;
the Tribunal may so treat the amount or the part of the amount, as
the case may be.
152A Applications to Tribunal for determination of amount of
royalty payable for recording musical works
(1) In this section:
manufacturer has the same meaning as in section 55.
(2) Subject to this section, an application may be made to the Tribunal
for an order determining, or making provision for determining, the
amount of royalty payable by the manufacturer of a record of a
musical work to the owner of the copyright in the work during a
period specified in the application.
(3) An application may be made by the manufacturer or the owner of
the copyright in the musical work recorded by the manufacturer.
(4) The parties to an application are:
(a) the manufacturer and the owner of the copyright in the
musical work; and
(b) any organisations or persons who are made parties to the
application.
(5) Where an application is made under subsection (2), the Tribunal
shall consider the application and, after giving the parties an
opportunity of presenting their cases, make an order determining,
or making provision for determining, an equitable amount of
royalty payable by the manufacturer of the record of the musical
work to the owner of the copyright in the work during the period
specified in the order.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
367
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 152B
(6) Where an organisation (whether claiming to represent
manufacturers or the owners of copyrights in musical works or not)
or a person (whether a manufacturer or the owner of the copyright
in a musical work or not) applies to the Tribunal to be made a party
to an application under this section, the Tribunal may, if it thinks
fit, make that organisation or person a party to the application if the
Tribunal is satisfied that the organisation or person has a
substantial interest in the application.
(7) The period that may be specified in an order under subsection (5)
in relation to a manufacturer may be a period beginning before the
date of making of the order or before the date of making of the
application but shall not be a period beginning before:
(a) the end of the period specified in the last preceding order (if
any) made under that subsection in relation to that
manufacturer; or
(b) the commencement of this section.
(8) Where an order is in force under this section, the manufacturer in
relation to whom the order applies is liable to pay to the person
specified in the order the amount of royalty so specified at the
times so specified and that person may recover the amount, if it is
not paid in accordance with the order, in a court of competent
jurisdiction from the manufacturer as a debt due to the person.
152B Applications to Tribunal for determination of manner of
paying royalty
(1) In this section:
manufacturer has the same meaning as in section 55.
(2) An application may be made to the Tribunal for an order
determining the manner in which amounts of royalty payable by
the manufacturer of a record of a musical work to the owner of the
copyright in the work are to be paid.
(3) An application may be made by the manufacturer or the owner of
the copyright in the musical work recorded by the manufacturer.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
368
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153
(4) The parties to an application are:
(a) the manufacturer and the owner of the copyright in the
musical work; and
(b) any organisations or persons who are made parties to the
application.
(5) Where an organisation (whether claiming to represent
manufacturers or the owners of copyrights in musical works or not)
or a person (whether a manufacturer or the owner of the copyright
in a musical work or not) applies to the Tribunal to be made a party
to an application under this section, the Tribunal may, if it thinks
fit, make that organisation or person a party to the application if the
Tribunal is satisfied that the organisation or person has a
substantial interest in the application.
(6) Where an application is made under subsection (2), the Tribunal
shall consider the application and, after giving the parties an
opportunity of presenting their cases, make an order determining
the manner in which amounts of royalty payable by the
manufacturer of the record of the musical work to the owner of the
copyright in the work are to be paid.
153 Applications to Tribunal for apportionment of royalty in respect
of a record
(1) This section applies where an application is made to the Tribunal
in pursuance of paragraph 59(3)(b) for an apportionment of an
amount payable in respect of a record between the owner of the
copyright in a musical work and the owner of the copyright in a
literary or dramatic work.
(2) The parties to an application in relation to which this section
applies are:
(a) the owner of the copyright in the musical work; and
(b) the owner of the copyright in the literary or dramatic work.
(3) Where an application in relation to which this section applies is
made to the Tribunal, the Tribunal shall consider the application
and, after giving to the parties to the application an opportunity of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
369
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153A
presenting their cases, shall make an order apportioning the amount
to which the application relates between the parties in such manner
as it thinks equitable.
Subdivision C—Applications and referrals relating to Part IVA
153A Applications and referrals relating to Division 4 of Part IVA
(1) This section applies to an application or referral to the Tribunal
mentioned in column 1 of an item of the table in subsection (4).
(2) The parties to the application or referral are the parties mentioned
in column 2 of the item.
(3) The Tribunal must:
(a) consider the application or referral; and
(b) give the parties the opportunity to present their cases; and
(c) comply with column 3 of the item.
(4) This is the table:
Applications and referrals relating to licensed copying and communicating
Item Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Application or Parties The Tribunal must …
referral
1 an application made
under
paragraph 113P(4)(b)
(a) the relevant
collecting society;
and
having regard to any
matters prescribed by the
regulations, determine
or 113S(4)(b) to
determine a question (b) the body
administering the
relevant
educational
the relevant question
under subsection 113P(4)
or 113S(4).
institution
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
370
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153A
Applications and referrals relating to licensed copying and communicating
Item
2
3
Column 1
Application or
referral
an application made
under
paragraph 113R(2)(b)
to determine an amount
of equitable
remuneration
a referral under
paragraph 113V(2)(c)
of an application by a
body (the applicant) to
be declared to be a
collecting society
Column 2
Parties
(a) the relevant
collecting society;
and
(b) the body
administering the
relevant
educational
institution
(a) the applicant; and
(b) any person made
a party under
subsection (5) of
this section
Column 3
The Tribunal must …
having regard to any
matters prescribed by the
regulations, determine
the amount of equitable
remuneration under
subsection 113R(2).
(a) declare the applicant
to be a collecting
society under
subsection 113V(3);
or
(b) refuse to declare the
applicant to be a
collecting society.
4
5
a referral under
paragraph 113X(2)(b)
of the question whether
a declaration of a body
to be a collecting
society should be
revoked
an application under
subsection 113ZB(1)
for review of the
arrangement adopted,
or proposed to be
adopted, by a
collecting society for
distributing amounts it
collects in a period
(a) the Minister; and
(b) the body; and
(c) any person made a
party under
subsection (5) of
this section
(a) the applicant for
the review; and
(b) the collecting
society (if it is not
the applicant);
and
(c) any member or
organization made
a party under
subsection (5) of
this section
(a) revoke the declaration
under
subsection 113X(3);
or
(b) refuse to revoke the
declaration.
make an order under
subsection 113ZB(2).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
371
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153DF
(5) For the purposes of column 2 of item 3, 4 or 5 of the table, the
Tribunal may make the following person or organization a party to
the referral or application if the person or organization asks to be
made a party:
(a) in the case of item 3 or 4—a person the Tribunal thinks has a
sufficient interest in the matter;
(b) in the case of item 5—a person or organization that:
(i) the Tribunal thinks has a substantial interest in the
arrangement; and
(ii) is a member of the collecting society, or is an
organization that claims to be representative of
members of the collecting society.
Subdivision E—Applications relating to Part VII
153DF Meaning of copyright material
In this Subdivision:
copyright material has the same meaning as in Division 2 of
Part VII.
153E Applications to Tribunal under subsection 183(5)
(1) The parties to an application to the Tribunal under
subsection 183(5) for the fixing of the terms for the doing of an act
comprised in a copyright where the act is done for the services of
the Commonwealth or a State are:
(a) the Commonwealth or the State, as the case may be; and
(b) the owner of the copyright.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
372
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153F
(2) If an application is made to the Tribunal under subsection 183(5),
the Tribunal is to consider the application and, after giving the
parties to the application an opportunity of presenting their cases,
is to make an order fixing the terms for the doing of the act.
153F Applications to Tribunal to declare collecting society for
government copies
(1) A company limited by guarantee may apply to the Tribunal for a
declaration that the company be a collecting society for the
purposes of Division 2 of Part VII.
(2) The parties to the application are the applicant and any person
made a party by the Tribunal.
(3) The Tribunal may make a person a party if:
(a) the person asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal thinks that the person has a sufficient interest in
either or both of the following questions:
(i) whether the applicant should be declared to be a
collecting society;
(ii) whether any current declaration of a company as a
collecting society should be revoked.
(4) After giving each party an opportunity of presenting its case, the
Tribunal must:
(a) declare the applicant to be a collecting society for the
purposes of Division 2 of Part VII; or
(b) reject the application.
(5) A declaration of a company as a collecting society for the purposes
of Division 2 of Part VII may be a declaration in relation to:
(a) all government copies; or
(b) a specified class of government copies.
(6) The Tribunal may only declare the applicant to be a collecting
society if the Tribunal is satisfied:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
373
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153F
(a) that the applicant is a company limited by guarantee
incorporated under a law in force in a State or Territory
relating to companies; and
(b) in the case of an application for a declaration in relation to all
government copies, that the applicant’s rules permit the
owner, or the agent of the owner, of the copyright in any
copyright material to become a member; and
(c) in the case of an application for a declaration in relation to a
class of government copies, that the applicant’s rules permit
the owner, or the agent of the owner, of the copyright in any
copyright material a reproduction of which in accordance
with section 183 would be within that class to become a
member; and
(d) that the applicant’s rules prohibit the payment of dividends to
its members; and
(e) that the applicant’s rules contain such provisions about all of
the following matters as are adequate for the protection of its
members:
(i) the collection of remuneration payable under
section 183A;
(ii) the payment of administrative costs of the collecting
society out of remuneration it collects;
(iii) the distribution of remuneration the collecting society
collects;
(iv) the collecting society holding on trust remuneration for
owners of copyright in copyright material who are not
members of the society;
(v) access to the collecting society’s records by its
members; and
(f) that the applicant’s rules contain such other provisions as are
required by the regulations to be included for the protection
of members of the society.
(7) A declaration must specify the day on which it takes effect.
(8) If the Tribunal makes a declaration under this section, the Registrar
must publish the declaration in the Gazette.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
374
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153G
153G Applications to Tribunal to revoke a declaration of a collecting
society
(1) Any of the following persons may apply to the Tribunal for the
revocation of a declaration under section 153F:
(a) the collecting society;
(b) a member of the collecting society;
(c) a government.
(2) The parties to an application are:
(a) the applicant for revocation of the declaration; and
(b) if the collecting society is not the applicant for revocation of
the declaration—the collecting society; and
(c) any person made a party by the Tribunal.
(3) The Tribunal may make a person a party if:
(a) the person asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal thinks that the person has a sufficient interest in
the question whether the declaration of the collecting society
should be revoked.
(4) After giving each party an opportunity of presenting its case, the
Tribunal must:
(a) revoke the declaration of the collecting society; or
(b) reject the application.
(5) The Tribunal may only revoke the declaration of a company as the
collecting society if the Tribunal is satisfied that the company:
(a) is not functioning adequately as the collecting society; or
(b) is not acting in accordance with its rules or in the best
interests of its members who own copyright in copyright
material or who are agents of copyright owners; or
(c) has altered its rules so that they no longer comply with any
one or more of paragraphs 153F(6)(b) to (f); or
(d) has contravened section 183D or 183E (dealing with
reporting and accounting, and alteration of rules).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
375
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153H
(6) A revocation must specify the day on which it takes effect.
(7) If the Tribunal revokes the declaration of the collecting society, the
Registrar must publish notice of the revocation in the Gazette.
153H Time limit for deciding applications under section 153F or
153G
(1) The Tribunal must make its decision on an application under
section 153F or 153G within 6 months after the conclusion of the
hearing of the application.
(2) The 6 months time limit in subsection (1) does not apply if the
Tribunal thinks that the matter cannot be dealt with properly within
that period of 6 months, whether because of its complexity or
because of other special circumstances.
(3) If subsection (2) applies, the Tribunal must tell the applicant before
the end of the 6 months period that the matter cannot be dealt with
properly within that period.
153J Amendment and revocation of a declaration on the declaration
of another collecting society
(1) If:
(a) a declaration (the previous declaration) is in force under
section 153F; and
(b) the Tribunal, under that section, declares another company to
be the collecting society for the purposes of Division 2 of
Part VII in relation to a class of government copies that
includes some of the government copies to which the
previous declaration relates;
the Tribunal must amend the previous declaration so as to exclude
from the government copies to which it relates all government
copies to which the declaration of the company referred to in
paragraph (b) relates.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
376
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153K
(2) An amendment of a declaration under subsection (1) takes effect
when the declaration of the company referred to in
paragraph (1)(b) takes effect.
(3) If:
(a) a declaration (the previous declaration) is in force under
section 153F; and
(b) the Tribunal makes another declaration under that section in
relation to:
(i) all government copies; or
(ii) a class of government copies that includes all
government copies to which the previous declaration
relates;
the Tribunal must revoke the previous declaration.
(4) The revocation of a declaration under subsection (3) takes effect
when the declaration referred to in paragraph (3)(b) takes effect.
(5) The Registrar must publish in the Gazette notice of an amendment
or revocation made under this section.
153K Applications to Tribunal for method of working out payment
for government copies
(1) A collecting society or a government may apply to the Tribunal for
an order determining the method for working out remuneration
payable under subsection 183A(2) for government copies made for
the services of the government in a particular period.
(2) The parties to an application are the collecting society and the
government.
(3) After giving each party an opportunity of presenting its case, the
Tribunal must make an order determining the method.
Note: Subsection 183A(3) sets out matters that the method must provide for.
Subsection 183A(4) sets out matters that the method may provide for.
(4) An order may also specify how and when payments of the amount
worked out using the method determined are to be made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
377
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153KA
153KA Review of collecting society’s distribution arrangement
(1) This section has effect if an application is made to the Tribunal
under section 183F for review of an arrangement adopted, or
proposed to be adopted, by a collecting society for distributing
amounts it collects in a period.
(2) The parties to the application are:
(a) the applicant; and
(b) the collecting society (if it is not the applicant); and
(c) a member of the collecting society, or an organization
claiming to be representative of members of the collecting
society, that the Tribunal makes a party to the application.
(3) The Tribunal may make a member of the collecting society, or an
organization claiming to be representative of members of the
collecting society, a party to the application if:
(a) the member or organization asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal is satisfied that the member or organization has
a substantial interest in the arrangement.
(4) The Tribunal must consider the application, give the parties an
opportunity of presenting their cases then make an order:
(a) confirming the arrangement; or
(b) varying the arrangement; or
(c) substituting for the arrangement another arrangement for
distributing amounts the collecting society collects in the
period.
(5) In this section:
collecting society has the same meaning as in Division 2 of
Part VII.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
378
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153M
Subdivision G—Applications and references relating to
Part VC
153M Applications to the Tribunal under subsection 135ZZM(1)
(1) The parties to an application to the Tribunal under
subsection 135ZZM(1) for the determination of the amount of
equitable remuneration payable to a collecting society by a
retransmitter for the making, by or on behalf of the retransmitter,
of a retransmission of a free-to-air broadcast are the society and the
retransmitter.
(2) On an application to the Tribunal under subsection 135ZZM(1), the
Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving the parties
an opportunity to present their cases, make an order determining
the amount that it considers to be equitable remuneration for the
making of retransmissions of free-to-air broadcasts.
(3) In making an order, the Tribunal may have regard to such matters
(if any) as are prescribed.
(4) An order may be expressed to have effect in relation to
retransmissions of free-to-air broadcasts made in reliance on
section 135ZZK before the day on which the order is made.
(5) In this section, collecting society and retransmitter have the same
meanings as in Part VC.
153N Applications to Tribunal under subsection 135ZZN(3)
(1) The parties to an application to the Tribunal under
subsection 135ZZN(3) for the determination of a record system are
the collecting society and the retransmitter concerned.
(2) On an application to the Tribunal under subsection 135ZZN(3), the
Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving the parties
an opportunity to present their cases, make an order determining
the record system.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
379
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153P
(3) In this section, collecting society and retransmitter have the same
meanings as in Part VC.
153P References relating to declaration of collecting society
(1) This section has effect if the Minister refers to the Copyright
Tribunal under section 135ZZT an application of a body to be
declared a collecting society.
(2) The parties to the reference are the applicant and any person made
a party by the Tribunal.
(3) The Tribunal may make a person a party if:
(a) the person asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal thinks that the person has a sufficient interest in
either or both of the following questions:
(i) whether the applicant should be declared to be a
collecting society for all relevant copyright owners (as
defined in Part VC) or a particular class of relevant
copyright owners;
(ii) whether another body should cease to be the collecting
society for any of the relevant copyright owners (as
defined in Part VC) if the applicant is declared to be a
collecting society.
(4) After giving each party an opportunity of presenting its case, the
Tribunal must:
(a) declare the applicant to be a collecting society under
section 135ZZT; or
(b) reject the application.
(5) If the Tribunal declares the applicant to be the collecting society
under section 135ZZT, the Registrar must publish notice of the
declaration in the Gazette.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
380
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153Q
153Q References relating to revocation of declaration of collecting
society
(1) This section has effect if the Minister refers to the Copyright
Tribunal under section 135ZZU the question whether the
declaration of a body as a collecting society should be revoked.
(2) The parties to the reference are:
(a) the Minister; and
(b) the collecting society; and
(c) any person made a party by the Tribunal.
(3) The Tribunal may make a person a party if:
(a) the person asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal thinks that the person has a sufficient interest in
the question whether the declaration of the collecting society
should be revoked.
(4) After giving each party an opportunity of presenting its case, the
Tribunal must:
(a) revoke the declaration of the collecting society under
section 135ZZU; or
(b) refuse to revoke the declaration.
(5) If the Tribunal revokes the declaration of the collecting society:
(a) the revocation must specify the day on which it takes effect;
and
(b) the Registrar must publish notice of the revocation in the
Gazette.
153R Review of collecting society’s distribution arrangement
(1) This section has effect if an application is made to the Tribunal
under section 135ZZWA for review of an arrangement adopted, or
proposed to be adopted, by a collecting society for distributing
amounts it collects in a period.
(2) The parties to the application are:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
381
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153RA
(a) the applicant; and
(b) the collecting society (if it is not the applicant); and
(c) a member of the collecting society, or an organization
claiming to be representative of members of the collecting
society, that the Tribunal makes a party to the application.
(3) The Tribunal may make a member of the collecting society, or an
organization claiming to be representative of members of the
collecting society, a party to the application if:
(a) the member or organization asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal is satisfied that the member or organization has
a substantial interest in the arrangement.
(4) The Tribunal must consider the application, give the parties an
opportunity of presenting their cases then make an order:
(a) confirming the arrangement; or
(b) varying the arrangement; or
(c) substituting for the arrangement another arrangement for
distributing amounts the collecting society collects in the
period.
(5) In this section:
collecting society has the same meaning as in Part VC.
Subdivision GA—Applications and references relating to
Part VD
153RA Application to the Tribunal to determine amount payable to
owner of copyright in a broadcast
(1) Either:
(a) a satellite BSA licensee; or
(b) a person (the copyright owner) who is, or will be, the owner
of the copyright in the broadcast of an eligible program;
may apply to the Tribunal for an order determining the amount
payable by the satellite BSA licensee to the copyright owner for
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
382
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153S
the re-broadcast by the satellite BSA licensee, during the period
specified in the application, of eligible programs, where the
copyright owner owns the copyright in the broadcast of the eligible
programs.
(2) The parties to an application under subsection (1) are:
(a) the satellite BSA licensee; and
(b) the copyright owner.
(3) On an application to the Tribunal under subsection (1), the
Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving the parties
an opportunity to present their cases, make an order determining
the amount that it considers to be equitable remuneration for
re-broadcasts of eligible programs during the period specified in
the order, where the copyright owner owns the copyright in the
broadcast of the eligible programs.
(4) In this section:
eligible program has the same meaning as in Part VD.
153S Applications to the Tribunal under
paragraph 135ZZZK(1)(b)—equitable remuneration
(1) The parties to an application to the Tribunal under
paragraph 135ZZZK(1)(b) for the determination of the amount of
equitable remuneration payable to a collecting society by a satellite
BSA licensee for re-broadcasts by the satellite BSA licensee of
eligible programs are:
(a) the society; and
(b) the satellite BSA licensee.
(2) On an application to the Tribunal under paragraph 135ZZZK(1)(b),
the Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving the
parties an opportunity to present their cases, make an order
determining the amount that it considers to be equitable
remuneration for the re-broadcast of eligible programs.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
383
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153T
(3) In making an order, the Tribunal may have regard to such matters
(if any) as are prescribed.
(4) An order may be expressed to have effect in relation to
re-broadcasts of eligible programs in reliance on section 135ZZZI
before the day on which the order is made.
(5) In this section:
collecting society has the same meaning as in Part VD.
eligible program has the same meaning as in Part VD.
153T Applications to Tribunal under paragraph 135ZZZL(3)(b)—
record system
(1) The parties to an application to the Tribunal under
paragraph 135ZZZL(3)(b) for the determination of a record system
are:
(a) the collecting society concerned; and
(b) the satellite BSA licensee concerned.
(2) On an application to the Tribunal under paragraph 135ZZZL(3)(b),
the Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving the
parties an opportunity to present their cases, make an order
determining the record system.
(3) In this section:
collecting society has the same meaning as in Part VD.
153U References relating to declaration of collecting society
(1) This section has effect if the Minister refers to the Copyright
Tribunal under section 135ZZZO an application of a body to be
declared a collecting society.
(2) The parties to the reference are the applicant and any person made
a party by the Tribunal.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
384
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 153V
(3) The Tribunal may make a person a party if:
(a) the person asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal thinks that the person has a sufficient interest in
either or both of the following questions:
(i) whether the applicant should be declared to be a
collecting society for all relevant copyright owners (as
defined in Part VD) or a particular class of relevant
copyright owners;
(ii) whether another body should cease to be the collecting
society for any of the relevant copyright owners (as
defined in Part VD) if the applicant is declared to be a
collecting society.
(4) After giving each party an opportunity to present its case, the
Tribunal must:
(a) declare the applicant to be a collecting society under
section 135ZZZO; or
(b) reject the application.
(5) If the Tribunal declares the applicant to be the collecting society
under section 135ZZZO, the Registrar must publish notice of the
declaration in the Gazette.
153V References relating to revocation of declaration of collecting
society
(1) This section has effect if the Minister refers to the Copyright
Tribunal under paragraph 135ZZZP(2)(b) the question whether the
declaration of a body as a collecting society should be revoked.
(2) The parties to the reference are:
(a) the Minister; and
(b) the collecting society; and
(c) any person made a party by the Tribunal.
(3) The Tribunal may make a person a party if:
(a) the person asks to be made a party; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
385
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 153W
(b) the Tribunal thinks that the person has a sufficient interest in
the question whether the declaration of the collecting society
should be revoked.
(4) After giving each party an opportunity to present its case, the
Tribunal must:
(a) revoke the declaration of the collecting society under
subsection 135ZZZP(3); or
(b) refuse to revoke the declaration.
(5) If the Tribunal revokes the declaration of the collecting society:
(a) the revocation must specify the day on which it takes effect;
and
(b) the Registrar must publish notice of the revocation in the
Gazette.
153W Review of collecting society’s distribution arrangement
(1) This section has effect if an application is made to the Tribunal
under section 135ZZZS for review of an arrangement adopted, or
proposed to be adopted, by a collecting society for distributing
amounts it collects in a period.
(2) The parties to the application are:
(a) the applicant; and
(b) the collecting society (if it is not the applicant); and
(c) a member of the collecting society, or an organisation
claiming to be representative of members of the collecting
society, that the Tribunal makes a party to the application.
(3) The Tribunal may make a member of the collecting society, or an
organisation claiming to be representative of members of the
collecting society, a party to the application if:
(a) the member or organisation asks to be made a party; and
(b) the Tribunal is satisfied that the member or organisation has a
substantial interest in the arrangement.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
386
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 154
(4) The Tribunal must consider the application, give the parties an
opportunity to present their cases then make an order:
(a) confirming the arrangement; or
(b) varying the arrangement; or
(c) substituting for the arrangement another arrangement for
distributing amounts the collecting society collects in the
period.
(5) In this section:
collecting society has the same meaning as in Part VD.
Subdivision H—References and applications relating to licences
and licence schemes
154 Reference of proposed licence schemes to Tribunal
(1) Where a licensor proposes to bring a licence scheme into
operation, he or she may refer the scheme to the Tribunal.
(2) The parties to a reference under this section are:
(a) the licensor referring the scheme; and
(b) such organizations or persons (if any) as apply to the
Tribunal to be made parties to the reference and, in
accordance with the next succeeding subsection, are made
parties to the reference; and
(c) the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, if
the Tribunal makes the Commission a party to the reference
under section 157B.
(3) Where an organization (whether claiming to be representative of
persons requiring licences or not) or a person (whether requiring a
licence or not) applies to the Tribunal to be made a party to a
reference, and the Tribunal is satisfied that the organization or
person has a substantial interest in the operation of the scheme to
which the reference relates, the Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, make
that organization or person a party to the reference.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
387
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 155
(4) The Tribunal shall consider a scheme referred under this section
and, after giving to the parties to the reference an opportunity of
presenting their cases, shall make such order, confirming or
varying the scheme or substituting for the scheme another scheme
proposed by one of the parties, as the Tribunal considers
reasonable in the circumstances.
(5) An order (other than an interim order) of the Tribunal under this
section may, notwithstanding anything contained in the licence
scheme to which it relates, be made so as to be in force either
indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal thinks fit.
(6) Where a licence scheme has been referred to the Tribunal under
this section, the licensor may do either or both of the following
things:
(a) bring the scheme into operation before the Tribunal makes an
order in pursuance of the reference;
(b) withdraw the reference at any time before the Tribunal makes
an order in pursuance of the reference, whether the scheme
has been brought into operation or not.
(7) The scheme reflecting the Tribunal’s order:
(a) comes into operation when the order is made, if the scheme
referred to the Tribunal had not already come into operation;
and
(b) operates as long as the order remains in force.
This subsection has effect despite anything in the scheme referred
to the Tribunal.
Note: Depending on the Tribunal’s order, the scheme reflecting the order
will be the scheme confirmed by the order, the scheme as varied by
the order or the scheme substituted by the order for the scheme
referred to the Tribunal.
155 Reference of existing licence schemes to Tribunal
(1) Where, at any time while a licence scheme is in operation, a
dispute arises with respect to the terms of the scheme between the
licensor operating the scheme and:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
388
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 155
(a) an organization claiming to be representative of persons
requiring licences in cases included in a class of cases to
which the scheme applies; or
(b) any person claiming that he or she requires a licence in a case
included in a class of cases to which the scheme applies;
the licensor, organization or person concerned may refer the
scheme to the Tribunal in so far as the scheme relates to cases
included in that class.
(2) The parties to a reference under this section are:
(a) the licensor, organization or person referring the scheme; and
(b) if the reference is not made by the licensor operating the
scheme—that licensor; and
(c) such other organizations or persons (if any) as apply to the
Tribunal to be made parties to the reference and, in
accordance with the next succeeding subsection, are made
parties to the reference; and
(d) the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, if
the Tribunal makes the Commission a party to the reference
under section 157B.
(3) Where an organization (whether claiming to be representative of
persons requiring licences or not) or a person (whether requiring a
licence or not) applies to the Tribunal to be made a party to a
reference, and the Tribunal is satisfied that the organization or
person has a substantial interest in the matter in dispute, the
Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, make that organization or person a
party to the reference.
(4) The Tribunal shall not begin to consider a reference under this
section by an organization unless the Tribunal is satisfied that the
organization is reasonably representative of the class of persons
that it claims to represent.
(5) The Tribunal must consider the matter in dispute, give the parties
an opportunity of presenting their cases then make an order that the
Tribunal considers reasonable in the circumstances doing one of
the following to the scheme so far as it relates to the relevant class:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
389
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 156
(a) confirming it;
(b) varying it;
(c) substituting for it another scheme proposed by one of the
parties.
This subsection has effect to subsection (4).
(6) An order (other than an interim order) of the Tribunal under this
section may, notwithstanding anything contained in the licence
scheme to which it relates, be made so as to be in force either
indefinitely or for such period as the Tribunal thinks fit.
(7) A reference of a licence scheme to the Tribunal under this section
may be withdrawn at any time before an order is made in
pursuance of the reference.
(8) Where a licence scheme has been referred to the Tribunal under
this section, the scheme remains in operation, notwithstanding
anything contained in the scheme, until the Tribunal makes an
order in pursuance of the reference.
(9) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to a
reference with respect to any period after the reference has been
withdrawn or after the Tribunal has refused to begin to consider the
reference in pursuance of subsection (4).
(10) The scheme reflecting the Tribunal’s order operates as long as the
order remains in force, despite anything in the scheme referred to
the Tribunal.
Note: Depending on the Tribunal’s order, the scheme reflecting the order
will be the scheme confirmed by the order, the scheme as varied by
the order or the scheme substituted by the order for the scheme
referred to the Tribunal.
156 Further reference of licence schemes to Tribunal
(1) Where the Tribunal has made an order (other than an interim order)
under either of the last two preceding sections with respect to a
licence scheme, then, subject to the next succeeding subsection, at
any time while the order remains in force:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
390
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 156
(a) the licensor operating the scheme;
(b) any organization claiming to be representative of persons
requiring licences in cases included in the class of cases to
which the order applies; or
(c) any person claiming that he or she requires a licence in a case
included in that class;
may refer the scheme reflecting the order to the Tribunal in so far
as it relates to cases included in that class.
(2) A scheme shall not, except with the leave of the Tribunal, be
referred to the Tribunal under the last preceding subsection at a
time earlier than:
(a) where the order concerned was made so as to be in force
indefinitely or for a period exceeding 15 months—the
expiration of the period of 12 months commencing on the
date on which the order was made; or
(b) where the order concerned was made so as to be in force for a
period not exceeding 15 months—the commencement of the
period of 3 months ending on the date of expiration of the
order.
(3) The parties to a reference under this section are:
(a) the licensor, organization or person referring the scheme; and
(b) if the reference is not made by the licensor operating the
scheme—that licensor; and
(c) such other organizations or persons (if any) as apply to the
Tribunal to be made parties to the reference and, in
accordance with the provisions applicable in that behalf by
virtue of subsection (5), are made parties to the reference;
and
(d) the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, if
the Tribunal makes the Commission a party to the reference
under section 157B.
(4) The Tribunal must consider the matter in dispute, give the parties
an opportunity of presenting their cases then make an order that the
Tribunal considers reasonable in the circumstances doing one of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
391
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 157
the following to the scheme so far as it is referred to the Tribunal
under subsection (1):
(a) confirming it;
(b) varying it;
(c) substituting for it another scheme proposed by one of the
parties.
This subsection has effect to subsection (5).
(5) Subsections 155(3), (4), and (6) to (10) inclusive apply for the
purposes of this section.
(6) The preceding subsections of this section have effect in relation to
orders made under this section in like manner as they have effect in
relation to orders made under either of the last two preceding
sections.
(7) Nothing in this section prevents a licence scheme in respect of
which an order has been made under either of the last two
preceding sections from being again referred to the Tribunal under
that section:
(a) in so far as the scheme relates to cases included in a class of
cases to which the order does not apply—at any time; and
(b) in so far as the scheme relates to cases included in the class
of cases to which the order applied while it was in
force—after the expiration of the order.
157 Application to Tribunal in relation to licences
Refusal or failure to grant licence under licence scheme
(1) A person who claims, in a case to which a licence scheme applies,
that the licensor operating the scheme has refused or failed to grant
him or her a licence in accordance with the scheme, or to procure
the grant to him or her of such a licence, may apply to the Tribunal
under this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
392
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 157
Licence scheme sets unreasonable charges or conditions for case
(2) A person who claims, in a case to which a licence scheme applies,
that he or she requires a licence but that the grant of a licence in
accordance with the scheme would, in that case, be subject to the
payment of charges, or to conditions, that are not reasonable in the
circumstances of the case may apply to the Tribunal under this
section.
No licence scheme and licensor refuses or fails to grant reasonable
licence
(3) A person who claims that he or she requires a licence in a case to
which a licence scheme does not apply (including a case where a
licence scheme has not been formulated or is not in operation) and:
(a) that a licensor has refused or failed to grant the licence, or to
procure the grant of the licence, and that in the circumstances
it is unreasonable that the licence should not be granted; or
(b) that a licensor proposes that the licence should be granted
subject to the payment of charges, or to conditions, that are
unreasonable;
may apply to the Tribunal under this section.
(4) An organization that claims that it is representative of persons
requiring licences in cases to which a licence scheme does not
apply (including cases where a licence scheme has not been
formulated or is not in operation) and:
(a) that a licensor has refused or failed to grant the licences, or to
procure the grant of the licences, and that in the
circumstances it is unreasonable that the licences should not
be granted; or
(b) that a licensor proposes that the licences should be granted
subject to the payment of charges, or to conditions, that are
unreasonable;
may apply to the Tribunal under this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
393
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 157
Other parties to application
(5) Where an organization (whether claiming to be representative of
persons requiring licences or not) or a person (whether requiring a
licence or not) applies to the Tribunal to be made a party to an
application under any of the preceding subsections of this section,
and the Tribunal is satisfied that the organization or person has a
substantial interest in the matter in dispute, the Tribunal may, if it
thinks fit, make that organization or person a party to the
application.
Note: Under section 157B, the Tribunal may also make the Australian
Competition and Consumer Commission a party to the application.
Letting parties present their cases
(6) The Tribunal must give the applicant, the licensor concerned and
each other party (if any) to the application an opportunity of
presenting their cases.
Order dealing with application under subsection (1)
(6A) If the Tribunal is satisfied that the claim of an applicant under
subsection (1) is well-founded, the Tribunal must either:
(a) make an order specifying, in respect of the matters specified
in the order, the charges, if any, and the conditions, that the
Tribunal considers to be applicable in accordance with the
licence scheme in relation to the applicant; or
(b) order that the applicant be granted a licence in the terms
proposed by the applicant, the licensor concerned or another
party to the application.
Order dealing with application under subsection (2) or (3)
(6B) If the Tribunal is satisfied that the claim of an applicant under
subsection (2) or (3) is well-founded, the Tribunal must either:
(a) make an order specifying, in respect of the matters specified
in the order, the charges, if any, and the conditions, that the
Tribunal considers reasonable in the circumstances in
relation to the applicant; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
394
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 157A
(b) order that the applicant be granted a licence in the terms
proposed by the applicant, the licensor concerned or another
party to the application.
Order dealing with application under subsection (4)
(6C) If the Tribunal is satisfied that the claim of an applicant under
subsection (4) is well-founded, the Tribunal must either:
(a) make an order specifying, in respect of the matters specified
in the order, the charges, if any, and the conditions, that the
Tribunal considers reasonable in the circumstances in
relation to persons who:
(i) are specified in the order (whether by reference to a
class or otherwise); and
(ii) were represented by the applicant or were parties to the
application; or
(b) order that a licence be granted, in the terms proposed by the
applicant, the licensor concerned or another party to the
application, to each person who:
(i) is specified in the order (whether by reference to a class
or otherwise); and
(ii) was represented by the applicant or was a party to the
application.
Definition of refusal or failure to grant a licence
(7) A reference in this section to a failure to grant a licence, or to
procure the grant of a licence, shall be read as a reference to a
failure to grant the licence, or to procure the grant of the licence, as
the case may be, within a reasonable time after a request to do so.
157A Tribunal must have regard to ACCC guidelines on request
(1) In making a decision on a reference or application under this
Subdivision, the Tribunal must, if requested by a party to the
reference or application, have regard to relevant guidelines (if any)
made by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
395
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 157B
(2) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) does not prevent the Tribunal from
having regard to other relevant matters in making a decision on a
reference or application under this Subdivision.
157B Tribunal may make ACCC party to reference or application
The Tribunal may make the Australian Competition and Consumer
Commission a party to a reference or application made under this
Subdivision if:
(a) the Commission asks to be made a party to the reference or
application; and
(b) the Tribunal is satisfied that it is appropriate that the
Commission be a party to the reference or application.
158 Effect of licence scheme being continued in operation pending
order of the Tribunal
(1) Where a licence scheme is in operation by virtue of this Part
pending the making of an order on a reference under this Part and a
person, in a case to which the scheme applies, does anything that,
apart from this subsection, would be an infringement of a copyright
but would not be such an infringement if the person were the
holder of a licence granted in accordance with the scheme in so far
as the scheme relates to cases to which the reference relates, that
person shall, if he or she has complied with the relevant
requirements, be in the like position, in any proceedings for
infringement of that copyright, as if he or she had at the material
time been the holder of such a licence.
(2) For the purposes of the last preceding subsection, the relevant
requirements are:
(a) that, at all material times, the person concerned has complied
with the conditions that, in accordance with the licence
scheme, would be applicable to a licence in respect of the
case concerned; and
(b) where, in accordance with the scheme, any charges are
payable in respect of such a licence—that, at the material
time, the person concerned had paid those charges to the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
396
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 159
licensor operating the scheme, or, if at that time the amount
payable could not be ascertained, he or she had given an
undertaking in writing to the licensor to pay the charges
when ascertained.
(3) A person who does anything in relation to which subsection (1)
applies is liable to pay to the licensor operating the licence scheme
concerned the amount of any charges that would be payable if he
or she were the holder of a licence granted in accordance with the
scheme in so far as the scheme relates to the doing of that thing and
the licensor may recover that amount in a court of competent
jurisdiction from the person as a debt due to the licensor.
159 Effect of order of Tribunal in relation to licences
Order under section 154. 155 or 156
(1) Where an order made on a reference under this Part with respect to
a licence scheme is for the time being in force and a person, in a
case to which the scheme reflecting the order applies, does
anything that, apart from this subsection, would be an infringement
of copyright but would not be such an infringement if he or she
were the holder of a licence granted in accordance with that
scheme, in so far as the scheme relates to cases to which the order
applies, that person shall, if he or she has complied with the
relevant requirements, be in the like position, in any proceedings
for infringement of that copyright, as if he or she had at the
material time been the holder of such a licence.
(2) For the purposes of the last preceding subsection, the relevant
requirements are:
(a) that, at all material times, the person concerned has complied
with the conditions that, in accordance with the scheme
reflecting the order, would be applicable to a licence in
respect of the case concerned; and
(b) where, in accordance with the scheme, any charges are
payable in respect of such a licence—that, at the material
time, the person concerned had paid those charges to the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
397
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 159
licensor operating the scheme, or, if at that time the amount
payable could not be ascertained, he or she had given an
undertaking in writing to the licensor to pay the charges
when ascertained.
(3) A person who does anything in relation to which subsection (1)
applies is liable to pay to the licensor operating the scheme
concerned the amount of any charges that would be payable if he
or she were the holder of a licence granted in accordance with the
scheme reflecting the order, in so far as the scheme relates to the
doing of that thing, and the licensor may recover that amount in a
court of competent jurisdiction from the person as a debt due to the
licensor.
Order under section 157 specifying conditions and charges
(4) Where the Tribunal has made an order on an application under
subsection 157(1), (2) or (3) specifying charges, if any, and
conditions, in relation to the applicant, in respect of the matters
specified in the order, then if:
(a) the applicant has complied with the conditions specified in
the order; and
(b) in a case where the order specifies any charges—he or she
has paid those charges to the licensor or, if the amount
payable could not be ascertained, has given to the licensor an
undertaking in writing to pay the charges when ascertained;
the applicant shall be in the like position, in any proceedings for
infringement of copyright relating to any of those matters, as if he
or she had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted
by the owner of the copyright concerned on the conditions, and
subject to payment of the charges (if any), specified in the order.
(5) Where the Tribunal has made an order on an application under
subsection 157(4) specifying charges (if any) and conditions, in
relation to the persons, or to persons included in the classes of
persons, specified in the order, in respect of matters specified in the
order, then, if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
398
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 159
(a) any such person has complied with the conditions specified
in the order; and
(b) in the case where the order specifies any charges—the person
has paid those charges to the licensor or, if the amount
payable could not be ascertained, has given to the licensor an
undertaking in writing to pay the charges when ascertained;
that person shall be in the like position, in any proceedings for
infringement of copyright relating to any of those matters, as if he
or she had at all material times been the holder of a licence granted
by the owner of the copyright concerned on the conditions, and
subject to payment of the charges (if any), specified in the order.
(6) Where a person in relation to whom an order referred to in
subsection (4) or subsection (5) applies does, in relation to any of
the matters specified in that order, anything that, apart from that
subsection, would be an infringement of copyright but would not
be such an infringement if he or she were the holder of a licence in
respect of the doing of that thing granted by the owner of the
copyright concerned on the conditions and subject to payment of
the charges (if any) specified in the order, that person is liable to
pay to the owner of the copyright the amount of any charges that
would be payable if he or she were the holder of such a licence and
the owner of the copyright may recover that amount in a court of
competent jurisdiction from the person as a debt due to the owner
of the copyright.
(7) To avoid doubt, subsections (4) and (5) do not apply to an order
that a person be granted a licence.
Order under section 157 that person be granted licence
(8) A person whom the Tribunal has ordered under section 157 be
granted a licence in the terms proposed by the applicant, the
licensor concerned or another party to the application under that
section:
(a) is taken, for the purpose of proceedings for infringement of
copyright, to have been granted the licence in those terms;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
399
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 160
(b) is liable to pay the owner of the copyright concerned the
amount of any charges that would be payable if the person
had been granted the licence in those terms.
Note: Paragraph (a)—if those terms made the licence subject to conditions
and the person did not comply with the conditions, the licence will not
give the person a defence in the proceedings.
(9) The owner of the copyright may recover the amount described in
paragraph (8)(b) from the person in a court of competent
jurisdiction as a debt due to the owner.
Subdivision I—General provisions
160 Interim orders
Where an application or reference is made to the Tribunal under
this Act, the Tribunal may make an interim order having effect
until the final decision of the Tribunal on the application or
reference.
161 Reference of questions of law to Federal Court of Australia
(1) The Tribunal may, of its own motion or at the request of a party,
refer a question of law arising in proceedings before it for
determination by the Federal Court of Australia.
(2) A question shall not be referred to the Federal Court of Australia
by virtue of the last preceding subsection in pursuance of a request
made after the date on which the Tribunal gave its decision in the
proceedings unless the request is made before the expiration of
such period as is prescribed.
(3) If the Tribunal, after giving its decision in any proceedings, refuses
a request to refer a question to the Federal Court of Australia, the
party by whom the request was made may, within such period as is
prescribed, apply to the Federal Court of Australia for an order
directing the Tribunal to refer the question to the Federal Court of
Australia.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
400
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Applications and references to the Tribunal Division 3
Section 161
(4) Where a reference is made to the Federal Court of Australia under
this section with respect to any proceedings before the Tribunal,
and where an application is made under the last preceding
subsection with respect to any such proceedings, every party to the
proceedings before the Tribunal is entitled to appear and to be
heard.
(5) Where, after the Tribunal has given its decision in any proceedings,
the Tribunal refers to the Federal Court of Australia under this
section a question of law that arose in the course of the
proceedings, and the Federal Court of Australia decides that the
question was erroneously determined by the Tribunal:
(a) the Tribunal shall reconsider the matter in dispute and, if it
considers it necessary to do so for the purpose of giving
effect to the decision of the Federal Court of Australia, shall
give to the parties to the proceedings a further opportunity of
presenting their cases; and
(b) if it appears to the Tribunal to be appropriate, and in
conformity with the decision of the Federal Court of
Australia, to do so, the Tribunal shall make such order
revoking or modifying any order previously made by it in the
proceedings, or, in the case of proceedings under section 157
where the Tribunal refused to make an order, shall make such
order under that section, as the Tribunal considers to be
appropriate.
(6) A reference of a question by the Tribunal to the Federal Court of
Australia under this section shall be by way of stating a case for the
opinion of the Federal Court of Australia.
(7) Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Court of Australia to hear
and determine a question of law referred to it under this section.
(8) For the purposes of this section, a question of law does not include
a question whether there is sufficient evidence to justify a finding
of fact by the Tribunal.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
401
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 3 Applications and references to the Tribunal
Section 162
162 Agreements or awards not affected
Nothing in this Part affects the operation of any agreement or of
any award made by an arbitrator, whether the agreement or award
was made before, or is made after, the commencement of this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
402
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Procedure and evidence Division 4
Section 163
Division 4—Procedure and evidence
163 Proceedings to be in public except in special circumstances
(1) Subject to this section, the hearing of proceedings before the
Tribunal shall be in public.
(2) Where the Tribunal is satisfied that it is desirable to do so by
reason of the confidential nature of any evidence or matter or for
any other reason, the Tribunal may:
(a) direct that a hearing or part of a hearing shall take place in
private and give directions as to the persons who may be
present; or
(b) give directions prohibiting or restricting the publication of
evidence given before the Tribunal (whether in public or in
private) or of matters contained in documents produced to the
Tribunal.
163A Application may be made to Tribunal by the agent of the
copyright owner
(1) An owner of copyright may make an application to the Tribunal
under this Act by his or her agent.
(2) Two or more owners of copyright may jointly make a single
application to the Tribunal by the same agent against the same
person or body.
164 Procedure
In proceedings before the Tribunal:
(a) the procedure of the Tribunal is, subject to this Act and the
regulations, within the discretion of the Tribunal;
(b) the Tribunal is not bound by the rules of evidence; and
(c) the proceedings shall be conducted with as little formality,
and with as much expedition, as the requirements of this Act
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
403
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 4 Procedure and evidence
Section 165
and a proper consideration of the matters before the Tribunal
permit.
165 Mistakes or errors in orders of the Tribunal
The Tribunal may correct, in any order of the Tribunal, a clerical
mistake or an error arising from an accidental slip or omission.
166 Regulations as to procedure
(1) The regulations may make provision for or in relation to the
procedure in connexion with the making of references and
applications to the Tribunal and the regulation of proceedings
before the Tribunal and may prescribe the fees payable in respect
of those references and applications and the fees and expenses of
witnesses in those proceedings.
(2) The regulations may include provision:
(a) for requiring notice of an intended reference to the Tribunal
under section 154, section 155 or section 156 to be advertised
in accordance with the regulations;
(b) for requiring notice of an intended application to the Federal
Court of Australia under subsection 161(3) to be given to the
Tribunal and to the other parties to the proceedings, and for
limiting the time within which any such notice is to be given;
(c) for suspending, or authorizing or requiring the Tribunal to
suspend, the operation of orders of the Tribunal in cases
where, after giving its decision, the Tribunal refers a question
of law to the Federal Court of Australia;
(d) for modifying, in relation to orders of the Tribunal the
operation of which is suspended, the operation of any
provisions of this Part as to the effect of orders made under
this Part;
(e) for the publication of notices, or the doing of any other
things, to ensure that persons affected by the suspension of
an order of the Tribunal will be informed of its suspension;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
404
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Procedure and evidence Division 4
Section 167
(f) for regulating or prescribing any other matters incidental to
or consequential upon any request, application, order or
decision under section 161.
167 Power to take evidence on oath
(1) The Tribunal may take evidence on oath or affirmation, and for
that purpose a member may administer an oath or affirmation.
(2) A member or the Registrar may summon a person to appear before
the Tribunal to give evidence.
(3) A member or the Registrar may summon a person to produce
specified documents or articles to the Tribunal by producing the
documents or articles to a specified person at a specified time at a
specified place.
168 Evidence in form of written statement
The Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, permit a person appearing as a
witness before the Tribunal to give evidence by tendering, and
verifying by oath or affirmation, a written statement, which shall
be filed with the Registrar.
169 Representation
In proceedings before the Tribunal:
(a) a party other than a body corporate or an unincorporated
body of persons may appear in person or be represented by
an employee of the party approved by the Tribunal;
(b) a party being a body corporate may be represented by a
director or other officer, or by an employee, of the party
approved by the Tribunal;
(c) a party being an unincorporated body of persons or a member
of such a body may be represented by a member, or by an
officer or employee, of the body approved by the Tribunal;
and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
405
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 4 Procedure and evidence
Section 169
(d) any party may be represented by a barrister or solicitor of the
High Court or of the Supreme Court of a State or of a
Territory.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
406
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Alternative dispute resolution processes Division 4A
Section 169A
Division 4A—Alternative dispute resolution processes
169A Referral of proceeding for alternative dispute resolution
process
(1) If an application or reference is made to the Tribunal, the President
or a Deputy President may:
(a) direct the holding of a conference of the parties or their
representatives in relation to the proceeding, or any part of
the proceeding or any matter arising out of the proceeding; or
(b) direct that the proceeding, or any part of the proceeding or
any matter arising out of the proceeding, be referred for a
particular alternative dispute resolution process (other than
conferencing).
(2) The President may also direct the holding of conferences of the
parties or their representatives in the case of applications or
references made to the Tribunal that are of a kind specified in the
direction.
(3) The President may also direct that proceedings be referred for a
particular alternative dispute resolution process (other than
conferencing) in the case of applications or references made to the
Tribunal that are of a kind specified in the direction.
(4) A direction may be given under a particular paragraph of
subsection (1):
(a) whether or not a direction has previously been given under
the same or the other paragraph of that subsection in relation
to the proceeding; and
(b) whether or not a direction under subsection (2) or (3) has
applied.
(5) If a direction under this section is applicable to:
(a) a proceeding; or
(b) a part of a proceeding; or
(c) a matter arising out of a proceeding;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
407
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 4A Alternative dispute resolution processes
Section 169B
each party must act in good faith in relation to the conduct of the
alternative dispute resolution process concerned.
169B Directions by President or Deputy President
(1) The President or a Deputy President may give directions about
alternative dispute resolution processes.
(2) Directions under subsection (1) may relate to:
(a) the procedure to be followed in the conduct of an alternative
dispute resolution process; and
(b) the person who is to conduct an alternative dispute resolution
process; and
(c) the procedure to be followed when an alternative dispute
resolution process ends.
(3) Subsection (2) does not limit subsection (1).
(4) The President or a Deputy President may at any time vary or
revoke a direction under subsection (1).
(5) A person is not entitled to conduct an alternative dispute resolution
process unless the person is:
(a) a member; or
(b) the Registrar; or
(c) a person whose services are made available, under an
arrangement made by the Registrar and the Chief Executive
Officer and Principal Registrar of the Federal Court of
Australia, to conduct the process; or
(d) a person engaged under section 169G.
169C Agreement about the terms of a decision etc.
(1) If:
(a) in the course of an alternative dispute resolution process
under this Division, agreement is reached between the parties
or their representatives as to the terms of a decision of the
Tribunal:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
408
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Alternative dispute resolution processes Division 4A
Section 169D
(i) in the proceeding; or
(ii) in relation to the part of the proceeding; or
(iii) in relation to the matter arising out of the proceeding;
that would be acceptable to the parties; and
(b) the terms of the agreement are reduced to writing, signed by
or on behalf of the parties and lodged with the Tribunal; and
(c) 7 days pass after lodgment, and none of the parties has
notified the Tribunal in writing that he or she wishes to
withdraw from the agreement; and
(d) the Tribunal is satisfied that a decision in the terms of the
agreement or consistent with those terms would be within the
powers of the Tribunal;
the Tribunal may, if it appears to it to be appropriate to do so, act
in accordance with whichever of subsection (2) or (3) is relevant in
the particular case.
(2) If the agreement reached is an agreement as to the terms of a
decision of the Tribunal in the proceeding, the Tribunal may,
without giving the parties an opportunity of presenting their cases,
make a decision in accordance with those terms.
(3) If the agreement relates to:
(a) a part of the proceeding; or
(b) a matter arising out of the proceeding;
the Tribunal may, in its decision in the proceeding, give effect to
the terms of the agreement without giving the parties an
opportunity of presenting their cases so far as they relate only to
the part or matter to which the agreement relates.
169D Evidence not admissible
(1) Evidence of anything said, or any act done, at an alternative
dispute resolution process under this Division is not admissible:
(a) in any court; or
(b) in any proceedings before a person authorised by a law of the
Commonwealth or of a State or Territory to hear evidence; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
409
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 4A Alternative dispute resolution processes
Section 169E
(c) in any proceedings before a person authorised by the consent
of the parties to hear evidence.
Exceptions
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply so as to prevent the admission, at the
hearing of a proceeding before the Tribunal, of particular evidence
if the parties agree to the evidence being admissible at the hearing.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply so as to prevent the admission, at the
hearing of a proceeding before the Tribunal, of:
(a) a case appraisal report prepared by a person conducting an
alternative dispute resolution process under this Division; or
(b) a neutral evaluation report prepared by a person conducting
an alternative dispute resolution process under this Division;
unless a party to the proceeding notifies the Tribunal before the
hearing that he or she objects to the report being admissible at the
hearing.
169E Eligibility of person conducting alternative dispute resolution
process to sit as a member of the Tribunal
If:
(a) an alternative dispute resolution process under this Division
in relation to a proceeding is conducted by a member of the
Tribunal; and
(b) a party (the objector) to the proceeding notifies the Tribunal,
before any party to the proceeding is given an opportunity of
presenting its case, that the objector objects to that member
participating in the proceeding;
that member is not entitled to be a member of the Tribunal as
constituted for the purposes of the proceeding.
169F Participation by telephone etc.
The person conducting an alternative dispute resolution process
under this Division may allow a person to participate by:
(a) telephone; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
410
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Alternative dispute resolution processes Division 4A
Section 169G
(b) closed-circuit television; or
(c) any other means of communication.
169G Engagement of persons to conduct alternative dispute
resolution processes
(1) The Registrar may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, engage
persons as consultants to conduct one or more kinds of alternative
dispute resolution processes under this Division.
(2) The Registrar must not engage a person under subsection (1) unless
the Registrar is satisfied, having regard to the person’s
qualifications and experience, that the person is a suitable person to
conduct the relevant kind or kinds of alternative dispute resolution
processes under this Division.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
411
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 5 Miscellaneous
Section 170
Division 5—Miscellaneous
170 Registrar
(1) There is to be a Registrar of the Tribunal.
(2) The Registrar is to be a person engaged under the Public Service
Act 1999, or a person whose services are made available under an
arrangement made under that Act, who is appointed as the
Registrar by the Minister by written instrument.
Remuneration as public servant
(3) The office of Registrar is not a public office for the purposes of the
Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.
Resignation
(4) The Registrar may resign his or her appointment by giving the
Minister a written resignation.
Termination of appointment
(5) The Minister may terminate, by writing signed by him or her, the
appointment of the Registrar.
(6) The appointment of the Registrar is terminated if the Registrar
ceases to be engaged under the Public Service Act 1999 or to be a
person whose services are made available under an arrangement
made under that Act.
Acting appointment
(7) The President may appoint a person engaged under the Public
Service Act 1999, or a person whose services are made available
under an arrangement made under that Act, to act as the Registrar:
(a) during a vacancy in the office of Registrar (whether or not an
appointment has previously been made to the office); or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
412
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Miscellaneous Division 5
Section 170A
(b) during any period, or during all periods, when the Registrar is
absent from duty or from Australia or is, for any reason,
unable to perform the duties of the office.
Note: For rules that apply to acting appointments, see section 33A of the
Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
170A Other staff of the Tribunal
Any staff needed to assist the Tribunal must be persons engaged
under the Public Service Act 1999 or persons whose services are
made available under arrangements made under that Act.
171 Protecting persons connected with Tribunal proceedings
(1) A member has, in the performance of his or her duty as a member,
the same protection and immunity as a Justice of the High Court.
(1A) An alternative dispute resolution practitioner has, in the
performance of his or her duties as an alternative dispute resolution
practitioner under this Act, the same protection and immunity as a
Justice of the High Court.
(1B) The Registrar has in the performance of his or her duty as Registrar
under section 167, 174 or 175, the same protection and immunity
as a Justice of the High Court.
(2) A barrister, solicitor or other person appearing before the Tribunal
on behalf of a party has the same protection and immunity as a
barrister has in appearing for a party in proceedings in the High
Court.
(3) A person summoned to appear before the Tribunal as a witness has
the same protection, and is, in addition to the penalties provided by
this Act, subject to the same liabilities, in any civil or criminal
proceedings as a witness in proceedings in the High Court.
(4) In this section:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
413
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 5 Miscellaneous
Section 172
alternative dispute resolution practitioner means a person who
conducts an alternative dispute resolution process under
Division 4A.
172 Offences by witnesses
Failing to appear
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person has been summoned to appear as a witness before
the Tribunal; and
(b) there has been tendered to the person an amount of money at
least equal to the expenses the person could reasonably be
expected to incur in connection with appearing as a witness;
and
(c) the person fails to appear in obedience to the summons.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Failing to produce document or article summoned
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person has been summoned to produce a document or
article to the Tribunal; and
(b) there has been tendered to the person an amount of money at
least equal to the expenses the person could reasonably be
expected to incur in connection with producing the document
or article; and
(c) the person fails to produce the document or article.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Refusal to swear or affirm
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person appears before the Tribunal; and
(b) the person refuses to be sworn or to make an affirmation.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
414
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Miscellaneous Division 5
Section 173
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Refusal to answer questions or produce documents as required
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person appears before the Tribunal; and
(b) the Tribunal requires the person to answer a question or
produce a document or article; and
(c) the person refuses to answer the question or produce the
document or article.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
General defence of reasonable excuse
(5) Subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) does not apply if the person has a
reasonable excuse.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (5) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
173 Offences relating to the Tribunal
Insulting a member
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the person’s conduct insults or disturbs a member in the
exercise of his or her powers or functions as a member.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Interrupting proceedings of the Tribunal
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the person’s conduct interrupts the proceedings of the
Tribunal.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
415
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 5 Miscellaneous
Section 173
Using insulting language
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person uses insulting language towards another person;
and
(b) the other person is a member.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Creating a disturbance
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the person’s conduct creates a disturbance in or near a place
where the Tribunal is sitting.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Taking part in creating or continuing a disturbance
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes part in creating or continuing a disturbance;
and
(b) the disturbance is in or near a place where the Tribunal is
sitting.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Contravention of direction limiting publication of evidence
(6) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the conduct contravenes a direction of the Tribunal under
paragraph 163(2)(b).
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Contempt of Tribunal
(7) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
416
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Copyright Tribunal of Australia Part VI
Miscellaneous Division 5
Section 174
(a) the person engages in conduct; and
(b) the person’s conduct would, if the Tribunal were a court of
record, constitute a contempt of that court.
Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or both.
Definition of engage in conduct
(8) In this section:
engage in conduct means:
(a) do an act; or
(b) omit to perform an act.
174 Costs of proceedings
(1) The Tribunal may order that the costs of any proceedings before it
incurred by any party, or a part of those costs, shall be paid by any
other party and may tax or settle the amount of the costs to be so
paid, or specify the manner in which they are to be taxed.
(1A) In taxing or settling under subsection (1) the amount of the costs,
or of a part of the costs, of any proceedings before the Tribunal
incurred by a party, the Tribunal or the person or persons taxing or
settling those costs, as the case may be, shall allow so much only
of the amount as in the opinion of the Tribunal or the person or
persons, as the case may be, would be allowed if the proceedings
were proceedings before the Federal Court of Australia and the
costs were taxed under the Federal Court Rules.
(2) Costs directed by the Tribunal to be paid to a party may be
recovered by that party in any court of competent jurisdiction.
(2A) In any proceedings before a court under subsection (2) for the
recovery of costs directed by the Tribunal to be paid to a party, a
certificate signed by the Registrar that states that the costs have
been taxed or the amount of the costs has been settled and sets out
the amount of the costs as so taxed or settled is prima facie
evidence of the matters stated in the certificate.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
417
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VI Copyright Tribunal of Australia
Division 5 Miscellaneous
Section 175
175 Proof of orders of Tribunal
Without prejudice to any other method available by law for the
proof of orders of the Tribunal, a document purporting to be a copy
of such an order, and to be certified by the Registrar to be a true
copy of the order, is, in any proceeding, evidence of the order.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
418
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Crown Part VII
Crown copyright Division 1
Section 176
Part VII—The Crown
Division 1—Crown copyright
176 Crown copyright in original works made under direction of
Crown
(1) Where, apart from this section, copyright would not subsist in an
original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work made by, or
under the direction or control of, the Commonwealth or a State,
copyright subsists in the work by virtue of this subsection.
(2) The Commonwealth or a State is, subject to this Part and to Part X,
the owner of the copyright in an original literary, dramatic, musical
or artistic work made by, or under the direction or control of, the
Commonwealth or the State, as the case may be.
177 Crown copyright in original works first published in Australia
under direction of Crown
Subject to this Part and to Part X, the Commonwealth or a State is
the owner of the copyright in an original literary, dramatic, musical
or artistic work first published in Australia if first published by, or
under the direction or control of, the Commonwealth or the State,
as the case may be.
178 Crown copyright in recordings and films made under direction
of Crown
(1) Where, apart from this section, copyright would not subsist in a
sound recording or cinematograph film made by, or under the
direction or control of, the Commonwealth or a State, copyright
subsists in the recording or film by virtue of this subsection.
(2) The Commonwealth or a State is, subject to this Part and to Part X,
the owner of the copyright in a sound recording or cinematograph
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
419
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VII The Crown
Division 1 Crown copyright
Section 179
film made by, or under the direction or control of, the
Commonwealth or the State, as the case may be.
179 Provisions relating to ownership of copyright may be modified
by agreement
The last three preceding sections have effect subject to any
agreement made by, or on behalf of, the Commonwealth or a State
with the author of the work or with the maker of the sound
recording or cinematograph film, as the case may be, by which it is
agreed that the copyright in the work, recording or film is to vest in
the author or maker, or in another person specified in the
agreement.
180 Duration of Crown copyright in original works
(1) Copyright in a literary, dramatic or musical work of which the
Commonwealth or a State is the owner, or would, but for an
agreement to which the last preceding section applies, be the
owner:
(a) where the work is unpublished—continues to subsist so long
as the work remains unpublished; and
(b) where the work is published—subsists, or, if copyright in the
work subsisted immediately before its first publication,
continues to subsist, until the expiration of 50 years after the
expiration of the calendar year in which the work was first
published.
(2) Subject to the next succeeding subsection, copyright in an artistic
work of which the Commonwealth or a State is the owner, or
would, but for an agreement to which the last preceding section
applies, be the owner, continues to subsist until the expiration of 50
years after the expiration of the calendar year in which the work
was made.
(3) Copyright in an engraving or photograph of which the
Commonwealth or a State is the owner, or would, but for an
agreement to which the last preceding section applies, be the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
420
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Crown Part VII
Crown copyright Division 1
Section 181
owner, continues to subsist until the expiration of 50 years after the
expiration of the calendar year in which the engraving or
photograph is first published.
181 Duration of Crown copyright in recordings and films
Copyright in a sound recording or cinematograph film of which the
Commonwealth or a State is the owner, or would, but for the
operation of an agreement to which section 179 applies, be the
owner, subsists until the expiration of 50 years after the expiration
of the calendar year in which the recording or film is first
published.
182 Application of Parts III and IV to copyright subsisting by virtue
of this Part
(1) Part III (other than the provisions of that Part relating to the
subsistence, duration or ownership of copyright) applies in relation
to copyright subsisting by virtue of this Part in a literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic work in like manner as it applies in relation to
copyright subsisting in such a work by virtue of that Part.
(2) Part IV (other than the provisions of that Part relating to the
subsistence, duration or ownership of copyright) applies in relation
to copyright subsisting by virtue of this Part in a sound recording
or cinematograph film in like manner as it applies in relation to
copyright subsisting in such a recording or film by virtue of that
Part.
182A Copyright in statutory instruments and judgments etc.
(1) The copyright, including any prerogative right or privilege of the
Crown in the nature of copyright, in a prescribed work is not
infringed by the making, by reprographic reproduction, of one
copy of the whole or of a part of that work by or on behalf of a
person and for a particular purpose.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the making, by reprographic
reproduction, of a copy of the whole or a part of the work, where a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
421
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VII The Crown
Division 1 Crown copyright
Section 182A
charge is made for making and supplying that copy, unless the
amount of the charge does not exceed the cost of making and
supplying that copy.
(3) In subsection (1), a prescribed work means:
(a) an Act or State Act, an enactment of the legislature of a
Territory or an instrument (including an Ordinance or a rule,
regulation or by-law) made under an Act, a State Act or such
an enactment;
(b) a judgment, order or award of a Federal court or of a court of
a State or Territory;
(c) a judgment, order or award of a Tribunal (not being a court)
established by or under an Act or other enactment of the
Commonwealth, a State or a Territory;
(d) reasons for a decision of a court referred to in paragraph (b),
or of a Tribunal referred to in paragraph (c), given by the
court or by the Tribunal; or
(e) reasons given by a Justice, Judge or other member of a court
referred to in paragraph (b), or of a member of a Tribunal
referred to in paragraph (c), for a decision given by him or
her either as the sole member, or as one of the members, of
the court or Tribunal.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
422
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Crown Part VII
Use of copyright material for the Crown Division 2
Section 182B
Division 2—Use of copyright material for the Crown
182B Definitions
(1) Subject to subsection (2), in this Division:
collecting society means a company in respect of which a
declaration is in force under section 153F.
copyright material means:
(a) a work; or
(b) a published edition of a work; or
(c) a sound recording; or
(d) a cinematograph film; or
(e) a television or sound broadcast; or
(f) a work that is included in a sound recording, a cinematograph
film or a television or sound broadcast.
government means the Commonwealth or a State.
Note: State includes the Australian Capital Territory, the Northern Territory
and Norfolk Island: see paragraph 10(3)(n).
government copy means a reproduction in a material form of
copyright material made under subsection 183(1).
(2) A reference in subsection (1) to a work does not include a
reference to a literary work that consists of a computer program or
a compilation of computer programs.
182C Relevant collecting society
A company is the relevant collecting society in relation to a
government copy if there is in force, under Division 3 of Part VI, a
declaration of the company as the collecting society for the
purposes of this Division in relation to:
(a) all government copies; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
423
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VII The Crown
Division 2 Use of copyright material for the Crown
Section 183
(b) a class of government copies that includes the
first-mentioned government copy.
183 Use of copyright material for the services of the Crown
(1) The copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work or a
published edition of such a work, or in a sound recording,
cinematograph film, television broadcast or sound broadcast, is not
infringed by the Commonwealth or a State, or by a person
authorized in writing by the Commonwealth or a State, doing any
acts comprised in the copyright if the acts are done for the services
of the Commonwealth or State.
(2) Where the Government of the Commonwealth has made an
agreement or arrangement with the Government of some other
country for the supply to that country of goods required for the
defence of that country:
(a) the doing of any act in connexion with the supply of those
goods in pursuance of the agreement or arrangement; and
(b) the sale to any person of such of those goods as are not
required for the purposes of the agreement or arrangement;
shall, for the purposes of the last preceding subsection, be each
deemed to be for the services of the Commonwealth.
(3) Authority may be given under subsection (1) before or after the
acts in respect of which the authority is given have been done, and
may be given to a person notwithstanding that he or she has a
licence granted by, or binding on, the owner of the copyright to do
the acts.
(4) Where an act comprised in a copyright has been done under
subsection (1), the Commonwealth or State shall, as soon as
possible, unless it appears to the Commonwealth or State that it
would be contrary to the public interest to do so, inform the owner
of the copyright, as prescribed, of the doing of the act and shall
furnish him or her with such information as to the doing of the act
as he or she from time to time reasonably requires.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
424
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Crown Part VII
Use of copyright material for the Crown Division 2
Section 183
(5) Where an act comprised in a copyright has been done under
subsection (1), the terms for the doing of the act are such terms as
are, whether before or after the act is done, agreed between the
Commonwealth or the State and the owner of the copyright or, in
default of agreement, as are fixed by the Copyright Tribunal.
(6) An agreement or licence (whether made or granted before or after
the commencement of this Act) fixing the terms upon which a
person other than the Commonwealth or a State may do acts
comprised in a copyright is inoperative with respect to the doing of
those acts, after the commencement of this Act, under
subsection (1), unless the agreement or licence has been approved
by:
(a) in the case of the Commonwealth—the Minister; or
(b) in the case of a State—the Minister of the State with
responsibility for copyright.
(7) Where an article is sold and the sale is not, by virtue of
subsection (1), an infringement of a copyright, the purchaser of the
article, and a person claiming through him or her, is entitled to deal
with the article as if the Commonwealth or State were the owner of
that copyright.
(8) An act done under subsection (1) does not constitute publication of
a work or other subject-matter and shall not be taken into account
in the application of any provision of this Act relating to the
duration of any copyright.
(9) Where an exclusive licence is in force in relation to any copyright,
the preceding subsections of this section have effect as if any
reference in those subsections to the owner of the copyright were a
reference to the exclusive licensee.
(11) The reproduction, copying or communication of the whole or a part
of a work or other subject-matter for the educational purposes of an
educational institution of, or under the control of, the
Commonwealth, a State, the Australian Capital Territory or the
Northern Territory shall, for the purposes of this section, be
deemed not to be an act done for the services of the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
425
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VII The Crown
Division 2 Use of copyright material for the Crown
Section 183A
Commonwealth, that State, the Australian Capital Territory or the
Northern Territory.
183A Special arrangements for copying for services of government
(1) Subsections 183(4) and (5) do not apply in relation to a
government copy (whenever it was made) if a company is the
relevant collecting society for the purposes of this Division in
relation to the copy and the company has not ceased operating as
that collecting society.
(2) If subsection 183(5) does not apply to government copies made in
a particular period for the services of a government, the
government must pay the relevant collecting society in relation to
those copies (other than excluded copies) equitable remuneration
worked out for that period using a method:
(a) agreed on by the collecting society and the government; or
(b) if there is no agreement—determined by the Tribunal under
section 153K.
(3) The method of working out equitable remuneration payable to a
collecting society in respect of government copies (other than
excluded copies) for a period must:
(a) take into account the estimated number of those copies made
for the services of the government during the period, being
copies in relation to which the society is the relevant
collecting society; and
(b) specify the sampling system to be used for estimating the
number of copies for the purposes of paragraph (a).
(4) The method of working out the equitable remuneration payable
may provide for different treatment of different kinds or classes of
government copies.
(5) Subsections (3) and (4) apply whether the method is agreed on by
the collecting society and the government or is determined by the
Tribunal.
(6) In this section:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
426
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Crown Part VII
Use of copyright material for the Crown Division 2
Section 183B
excluded copies means government copies in respect of which it
appears to the government concerned that it would be contrary to
the public interest to disclose information about the making of the
copies.
183B Payment and recovery of equitable remuneration payable for
government copies
(1) Equitable remuneration payable to a collecting society under
subsection 183A(2) must be paid:
(a) in the manner, and at the times, agreed on by the collecting
society and the government; or
(b) if the Tribunal has made an order under subsection 153K(3)
specifying how and when payments are to be made—in the
manner, and at the times, specified in the order.
(2) If equitable remuneration is not paid in accordance with the
agreement or the Tribunal’s order, the collecting society may
recover the remuneration as a debt due to the society in a court of
competent jurisdiction.
183C Powers of collecting society to carry out sampling
(1) This section applies if the method of working out equitable
remuneration payable under subsection 183A(2) for government
copies made for the services of a government has been agreed on
by the government and the relevant collecting society or has been
determined by the Tribunal.
(2) The collecting society may give written notice to the government
that the society wishes to carry out sampling in accordance with
the method during a specified period at specified premises
occupied by the government. The period specified must not start
earlier than 7 days after the day on which the notice is given.
(3) The government may give the collecting society a written
objection, based on reasonable grounds, to the proposal to carry out
sampling during the period, or at the premises, specified in the
notice. However, if it does so, the notice of objection must propose
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
427
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VII The Crown
Division 2 Use of copyright material for the Crown
Section 183D
an alternative period during which, or alternative premises at
which, as the case may be, sampling may be carried out.
(4) If the government gives the collecting society an objection,
sampling may not be carried out during the period, or at the
premises, to which the objection relates unless the objection is
withdrawn.
(5) If the government has not objected, or has withdrawn any objection
it made, before or during the specified period, a person authorised
in writing by the society may, during that period, enter the
premises specified in the notice and carry out sampling in
accordance with the method on any ordinary working day for
government staff who work in the premises.
(6) The government must take reasonable steps to ensure that the
person who attends at the premises is given all reasonable and
necessary facilities and assistance for carrying out the sampling.
183D Annual report and accounts of collecting society
(1) As soon as practicable after the end of each financial year, a
company that was a collecting society during any part of the year
must prepare a report of its operations as a collecting society
during the year and send a copy of the report to the Minister.
(2) A collecting society must keep accounting records correctly
recording and explaining the transactions of the society (including
any transactions as trustee) and the financial position of the
society.
(3) Accounting records must be kept in a manner that will enable true
and fair accounts of the society to be prepared from time to time
and to be conveniently and properly audited.
(4) As soon as practicable after the end of each financial year, a
company that was a collecting society during any part of the year
must:
(a) have its accounts audited by an auditor who is not a member
of the society; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
428
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Crown Part VII
Use of copyright material for the Crown Division 2
Section 183E
(b) give a copy of the audited accounts and the auditor’s report
on the audit to the Minister.
(5) The Minister must cause a copy of a document given to the
Minister under subsection (1) or paragraph (4)(b) to be laid before
each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House
after the Minister received the document.
(6) A collecting society must give its members reasonable access to
copies of:
(a) all reports and audited accounts prepared by it under this
section; and
(b) all auditors’ reports on the audit of the accounts.
(7) This section does not affect any obligations of a collecting society
relating to the preparation and lodging of annual returns or
accounts under the law under which it is incorporated.
183E Alteration of rules of collecting society
If a collecting society alters its rules, it must give a copy of the
altered rules, together with a statement of the effects of, and
reasons for, the alteration, to the Minister and the Tribunal within
21 days after the day on which the alteration was made.
183F Applying to Tribunal for review of distribution arrangement
(1) A collecting society or a member of a collecting society may apply
to the Copyright Tribunal for review of the arrangement adopted,
or proposed to be adopted, by the collecting society for distributing
amounts it collects in a period.
(2) If the Tribunal makes an order under section 153KA varying the
arrangement or substituting for it another arrangement, the
arrangement reflecting the Tribunal’s order has effect as if it had
been adopted in accordance with the collecting society’s rules, but
does not affect a distribution started before the order was made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
429
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VIII Extension or restriction of operation of Act
Section 184
Part VIII—Extension or restriction of operation of
Act
184 Application of Act to countries other than Australia
(1) Subject to this section, the regulations may make provision
applying any of the provisions of this Act (other than those of
Part XIA) specified in the regulations, in relation to a country
(other than Australia) so specified, in any one or more of the
following ways:
(a) so that the provisions apply in relation to literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic works or editions first published, or sound
recordings or cinematograph films made or first published, in
that country in like manner as those provisions apply in
relation to literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works or
editions first published, or sound recordings or
cinematograph films made or first published, in Australia;
(b) so that the provisions apply in relation to artistic works that
are buildings situated in that country or are attached to, or
form part of, buildings situated in that country in like manner
as those provisions apply in relation to artistic works that are
buildings situated in Australia or are attached to, or form part
of, buildings situated in Australia;
(c) so that the provisions apply in relation to persons who, at a
material time, are citizens or nationals of that country in like
manner as those provisions apply in relation to persons who,
at such a time, are Australian citizens;
(d) so that the provisions apply in relation to persons who, at a
material time, are resident in that country in like manner as
those provisions apply in relation to persons who, at such a
time, are resident in Australia;
(e) so that the provisions apply in relation to bodies incorporated
under the law of that country in like manner as those
provisions apply in relation to bodies incorporated under a
law of the Commonwealth or of a State;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
430
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Extension or restriction of operation of Act Part VIII
Section 184
(f) so that the provisions apply in relation to television
broadcasts and sound broadcasts made from places in that
country by persons entitled under the law of that country to
make such broadcasts in like manner as those provisions
apply in relation to television broadcasts and sound
broadcasts made from places in Australia by the Australian
Broadcasting Corporation, by the Special Broadcasting
Service Corporation, by a holder of a licence allocated by the
Australian Communications and Media Authority under the
Broadcasting Services Act 1992 or by a person authorised to
make the broadcast by a class licence determined by that
Authority under that Act.
(2) Regulations applying a provision of this Act in relation to a
country other than Australia in accordance with the last preceding
subsection:
(a) may apply the provision without exception or modification or
subject to such exceptions or modifications as are specified
in the regulations; and
(b) may apply the provision either generally or in relation to such
classes of works or other subject-matter, or other classes of
cases, as are specified in the regulations.
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a regulation for the purposes
of subsection (1) applying a provision of this Act in relation to a
country other than Australia:
(a) the country must be a party to an international agreement
specified, in relation to the provision of this Act, by the
regulations for the purposes of this paragraph; or
(b) the Minister must be satisfied that adequate protection is or
will be given under the law of the country to owners of
copyright under this Act in the class of works or other
subject-matter to which the provision of this Act relates.
(4) Where:
(a) the identity of the author of an unpublished work is unknown
but there are reasonable grounds for believing that the author
of the work was, at the time when, or for a substantial part of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
431
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VIII Extension or restriction of operation of Act
Section 185
the period during which, the work was made, a citizen or
national of a country other than Australia;
(b) under the law of that country, a person is authorized to
represent the author, or to protect and enforce the rights of
the author, in relation to that work; and
(c) provision is made by the regulations applying any of the
provisions of this Act in relation to works made by citizens
or nationals of that country;
that person shall, for the purposes of those provisions as so
applying, be treated as if he or she were the author of the work.
185 Denial of copyright to citizens of countries not giving adequate
protection to Australian works
(2) The regulations may, subject to subsection (3), provide, either
generally or in such classes of cases as are specified in the
regulations, that copyright under this Act does not subsist in works
first published after a date specified in the regulations (which may
be a date before the commencement of the regulations or before the
commencement of this Act) if, at the time of the first publication of
those works, the authors of the works were or are:
(a) citizens or nationals of a country specified in the regulations,
not being at that time persons resident in Australia; or
(b) in the case of works being sound recordings or
cinematograph films—bodies incorporated under the law of a
country specified in the regulations.
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a regulation for the purposes
of subsection (2) in relation to a country:
(a) the Minister must be satisfied that that the law of the country:
(i) does not give adequate protection to Australian works;
or
(ii) does not give adequate protection in relation to a class
or classes of such works;
(whether the lack of protection relates to the nature of the
work or the nationality, citizenship or country of residence of
its author, or all of those matters); and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
432
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Extension or restriction of operation of Act Part VIII
Section 186
(b) the Minister must have regard to the nature and extent of that
lack of protection.
(4) In this section:
Australian work means a work the author of which was, at the
time when the work was made, a qualified person for the purposes
of the relevant provision of this Act.
author, in relation to a sound recording or a cinematograph film,
means the maker of the recording or film.
the relevant provision of this Act means:
(a) in relation to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work—section 32; and
(b) in relation to a sound recording or a cinematograph
film—Part IV.
work means a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, a sound
recording or a cinematograph film.
186 Application of Act to international organizations
(1) The regulations may, subject to subsection (1A), declare an
organization:
(a) of which 2 or more countries, or the Governments of 2 or
more countries, are members; or
(b) that is constituted by persons representing 2 or more
countries, or representing the Governments of 2 or more
countries;
to be an international organization to which this Act applies.
(1A) Before the Governor-General makes a regulation for the purposes
of subsection (1) in relation to an organization, the Minister must
be satisfied that it is desirable that this Act should apply in relation
to the organization.
(2) An international organization to which this Act applies that
otherwise does not have, or at some material time otherwise did not
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
433
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VIII Extension or restriction of operation of Act
Section 187
have, the legal capacities of a body corporate has, and shall be
deemed at all material times to have had, the legal capacities of a
body corporate for the purpose of holding, dealing with and
enforcing copyright and for the purposes of all legal proceedings
relating to copyright.
187 Original works made or first published by international
organizations
(1) Where an original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is
made by, or under the direction or control of, an international
organization to which this Act applies in such circumstances that
copyright would not, apart from this subsection, subsist in the
work:
(a) copyright subsists in the work;
(b) that copyright subsists so long as the work remains
unpublished; and
(c) the organization is, subject to Part X, the owner of that
copyright.
(2) Where an original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is
first published by, or under the direction or control of, an
international organization to which this Act applies in such
circumstances that copyright would not, apart from this subsection,
subsist in the work immediately after the first publication of the
work:
(a) copyright subsists in the work, or, if copyright in the work
subsisted immediately before its first publication, continues
to subsist in the work;
(b) that copyright subsists until the end of 70 years after the end
of the calendar year in which the work was first published;
and
(c) the organization is, subject to Part X, the owner of that
copyright.
(3) Part III, other than the provisions of that Part relating to the
subsistence, duration or ownership of copyright, applies in relation
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
434
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Extension or restriction of operation of Act Part VIII
Section 188
to copyright subsisting by virtue of this section in like manner as it
applies in relation to copyright subsisting by virtue of that Part.
188 Subject-matter, other than original works, made or first
published by international organizations
(1) Where a sound recording or a cinematograph film is made by, or
under the direction or control of, an international organization to
which this Act applies in such circumstances that copyright would
not, apart from this subsection, subsist in the recording or film:
(a) copyright subsists in the recording or film;
(b) that copyright subsists so long as the recording or film
remains unpublished; and
(c) the organization is, subject to Part X, the owner of that
copyright.
(2) Where a sound recording or a cinematograph film is first published
by, or under the direction or control of, an international
organization to which this Act applies in such circumstances that
copyright would not, apart from this subsection, subsist in the
recording or film immediately after the first publication of the
recording or film:
(a) copyright subsists in the recording or film, or, if copyright in
the recording or film subsisted immediately before its first
publication, continues to subsist in the recording or film;
(b) that copyright subsists until the end of 70 years after the end
of the calendar year in which the recording or film was first
published; and
(c) the organization is, subject to Part X, the owner of that
copyright.
(3) Where an edition of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work or
of 2 or more literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works, other than
an edition that reproduces a previous edition of the same work or
works, is published by, or under the direction or control of, an
international organization to which this Act applies in such
circumstances that copyright would not, apart from this subsection,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
435
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part VIII Extension or restriction of operation of Act
Section 188
subsist in the edition immediately after the first publication of the
edition:
(a) copyright subsists in the edition;
(b) that copyright subsists until the end of 25 years after the end
of the calendar year in which the edition was first published;
and
(c) the organization is, subject to Part X, the owner of that
copyright.
(4) Part IV, other than the provisions of that Part relating to the
subsistence, duration or ownership of copyright, applies in relation
to copyright subsisting by virtue of this section in like manner as it
applies in relation to copyright subsisting by virtue of that Part.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
436
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Preliminary Division 1
Section 189
Part IX—Moral rights of performers and of
authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 1—Preliminary
189 Definitions
In this Part, unless the contrary intention appears:
act of false attribution:
(a) in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by subsection 195AC(2); and
(b) in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by subsection 195AHA(2).
artistic work means an artistic work in which copyright subsists.
attributable act:
(a) in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by subsection 193(2); and
(b) in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by subsection 195ABA(2).
attributor:
(a) in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by subsection 195AC(2); and
(b) in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by subsection 195AHA(2).
author, in relation to a cinematograph film, means the maker of the
film.
cinematograph film means the complete and final version of a
cinematograph film in which copyright subsists.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
437
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 189
copy record means a record so far as it embodies:
(a) a recorded performance; or
(b) a substantial part of a recorded performance;
being a record derived directly or indirectly from an original record
of the performance.
deal means sell, let for hire, by way of trade offer or expose for
sale or hire, exhibit in public, or distribute and, in Divisions 3 and
3A, includes publish.
derogatory treatment:
(a) in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the relevant
meaning given by Division 4; and
(b) in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning
given by section 195ALB.
director, in relation to a cinematograph film, has a meaning
affected by section 191.
dramatic work means a dramatic work in which copyright subsists.
infringing article means:
(a) in relation to an author’s moral rights:
(i) an article that embodies a literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic work, or a cinematograph film, whether or not
the article bears or contains other material; or
(ii) a reproduction of, or of an adaptation of, a literary,
dramatic or musical work; or
(iii) a reproduction of an artistic work; or
(iv) a copy of a cinematograph film;
being a work or film in respect of which a moral right of the
author has been infringed, other than by derogatory treatment
not involving the material distortion or alteration of, or the
mutilation of, the work or film; and
(b) in relation to the moral rights of a performer in a live
performance:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
438
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Preliminary Division 1
Section 189
(i) a copy record of the live performance, where the
making of the copy record has infringed the performer’s
right of attribution of performership; or
(ii) a record embodying the live performance, where a
person’s name is inserted or affixed on the record and
the inserting or affixing has infringed the performer’s
right not to have performership falsely attributed; or
(iii) a record embodying the live performance, where the
record also embodies sounds the making of which have
infringed the performer’s right not to have
performership falsely attributed; or
(iv) a record embodying the live performance, being the live
performance as affected by derogatory treatment that
has infringed the performer’s right of integrity of
performership; and
(c) in relation to the moral rights of a performer in a recorded
performance:
(i) a copy record of the recorded performance, where the
making of the copy record has infringed the performer’s
right of attribution of performership; or
(ii) a record embodying the recorded performance, where a
person’s name is inserted or affixed on the record and
the inserting or affixing has infringed the performer’s
right not to have performership falsely attributed; or
(iii) a copy record of the recorded performance, where
dealings with the copy as a copy of an unaltered
recorded performance have infringed the performer’s
right not to have performership falsely attributed; or
(iv) a record embodying the recorded performance, being a
record that incorporates derogatory treatment that has
infringed the performer’s right of integrity of
performership.
literary work means a literary work in which copyright subsists.
maker, in relation to a cinematograph film, means the director of
the film, the producer of the film and the screenwriter of the film.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
439
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 189
moral right means:
(a) in relation to an author:
(i) a right of attribution of authorship; or
(ii) a right not to have authorship falsely attributed; or
(iii) a right of integrity of authorship; and
(b) in relation to a performer:
(i) a right of attribution of performership; or
(ii) a right not to have performership falsely attributed; or
(iii) a right of integrity of performership.
musical work means a musical work in which copyright subsists.
name, in Divisions 3 and 3A, includes a pseudonym, initials or a
monogram.
original record means a record produced upon the making of a
sound recording of a live performance.
Note: The sound track of a cinematograph film is treated as not being a
sound recording: see section 23.
performance means a performance within the meaning of
Part XIA, so far as the performance consists of sounds.
performer in a performance:
(a) means each person who contributed to the sounds of the
performance; and
(b) in relation to a performance that occurs outside Australia,
does not include a person who is not a qualified person at the
time of the performance.
Note: See also section 191B, which deals with the conductor of a musical
performance.
performership means participation in a performance, as the
performer or one of the performers.
person representing the author, in relation to a possible
infringement of any of an author’s moral rights in respect of a
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
440
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Preliminary Division 1
Section 189
work, means a person who, under subsection 195AN(1) or (2), is
entitled to exercise and enforce the moral right concerned.
person representing the performer means a person who, under
subsection 195ANB(1) or (2), is entitled to exercise and enforce a
performer’s moral right.
producer, in relation to a cinematograph film, has the meaning
given by section 191.
qualified person has the same meaning as in Part XIA.
recorded performance means a performance embodied in a record
so as to constitute a sound recording.
record embodying a performance means:
(a) an original record of a performance; or
(b) a copy record of a performance.
right not to have performership falsely attributed has the meaning
given by Division 3A.
right of attribution of authorship has the meaning given by
Division 2.
right of attribution of performership has the meaning given by
Division 2A.
right of integrity of authorship has the meaning given by
Division 4.
right of integrity of performership has the meaning given by
Division 4A.
right not to have authorship falsely attributed has the meaning
given by Division 3.
screenwriter, in relation to a cinematograph film, means the person
who wrote the script or screenplay of the film, as that meaning is
affected by section 191.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
441
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 190
sound recording means a sound recording in which copyright
subsists.
staged, in relation to a live performance, has the meaning given by
section 191A.
work means a literary work, a dramatic work, a musical work, an
artistic work or a cinematograph film.
190 Moral rights conferred on individuals
Only individuals have moral rights.
191 Director, producer and screenwriter of cinematograph film
(1) A reference in this Part to the director of a cinematograph film in
the direction of which 2 or more individuals were involved is a
reference to the principal director of the film and does not include a
reference to any subsidiary director, whether described as an
associate director, line director, assistant director or in any other
way.
(2) A reference in this Part to the producer of a cinematograph film is
a reference to:
(a) the individual who was the producer of the film; or
(b) if there were 2 or more individuals involved in the production
of the film—the individual who was the principal producer of
the film;
and does not include a reference to any subsidiary producer,
whether described as an executive producer, associate producer,
line producer, assistant producer or in any other way.
(3) As only individuals have moral rights (see section 190), if the
producer of a cinematograph film was a body corporate, the only
moral rights in respect of the film are those of the director and
screenwriter.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
442
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Preliminary Division 1
Section 191A
(4) A reference in this Part to the screenwriter of a cinematograph film
for which 2 or more individuals were involved in the writing of the
script or screenplay is a reference to the principal screenwriter.
Note: If there were 2 or more principal directors, 2 or more individuals who
were the principal producers, or 2 or more principal screenwriters, of a
cinematograph film, section 195AZJ, 195AZK or 195AZL applies.
191A Staging a performance
For the purposes of this Part, a live performance is staged by the
person who makes the arrangements necessary for the performance
(including elements of the performance not consisting of sounds)
to take place.
191B Conductor to be treated as a performer
If a performance of a musical work is conducted by a conductor,
then the sounds of the performance are to be treated as having been
made by the conductor (as well as by the persons who actually
made those sounds).
Note: As a consequence, the conductor will be able to be treated as being
one of the performers. Note, however, the qualified person
requirement in the definition of performer in section 189.
192 Rights to be additional to other rights
(1) The moral rights of the author of a work are in addition to any
other rights in relation to the work that the author or anyone else
has under this Act.
(2) The moral rights of a performer in a live performance or recorded
performance are in addition to any other rights in relation to the
performance that the performer or anyone else has under this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
443
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 2 Right of attribution of authorship
Section 193
Division 2—Right of attribution of authorship
193 Author’s right of attribution of authorship
(1) The author of a work has a right of attribution of authorship in
respect of the work.
(2) The author’s right is the right to be identified in accordance with
this Division as the author of the work if any of the acts (the
attributable acts) mentioned in section 194 are done in respect of
the work.
194 Acts giving rise to right of attribution of authorship
(1) If the work is a literary, dramatic or musical work, the attributable
acts are the following:
(a) to reproduce the work in a material form;
(b) to publish the work;
(c) to perform the work in public;
(d) to communicate the work to the public;
(e) to make an adaptation of the work.
(2) If the work is an artistic work, the attributable acts are the
following:
(a) to reproduce the work in a material form;
(b) to publish the work;
(c) to exhibit the work to the public;
(d) to communicate the work to the public.
(3) If the work is a cinematograph film, the attributable acts are the
following:
(a) to make a copy of the film;
(b) to exhibit the film in public;
(c) to communicate the film to the public.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
444
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right of attribution of authorship Division 2
Section 195
195 Nature of the identification of author
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the author of a work may be identified by
any reasonable form of identification.
(2) If:
(a) the author of a work has made known, either generally or to a
person who is required under this Part to identify the author,
that the author wishes to be identified in a particular way;
and
(b) the identification of the author in that way is reasonable in
the circumstances;
the identification is to be made in that way.
195AA Identification of author to be clear and reasonably
prominent
An identification of the author of a work must be clear and
reasonably prominent.
195AB What is a reasonably prominent identification
When a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is reproduced in
a material form, an adaptation is made of a literary, dramatic or
musical work, or a copy of a cinematograph film is made, an
identification of the author is taken to be reasonably prominent if it
is included on each reproduction of the work or of the adaptation or
on each copy of the film, as the case may be, in such a way that a
person acquiring the reproduction or copy will have notice of the
author’s identity.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
445
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 2A Right of attribution of performership
Section 195ABA
Division 2A—Right of attribution of performership
195ABA Performer’s right of attribution of performership
(1) A performer in a live performance or recorded performance has a
right of attribution of performership in respect of the performance.
(2) The performer’s right is the right to be identified in accordance
with this Division as a performer in the performance if any of the
acts (the attributable acts) mentioned in section 195ABB are done
in respect of the performance.
Note: If there is more than one performer in a performance, then each
performer has a right of attribution of performership: see
subsection 195AZQ(2).
195ABB Acts giving rise to right of attribution of performership
(1) The attributable acts for a live performance are the following:
(a) communicating the live performance to the public;
(b) staging the live performance in public.
Note: For the definition of staged, see section 191A.
(2) The attributable acts for a recorded performance are the following:
(a) making a copy record of the recorded performance;
(b) communicating the recorded performance to the public.
195ABC Nature of the identification of performer
(1) Subject to this section, a performer may be identified by any
reasonable form of identification.
(2) If:
(a) a performer has made known, either generally or to a person
who is required under this Part to identify the performer, that
the performer wishes to be identified in a particular way; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
446
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right of attribution of performership Division 2A
Section 195ABD
(b) the identification of the performer in that way is reasonable
in the circumstances;
the identification is to be made in that way.
(3) If a performance is presented by performers who use a group name,
then identification by using the group name is sufficient
identification of the performers in the group.
195ABD Identification of performer to be clear and reasonably
prominent or audible
An identification of a performer must be clear and reasonably
prominent or reasonably audible.
195ABE What is a reasonably prominent identification
When a copy record is made of a recorded performance, an
identification of a performer or group of performers is taken to be
reasonably prominent if it is included on each copy record of the
recorded performance in such a way that a person acquiring the
copy record will have notice of the identity of the performer or
group.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
447
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 3 Right not to have authorship of a work falsely attributed
Section 195AC
Division 3—Right not to have authorship of a work falsely
attributed
195AC Author’s right not to have authorship falsely attributed
(1) The author of a work has a right not to have authorship of the work
falsely attributed.
(2) The author’s right is the right not to have a person (the attributor)
do, in respect of the work, any of the acts (the acts of false
attribution) mentioned in the following provisions of this Division.
195AD Acts of false attribution of authorship of a literary, dramatic
or musical work
If the work is a literary, dramatic or musical work, it is an act of
false attribution in relation to the author of the work:
(a) to insert or affix, or to authorise the inserting or affixing of, a
person’s name in or on the work, or in or on a reproduction
of the work, in such a way as:
(i) to imply falsely that the person is the author or an
author of the work; or
(ii) to imply falsely that the work is an adaptation of a work
of the person; or
(b) to deal with the work with a person’s name so inserted or
affixed, if the attributor knows that the person is not an
author of the work or that the work is not an adaptation of a
work of the person, as the case may be; or
(c) to deal with a reproduction of the work, being a reproduction
in or on which a person’s name has been so inserted or
affixed, if the attributor knows that the person is not an
author of the work or that the work is not an adaptation of a
work of the person, as the case may be; or
(d) to perform the work in public, or communicate it to the
public, as being a work of which a person is the author or as
being an adaptation of a work of a person, if the attributor
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
448
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right not to have authorship of a work falsely attributed Division 3
Section 195AE
knows that the person is not an author of the work or that the
work is not an adaptation of the work of the person, as the
case may be.
195AE Acts of false attribution of authorship of artistic work
(1) This section applies if the work is an artistic work.
(2) It is an act of false attribution in relation to the author of the work:
(a) to insert or affix, or to authorise the inserting or affixing of, a
person’s name in or on the work, or in or on a reproduction
of the work, or to use, or to authorise the use of, a person’s
name in connection with the work, or in connection with a
reproduction of the work, in such a way as to imply falsely
that the person is an author of the work; or
(b) to deal with the work with a person’s name so inserted or
affixed, if the attributor knows that the person is not an
author of the work; or
(c) to deal with a reproduction of the work, being a reproduction
in or on which a person’s name has been so inserted or
affixed, if the attributor knows that the person is not an
author of the work; or
(d) to communicate the work to the public as being a work of
which a person is the author, if the attributor knows that the
person is not an author of the work.
195AF Acts of false attribution of authorship of cinematograph film
(1) This section applies if the work is a cinematograph film.
(2) It is an act of false attribution in relation to the director, producer
or screenwriter of the film:
(a) to insert or affix, or to authorise the inserting or affixing of, a
person’s name on the film or on a copy of the film in such a
way as to imply falsely that the person is the director,
producer or screenwriter, as the case may be, of the film; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
449
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 3 Right not to have authorship of a work falsely attributed
Section 195AG
(b) to deal with the film or a copy of the film if a person’s name
has been so inserted or affixed on the film or a copy, as the
case may be, and the attributor knows that the person is not
the director, producer or screenwriter, as the case may be, of
the film; or
(c) to communicate the film to the public as being a film of
which a person is the director, producer or screenwriter, as
the case may be, if the attributor knows that the person is not
the director, producer or screenwriter of the film.
195AG Acts of false attribution of authorship of altered literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work
(1) If the work is a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work that has
been altered by a person other than the author of the work, it is an
act of false attribution in relation to the author of the work:
(a) to deal with the work as so altered, as being the unaltered
work of the author; or
(b) to deal with a reproduction of the work as so altered, as being
a reproduction of the unaltered work of the author;
if, to the knowledge of the attributor, it is not the unaltered work or
a reproduction of the unaltered work, as the case may be, of the
author.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the effect of the alteration is insubstantial; or
(b) the alteration was required by law to be made, or was
otherwise necessary to avoid a breach of any law.
195AH Act of false attribution of authorship of altered
cinematograph film
(1) If the work is a cinematograph film that has been altered by a
person other than the maker of the film, it is an act of false
attribution in relation to the director, the producer and the
screenwriter of the film to deal with a copy of the film as so
altered, as being a copy of the unaltered film, if, to the knowledge
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
450
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right not to have authorship of a work falsely attributed Division 3
Section 195AH
of the attributor, the copy of the film is not a copy of the unaltered
film.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the effect of the alteration is insubstantial; or
(b) the alteration was required by law to be made, or was
otherwise necessary to avoid a breach of any law.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
451
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 3A Right not to have performership falsely attributed
Section 195AHA
Division 3A—Right not to have performership falsely
attributed
195AHA Performer’s right not to have performership falsely
attributed
(1) A performer in a live performance or recorded performance has a
right not to have performership falsely attributed.
(2) A performer’s right is the right not to have a person (the attributor)
do, in respect of the live performance or recorded performance (as
the case may be), any of the acts (the acts of false attribution)
mentioned in sections 195AHB and 195AHC.
Note: If there is more than one performer in a performance, then each
performer has a right not to have performership falsely attributed: see
subsection 195AZQ(3).
195AHB Acts of false attribution of performership
Acts of false attribution for live performances
(1) For a live performance, it is an act of false attribution for the stager
of the performance, or a person authorised by the stager, to state
falsely, or imply falsely, to the audience or intended audience
immediately before the performance that:
(a) a person is, or will be, a performer in the performance; or
(b) the performance is being, or will be, presented by a particular
group of performers.
Note: For the definition of staged, see section 191A.
Example 1: The stager of a live performance given by X and Y attributes the
performance to A and B. This is an act of false attribution in
relation to both X and Y.
Example 2: The stager of a live performance given by X and Y attributes the
performance to X and A. This is an act of false attribution in
relation to both X and Y (even though X is mentioned in the
attribution).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
452
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right not to have performership falsely attributed Division 3A
Section 195AHB
(2) For a live performance, it is an act of false attribution for the stager
of the performance, or a person authorised by the stager, to state
falsely, or imply falsely, to the audience during the performance
that:
(a) a person is, was, or will be a performer in the performance;
or
(b) the performance is being, was, or will be, presented by a
particular group of performers.
(3) For a live performance, it is an act of false attribution for the stager
of the performance, or a person authorised by the stager, to state
falsely, or imply falsely, to the audience immediately after the
performance that:
(a) a person was a performer in the performance; or
(b) a particular group of performers presented the performance.
(4) However, doing an act mentioned in subsection (1), (2) or (3) is
only an act of false attribution if the performance is in public or is
communicated to the public. For this purpose, any unauthorised
communication to the public is to be disregarded.
Acts of false attribution for recorded performances—individual
performers
(5) For a recorded performance, each of the following acts is an act of
false attribution:
(a) to insert or affix, or authorise the inserting or affixing of, a
person’s name in or on a record embodying the performance
in such a way as to imply falsely that the person is a
performer in the performance;
(b) to deal with a record embodying the performance if:
(i) a person’s name has been inserted or affixed in or on the
record as mentioned in paragraph (a); and
(ii) the attributor knows that the person is not a performer in
the performance;
(c) to communicate the recorded performance to the public as
being a performance in which a person is a performer, if the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
453
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 3A Right not to have performership falsely attributed
Section 195AHC
attributor knows that the person is not a performer in the
performance.
Acts of false attribution for recorded performances—groups of
performers
(6) For a recorded performance, each of the following acts is an act of
false attribution:
(a) to insert or affix, or authorise the inserting or affixing of, a
group name in or on a record embodying the performance in
such a way as to imply falsely that the group are performers
in the performance;
(b) to deal with a record embodying the performance if:
(i) a group name has been inserted or affixed in or on the
record as mentioned in paragraph (a); and
(ii) the attributor knows that the group are not performers in
the performance;
(c) to communicate the recorded performance to the public as
being a performance in which a group are performers, if the
attributor knows that the group are not performers in the
performance.
Silent performers
(7) It is not an act of false attribution of performership to state that a
performer who participated silently in a performance performed in
the performance.
Example: X and Y together present a cabaret act in which X sings and Y dances
silently. The “performance” for the purposes of this Part consists only
of the sounds made by X. It is not an act of false attribution in respect
of the performance to state or imply that Y was also a performer.
195AHC Act of false attribution of performership of altered
recorded performance
(1) If the work is a recorded performance that has been altered by a
person other than a performer in the performance, it is an act of
false attribution of performership in relation to the performer to
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
454
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right not to have performership falsely attributed Division 3A
Section 195AHC
deal with a copy of the recorded performance as so altered, as
being a copy of the unaltered recorded performance, if, to the
knowledge of the attributor, the copy of the recorded performance
is not a copy of the unaltered recorded performance.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the effect of the alteration is insubstantial; or
(b) the alteration was required by law to be made, or was
otherwise necessary to avoid a breach of any law.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
455
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 4 Right of integrity of authorship of a work
Section 195AI
Division 4—Right of integrity of authorship of a work
195AI Author’s right of integrity of authorship
(1) The author of a work has a right of integrity of authorship in
respect of the work.
(2) The author’s right is the right not to have the work subjected to
derogatory treatment.
195AJ Derogatory treatment of literary, dramatic or musical work
In this Part:
derogatory treatment, in relation to a literary, dramatic or musical
work, means:
(a) the doing, in relation to the work, of anything that results in a
material distortion of, the mutilation of, or a material
alteration to, the work that is prejudicial to the author’s
honour or reputation; or
(b) the doing of anything else in relation to the work that is
prejudicial to the author’s honour or reputation.
195AK Derogatory treatment of artistic work
In this Part:
derogatory treatment, in relation to an artistic work, means:
(a) the doing, in relation to the work, of anything that results in a
material distortion of, the destruction or mutilation of, or a
material alteration to, the work that is prejudicial to the
author’s honour or reputation; or
(b) an exhibition in public of the work that is prejudicial to the
author’s honour or reputation because of the manner or place
in which the exhibition occurs; or
(c) the doing of anything else in relation to the work that is
prejudicial to the author’s honour or reputation.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
456
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Right of integrity of authorship of a work Division 4
Section 195AL
195AL Derogatory treatment of cinematograph film
In this Part:
derogatory treatment, in relation to a cinematograph film, means:
(a) the doing, in relation to the film, of anything that results in a
material distortion of, the mutilation of, or a material
alteration to, the film that is prejudicial to the maker’s honour
or reputation; or
(b) the doing of anything else in relation to the film that is
prejudicial to the honour or reputation of the maker of the
film.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
457
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 4A Right of integrity of performership
Section 195ALA
Division 4A—Right of integrity of performership
195ALA Performer’s right of integrity of performership
(1) A performer in a live performance or recorded performance has a
right of integrity of performership in respect of the performance.
(2) The performer’s right is the right not to have the performance
subjected to derogatory treatment.
Note: If there is more than one performer in a performance, then each
performer has a right of integrity of performership: see
subsection 195AZQ(4).
195ALB Derogatory treatment of performance
In this Part:
derogatory treatment, in relation to a performer in a live
performance or recorded performance, means the doing, in relation
to the performance, of anything that results in a material distortion
of, the mutilation of, or a material alteration to, the performance
that is prejudicial to the performer’s reputation.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
458
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Duration and exercise of moral rights Division 5
Section 195AM
Division 5—Duration and exercise of moral rights
Subdivision A—Duration and exercise of moral rights of
authors
195AM Duration of author’s moral rights
(1) An author’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of a
cinematograph film continues in force until the author dies.
(2) An author’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of a work
other than a cinematograph film continues in force until copyright
ceases to subsist in the work.
(3) An author’s moral rights (other than the right of integrity of
authorship) in respect of a work continue in force until copyright
ceases to subsist in the work.
195AN Exercise of author’s moral rights
(1) If the author of a work dies, the author’s moral rights (other than
the right of integrity of authorship in respect of a cinematograph
film) in respect of the work may be exercised and enforced by his
or her legal personal representative.
(2) If the affairs of the author of a work are lawfully administered by
another person (except under a law for the relief of bankrupt or
insolvent debtors), the author’s moral rights may be exercised and
enforced by the person administering his or her affairs.
(3) Subject to this section, a moral right in respect of a work is not
transmissible by assignment, by will, or by devolution by operation
of law.
(4) If:
(a) a cinematograph film; or
(b) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work as included in a
cinematograph film;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
459
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 5 Duration and exercise of moral rights
Section 195ANA
has 2 or more authors, the authors may enter into a written
co-authorship agreement by which each of them agrees not to
exercise his or her right of integrity of authorship in respect of the
film or work, as the case may be, except jointly with the other
author or authors.
(5) A co-authorship agreement has effect according to its terms.
Subdivision B—Duration and exercise of moral rights of
performers
195ANA Duration of performer’s moral rights for recorded
performances
(1) A performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of a
recorded performance continues in force until copyright ceases to
subsist in the recorded performance.
(2) A performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed in
respect of a recorded performance continues in force until
copyright ceases to subsist in the recorded performance.
(3) A performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of a
recorded performance continues in force until the performer dies.
195ANB Exercise of performer’s moral rights
(1) If a performer in a live performance or recorded performance dies,
the performer’s moral rights in respect of the performance may be
exercised and enforced by his or her legal personal representative.
(2) If the affairs of a performer in a live performance or recorded
performance are lawfully administered by another person (except
under a law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors), the
performer’s moral rights may be exercised and enforced by the
person administering his or her affairs.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
460
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Duration and exercise of moral rights Division 5
Section 195ANB
(3) Subject to this section, a moral right in respect of a live
performance or recorded performance is not transmissible by
assignment, by will, or by devolution by operation of law.
(4) If there are 2 or more performers in a live performance or recorded
performance, then the performers may enter into a written
co-performership agreement by which each of them agrees not to
exercise his or her right of integrity of performership in respect of
the live performance or recorded performance, as the case may be,
except jointly with the other performer or performers.
(5) A co-performership agreement has effect according to its terms.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
461
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AO
Division 6—Infringement of moral rights
Subdivision A—Infringement of moral rights of authors
195AO Infringement of right of attribution of authorship
Subject to this Subdivision, a person infringes an author’s right of
attribution of authorship in respect of a work if the person does, or
authorises the doing of, an attributable act in respect of the work
without the identification of the author in accordance with
Division 2 as the author of the work.
195AP Infringement of right not to have authorship falsely
attributed
Subject to this Subdivision, a person infringes an author’s right not
to have authorship of a work falsely attributed if the person does an
act of false attribution in respect of the work.
195AQ Infringement of right of integrity of authorship
(1) This section has effect subject to this Subdivision.
(2) A person infringes an author’s right of integrity of authorship in
respect of a work if the person subjects the work, or authorises the
work to be subjected, to derogatory treatment.
(3) If a literary, dramatic or musical work has been subjected to
derogatory treatment of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the
definition of derogatory treatment in section 195AJ that infringes
the author’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of the work,
a person infringes the author’s right of integrity of authorship in
respect of the work if the person does any of the following in
respect of the work as so derogatorily treated:
(a) reproduces it in a material form;
(b) publishes it;
(c) performs it in public;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
462
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AR
(d) communicates it to the public;
(e) makes an adaptation of it.
(4) If an artistic work has been subjected to derogatory treatment of a
kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of derogatory
treatment in section 195AK that infringes the author’s right of
integrity of authorship in respect of the work, a person infringes the
author’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of the work if the
person does any of the following in respect of the work as so
derogatorily treated:
(a) reproduces it in a material form;
(b) publishes it;
(c) communicates it to the public.
(5) If a cinematograph film has been subjected to derogatory treatment
of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of
derogatory treatment in section 195AL that infringes the author’s
right of integrity of authorship in respect of the film, a person
infringes the author’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of
the film if the person does any of the following in respect of the
film as so derogatorily treated:
(a) makes a copy of it;
(b) exhibits it;
(c) communicates it to the public.
195AR No infringement of right of attribution of authorship if it was
reasonable not to identify the author
(1) A person who does, or authorises the doing of, an attributable act
in respect of a work does not, because the author of the work is not
identified, infringe the author’s right of attribution of authorship in
respect of the work if the person establishes that it was reasonable
in all the circumstances not to identify the author.
(2) The matters to be taken into account in determining for the
purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
463
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AR
circumstances not to identify the author of a literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic work include the following:
(a) the nature of the work;
(b) the purpose for which the work is used;
(c) the manner in which the work is used;
(d) the context in which the work is used;
(e) any practice, in the industry in which the work is used, that is
relevant to the work or the use of the work;
(f) any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the
industry in which the work is used, that is relevant to the
work or the use of the work;
(g) any difficulty or expense that would have been incurred as a
result of identifying the author;
(h) whether the work was made:
(i) in the course of the author’s employment; or
(ii) under a contract for the performance by the author of
services for another person;
(i) if the work has 2 or more authors—their views about the
failure to identify them.
(3) The matters to be taken into account in determining for the
purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular
circumstances not to identify the maker of a cinematograph film
include the following:
(a) the nature of the film;
(b) whether the primary purpose for which the film was made
was for exhibition at cinemas, for broadcasting by television
or for some other purpose;
(c) the purpose for which the film is used;
(d) the manner in which the film is used;
(e) the context in which the film is used;
(f) any practice, in the industry in which the film is used, that is
relevant to the film or the use of the film;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
464
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AS
(g) any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the
industry in which the film is used, that is relevant to the film
or the use of the film;
(h) any difficulty or expense that would have been incurred as a
result of identifying the maker;
(i) whether the film was made in the course of the employment
of the director, producer or screenwriter.
195AS No infringement of right of integrity of authorship if
derogatory treatment or other action was reasonable
(1) A person does not, by subjecting a work, or authorising a work to
be subjected, to derogatory treatment, infringe the author’s right of
integrity of authorship in respect of the work if the person
establishes that it was reasonable in all the circumstances to subject
the work to the treatment.
(2) The matters to be taken into account in determining for the
purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular
circumstances to subject a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work to derogatory treatment include the following:
(a) the nature of the work;
(b) the purpose for which the work is used;
(c) the manner in which the work is used;
(d) the context in which the work is used;
(e) any practice, in the industry in which the work is used, that is
relevant to the work or the use of the work;
(f) any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the
industry in which the work is used, that is relevant to the
work or the use of the work;
(g) whether the work was made:
(i) in the course of the author’s employment; or
(ii) under a contract for the performance by the author of
services for another person;
(h) whether the treatment was required by law or was otherwise
necessary to avoid a breach of any law;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
465
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AT
(i) if the work has 2 or more authors—their views about the
treatment.
(3) The matters to be taken into account in determining for the
purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular
circumstances to subject a cinematograph film to derogatory
treatment include the following:
(a) the nature of the film;
(b) whether the primary purpose for which the film was made
was for exhibition at cinemas, for broadcasting by television
or for some other use;
(c) the purpose for which the film is used;
(d) the manner in which the film is used;
(e) the context in which the film is used;
(f) any practice, in the industry in which the film is used, that is
relevant to the film or the use of the film;
(g) any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the
industry in which the film is used, that is relevant to the film
or the use of the film;
(h) whether the film was made in the course of the employment
of the director, producer or screenwriter who alleges that the
treatment was derogatory;
(i) whether the treatment was required by law or was otherwise
necessary to avoid a breach of any law.
(4) A person who does any act referred to in subsection 195AQ(3), (4)
or (5) in respect of a work that has been subjected to derogatory
treatment of a kind mentioned in that subsection does not, by doing
that act, infringe the author’s right of integrity of authorship in
respect of the work if the person establishes that it was reasonable
in all the circumstances to do that act.
195AT Certain treatment of works not to constitute an infringement
of the author’s right of integrity of authorship
(1) The destruction of a moveable artistic work is not an infringement
of the author’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
466
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AT
work if the person who destroyed the work gave the author, or a
person representing the author, a reasonable opportunity to remove
the work from the place where it was situated.
(2) A change in, or the relocation, demolition or destruction of, a
building is not an infringement of the author’s right of integrity of
authorship in respect of an artistic work that is affixed to or forms
part of the building if:
(a) the owner of the building, after making reasonable inquiries,
cannot discover the identity and location of the author or a
person representing the author; or
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply—the owner complies with
subsection (2A) in relation to the change, relocation,
demolition or destruction.
(2A) This subsection is complied with by the owner of a building in
relation to a change in, or the relocation, demolition or destruction
of, the building if:
(a) the owner has, in accordance with the regulations and before
the change, relocation, demolition or destruction is carried
out, given the author or a person representing the author a
written notice stating the owner’s intention to carry out the
change, relocation, demolition or destruction; and
(b) the notice stated that the person to whom the notice was
given may, within 3 weeks from the date of the notice, seek
to have access to the work for either or both of the following
purposes:
(i) making a record of the work;
(ii) consulting in good faith with the owner about the
change, relocation, demolition or destruction; and
(c) the notice contained such other information and particulars as
are prescribed; and
(d) where the person to whom the notice was given notifies the
owner within the period of 3 weeks referred to in
paragraph (b) that the person wishes to have access to the
work for either or both of the purposes mentioned in that
paragraph—the owner has given the person a reasonable
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
467
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AT
opportunity within a further period of 3 weeks to have such
access; and
(e) where, in the case of a change or relocation, the person to
whom the notice was given notifies the owner that the person
requires the removal from the work of the author’s
identification as the author of the work—the owner has
complied with the requirement.
(3) A change in, or the relocation, demolition or destruction of, a
building is not an infringement of the author’s right of integrity of
authorship in respect of the building, or in respect of any plans or
instructions used in the construction of the building or a part of the
building if:
(a) the owner of the building, after making reasonable inquiries,
cannot discover the identity and location of the author or a
person representing the author, or of any of the authors or
persons representing the authors, as the case may be; or
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply—the owner complies with
subsection (3A) in relation to the change, relocation,
demolition or destruction.
(3A) This subsection is complied with by the owner of a building in
relation to a change in, or the relocation, demolition or destruction
of, the building if:
(a) the owner has, in accordance with the regulations and before
the change, relocation, demolition or destruction is carried
out, given the author or a person representing the author, or
the authors or the persons representing the authors, whose
identity and location the owner knows, a written notice
stating the owner’s intention to carry out the change,
relocation, demolition or destruction; and
(b) the notice stated that the person to whom the notice was
given may, within 3 weeks from the date of the notice, seek
to have access to the building for either or both of the
following purposes:
(i) making a record of the artistic work;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
468
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AT
(ii) consulting in good faith with the owner about the
change, relocation, demolition or destruction; and
(c) the notice contained such other information and particulars as
are prescribed; and
(d) where the person to whom the notice was given notifies the
owner within the period of 3 weeks referred to in
paragraph (b) that the person wishes to have access to the
building for either or both of the purposes mentioned in that
paragraph—the owner has given the person a reasonable
opportunity within a further period of 3 weeks to have such
access; and
(e) where, in the case of a change or relocation, the person to
whom the notice was given notifies the owner that the person
requires the removal from the building of the author’s
identification as the author of the artistic work—the owner
has complied with the requirement.
(4) Subsections (2), (2A), (3) and (3A) do not limit the operation of
section 195AG.
(4A) The removal or relocation by a person (the remover) of a moveable
artistic work that is situated at a place that is accessible to the
public, and was made for installation in that place, is not an
infringement of the author’s right of integrity of authorship in
respect of the work if the remover:
(a) after making reasonable inquiries, cannot discover the
identity and location of the author or a person representing
the author; or
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply—complies with
subsection (4B) in relation to the removal or relocation.
(4B) This subsection is complied with by the remover in relation to the
removal or relocation of a moveable artistic work if:
(a) the remover has, in accordance with the regulations and
before the removal or relocation is carried out, given the
author or a person representing the author a written notice
stating the remover’s intention to carry out the removal or
relocation; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
469
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AU
(b) the notice stated that the person to whom the notice was
given may, within 3 weeks from the date of the notice, seek
to have access to the work for either or both of the following
purposes:
(i) making a record of the work;
(ii) consulting in good faith with the remover about the
removal or relocation; and
(c) the notice contained such other information and particulars as
are prescribed; and
(d) where the person to whom the notice was given notifies the
remover within the period of 3 weeks referred to in
paragraph (b) that the person wishes to have access to the
work for either or both of the purposes mentioned in that
paragraph—the remover has given the person a reasonable
opportunity within a further period of 3 weeks to have such
access; and
(e) where the person to whom the notice was given notifies the
remover that the person requires the removal from the work
of the author’s identification as the author of the work—the
remover has complied with the requirement.
(5) Anything done in good faith to restore or preserve a work is not, by
that act alone, an infringement of the author’s right of integrity of
authorship in respect of the work.
195AU Infringement by importation for sale or other dealing
(1) An author’s moral right in respect of a work is infringed by a
person who imports an article into Australia for the purpose of
dealing with the article if the importer knew, or ought reasonably
to have known, that, if the article had been made in Australia, it
would have been an infringing article.
(2) In subsection (1):
dealing with does not include distributing except where the
proposed distribution is for the purposes of sale.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
470
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AV
195AV Infringement by sale and other dealings
(1) An author’s moral right in respect of a work is infringed by a
person who, in Australia, deals with an article if the person knew,
or ought reasonably to have known, that the article was an
infringing article or, in respect of an imported article, would, if it
had been made in Australia, have been an infringing article.
(2) In subsection (1):
deals with does not include:
(a) distributes, except where the distribution is for the purposes
of sale; or
(b) deals with by means of a dealing covered by
paragraph 195AD(b), 195AD(c), 195AE(2)(b), 195AE(2)(c)
or 195AF (2)(b) or subsection 195AG(1) or 195AH(1); or
(c) deals with by means of an exhibition that is an attributable
act to which section 195AO applies or an exhibition to which
subsection 195AQ(5) applies.
195AVA Matters to be taken into account
In determining whether a person has authorised the doing of an act
that is an infringement of moral rights in respect of a work, the
matters that must be taken into account include the following:
(a) the extent (if any) of the person’s power to prevent the doing
of the act concerned;
(b) the nature of any relationship existing between the person
and the person who did the act concerned;
(c) whether the person took any reasonable steps to prevent or
avoid the doing of the act, including whether the person
complied with any relevant industry codes of practice.
195AVB Communication by use of certain facilities
A person (including a carrier or carriage service provider) who
provides facilities for making, or facilitating the making of, a
communication is not taken to have authorised the doing of an act
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
471
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AW
that is an infringement of moral rights in respect of a work merely
because another person uses the facilities so provided to do such an
act.
195AW Author’s consent to act or omission—films or works in films
(1A) This section applies to a work that is:
(a) a cinematograph film; or
(b) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work as included in a
cinematograph film.
(1) It is not an infringement of a moral right of an author in respect of
a work to do, or omit to do, something if the act or omission is
within the scope of a written consent given by the author or a
person representing the author.
(2) A consent may be given in relation to all or any acts or omissions
occurring before or after the consent is given.
(3) A consent may be given in relation to:
(a) a specified work or specified works existing when the
consent is given; or
(b) a work or works of a particular description:
(i) the making of which has not begun; or
(ii) that is or are in the course of being made.
(4) A consent may be given by an employee for the benefit of his or
her employer in relation to all works made or to be made by the
employee in the course of his or her employment.
(5) A consent given for the benefit of the owner or prospective owner
of copyright in the work or works to which it relates is presumed,
unless the contrary intention appears in the consent instrument, to
extend to his or her licensees and successors in title, and to any
persons who are authorised by the owner or prospective owner, or
by such a licensee or successor in title, to do acts comprised in the
copyright.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
472
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AWA
(6) Subsections (2) to (5), inclusive, do not limit the operation of
subsection (1).
195AWA Author’s consent to act or omission—work that is not a
film or included in a film
(1) This section applies to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work
other than such a work as included in a cinematograph film.
(2) It is not an infringement of a moral right of an author in respect of
a work to do, or omit to do, something if the act or omission is
within the scope of a written consent genuinely given by the author
or a person representing the author.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), a consent does not have any effect unless
it is given:
(a) in relation to specified acts or omissions, or specified classes
or types of acts or omissions, whether occurring before or
after the consent is given; and
(b) in relation to either of the following:
(i) a specified work or specified works existing when the
consent is given; or
(ii) a specified work, or works of a particular description,
the making of which has not begun or that is or are in
the course of being made.
(4) A consent may be given by an employee for the benefit of his or
her employer in relation to all or any acts or omissions (whether
occurring before or after the consent is given) and in relation to all
works made or to be made by the employee in the course of his or
her employment.
(5) A consent given for the benefit of the owner or prospective owner
of copyright in the work or works to which it relates is presumed,
unless the contrary intention appears in the consent instrument, to
extend to his or her licensees and successors in title, and to any
persons who are authorised by the owner or prospective owner, or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
473
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AWB
by such a licensee or successor in title, to do acts comprised in the
copyright.
195AWB Consent invalidated by duress or false or misleading
statements
(1) If a person applies duress to an author, or to a person representing
an author, in connection with the giving of a consent for the
purposes of section 195AW or 195AWA, the consent does not
have any effect.
(2) If:
(a) a person makes a statement to another person; and
(b) the person makes the statement knowing:
(i) that the statement is false or misleading in a material
particular; or
(ii) that a matter or thing has been omitted from the
statement without which the statement is false or
misleading in a material particular; and
(c) the person makes the statement with the intention of
persuading the other person to give, or not to give, a consent
for the purposes of section 195AW or 195AWA;
the consent does not have any effect.
195AX Acts or omissions outside Australia
It is not an infringement of an author’s moral right in respect of a
work to do, or omit to do, something outside Australia.
Subdivision B—Infringement of moral rights of performers
195AXA Infringement of right of attribution of performership
Subject to this Subdivision, a person infringes a performer’s right
of attribution of performership in respect of a live performance or
recorded performance if the person does, or authorises the doing
of, an attributable act in respect of the performance without the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
474
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AXB
identification of the performer in accordance with Division 2A as a
performer in the performance.
195AXB Infringement of right not to have performership falsely
attributed
Subject to this Subdivision, a person infringes a performer’s right
not to have performership falsely attributed if the person does an
act of false attribution in respect of the performance.
195AXC Infringement of right of integrity of performership
(1) This section has effect subject to this Subdivision.
(2) A person infringes a performer’s right of integrity of performership
in respect of a live performance or recorded performance if the
person subjects the performance, or authorises the performance to
be subjected, to derogatory treatment.
(3) If a live performance, as affected by derogatory treatment, has
become a recorded performance, then a person infringes a
performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of the live
performance if the person does any of the following in respect of
the recorded performance:
(a) makes a copy record of the recorded performance;
(b) communicates the recorded performance to the public;
(c) causes the recorded performance to be heard in public.
(4) If a recorded performance has been subjected to derogatory
treatment, then a person infringes a performer’s right of integrity of
performership in respect of the recorded performance if the person
does any of the following in respect of the recorded performance
(as affected by the derogatory treatment):
(a) makes a copy record of the recorded performance;
(b) communicates the recorded performance to the public;
(c) causes the recorded performance to be heard in public.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
475
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AXD
195AXD No infringement of right of attribution of performership if
it was reasonable not to identify the performer
(1) A person who does, or authorises the doing of, an attributable act
in respect of a live performance or recorded performance does not,
because a performer in the performance is not identified, infringe
the performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of
the performance if the person establishes that it was reasonable in
all the circumstances not to identify the performer.
(2) The matters to be taken into account in determining for the
purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular
circumstances not to identify a performer in a live performance or
recorded performance include the following:
(a) the nature of the performance;
(b) the purpose for which the performance is used;
(c) the manner in which the performance is used;
(d) the context in which the performance is used;
(e) any practice, in the industry in which the performance is
used, that is relevant to the performance or to the use of the
performance;
(f) any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the
industry in which the performance is used, that is relevant to
the performance or to the use of the performance;
(g) any difficulty or expense that would have been incurred as a
result of identifying the performer;
(h) whether the performer participated in the performance in the
course of the employment of the performer.
Note: For example, a performance may be used to attract custom in a hotel
or restaurant.
195AXE No infringement of right of integrity of performership if
derogatory treatment or other action was reasonable
(1) A person does not, by subjecting a live performance or recorded
performance to derogatory treatment, or by authorising a live
performance or recorded performance to be subjected to derogatory
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
476
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AXE
treatment, infringe a performer’s right of integrity of performership
in respect of the performance if the person establishes that it was
reasonable in all the circumstances to subject the performance to
the treatment.
(2) The matters to be taken into account in determining for the
purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular
circumstances to subject a live performance or recorded
performance to derogatory treatment include the following:
(a) the nature of the performance;
(b) the purpose for which the performance is used;
(c) the manner in which the performance is used;
(d) any practice, in the industry in which the performance is
used, that is relevant to the performance or to the use of the
performance;
(e) any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the
industry in which the performance is used, that is relevant to
the performance or to the use of the performance;
(f) whether the performer who alleges that the treatment was
derogatory participated in the performance in the course of
the employment of the performer;
(g) whether the treatment was required by law or was otherwise
necessary to avoid a breach of any law.
Note: For example, a performance may be used to attract custom in a hotel
or restaurant.
(3) A person who:
(a) does an act referred to in subsection 195AXC(3) in respect of
a live performance that has been subjected to derogatory
treatment; or
(b) does an act referred to in subsection 195AXC(4) in respect of
a recorded performance that has been subjected to derogatory
treatment;
does not, by doing that act, infringe a performer’s right of integrity
of performership in respect of the performance if the person
establishes that it was reasonable in all the circumstances to do that
act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
477
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AXF
195AXF Infringement by importation for sale or other dealing
(1) A performer’s moral right in respect of a live performance or
recorded performance is infringed by a person who imports an
article into Australia for the purpose of dealing with the article if
the importer knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that, if the
article had been made in Australia, it would have been an
infringing article.
(2) In subsection (1):
dealing with does not include distributing except where the
proposed distribution is for the purposes of sale.
195AXG Infringement by sale and other dealings
(1) A performer’s moral right in respect of a live performance or
recorded performance is infringed by a person who, in Australia,
deals with an article if the person knew, or ought reasonably to
have known, that the article was an infringing article or, in respect
of an imported article, would, if it had been made in Australia,
have been an infringing article.
(2) In subsection (1):
deals with does not include:
(a) distributes, except where the distribution is for the purposes
of sale; or
(b) deals with by means of a dealing covered by
paragraph 195AHB(5)(b) or (6)(b).
195AXH Matters to be taken into account
In determining whether a person has authorised the doing of an act
that is an infringement of moral rights in a live performance or
recorded performance, the matters that must be taken into account
include the following:
(a) the extent (if any) of the person’s power to prevent the doing
of the act concerned;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
478
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Infringement of moral rights Division 6
Section 195AXI
(b) the nature of any relationship existing between the person
and the person who did the act concerned;
(c) whether the person took any reasonable steps to prevent or
avoid the doing of the act, including whether the person
complied with any relevant industry codes of practice.
195AXI Communication by use of certain facilities
A person (including a carrier or carriage service provider) who
provides facilities for making, or facilitating the making of, a
communication is not taken to have authorised the doing of an act
that is an infringement of moral rights in a live performance or
recorded performance merely because another person uses the
facilities so provided to do such an act.
195AXJ Performer’s consent to act or omission
(1) It is not an infringement of a performer’s moral right in respect of a
live performance or recorded performance to do, or omit to do,
something if the act or omission is within the scope of a written
consent given by the performer or a person representing the
performer.
Note: The consent of one performer does not affect the moral rights of any
other performer: see subsection 195AZQ(5).
(2) A consent may be given in relation to all or any acts or omissions
occurring before or after the consent is given.
(3) A consent may be given in relation to:
(a) a specified performance or specified performances occurring
before the consent is given; or
(b) a performance or performances of a particular description:
(i) that have not yet occurred; or
(ii) that are in the course of occurring.
(4) A consent may be given by an employee for the benefit of his or
her employer in relation to all performances in which the employee
is to be a performer in the course of his or her employment.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
479
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 6 Infringement of moral rights
Section 195AXK
(5) A consent given for the benefit of the owner or prospective owner
of copyright in the recorded performance or recorded performances
to which the consent relates is presumed, unless the contrary
intention appears in the consent instrument, to extend to his or her
licensees and successors in title, and to any persons who are
authorised by the owner or prospective owner, or by such a
licensee or successor in title, to do acts comprised in the copyright.
(6) Subsections (2) to (5), inclusive, do not limit the operation of
subsection (1).
195AXK Consent invalidated by duress or false or misleading
statements
(1) If a person applies duress to a performer or, if a performer is
represented by a person, to the person representing the performer,
in connection with the giving of a consent for the purposes of
section 195AXJ, the consent does not have any effect.
(2) If:
(a) a person makes a statement to another person; and
(b) the person makes the statement knowing:
(i) that the statement is false or misleading in a material
particular; or
(ii) that a matter or thing has been omitted from the
statement without which the statement is false or
misleading in a material particular; and
(c) the person makes the statement with the intention of
persuading the other person to give, or not to give, a consent
for the purposes of section 195AXJ;
the consent does not have any effect.
195AXL Acts or omissions outside Australia
It is not an infringement of a performer’s moral right in respect of a
live performance or recorded performance to do, or omit to do,
something outside Australia.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
480
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Remedies for infringements of moral rights Division 7
Section 195AY
Division 7—Remedies for infringements of moral rights
Subdivision A—Remedies for infringement of moral rights of
authors
195AY Definition etc.
(1) In this Subdivision:
action means a proceeding of a civil nature between parties, and
includes a counterclaim.
(2) In the application of this Subdivision in relation to a counterclaim,
references to the defendant are taken to be references to the
plaintiff.
195AZ Actions for infringement of author’s moral rights
If a person infringes any of the moral rights of an author in respect
of a work, the infringement is not an offence but the author or a
person representing the author may bring an action in respect of the
infringement, subject to any co-authorship agreement in force
under section 195AN to which the author is a party.
195AZA Remedies for infringements of author’s moral rights
(1) Subject to section 203, the relief that a court may grant in an action
for an infringement of any of an author’s moral rights in respect of
a work includes any one or more of the following:
(a) an injunction (subject to any terms that the court thinks fit);
(b) damages for loss resulting from the infringement;
(c) a declaration that a moral right of the author has been
infringed;
(d) an order that the defendant make a public apology for the
infringement;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
481
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 7 Remedies for infringements of moral rights
Section 195AZA
(e) an order that any false attribution of authorship, or
derogatory treatment, of the work be removed or reversed.
(2) In exercising its discretion as to the appropriate relief to be granted,
the court may take into account any of the following:
(a) whether the defendant was aware, or ought reasonably to
have been aware, of the author’s moral rights;
(b) the effect on the author’s honour or reputation resulting from
any damage to the work;
(c) the number, and categories, of people who have seen or heard
the work;
(d) anything done by the defendant to mitigate the effects of the
infringement;
(e) if the moral right that was infringed was a right of attribution
of authorship—any cost or difficulty that would have been
associated with identifying the author;
(f) any cost or difficulty in removing or reversing any false
attribution of authorship, or derogatory treatment, of the
work.
(3) In deciding whether or not to grant an injunction under
subsection (1), the court must consider whether the parties have
made any attempt to negotiate a settlement of the action and
whether it should adjourn the hearing or further hearing of the
action for the purpose of giving the parties an appropriate
opportunity to negotiate a settlement, whether through a process of
mediation or otherwise.
(4) If:
(a) the work is a cinematograph film; and
(b) the action is brought by a person who is a screenwriter of the
film; and
(c) the relief granted in the action consists of or includes
damages; and
(d) the person has already been granted relief by way of damages
in an action for an infringement of his or her moral rights as
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
482
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Remedies for infringements of moral rights Division 7
Section 195AZD
an author of the dramatic work constituted by the script or
screenplay for the film;
the amount of any damages that, apart from this subsection, would
be awarded to the person in the action referred to in paragraph (b)
is to be reduced by the amount of the damages awarded to the
person in the action referred to in paragraph (d).
(5) If:
(a) the work is a dramatic work constituted by the screenplay or
script for a cinematograph film; and
(b) the action is brought by a person who is an author of the
screenplay or script; and
(c) the relief granted in the action consists of or includes
damages; and
(d) the person has already been granted relief by way of damages
in an action for an infringement of his or her moral rights as a
screenwriter of the film;
the amount of any damages that, apart from this subsection, would
be awarded to the person in the action referred to in paragraph (b)
is to be reduced by the amount of the damages awarded to the
person in the action referred to in paragraph (d).
(6) If, in respect of an act done after the death of an author of a work,
damages are recovered under this section by the legal personal
representative of the author, those damages devolve as if they
formed part of the author’s estate and as if the right of action in
respect of the doing of the act had subsisted, and had been vested
in the author, immediately before his or her death.
Note: Subsection (6) does not apply in relation to the right of integrity of
authorship in respect of a cinematograph film, which ends on the
author’s death. See subsection 195AM(1).
195AZD Presumption as to subsistence of copyright
In an action brought under this Part for an infringement of a moral
right in respect of a work, copyright is presumed to subsist in the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
483
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 7 Remedies for infringements of moral rights
Section 195AZE
work if the defendant does not put in issue the question whether
copyright subsists in the work.
195AZE Presumption as to subsistence of author’s moral rights
In an action brought under this Part for an infringement of a moral
right in respect of a work, if copyright is presumed or proved to
have subsisted in the work when the infringement is alleged to
have occurred, the moral right is presumed to have subsisted in the
work at that time.
195AZF Presumptions in relation to authorship of work
(1) Section 127 applies in respect of an action brought under this Part.
(2) If a name purporting to be the name of the director, producer or
screenwriter of a cinematograph film appeared on copies of the
film that were issued when the film was made, then, in an action
brought under this Part, the person whose name so appeared is, if it
was his or her true name or a name by which he or she was
commonly known, presumed, unless the contrary is established, to
be the director, producer or screenwriter, as the case may be, of the
film.
195AZG Other presumptions in relation to literary, dramatic,
musical or artistic work
Sections 128 and 129 apply in respect of an action brought under
this Part.
Subdivision B—Remedies for infringement of moral rights of
performers
195AZGA Definition etc.
(1) In this Subdivision:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
484
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Remedies for infringements of moral rights Division 7
Section 195AZGB
action means a proceeding of a civil nature between parties, and
includes a counterclaim.
(2) In the application of this Subdivision in relation to a counterclaim,
references to the defendant are taken to be references to the
plaintiff.
195AZGB Actions for infringement of performer’s moral rights
If a person infringes any of the moral rights of a performer in
respect of a live performance or recorded performance, then the
performer or a person representing the performer may bring an
action in respect of the infringement, subject to any
co-performership agreement in force under section 195ANB to
which the performer is a party.
195AZGC Remedies for infringements of performer’s moral rights
(1) Subject to section 203, the relief that a court may grant in an action
for an infringement of any of a performer’s moral rights in respect
of a live performance or recorded performance includes any one or
more of the following:
(a) an injunction (subject to any terms that the court thinks fit);
(b) damages for loss resulting from the infringement;
(c) a declaration that a moral right of the performer has been
infringed;
(d) an order that the defendant make a public apology for the
infringement;
(e) an order that any false attribution of performership, or
derogatory treatment, of the performance be removed or
reversed.
(2) In exercising its discretion as to the appropriate relief to be granted,
the court may take into account any of the following:
(a) whether the defendant was aware, or ought reasonably to
have been aware, of the performer’s moral rights;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
485
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 7 Remedies for infringements of moral rights
Section 195AZGD
(b) the effect on the performer’s reputation resulting from any
damage to the performance;
(c) the number, and categories, of people who have heard the
performance;
(d) anything done by the defendant to mitigate the effects of the
infringement;
(e) if the moral right that was infringed was a right of attribution
of performership—any cost or difficulty that would have
been associated with identifying the performer;
(f) any cost or difficulty in removing or reversing any false
attribution of performership, or derogatory treatment, of the
performance.
(3) In deciding whether or not to grant an injunction under
subsection (1), the court must consider whether the parties have
made any attempt to negotiate a settlement of the action and
whether it should adjourn the hearing or further hearing of the
action for the purpose of giving the parties an appropriate
opportunity to negotiate a settlement, whether through a process of
mediation or otherwise.
(4) If, after the death of a performer, in respect of an act done in a live
performance or recorded performance, damages are recovered
under this section by the legal personal representative of the
performer, those damages devolve as if they formed part of the
performer’s estate and as if the right of action in respect of the
doing of the act had subsisted, and had been vested in the
performer, immediately before his or her death.
Note: Subsection (4) does not apply in relation to the right of integrity of
performership, which ends on the performer’s death: see
section 195ANA.
195AZGD Presumption as to subsistence of copyright
In an action brought under this Part for an infringement of a moral
right in respect of a recorded performance, copyright is presumed
to subsist in the recorded performance if the defendant does not put
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
486
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Remedies for infringements of moral rights Division 7
Section 195AZGE
in issue the question whether copyright subsists in the recorded
performance.
195AZGE Presumption as to subsistence of performer’s moral
rights
(1) In an action brought under this Part for an infringement of a moral
right in respect of a recorded performance, if copyright is
presumed or proved to have subsisted in the recorded performance
when the infringement is alleged to have occurred, then the moral
right is presumed to have subsisted in the recorded performance at
that time.
(2) This section has effect subject to subsection 195ANA(3).
195AZGF Presumptions in relation to performership
(1) If a name purporting to be the name of a performer appears on a
record embodying a performance so as to indicate that the person
was a performer in the performance, then, in an action brought
under this Part, the person whose name so appeared is, if it was his
or her true name or a name by which he or she was commonly
known, presumed, unless the contrary is established, to be a
performer in the performance.
(2) If a name purporting to be the name of a group of performers
appears on a record embodying a performance so as to indicate that
the group performed in the performance, then, in an action brought
under this Part, the group whose name so appeared is, if it was a
name by which the group was commonly known, presumed, unless
the contrary is established, to have performed in the performance.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
487
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 7 Remedies for infringements of moral rights
Section 195AZGG
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
195AZGG Saving of other rights and remedies
(1) Subject to this section, this Part does not affect any right of action
or other remedy, whether civil or criminal, in proceedings brought
otherwise than under this Part.
(2) Any damages recovered in proceedings brought under this Part are
to be taken into account in assessing damages in proceedings
brought otherwise than under this Part and arising out of the same
event or transaction.
(3) Any damages recovered in proceedings brought otherwise than
under this Part are to be taken into account in proceedings brought
under this Part and arising out of the same event or transaction.
195AZGH Jurisdiction of courts
(1) The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory in a
matter arising under this Part is to be exercised by a single Judge of
the Court.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), a decision of a court of a State or
Territory (however constituted) under this Part is final.
(3) An appeal lies from a decision of a court of a State or Territory
under this Part:
(a) to the Federal Court of Australia; or
(b) by special leave of the High Court, to the High Court.
(4) The Federal Court of Australia has jurisdiction with respect to
matters arising under this Part.
(5) The Federal Circuit Court of Australia has jurisdiction with respect
to matters arising under this Part.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
488
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Miscellaneous Division 8
Section 195AZH
Division 8—Miscellaneous
Subdivision A—Miscellaneous provisions about moral rights of
authors
195AZH Parts of works
Moral rights in respect of a work apply in relation to a whole or a
substantial part of the work.
195AZI Works of joint authorship
(1) This section applies to a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work
that is a work of joint authorship.
(2) The right of attribution of authorship in respect of the work is a
right of each joint author to be identified as a joint author.
(3) An act of false attribution in respect of the work infringes the right
of each joint author not to have authorship of the work falsely
attributed.
(4) The right of integrity of authorship in respect of the work is a right
of each joint author.
(5) The consent of one joint author to any act or omission affecting his
or her moral rights in respect of the work does not affect the moral
rights of the other joint author or other joint authors in respect of
the work.
195AZJ Cinematograph films that have more than one principal
director
(1) This section applies to a cinematograph film that has more than
one principal director.
(2) The director’s right of attribution of authorship in respect of the
film is a right of each director to be identified as a director.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
489
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 195AZK
(3) An act of false attribution in respect of the direction of the film
infringes the right of each director not to have the direction of the
film falsely attributed.
(4) The director’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of the film
is a right of each director.
(5) The consent of one director to any act or omission affecting his or
her moral rights in respect of the film does not affect the moral
rights of the other director or other directors in respect of the film.
195AZK Cinematograph films that have more than one principal
producer
(1) This section applies to a cinematograph film of which more than
one individual is the principal producer.
(2) The producer’s right of attribution of authorship in respect of the
film is a right of each producer to be identified as a producer.
(3) An act of false attribution in respect of the production of the film
infringes the right of each producer not to have the production of
the film falsely attributed.
(4) The producer’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of the
film is a right of each producer.
(5) The consent of one producer to any act or omission affecting his or
her moral rights in respect of the film does not affect the moral
rights of the other producer or other producers in respect of the
film.
195AZL Cinematograph films that have more than one principal
screenwriter
(1) This section applies to a cinematograph film of which there is more
than one principal screenwriter.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
490
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Miscellaneous Division 8
Section 195AZM
(2) The screenwriter’s right of attribution of authorship in respect of
the film is a right of each screenwriter to be identified as a
screenwriter.
(3) An act of false attribution of authorship in respect of the script or
screenplay of the film infringes the right of each screenwriter not
to have the authorship of the script or screenplay of the film falsely
attributed.
(4) The screenwriter’s right of integrity of authorship in respect of the
film is a right of each screenwriter.
(5) The consent of one screenwriter to any act or omission affecting
his or her moral rights in respect of the film does not affect the
moral rights of the other screenwriter or other screenwriters in
respect of the film.
195AZM Application—right of attribution of authorship
(1) The right of attribution of authorship in respect of:
(a) a cinematograph film; or
(b) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work as included in a
cinematograph film;
subsists only if the cinematograph film is made after the
commencement of this Part.
(2) The right of attribution of authorship in respect of a literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work other than such a work as
included in a cinematograph film subsists in respect of a work
made before or after the commencement of this Part but this Part
only applies in relation to attributable acts done after that
commencement.
Note: Subsection 22(1) explains when a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work is taken to be made and paragraph 22(4)(a) explains when a
cinematograph film is taken to be made.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
491
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 195AZN
195AZN Application—right not to have authorship falsely
attributed
(1) The right not to have authorship falsely attributed subsists in
respect of a work made before or after the commencement of this
Part but this Part only applies in relation to acts of false attribution
done after that commencement.
(2) Paragraph 195AD(b) or (c), 195AE(2)(b) or (c) or 195AF(2)(b)
applies to an act of false attribution done after the commencement
of this Part even if the name concerned was inserted or affixed
before that commencement.
Note: Subsection 22(1) explains when a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work is taken to be made and paragraph 22(4)(a) explains when a
cinematograph film is taken to be made.
195AZO Application—right of integrity of authorship
(1) The right of integrity of authorship in respect of:
(a) a cinematograph film; or
(b) a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work as included in a
cinematograph film;
subsists only if the cinematograph film is made after the
commencement of this Part.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the right of integrity of authorship in
respect of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, other than
such a work as included in a cinematograph film, subsists in
respect of a work made before or after the commencement of this
Part.
(3) This Part applies in relation to an infringement of a right of
integrity of authorship that subsists in respect of a work referred to
in subsection (2) that was made before the commencement of this
Part only if the infringement occurs after the commencement of
this Part. However, an act referred to in paragraph 195AQ(3)(a),
(b), (c), (d) or (e) or (4)(a), (b) or (c) is not an infringement if the
relevant derogatory treatment occurred before that commencement.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
492
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works
and cinematograph films Part IX
Miscellaneous Division 8
Section 195AZP
Note: Subsection 22(1) explains when a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
work is taken to be made and paragraph 22(4)(a) explains when a
cinematograph film is taken to be made.
Subdivision B—Miscellaneous provisions about moral rights of
performers
195AZP Parts of performances
Moral rights in respect of a live performance or recorded
performance apply in relation to the whole or a substantial part of
the performance.
195AZQ Performances that have more than one performer
(1) This section applies to a live performance or recorded performance
that has more than one performer.
(2) A performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of the
performance is a right of the performer to be identified as a
performer.
Example: If X and Y are the performers in a performance, then each of them has
the right to be identified. However, there is no infringement of X’s
moral right if Y is not identified (and vice versa).
Note: See also subsection 195ABC(3), which relates to the use of group
names.
(3) An act of false attribution of performership in respect of the
performance infringes each performer’s right not to have
performership falsely attributed.
Example: X and Y are the performers in a performance that is falsely attributed
to X and Z. This false attribution infringes X’s moral right and Y’s
moral right.
(4) The right of integrity of performership in respect of the
performance is a right of each performer.
Example: X and Y are the performers in a performance. The performance is
subjected to derogatory treatment that is prejudicial to X’s reputation
but not to Y’s reputation. The result is an infringement of X’s right of
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
493
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part IX Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or
artistic works and cinematograph films
Division 8 Miscellaneous
Section 195AZR
integrity of performership but not an infringement of Y’s right of
integrity of performership.
(5) The consent of one performer to any act or omission affecting his
or her moral rights in respect of the performance does not affect the
moral rights of any other performer in respect of the performance.
195AZR Application
(1) Moral rights in respect of a live performance only subsist in a live
performance that occurs after the commencement of this section.
(2) Moral rights in respect of a recorded performance only subsist if
the live performance concerned occurs after the commencement of
this section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
494
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Interpretation Division 1
Section 195A
Part X—Miscellaneous
Division 1—Interpretation
195A Interpretation
(1) In this Part (other than subsection 203H(5)), officer in charge
means:
(a) in relation to archives—the person holding, or performing the
duties of, the office or position in the service of the body
administering the archives the duties of which involve that
person having direct responsibility for the maintenance of,
and the provision of services in relation to, the collection
comprising the archives;
(b) in relation to a central records authority—the person holding,
or performing the duties of, the office in the service of the
body administering the authority the duties of which involve
that person having direct responsibility for the maintenance
of, and the provision of services in relation to, the records
deposited with the authority; and
(c) in relation to a library—the officer holding, or performing the
duties of, the office or position in the service of the body
administering the library the duties of which involve that
person having direct responsibility for the maintenance of,
and the provision of services in relation to, the collection
comprising the library.
(3) A reference in this Part to an educational institution includes a
reference to an institution that has at any time been an educational
institution.
(4) A reference in this Part to an institution includes a reference to a
school of nursing, an undertaking within a hospital, a teacher
education centre and an undertaking within a body administering
an educational institution.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
495
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 2 Review
Section 195B
Division 2—Review
195B Review of certain decisions
(1) For the purposes of this section, the following decisions are
reviewable decisions:
(ba) a decision of the Comptroller-General of Customs under
subsection 135(6A) to declare a notice given under
subsection 135(2) to be ineffective;
(c) a decision of the Comptroller-General of Customs under
section 135AA refusing to seize copies under
subsection 135(7);
(ca) a decision of the Comptroller-General of Customs under
section 135AEC refusing to allow a late claim for the release
of seized copies;
(cb) a decision of the Comptroller-General of Customs under
section 135AJ refusing to seize copies under
subsection 135(7);
(d) a decision of the Comptroller-General of Customs not to give
permission under subsection 135AD(1);
(e) a decision of the Minister under paragraph 113V(2)(b),
135ZZT(1A)(b) or 135ZZZO(2)(b) refusing to declare a
body as a collecting society;
(f) a decision of the Minister under paragraph 113X(2)(a),
135ZZU(2)(a) or 135ZZZP(2)(a) revoking a declaration of a
body as a collecting society.
(3) If the Comptroller-General of Customs makes a reviewable
decision referred to in paragraphs (1)(ba) to (d), the
Comptroller-General of Customs must cause to be sent to the
objector or importer whose interests are affected by the decision a
notice containing:
(a) the terms of the decision; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
496
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Review Division 2
Section 195B
(b) except where subsection 28(4) of the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1975 applies—a statement to the effect that the
objector or importer, as the case may be, may request a
statement under section 28 of that Act.
(4) Failure to include in a notice under subsection (3) a statement of
the kind referred to in paragraph (3)(b) does not affect the validity
of the decision to which the notice relates.
(5) Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal
for review of a reviewable decision.
(8) In this section:
decision has the same meaning as in the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1975.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
497
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 3 National Library of Australia
Section 195CA
Division 3—National Library of Australia
195CA Simplified outline
Persons publishing certain literary, dramatic, musical or artistic
works in Australia must deliver copies of the works to the National
Library. The National Library may also request the delivery of
works that are available online.
195CB Copy of certain material to be delivered to the Library
Material published but not available online
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person publishes National Library material in Australia
on a particular day, but not in such a way that makes the
material available online; and
(b) the person is not requested under section 195CC, during the
period of 1 month starting on that day, to cause a copy of the
material to be delivered under section 195CD; and
(c) the person contravenes section 195CD.
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Material available online
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person publishes National Library material; and
(b) the material is available online; and
(c) the person is requested under section 195CC to cause a copy
of the material to be delivered under section 195CD; and
(d) the person contravenes section 195CD.
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
498
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
National Library of Australia Division 3
Section 195CC
Offences of strict liability
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) are offences of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Not continuing offences
(4) Subsection 4K(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 (about continuing
offences) does not apply in relation to an offence against
subsection (1) or (2).
195CC Library may request a copy of material available online
(1) The Director-General of the National Library may request, in
writing, a person to cause a copy of National Library material to be
delivered under section 195CD if:
(a) the person publishes the material; and
(b) the material is available online; and
(c) the Director-General considers that a copy of the material
should be included in the national collection of library
material (see section 6 of the National Library Act 1960).
Note: The national collection includes a comprehensive collection of library
material relating to Australia and the Australian people.
(2) The request may be made any time after the person publishes the
material.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph 9(2)(d) of the Electronic
Transactions Act 1999, one way of consenting to a request being
made by way of electronic communication is having the ability to
automatically receive user agent requests.
Example: The Director-General could use a web harvester to make requests in
the form of user agent requests.
195CD Delivering material to the Library
(1) A person contravenes this section unless the person causes to be
delivered to the National Library, before the end of the delivery
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
499
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 3 National Library of Australia
Section 195CD
period for the National Library material, a copy of the material
that:
(a) is a copy of the whole of the material (including any
illustrations, drawings, engravings, photographs and
audio-visual elements); and
(b) if the copy was requested under section 195CC—is in the
electronic form in which the material was available online;
and
(c) if the copy is in an electronic form:
(i) is free from any technological protection measure; and
(ii) is accompanied by any software or additional
information necessary for the National Library to access
the material from the copy; and
(d) if the copy is in hardcopy form:
(i) is finished and coloured, and bound, sewed, stitched or
otherwise fastened together, in the same manner as the
best copies of the material are supplied to the public;
and
(ii) is on the best paper on which the material is printed; and
(e) is delivered at the person’s own expense, unless the copy was
requested under section 195CC and the request stated
otherwise; and
(f) meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by the National
Library Minister for the purposes of this paragraph.
(2) The delivery period, for National Library material, starts on:
(a) for material published in a way covered by
paragraph 195CB(1)(a)—the day it was so published; or
(b) for material requested under section 195CC—the day the
request was made;
and ends 1 month later or on a later day allowed by the
Director-General of the National Library.
Note: This section could apply twice, with separate delivery periods, if
material published in Australia but not available online later became
available online and was requested under section 195CC more than 1
month after it was published.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
500
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
National Library of Australia Division 3
Section 195CE
195CE Meaning of National Library material
A literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or an edition of such
a work, (whether in an electronic form or otherwise) is National
Library material if:
(a) the work or edition is:
(i) a website, web page, web file, book, periodical,
newspaper, pamphlet, sheet of music, map, plan, chart
or table; or
(ii) prescribed by the National Library Minister for the
purposes of this subparagraph; and
(b) copyright subsists in the work or edition under this Act; and
(c) the work or edition is not primarily audio-visual; and
(d) in the case of an edition:
(i) the edition contains additions or alterations in the text or
other reading matter, illustrations, drawings, engravings,
photographs or audio-visual elements; and
(ii) the content of at least one of those additions or
alterations was not contained in any earlier edition; and
(e) the work or edition is not prescribed by the National Library
Minister for the purposes of this paragraph.
Note: The same work in hardcopy form and an electronic form is the same
National Library material.
195CF Meaning of available online
National Library material is available online if it is communicated:
(a) on the internet; or
(b) in an electronic form prescribed by the National Library
Minister for the purposes of this paragraph.
195CG Infringement notices
(1) The National Library Minister may prescribe a scheme enabling a
person who is alleged to have committed an offence against
subsection 195CB(1) or (2) to pay a penalty to the Commonwealth
as an alternative to prosecution.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
501
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 3 National Library of Australia
Section 195CH
(2) The penalty must equal one-fifth of the maximum fine that a court
could impose on the person as a penalty for that offence.
195CH Relationship with State and Territory laws
This Division is not intended to exclude or limit the operation of
any law of a State or Territory (whether made before or after the
commencement of this Division) that makes provision for or in
relation to the delivery to a specified public or other library in or of
the State or Territory of copies of National Library material
published in the State or Territory.
195CI Delegation
(1) The Director-General of the National Library may, in writing,
delegate the Director-General’s powers under this Division to a
member of the staff of the National Library who is an SES
employee or acting SES employee.
Note: The relevant powers are in section 195CC (about requesting copies of
material available online), and subsection 195CD(2) (about allowing
further time for delivery).
(2) In exercising powers under a delegation, the delegate must comply
with any written directions of the Director-General.
195CJ Legislative instruments
The National Library Minister may, by legislative instrument,
prescribe matters required or permitted by this Division to be
prescribed by that Minister.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
502
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 196
Division 4—Other matters
196 Assignments and licences in respect of copyright
(1) Copyright is personal property and, subject to this section, is
transmissible by assignment, by will and by devolution by
operation of law.
(2) An assignment of copyright may be limited in any way, including
any one or more of the following ways:
(a) so as to apply to one or more of the classes of acts that, by
virtue of this Act, the owner of the copyright has the
exclusive right to do (including a class of acts that is not
separately specified in this Act as being comprised in the
copyright but falls within a class of acts that is so specified);
(b) so as to apply to a place in or part of Australia;
(c) so as to apply to part of the period for which the copyright is
to subsist.
(3) An assignment of copyright (whether total or partial) does not have
effect unless it is in writing signed by or on behalf of the assignor.
(4) A licence granted in respect of a copyright by the owner of the
copyright binds every successor in title to the interest in the
copyright of the grantor of the licence to the same extent as the
licence was binding on the grantor.
197 Prospective ownership of copyright
(1) Where, by an agreement made in relation to a future copyright and
signed by or on behalf of the person who would, apart from this
section, be the owner of the copyright on its coming into existence,
that person purports to assign the future copyright (wholly or
partially) to another person (in this subsection referred to as the
assignee), then if, on the coming into existence of the copyright,
the assignee or a person claiming under him or her would, apart
from this subsection, be entitled as against all other persons to have
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
503
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 198
the copyright vested in him or her (wholly or partially, as the case
may be), the copyright, on its coming into existence, vests in the
assignee or his or her successor in title by force of this subsection.
(2) Where, at the time when a copyright comes into existence, the
person who, if he or she were then living, would be entitled to the
copyright is dead, the copyright devolves as if it had subsisted
immediately before his or her death and he or she had then been
the owner of the copyright.
(3) A licence granted in respect of a future copyright by the
prospective owner of the copyright binds every successor in title to
the prospective interest in the copyright of the grantor of the
licence to the same extent as the licence was binding on the
grantor.
198 Copyright to pass under will with unpublished work
Where under a bequest, whether specific or general, a person is
entitled, beneficially or otherwise, to the manuscript of a literary,
dramatic or musical work, or to an artistic work, and the work was
not published before the death of the testator, the bequest shall,
unless a contrary intention appears in the testator’s will, be read as
including the copyright in the work in so far as the testator was the
owner of the copyright immediately before his or her death.
198A Non-infringement of trade mark in relation to the importation
of copyright material
(1) A person who uses a registered trade mark in relation to imported
goods that are similar to goods in respect of which the trade mark
is registered does not infringe the trade mark if:
(a) the importation would have constituted an infringement of
copyright except for the operation of a parallel importation
provision; and
(b) the trade mark was applied to, or in relation to, the goods
before the importation (whether the mark was applied before
or after the commencement of this section); and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
504
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 199
(c) the trade mark was applied by, or with the consent of:
(i) a person who, at the time the mark was applied, was the
registered owner of the mark; or
(ii) a person who, at the time the mark was applied, was the
owner of the mark in the place where the mark was
applied and who had been a registered owner of the
mark at any time before then.
(2) Unless the contrary intention appears, an expression used in this
section has the same meaning as in the Trade Marks Act 1995.
(3) In this section:
parallel importation provision means:
(a) section 44D, 44E, 44F, 112D or 112DA; or
(b) section 44C or 112C (in so far as that section applies in
relation to an accessory to an article of the kind mentioned in
subsection 10AD(1)).
199 Reception of broadcasts
(1) Where the inclusion in a television broadcast or sound broadcast of
a reading or recitation of an extract from a published literary or
dramatic work, or from an adaptation of such a work, does not
constitute an infringement of the copyright in the work, a person
who, by the reception of the broadcast, causes the work or
adaptation to be performed in public does not, by doing so, infringe
the copyright in the work.
(2) A person who, by the reception of a television broadcast or sound
broadcast, causes a sound recording to be heard in public does not,
by doing so, infringe the copyright, if any, in that recording under
Part IV.
(3) A person who, by the reception of an authorized television
broadcast, causes a cinematograph film to be seen or heard in
public shall be treated, in any proceedings for infringement of the
copyright, if any, in the film under Part IV, as if the person had
been the holder of a licence granted by the owner of that copyright
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
505
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 200
to cause the film to be seen or heard in public by the reception of
the broadcast.
(5) If, in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (3), the person
causing the cinematograph film to be seen or heard infringed the
copyright in the film by reason that the broadcast was not an
authorized broadcast, proceedings shall not be brought against that
person under this Act in respect of his or her infringement of that
copyright but the infringement shall be taken into account in
assessing damages in any proceedings against the maker of the
broadcast in respect of that copyright, in so far as that copyright
was infringed by the making of the broadcast.
(6) For the purposes of this section, a broadcast, in relation to a
cinematograph film, is an authorised broadcast only if it is made
by, or with the licence of, the owner of the copyright in the film.
(7) A reference in this section to a broadcast must be read as a
reference to a broadcast made by the Australian Broadcasting
Corporation, by the Special Broadcasting Service Corporation, by
the holder of a licence allocated by the Australian Communications
and Media Authority under the Broadcasting Services Act 1992, or
by a person authorised to make the broadcast by a class licence
determined by that Authority under that Act.
200 Use of works and broadcasts for educational purposes
(1) A teacher or student does not infringe copyright in a work by
copying the whole or a part of the work if:
(a) the copying occurs in the course of educational instruction;
and
(b) the copying is not done using:
(i) a device adapted for the production of multiple copies;
or
(ii) a device capable of producing a copy or copies by a
process of reprographic reproduction.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
506
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 200
(1A) Copying or communicating the whole or a part of copyright
material does not infringe copyright in the material, if the material
is copied or communicated:
(a) as part of the questions to be answered in an examination; or
(b) in an answer to such a question.
(1B) In subsections (1) and (1A):
(a) a reference to copying a work or copyright material includes
a reference to making or copying an adaptation of the work
or material; and
(b) a reference to communicating copyright material includes a
reference to communicating an adaptation of the material.
(2) The making of a record of a sound broadcast, being a broadcast
that was intended to be used for educational purposes, does not
constitute an infringement of copyright in a work or sound
recording included in the broadcast if:
(a) the record is made by, or on behalf of, the person or authority
in charge of a place of education that is not conducted for
profit; and
(b) the record is not used except in the course of instruction at
that place.
(2A) The making of a record of a sound broadcast is not an infringement
of copyright in the broadcast if the record is made by, or on behalf
of, the body administering an educational institution and is not
used except for the educational purposes of that institution or
another educational institution.
(3) For the purposes of sections 38 and 103, in determining whether
the making of an article constituted an infringement of copyright,
subsections (1), (1A), (2) and (2A) shall be disregarded.
(4) For the purposes of any provision of this Act relating to imported
articles, in determining whether the making of an article made
outside Australia would, if the article had been made in Australia
by the importer of the article, have constituted an infringement of
copyright, subsections (1), (1A), (2) and (2A) shall be disregarded.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
507
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 200AAA
200AAA Proxy web caching by educational institutions
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a computer system is operated by or on behalf of a body
administering an educational institution; and
(b) the system is operated primarily to enable staff and students
of the institution to use the system to gain online access for
educational purposes to works and other subject-matter
(whether they are made available online using the internet or
merely the system); and
(c) the system automatically makes:
(i) temporary electronic reproductions of works made
available online through the system to users of the
system in response to action by the users; and
(ii) temporary electronic copies of other subject-matter
made available online through the system to users of the
system in response to action by the users; and
(d) those reproductions and copies are made by the system
merely to facilitate efficient later access to the works and
other subject-matter by users of the system.
(2) Copyright in a work or other subject-matter reproduced or copied
by the system as described in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) is not
infringed by:
(a) that reproduction or copying; or
(b) the later communication of the work or other subject-matter,
using that reproduction or copy, to a user of the system.
(3) This section does not limit section 28, 43A, 43B, 111A or 111B.
(4) Disregard this section in determining whether copyright in a work
or other subject-matter is infringed by an act that:
(a) involves a system like one described in subsection (1) except
that the system is not operated as described in
paragraphs (1)(a) and (b); and
(b) corresponds to an act described in paragraph (2)(a) or (b).
(5) In this section:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
508
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 200AB
system includes network.
200AB Use of works and other subject-matter for certain purposes
(1) The copyright in a work or other subject-matter is not infringed by
a use of the work or other subject-matter if all the following
conditions exist:
(a) the circumstances of the use (including those described in
paragraphs (b), (c) and (d)) amount to a special case;
(b) the use is covered by subsection (2) or (3);
(c) the use does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the
work or other subject-matter;
(d) the use does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate
interests of the owner of the copyright.
Use by body administering library or archives
(2) This subsection covers a use that:
(a) is made by or on behalf of the body administering a library or
archives; and
(b) is made for the purpose of maintaining or operating the
library or archives (including operating the library or
archives to provide services of a kind usually provided by a
library or archives); and
(c) is not made partly for the purpose of the body obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit.
Use by body administering educational institution
(3) This subsection covers a use that:
(a) is made by or on behalf of a body administering an
educational institution; and
(b) is made for the purpose of giving educational instruction; and
(c) is not made partly for the purpose of the body obtaining a
commercial advantage or profit.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
509
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 200AB
This section does not apply if under another provision the use does
not, or might not, infringe copyright
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply if, because of another provision of
this Act:
(a) the use is not an infringement of copyright; or
(b) the use would not be an infringement of copyright assuming
the conditions or requirements of that other provision were
met.
Example: Paragraph (a)—Without using a device adapted for producing multiple
copies or a device that can produce copies by reprographic
reproduction, a school teacher copies a literary work in the course of
educational instruction. Under subsection 200(1), the copying is not
an infringement of copyright in the work, so this section does not
apply.
(6AA) In working out, for the purposes of subsection 113Q(2) (about the
meaning of licensed copying or communication), whether copying
or communicating does not infringe copyright only because of
section 113P, disregard this section.
Cost recovery not commercial advantage or profit
(6A) The use does not fail to meet the condition in paragraph (2)(c) or
(3)(c) merely because of the charging of a fee that:
(a) is connected with the use; and
(b) does not exceed the costs of the use to the charger of the fee.
Definitions
(7) In this section:
conflict with a normal exploitation has the same meaning as in
Article 13 of the TRIPS Agreement.
special case has the same meaning as in Article 13 of the TRIPS
Agreement.
unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests has the same
meaning as in Article 13 of the TRIPS Agreement.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
510
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 202
use includes any act that would infringe copyright apart from this
section.
202 Groundless threats of legal proceedings in relation to copyright
infringement
(1) Where a person, by means of circulars, advertisements or
otherwise, threatens a person with an action or proceeding in
respect of an infringement of copyright, then, whether the person
making the threats is or is not the owner of the copyright or an
exclusive licensee, a person aggrieved may bring an action against
the first-mentioned person and may obtain a declaration to the
effect that the threats are unjustifiable, and an injunction against
the continuance of the threats, and may recover such damages (if
any) as he or she has sustained, unless the first-mentioned person
satisfies the court that the acts in respect of which the action or
proceeding was threatened constituted, or, if done, would
constitute, an infringement of copyright.
(2) The mere notification of the existence of a copyright does not
constitute a threat of an action or proceeding within the meaning of
this section.
(3) Nothing in this section renders a barrister or solicitor of the High
Court, or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory, liable to an
action under this section in respect of an act done by him or her in
his or her professional capacity on behalf of a client.
(4) The defendant in an action under this section may apply, by way of
counterclaim, for relief to which he or she would be entitled in a
separate action in respect of an infringement by the plaintiff of the
copyright to which the threats relate and, in any such case, the
provisions of this Act with respect to an action for infringement of
a copyright are, mutatis mutandis, applicable in relation to the
action.
(5) A reference in this section to an action in respect of an
infringement of copyright shall be read as including a reference to
an action in respect of the conversion or detention of an infringing
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
511
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 202A
copy or of a device used or intended to be used for making
infringing copies.
202A Groundless threats of legal proceedings in relation to
technological protection measures
(1) If a person (the first person) threatens another person with an
action under Subdivision A of Division 2A of Part V, a person
aggrieved may bring an action against the first person.
Note: Subdivision A of Division 2A of Part V establishes causes of action
that relate to circumventing an access control technological protection
measure (section 116AN), manufacturing etc. a circumvention device
for a technological protection measure (section 116AO) and providing
etc. a circumvention service for a technological protection measure
(section 116AP).
(2) An action may be brought under this section whether or not the
first person is the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright in
the work or other subject-matter to which the threatened action
relates.
(3) The mere notification that a work or other subject-matter is
protected by a technological protection measure does not constitute
a threat of an action within the meaning of this section.
(4) In an action under this section, the orders a court may make
include the following:
(a) an order declaring that the threat is unjustifiable;
(b) an order granting an injunction restraining the first person
from continuing to make the threat;
(c) an order awarding such damages (if any) for loss that the
person aggrieved has suffered as a result of the making of the
threat.
(5) The court must not make an order under subsection (4) if the first
person satisfies the court that an action under Subdivision A of
Division 2A of Part V has reasonable prospects of success.
(6) Nothing in this section renders a barrister or solicitor of the High
Court, or of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory, liable to an
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
512
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 203
action under this section in respect of an act done in his or her
professional capacity on behalf of a client.
(7) If an action under this section is brought:
(a) the first person may apply, by way of counterclaim, for relief
to which he or she would be entitled in an action under
Subdivision A of Division 2A of Part V; and
(b) the provisions of Part V apply as if the counterclaim were an
action brought by the first person under that Subdivision.
203 Limitation on power of courts to grant relief in proceedings
under this Act
Nothing in this Act authorizes a State court or a court of a Territory
to grant relief by way of injunction or account of profits if that
court would not, apart from this Act, have power to grant such
relief.
203A Offence—failing to keep declarations relating to copying in
library or archives
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) at a time, the person is:
(i) ultimately responsible for administering a library or
archives; or
(ii) the officer in charge of a library or archives; and
(b) that time is:
(i) after an authorized officer of a library or archives
reproduced or copied all or part of a work or other
subject-matter under section 49 or 50; and
(ii) after a written declaration was made for the purpose of
that section in relation to the reproduction or copying;
and
(iii) before the end of the period prescribed by the
regulations for the keeping of the declaration; and
(c) at that time, the declaration is not kept in the records of the
library or archives.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
513
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 203E
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the person is the officer in charge of a library or archives and
proves that:
(i) the reproduction or copying took place before the day
the person became the officer in charge; and
(ii) on that day the declaration was not in the possession of
the person administering the library or archives; or
(b) the person proves that the person took all reasonable
precautions, and exercised due diligence, to ensure the
declaration was kept in the records of the library or archives.
Note: The person bears a legal burden in relation to a matter in
subsection (2) (see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code).
(3) Subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(4) The person cannot be convicted of more than one offence under
this section in relation to the one declaration.
Note: Section 203G makes early destruction or disposal of the declaration an
offence.
203E Inspection of records and declarations retained in records of
libraries and archives
(1) The owner of the copyright in a work, sound recording or
cinematograph film, or the agent of such an owner, may notify the
officer in charge of a library or archives, in writing, that he or she
wishes to inspect, on a day specified in the notice:
(a) all the relevant declarations retained in the records of the
library or archives that relate to the making, in reliance on
section 49 or 50, of copies of works or parts of works or of
copies of other subject-matter; or
(b) such of those declarations as:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
514
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 203E
(i) relate to the making, in reliance on section 49 or 50, of
copies of works or parts of works or of copies of other
subject-matter; and
(ii) were made during a period specified in the notice.
(2) The day specified in the notice must be an ordinary working day of
the library or archives that is at least 7 days after the notice is
given.
(4) Where a person gives notice, under subsection (1), to the officer in
charge of a library or archives that he or she wishes to inspect
certain declarations on a particular day, that person may, during the
ordinary working hours of the library or archives, on that day, but
not earlier than 10 a.m. or later than 3 p.m., inspect the declarations
to which the notice relates and, where the notice relates also to the
inspection of the collection of the library or archives, may also
during those hours on that day inspect that collection, and, for that
purpose, may enter the premises of the library or archives.
(6) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person is:
(i) ultimately responsible for administering a library or
archives; or
(ii) the officer in charge of a library or archives; and
(b) another person (the inspector) attends at the premises of the
library or archives for the purpose of exercising his or her
powers under subsection (4); and
(c) the inspector is not provided with all reasonable facilities and
assistance for the effective exercise of those powers.
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
(6A) Subsection (6) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(8) The officer in charge of a library or archives shall not be convicted
of an offence against subsection (6) if the officer adduces evidence
that he or she believed, on reasonable grounds, that the person who
attended the premises of the library or archives, as the case may be,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
515
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 203E
as mentioned in that subsection, was provided with all reasonable
facilities and assistance for the effective exercise of the powers
conferred by subsection (4) and that evidence is not rebutted by the
prosecution.
(9) The body administering a library or archives shall not be convicted
of an offence against subsection (6) if the body adduces evidence
that it took all reasonable precautions, and exercised due diligence,
to ensure that the person who attended the premises of the library
or archives, as the case may be, as mentioned in that subsection,
was provided with all reasonable facilities and assistance for the
effective exercise of the powers conferred by subsection (4) and
that evidence is not rebutted by the prosecution.
(10) A person (the defendant) commits an offence if:
(a) the defendant makes a record of information, or divulges or
communicates information; and
(b) the information was acquired by the defendant either in the
course of an inspection the defendant made under
subsection (4) or because it was divulged or communicated
to the defendant either:
(i) by another person who acquired the information in the
course of an inspection he or she made under
subsection (4); or
(ii) in one of a series of divulgements or communications
by different persons that started with a divulgement or
communication of the information by a person who
acquired it the course of an inspection he or she made
under subsection (4).
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
(10A) Subsection (10) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(11) Subsection (10) does not apply if the defendant makes the record,
divulgement or communication with the intention of:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
516
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 203F
(a) informing the owner of the copyright in a work or other
subject-matter that a copy has been made of the work or other
subject-matter; or
(b) enforcing a right that a person has under this Act in
connection with a work or other subject-matter in which
copyright subsists; or
(c) ensuring compliance with a provision of Division 5 of
Part III or with a provision of this Part.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (11) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
203F False and misleading declarations
A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a declaration for the purposes of section 49
or 50; and
(b) the declaration is false or misleading in a material particular.
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
203G Offence—disposing of or destroying certain declarations
A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person disposes of, destroys, or causes the disposal or
destruction of, a declaration made for the purposes of
section 49 or 50; and
(b) the period prescribed by the regulations for the keeping of the
declaration has not ended.
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
203H Notation of certain copies etc.
(1) In proceedings against a person or body for infringement of
copyright in a work in connection with the making, by or on behalf
of an institution, of a reproduction of the work, or of a part of the
work, the person or body is not entitled to rely on section 49 or 50
as justification for the making of the reproduction unless, at or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
517
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part X Miscellaneous
Division 4 Other matters
Section 203H
about the time the reproduction was made, there was made on the
reproduction a notation stating that the reproduction was made on
behalf of that institution and specifying the date on which the
reproduction was made.
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a notation described in subsection (1) on a
reproduction of a work or part of a work; and
(b) a statement in the notation is false or misleading in a material
particular.
Penalty: 5 penalty units.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (1):
(a) if a reproduction of the whole or part of a work, or a copy of
a sound recording or a cinematograph film:
(i) is made, or caused to be made, by an authorized officer
of a library; or
(ii) is made by, or on behalf of, the officer in charge of a
library;
being a library of an institution, the reproduction or copy is
taken to have been made on behalf of the institution; and
(b) if a reproduction of the whole or part of a work, or a copy of
a sound recording or a cinematograph film:
(i) is made, or caused to be made, by an authorized officer
of a library; or
(ii) is made by, or on behalf of, the officer in charge of a
library;
being a library that is not a library of an institution:
(iii) the reproduction or copy is taken to have been made on
behalf of the person or body administering the library;
and
(iv) that subsection applies as if references to an institution
were references to that person or body; and
(c) if a reproduction of the whole or part of a work, or a copy of
a sound recording or a cinematograph film:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
518
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Miscellaneous Part X
Other matters Division 4
Section 203H
(i) is made, or caused to be made, by an authorized officer
of archives; or
(ii) is made by, or on behalf of, the officer in charge of
archives;
then:
(iii) the reproduction or copy is taken to have been made by
or on behalf of the person or body administering the
archives; and
(iv) that subsection applies as if references to an institution
were references to that person or body; and
(d) if a reproduction, or a record embodying a sound recording,
of the whole or part of a work is made by or on behalf of the
body administering an institution, the reproduction or record
is taken to have been made on behalf of the institution; and
(e) if a copy of a sound recording or a cinematograph film is
made by or on behalf of the body administering an
institution, the copy is taken to have been made on behalf of
the institution.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
519
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 204
Part XI—Transitional
Division 1—Preliminary
204 Interpretation
(1) In this Part, the expression photograph has, in lieu of the meaning
given to that expression by section 10, the meaning given by the
next succeeding subsection.
(2) For the purposes of any provision of this Part that provides that an
expression is to have the meaning given to that expression by this
section or that refers to an expression as defined by this section:
collective work means:
(a) an encyclopaedia, dictionary, year book or similar work;
(b) a newspaper, review, magazine or similar periodical; or
(c) a work written in distinct parts by different authors, or in
which works or parts of works of different authors are
incorporated.
deliver, in relation to a lecture, includes deliver by means of a
mechanical instrument.
dramatic work includes a piece for recitation, a choreographic
work or entertainment in dumb show the scenic arrangement or
acting form of which is fixed in writing or otherwise, and a
cinematograph production where the arrangement, the acting form
or the combination of incidents represented gives the work an
original character.
lecture includes an address, speech and sermon.
literary work includes a map, chart, plan, table and compilation.
perform, in relation to a dramatic work as defined by this section
or a musical work, means make an acoustic representation of the
work or a visual representation of a dramatic action in the work,
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
520
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Preliminary Division 1
Section 205
and includes make such a representation by means of a mechanical
instrument.
photograph includes photo-lithograph and a work produced by a
process similar to photography.
205 References to making of works, recordings and films
For the purposes of any reference in this Part to works, sound
recordings or cinematograph films made before the
commencement of this Act, a work, sound recording or
cinematograph film the making of which extended over a period
shall be deemed not to have been made before the commencement
of this Act unless the making of it was completed before the
commencement of this Act.
206 References in other laws or instruments to copyright
(1) Without prejudice to the operation of the succeeding sections of
this Part:
(a) a reference in any other law of the Commonwealth or in any
contract, agreement or other instrument to a provision of the
Copyright Act, 1911 shall be read as a reference, or as
including a reference, to the corresponding provision of this
Act;
(b) a reference in any other law of the Commonwealth or in any
contract, agreement or other instrument to copyright or to
works in which copyright subsists shall, if apart from this Act
it would be read as a reference to copyright under the
Copyright Act, 1911 or to works in which copyright
subsisted under that Act, be read as a reference, or as
including a reference, to copyright under this Act or to works
or any other subject-matter in which copyright subsists under
this Act, as the case may be; and
(c) a reference in any other law of the Commonwealth or in any
contract, agreement or other instrument to the grant of an
interest in copyright by licence shall be read, in relation to
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
521
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 207
copyright under this Act, as a reference to the grant of a
licence in respect of that copyright.
(2) This section has effect unless the contrary intention appears in the
other law of the Commonwealth or in the contract, agreement or
other instrument, as the case may be.
(3) In this section, law of the Commonwealth means:
(a) an Act;
(b) an instrument (including regulations or rules) having effect
by virtue of an Act;
(c) an Ordinance of a Territory and any other law in force in a
Territory;
(d) an instrument (including regulations or rules) having effect
by virtue of such an Ordinance or law; and
(e) an instrument having effect by virtue of any such regulations
or rules as are mentioned in paragraph (b) or paragraph (d).
207 Application
Except in so far as this Part otherwise expressly provides, this Act
applies in relation to things existing at the commencement of this
Act in like manner as it applies in relation to things coming into
existence after the commencement of this Act.
208 Authorship of photographs
(1) A reference in this Act to the author of a photograph shall, in
relation to a photograph taken before the commencement of this
Act, be read as a reference to the person who, at the time when the
photograph was taken, was the owner of the material on which the
photograph was taken.
(2) However, if the owner of the material on which the photograph
was taken was a body corporate, then subsection (1) only applies in
respect of references to the author of the photograph that relate to
the ownership of the copyright in the photograph.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
522
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Preliminary Division 1
Section 209
Note: For example, subsection (1) does not apply in relation to references to
the author of the photograph that relate to the duration of the copyright
in the photograph.
209 Publication
(1) For the purposes of the application of subsection 29(5) in
determining whether a publication that took place before the
commencement of this Act was the first publication, the reference
in that subsection to a period of not more than 30 days shall be read
as a reference to a period of not more than 14 days.
(2) For the purposes of the application of subsection 29(7) in relation
to an act done before the commencement of this Act:
(a) a reference in that subsection to copyright includes a
reference to copyright under the Copyright Act 1905 and to
copyright under the Copyright Act, 1911; and
(b) a reference in that subsection to the licence of the owner of
copyright shall:
(i) in relation to copyright under the Copyright Act 1905—
be read as a reference to the privity of the owner; and
(ii) in relation to copyright under the Copyright Act,
1911—be read as a reference to the consent or
acquiescence of the owner.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
523
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 2 Original works
Section 210
Division 2—Original works
210 Expired copyright not to revive
(1) Notwithstanding anything in Part III, copyright does not subsist by
virtue of that Part in a work first published before the
commencement of this Act unless copyright subsisted in the work
under the Copyright Act, 1911 immediately before the
commencement of this Act.
(2) The last preceding subsection does not apply in relation to a work
to which Division 5 applies.
211 Original works in which copyright subsists
(1) Subsection 32(1) applies to works made before the commencement
of this Act as if each reference in that subsection to a qualified
person included a reference to a British subject and to a person
domiciled in any part of the Queen’s dominions to which the
Copyright Act, 1911 extended.
(2) Subsection 32(2) applies to works first published before the
commencement of this Act as if paragraphs (d) and (e) of that
subsection were omitted.
(3) Subsection 32(2) applies to works that are first published after the
commencement of this Act and the author of which died before the
commencement of the Nationality and Citizenship Act 1948 as if
the reference in paragraph 32(2)(e) to a qualified person included a
reference to a person who would have been an Australian citizen if
that Act had been in force immediately before his or her death.
(4) Subsection 32(3) does not apply to or in relation to a building that
was constructed before the commencement of this Act.
(5) This section has effect subject to the last preceding section.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
524
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Original works Division 2
Section 213
213 Ownership of copyright
(1) Subsections 35(4) and (6) do not apply in relation to works made
before the commencement of this Act.
(2) Subsection 35(5) does not apply in relation to a work that was or is
made in pursuance of an agreement made before the
commencement of this Act.
(3) Where a work is excluded from the application of subsection 35(4),
(5) or (6) by reason of either of the last two preceding subsections,
subsection 35(2) has effect in relation to the work subject to the
succeeding subsections of this section.
(4) The operation of any of the next three succeeding subsections in
relation to a particular work may be excluded or modified by
agreement.
(5) Where, in the case of a work being a photograph, portrait or
engraving:
(a) a person made, for valuable consideration, an agreement with
another person for the taking of the photograph, the painting
or drawing of the portrait or the making of the engraving by
the other person; and
(b) the work was made in pursuance of the agreement;
the first-mentioned person is the owner of any copyright subsisting
in the work by virtue of Part III.
(6) Where the work was made by the author in pursuance of the terms
of his or her employment by another person under a contract of
service or apprenticeship, that other person is the owner of any
copyright subsisting in the work by virtue of Part III.
(7) Where the work is a literary, dramatic or artistic work that was
made by the author in pursuance of the terms of his or her
employment by the proprietor of a newspaper, magazine or similar
periodical under a contract of service or apprenticeship and was so
made for the purpose of publication in a newspaper, magazine or
similar periodical, the author is entitled to restrain the publication
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
525
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 2 Original works
Section 214
of the work otherwise than in a newspaper, magazine or similar
periodical.
(8) In the last three preceding subsections, expressions that are defined
by section 204 have the meanings respectively given to those
expressions by that section and do not have the meanings, if any,
respectively given to those expressions by Part II.
214 Infringement by importation, sale and other dealings
For the purposes of sections 37 and 38, the fact that, to the
knowledge of a person, the making of an article constituted, or, in
the case of an imported article, would, if the article had been made
in Australia by the importer of the article, have constituted, an
infringement of copyright under the Copyright Act, 1911 has the
like effect as if, to the knowledge of that person, the making of the
article had constituted, or would, if the article had been made in
Australia by the importer, have constituted, as the case may be, an
infringement of copyright under this Act.
215 Recording of musical works
(1) Where a record of a work has, before the commencement of this
Act, been made by, or with the consent or acquiescence of, the
owner of the copyright in the work under the Copyright Act, 1911,
Division 6 of Part III has the like effect as if the record had been
made in Australia for the purpose of retail sale and had been so
made by, or with the licence of, the person who is entitled, by
virtue of this Act, to authorize the making in Australia of records
of the work.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 5(1) of this Act, subsections 19(2) to
(7), inclusive, of the Copyright Act, 1911 as in force immediately
before the commencement of this Act continue to apply in relation
to records made before the commencement of this Act and, subject
to those subsections, any regulations made for the purposes of
those subsections and in force immediately before the
commencement of this Act continue to apply in relation to those
records.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
526
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Original works Division 2
Section 216
216 Publication of artistic works
Section 68 does not apply in relation to a painting, drawing,
engraving, photograph or cinematograph film made before the date
of commencement of this Act, but the copyright in an artistic work
is not infringed by the publication of a painting, drawing,
engraving, photograph or cinematograph film made before that
date if, by virtue of section 65 or section 66, the making of the
painting, drawing, engraving, photograph or film would not have
constituted an infringement of the copyright under this Act if this
Act had been in operation at the time when it was made.
217 Reconstruction of buildings
The reference in subsection 73(2) to construction of a building by,
or with the licence of, the owner of the copyright in architectural
drawings or plans shall be read as including a reference to
construction by, or with the licence of, the person who, at the time
of the construction, was the owner of the copyright in the drawings
or plans under the law relating to copyright that was in force at that
time in the State or Territory in which the building was
constructed.
218 Industrial designs
(1) Division 8 of Part III does not apply to artistic works made before
the commencement of this Act.
(2) Copyright does not subsist by virtue of this Act in an artistic work
made before the commencement of this Act which, at the time
when the work was made, constituted a design capable of being
registered under the Designs Act 1906, or under that Act as
amended and in force at that time, and was used, or intended to be
used, as a model or pattern to be multiplied by an industrial
process.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
527
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 2 Original works
Section 219
219 Reproduction of work upon payment of royalties
(1) The copyright in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work that
has been published before the commencement of this Act is not
infringed by the reproduction of the work for sale if:
(a) the reproduction takes place at a time after the expiration of
twenty-five years, or, in the case of a work in which
copyright subsisted at the commencement of the Copyright
Act, 1911, after the expiration of thirty years, after the date of
the death of the author; and
(b) the person reproducing the work establishes:
(i) that, before the commencement of this Act, he or she
gave the notice in writing of his or her intention to
reproduce the work that was prescribed for the purposes
of the proviso to section 3 of the Copyright Act, 1911;
and
(ii) that he or she has paid, in the manner that was
prescribed for the purposes of that proviso, or is
prescribed for the purposes of this section, as the case
may be, to, or for the benefit of, the owner of the
copyright royalties in respect of all copies of the work
sold by him or her calculated at the rate of ten per
centum of the price at which he or she published the
reproduction.
(2) The regulations may make provision for or in relation to the
manner in which, and the times at which, payment of royalties is to
be made for the purposes of subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of
the last preceding subsection and may include provision requiring
payment in advance, or otherwise securing the payment of the
royalties.
(3) Regulations 38 to 42, inclusive, of the Copyright Regulations as in
force under the Copyright Act 1912-1966 immediately before the
commencement of this Act continue in force for the purposes of
this section as if they had been made under this Act, but may be
amended or repealed by regulations made under this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
528
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Original works Division 2
Section 219
(4) A reference in paragraph (1)(a) to a time after the expiration of a
specified number of years from the date of the death of the author
of a work shall, in the case of a work of joint authorship, be read as
a reference to a time after:
(a) the expiration of the same number of years from the date of
the death of the author who died first; or
(b) the date of the death of the author who died last;
whichever is the later.
(5) Where a literary, dramatic or musical work, or an engraving, in
which copyright subsisted at the date of the death of the author or,
in the case of a work of joint authorship, at or immediately before
the date of the death of the author who died last:
(a) had not been published;
(b) in the case of a dramatic or musical work—had not been
performed in public; and
(c) in the case of a lecture—had not been delivered in public;
before that date, subsection (1) applies as if the author had died on
the date on which:
(d) in the case of a literary work (other than a lecture) or an
engraving—the work was first published;
(e) in the case of a dramatic or musical work—the work was first
published or first performed in public, whichever first
happened; or
(f) in the case of a lecture—the lecture was first published or
first delivered in public, whichever first happened.
(6) In this section, expressions that are defined by section 204 have the
meanings respectively given to those expressions by that section
and do not have the meanings, if any, respectively given to those
expressions by Part II.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
529
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 3 Subject-matter other than works
Section 220
Division 3—Subject-matter other than works
220 Sound recordings
(1) Subsection 89(1) applies in relation to sound recordings made
before the commencement of this Act as if the reference in that
subsection to a qualified person included a reference to a British
subject and to a person domiciled in any part of the Queen’s
dominions to which the Copyright Act, 1911 extended.
(2) Subsection 89(2) does not apply in relation to a sound recording
made before the commencement of this Act.
221 Cinematograph films
Copyright does not subsist by virtue of section 90 in a
cinematograph film made before the commencement of this Act.
222 Application of Act to dramatic works and photographs
comprised in cinematograph films
(1) Where a cinematograph film made before the commencement of
this Act was an original dramatic work as defined by section 204,
this Act (other than this subsection) has effect in relation to the
film as if the film had been an original dramatic work as defined by
section 10 and the person who was the author of the work for the
purposes of the Copyright Act, 1911 shall be deemed to be the
author of the work for the purposes of this Act as having effect by
virtue of this subsection.
(2) This Act has effect in relation to photographs forming part of a
cinematograph film made before the commencement of this Act in
like manner as it has effect in relation to photographs not forming
part of a cinematograph film.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
530
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Subject-matter other than works Division 3
Section 223
223 Television broadcasts and sound broadcasts
Copyright does not subsist by virtue of section 91 in:
(a) a television broadcast or a sound broadcast made before the
commencement of this Act; or
(b) a television broadcast or a sound broadcast made after the
commencement of this Act that is a repetition of a television
broadcast or a sound broadcast made before the
commencement of this Act.
224 Published editions of works
Copyright does not subsist by virtue of section 92 in a published
edition of a work or works where the first publication of the edition
took place before the commencement of this Act.
225 Infringement by importation, sale and other dealings
For the purposes of sections 102 and 103, the fact that, to the
knowledge of a person, the making of an article constituted, or, in
the case of an imported article, would, if the article had been made
in Australia by the importer of the article, have constituted, an
infringement of copyright under the Copyright Act, 1911 has the
like effect as if, to the knowledge of that person, the making of the
article had constituted, or would, if the article had been made in
Australia by the importer, have constituted, as the case may be, an
infringement of copyright under this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
531
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 4 Miscellaneous
Section 226
Division 4—Miscellaneous
226 Actions for infringement
Section 115 does not apply to an infringement of copyright under
the Copyright Act, 1911 and does not affect any proceedings under
that Act, whether instituted before or after the commencement of
this Act.
227 Infringing copies
Section 116 of this Act does not apply in relation to an article
made, or imported into Australia, before the commencement of this
Act, but, notwithstanding subsection 5(1) of this Act, proceedings
may, subject to the Copyright Act, 1911, be brought or continued
by virtue of section 7 of that Act in relation to such an article and
may be so brought or continued although the proceedings relate to
the conversion or detention of the article after the commencement
of this Act.
228 Actions where copyright subject to exclusive licence
Division 3 of Part V does not apply in relation to a licence granted
before the commencement of this Act and does not affect any
proceedings under the Copyright Act, 1911, whether instituted
before or after the commencement of this Act.
229 Offences and summary proceedings
For the purposes of Division 5 of Part V, the definition of
infringing copy in section 10 applies as if any reference in that
definition to copyright included a reference to copyright under the
Copyright Act, 1911.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
532
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Miscellaneous Division 4
Section 230
230 Limitation of actions
Section 134 of this Act does not apply in relation to an
infringement of copyright under the Copyright Act, 1911 or to an
article made, or imported into Australia, before the commencement
of this Act.
231 Restriction of importation of printed copies of works
Where:
(a) before the date of commencement of this Act, a notice had
been given in respect of a work under section 10 of the
Copyright Act 1912 or of that Act as amended; and
(b) that notice had not been withdrawn, and had not otherwise
ceased to have effect, before that date;
the notice has, during the period of six months commencing on that
date, such effect (if any) as it would have if it had been duly given
in accordance with section 135 of this Act.
232 References and applications to Tribunal in relation to licence
schemes
(1) Part VI applies in relation to licence schemes formulated before the
date of commencement of this Act in like manner as it applies in
relation to licence schemes formulated on or after that date, but, for
the purposes of the application of that Part in relation to licence
schemes formulated before that date, any reference in that Part to
copyright includes a reference to copyright under the Copyright
Act, 1911.
(2) Any reference in section 157 to a refusal or failure to grant or
procure the grant of a licence, or to a proposal that a licence should
be granted, does not include a reference to a refusal or failure that
occurred, or a proposal that was made, before the commencement
of this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
533
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 4 Miscellaneous
Section 233
233 Duration of Crown copyright in photographs
Subsection 180(2) applies in relation to photographs taken before
the commencement of this Act as if subsection 180(3) were
omitted.
234 Duration of Crown copyright in recordings
Section 181 applies in relation to sound recordings made before the
commencement of this Act as if the reference in that section to the
expiration of the calendar year in which the recording is first
published were a reference to the expiration of the calendar year in
which the recording was made.
235 Crown copyright in films
(1) Sections 178 and 181 do not apply in relation to cinematograph
films made before the commencement of this Act.
(2) Where sections 178 and 181 do not apply in relation to a
cinematograph film by reason of the last preceding subsection:
(a) if the film was an original dramatic work as defined by
section 204—sections 176 and 177, and subsection 180(1),
apply in relation to that work in accordance with
subsection 222(1); and
(b) sections 176 and 177, and subsection 180(2) as modified by
section 233, apply in relation to photographs forming part of
the film in like manner as they apply in relation to
photographs not forming part of a cinematograph film.
236 Works made or published by international organizations
(1) Subsection 187(1) does not apply in relation to works made before
the commencement of this Act.
(2) Subsection 187(2) does not apply in relation to works first
published before the commencement of this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
534
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Miscellaneous Division 4
Section 237
237 Subject-matter, other than original works, made or published
by international organizations
(1) Subsection 188(1) does not apply in relation to sound recordings or
cinematograph films made before the commencement of this Act.
(2) Subsection 188(2) does not apply in relation to sound recordings or
cinematograph films first published before the commencement of
this Act.
(3) Subsection 188(3) does not apply in relation to an edition
published before the commencement of this Act.
239 Assignments and licences
(1) Subject to this section, where copyright subsists in a work by virtue
of this Act, any document that was made, or event that occurred,
before the commencement of this Act, being a document or event
that had any operation affecting the ownership of, or creating,
transferring or terminating an interest, right or licence in respect of,
copyright in the work under the Copyright Act, 1911 or would
have had such an operation if that Act had continued in force, has
the like operation in relation to the copyright in the work under this
Act.
(2) If the operation of a document to which the last preceding
subsection applies was or would have been limited to a period
specified in the document, the document does not have any
operation in relation to the copyright under this Act, except in so
far as that period extends after the commencement of this Act.
(3) For the purposes of the operation of a document in accordance with
this section:
(a) expressions used in the document have the same respective
meanings as they had immediately before the commencement
of this Act, whether or not those expressions have different
meanings for the purposes of this Act; and
(b) subsection 197(1) does not apply.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
535
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 4 Miscellaneous
Section 239
(4) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), where the
author of a work that was made before the commencement of this
Act was the first owner of the copyright in the work:
(a) any assignment of the copyright, or any grant of an interest in
the copyright, made by the author (otherwise than by will)
after the commencement of the Copyright Act, 1911 and
before the commencement of this Act, being an assignment
or grant that has effect in relation to copyright in the work
under this Act by virtue of subsection (1), does not operate to
vest in the assignee or grantee any rights with respect to the
copyright in the work after the expiration of 25 years after the
date of the death of the author;
(b) on the death of the author, the reversionary interest in the
copyright expectant on the termination of that period
devolves, notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, on
his or her legal personal representative as part of his or her
estate; and
(c) any agreement entered into by the author as to the disposition
of that reversionary interest is of no force or effect;
but nothing in this subsection shall be taken to apply to the
assignment of the copyright in a collective work or a licence to
publish a work or a part of a work as part of a collective work.
(5) In the last preceding subsection, expressions that are defined by
section 204 have the meanings respectively given to those
expressions by that section and do not have the meanings, if any,
respectively given to those expressions by Part II.
(6) The preceding subsections of this section apply in relation to
copyright under this Act in a sound recording or in a
cinematograph film in like manner as they apply in relation to
copyright in a work but a reference in those subsections to the
copyright under the Copyright Act, 1911 shall:
(a) in the application of those subsections in relation to a sound
recording—be read as a reference to the copyright under that
Act in records embodying the recording; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
536
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Miscellaneous Division 4
Section 240
(b) in the application of those subsections in relation to a
cinematograph film—be read as a reference to any copyright
under that Act in the film (in so far as it constituted a
dramatic work for the purposes of that Act) or in photographs
forming part of the film.
240 Bequests
(1) Section 198 does not apply in relation to a bequest contained in the
will of a testator who died before the commencement of this Act.
(2) Where:
(a) an author has died before the commencement of this Act;
(b) a person has acquired, under the will of the author, the
ownership of a manuscript of a work by the author; and
(c) the work:
(i) has not been published;
(ii) in the case of a dramatic or musical work—has not been
performed in public; and
(iii) in the case of a lecture—has not been delivered in
public;
the ownership by that person of the manuscript is evidence that that
person is the owner of the copyright in the work.
(3) In the last preceding subsection, expressions that are defined by
section 204 have the meanings respectively given to those
expressions by that section and do not have the meanings, if any,
respectively given to those expressions by Part II.
242 Groundless threats of legal proceedings
Section 202 of this Act does not apply in relation to threats made
after the commencement of this Act in respect of acts that took
place before the commencement of this Act and, notwithstanding
section 6 of this Act, section 41A of the Copyright Act 1912-1966
continues to apply in relation to any such threats in like manner as
it continues to apply in relation to threats made before the
commencement of this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
537
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 5 Works made before 1 July, 1912
Section 243
Division 5—Works made before 1 July, 1912
243 Interpretation
In this Division, right conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911, in
relation to a work, means a right that, by virtue of section 24 of the
Copyright Act, 1911, was conferred in place of a right that
subsisted immediately before the commencement of that Act.
244 Application
This Division applies to works made before 1 July 1912.
245 Rights conferred by Copyright Act, 1911
Notwithstanding anything in Division 2, section 32 of this Act does
not apply to a work to which this Division applies unless a right
conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911 subsisted in the work
immediately before the commencement of this Act.
246 Performing rights
(1) Where the right conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911 in relation to
a dramatic or musical work to which this Division applies did not
include the sole right to perform the work in public, then,
copyright, in so far as it subsists in the work by virtue of this Act,
does not include the performing rights in relation to the work.
(2) Where the right conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911 in relation to
a dramatic or musical work to which this Division applies
consisted only of the sole right to perform the work in public, then,
copyright, in so far as it subsists in the work by virtue of this Act,
consists only of the performing rights in relation to the work.
(3) For the purposes of this section, the performing rights, in relation
to a work, are:
(a) the exclusive right to perform the work, or an adaptation of
the work, in public;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
538
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Transitional Part XI
Works made before 1 July, 1912 Division 5
Section 247
(b) the exclusive right to communicate the work or an adaptation
of the work to the public.
247 Contributions to periodicals
Where:
(a) a work to which this Division applies (in this section referred
to as the relevant work) consists of an essay, article or item
forming part of, and first published in, a review, magazine or
other periodical or work of a like nature; and
(b) immediately before the commencement of this Act, a right of
publishing the relevant work in a separate form subsisted by
virtue of the note to the First Schedule to the Copyright Act,
1911;
copyright subsisting in the relevant work by virtue of this Act is
subject to that right of publishing the relevant work in a separate
form.
248 Assignments and licences
(1) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection 239(1) of this
Act, where:
(a) the author of a work to which this Division applies had,
before the commencement of the Copyright Act, 1911, made
an assignment or grant of a kind referred to in paragraph (a)
of the proviso to subsection 24(1) of that Act (in this section
referred to as the proviso); and
(b) copyright subsists in the work by virtue of this Act;
the succeeding subsections of this section have effect.
(2) If, before the commencement of this Act, an event occurred or a
notice was given, being an event or notice that, in accordance with
paragraph (a) of the proviso, had any operation affecting the
ownership of the right conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911 in
relation to the work or creating, transferring or terminating an
interest, right or licence in respect of that right, that event or notice
has the like operation in relation to the copyright in the work under
this Act.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
539
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XI Transitional
Division 5 Works made before 1 July, 1912
Section 248
(3) Any right that, at a time after the commencement of this Act,
would, by virtue of paragraph (a) of the proviso, have been
exercisable in relation to the work or in relation to the right
conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911, if this Act had not been
enacted, is exercisable in relation to the work or in relation to the
copyright subsisting in the work under this Act, as the case may be.
(4) If, in accordance with paragraph (a) of the proviso, the right
conferred by the Copyright Act, 1911 would have reverted to the
author or his or her personal representatives on the date referred to
in that paragraph, and that date occurs after the commencement of
this Act, then on that date:
(a) the copyright in the work under this Act reverts to the author
or his or her personal representatives, as the case may be; and
(b) any interest of any other person in that copyright that subsists
on that date by virtue of any document made before the
commencement of the Copyright Act, 1911 ceases.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
540
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Preliminary Division 1
Section 248A
Part XIA—Performers’ protection
Division 1—Preliminary
248A Interpretation
(1) In this Part:
20-year protection period of a performance means the period:
(a) beginning on the day when the performance was given; and
(b) ending at the end of 20 calendar years after the calendar year
in which the performance was given.
50-year protection period of a performance means the period:
(a) beginning on the day when the performance was given; and
(b) ending at the end of 50 calendar years after the calendar year
in which the performance was given.
action means a proceeding of a civil nature between parties and
includes a counterclaim.
authorised, in relation to a recording of a performance, means
made with the authority of the performer.
cinematograph film includes an article in which visual images are
embodied and which is capable of being used to show those images
as a moving picture, and a sound-track associated with those
images.
direct, in relation to a sound recording or cinematograph film of a
performance, means made directly from the live performance.
exempt recording means:
(a) an indirect cinematograph film of a performance, being a
film made solely for the purpose of the private and domestic
use of the person who made it; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
541
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 248A
(aaa) an indirect cinematograph film or sound recording of a
performance, being a film or recording that:
(i) is made from a communication that is a broadcast of the
performance; and
(ii) is made in domestic premises; and
(iii) is made solely for private and domestic use by watching
or listening to the performance at a time more
convenient than the time when the broadcast is made; or
(aa) an indirect sound recording of a performance, being a
recording that is a fair dealing with the performance for the
purpose of research or study; or
Note: See subsection (1A).
(b) an indirect cinematograph film of a performance, being a
film made solely for the purpose of use in scientific research;
or
(c) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance if the recording or film is made:
(i) by, or on behalf of, the body administering an
educational institution; and
(ii) solely for the educational purposes of that or another
educational institution; or
Note: See section 248B.
(d) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance if the recording or film is a fair dealing with
the performance for the purpose of one or more persons with
a disability having access to copyright material; or
(e) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance if the recording or film is made:
(i) by, or on behalf of, an organisation assisting persons
with a disability; and
(ii) solely for the purpose of assisting one or more persons
with a disability to access copyright material in a format
that the person or persons require because of the
disability (whether the access is provided by or on
behalf of the organisation or by another body or
person); or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
542
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Preliminary Division 1
Section 248A
(ea) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance if the recording or film is made by an
authorized officer of a library or archives to which
Subdivision A of Division 3 of Part IVA applies solely for
any of the following purposes:
(i) the purpose of preserving the collection comprising that
or another library or archives to which that Subdivision
applies;
(ii) the purpose of research carried out at that or another
library or archives to which that Subdivision applies;
(iii) purposes directly related to the care of control of the
collection comprising the library or archives; or
(eb) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance if the recording or film is made by an
authorized officer of a key cultural institution solely for the
purpose of preserving copyright material that:
(i) forms part of the collection comprising the key cultural
institution; and
(ii) the authorized officer is satisfied is of historical or
cultural significance to Australia; or
(f) a direct or indirect cinematograph film of a performance
made:
(i) for the purpose of, or associated with, the reporting of
news or current affairs; or
(ii) for the purpose of criticism or review; or
(fa) a direct or indirect sound recording of a performance, being a
recording that is a fair dealing with the performance:
(i) for the purpose of criticism or review, whether of that
performance or another performance; or
(ii) for the purpose of, or associated with, the reporting of
news in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical; or
(iii) for the purpose of, or associated with, the reporting of
news by means of a communication or in a
cinematograph film; or
(g) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance made solely for the purpose of a judicial
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
543
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 248A
proceeding or the giving of professional advice by a legal
practitioner; or
(h) a direct sound recording or cinematograph film of a
performance made by a broadcaster who has the authority of
the performer to broadcast the performance, being a
recording or film made solely for the purpose of making that
broadcast; or
(j) a direct or indirect sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance made by a person who reasonably believes,
due to a fraudulent or innocent misrepresentation made to the
person, that the performer has authorised the making of the
recording or film by the person; or
(ja) a copy of a sound recording if:
(i) paragraph (aa), (c), (d), (e), (ea), (eb), (fa), (g) or (j)
applies to the sound recording; and
(ii) the copy is made solely for a purpose mentioned in any
of those paragraphs (other than paragraph (j)); or
(k) a copy of a cinematograph film if:
(i) paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (ea), (eb), (f), (g) or (j)
applies to the film; and
(ii) the copy is made solely for a purpose mentioned in any
of those paragraphs (other than paragraph (j)); or
(m) a copy of a sound recording or cinematograph film referred
to in paragraph (h), being a copy made solely for the purpose
referred to in that paragraph; or
(n) a copy of a sound recording or cinematograph film of a
performance if:
(i) paragraph (j) applies to the recording or film; and
(ii) the copy is made by a person who believes, due to a
fraudulent or innocent representation made to the
person, that the performer has authorised the making of
the copy; or
(p) a copy of an authorised recording of a performance, other
than a copy of an authorised sound recording where the copy
was made for use in a sound-track but the making of the
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
544
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Preliminary Division 1
Section 248A
sound recording was not authorised for the purpose of use in
a sound-track.
indirect, in relation to a sound recording or cinematograph film of
a performance, means made from a communication of the
performance.
performance means:
(a) a performance (including an improvisation) of a dramatic
work, or part of such a work, including such a performance
given with the use of puppets; or
(b) a performance (including an improvisation) of a musical
work or part of such a work; or
(c) the reading, recitation or delivery of a literary work, or part
of such a work, or the recitation or delivery of an improvised
literary work; or
(d) a performance of a dance; or
(e) a performance of a circus act or a variety act or any similar
presentation or show; or
(f) a performance of an expression of folklore;
being a live performance:
(g) that is given in Australia, whether in the presence of an
audience or otherwise; or
(h) that is given by one or more qualified persons (even if it is
also given by one or more persons who are not qualified
persons), whether in the presence of an audience or
otherwise.
performer, in relation to a performance that is given outside
Australia, does not include a person who is not a qualified person
at the time of the performance.
protection period, in relation to a performance, has the meaning
given by section 248CA.
qualified person means an Australian citizen or a person resident
in Australia.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
545
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 248A
recording means a sound recording or cinematograph film, other
than an exempt recording.
sound recording includes an article in which sounds are embodied.
unauthorised, in relation to a recording of a performance, means
made without the authority of the performer.
unauthorised use has the meaning given by section 248G.
(1A) For the purposes of paragraph (aa) of the definition of exempt
recording, in determining whether a recording is a fair dealing
with a performance for the purpose of research or study, regard
must be had to the following matters:
(a) the purpose and character of the recording;
(b) the nature of the performance;
(c) the possibility of obtaining an authorised recording of the
performance within a reasonable time at an ordinary
commercial price;
(d) the effect of the recording upon the potential market for, or
the value of, authorised recordings of the performance;
(e) if only part of the performance is recorded—the amount and
substantiality of the part recorded when compared to the
whole performance.
(2) The following shall be taken not to be performances for the
purposes of this Part:
(a) a performance referred to in subsection 28(1);
(b) a reading, recital or delivery of any item of news and
information;
(c) a performance of a sporting activity; or
(d) a participation in a performance as a member of an audience.
(3) In this Part:
(a) a reference to the doing of an act in relation to a performance
includes a reference to the doing of that act in relation to a
substantial part of the performance;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
546
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Preliminary Division 1
Section 248B
(b) a reference to the doing of an act in relation to a performance,
or a recording of a performance, with the authority of the
performer is, in the case of 2 or more performers, a reference
to the doing of the act where each of the performers has
authorised the doing of the act;
(c) a reference to the doing of an act in relation to a performance,
or a recording of a performance, without the authority of the
performer is, in the case of 2 or more performers, a reference
to the doing of the act where at least one of the performers
has not authorised the doing of the act; and
(d) a reference to a sound-track is a reference to a sound-track
associated with visual images forming part of a
cinematograph film.
248B Educational purposes
Without limiting the meaning of the expression educational
purposes in paragraph (c) of the definition of exempt recording in
subsection 248A(1), a cinematograph film of a performance shall
be taken to have been made for the educational purposes of an
educational institution if it is made:
(a) for use in connection with a particular course of instruction
provided by the institution; or
(b) for inclusion in the collection of a library of the institution.
248C Exempt recordings cease to be exempt recordings in certain
circumstances
(1) If any copies of a sound recording or a cinematograph film of a
performance, being a sound recording or film that is an exempt
recording under paragraph (h) of the definition of exempt
recording in subsection 248A(1), are not destroyed before the end
of the period of 12 months beginning on the day on which any of
those copies is first used for broadcasting the performance, the
sound recording or film shall, at the end of that period, cease to be
an exempt recording.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
547
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 248CA
(1A) A sound recording, or a copy of a sound recording, ceases to be an
exempt recording if it:
(a) is an exempt recording because it was made for a purpose
mentioned in paragraph (aaa), (aa), (c), (d), (e), (ea), (eb) or
(fa) of the definition of exempt recording in
subsection 248A(1); and
(b) is used for a purpose not mentioned in those paragraphs
without the authority of the performer.
(2) A cinematograph film, or a copy of a cinematograph film, ceases to
be an exempt recording if it:
(a) is an exempt recording because it was made for a purpose
mentioned in paragraph (a), (aaa), (b), (c), (d), (e), (ea), (eb)
or (f) of the definition of exempt recording in
subsection 248A(1); and
(b) is used for a purpose not mentioned in those paragraphs
without the authority of the performer.
248CA Protection period
(1) Subject to subsection (3), the protection period of a performance is
the period beginning on the day when the performance was given
and ending at the end of the period of 20 calendar years after the
calendar year in which the performance was given.
(3) For the purposes of the operation, in relation to a sound recording
of a performance, of a provision of this Part listed in
subsection (4), the protection period of a performance is the period
beginning on the day when the performance was given and ending
at the end of the period of 50 calendar years after the calendar year
in which the performance was given.
(4) Subsection (3) applies to the following provisions of this Part:
(a) paragraphs 248G(1)(a), (2)(a), (2)(b) and (2)(d) to (g);
(b) section 248PA;
(c) section 248PB;
(d) section 248PE;
(e) section 248PF;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
548
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Preliminary Division 1
Section 248D
(f) section 248PG;
(g) section 248PI;
(h) section 248PJ;
(i) section 248PK;
(j) section 248PL;
(k) section 248PM.
248D Private and domestic use
For the purposes of this Part, a cinematograph film is taken not to
have been made for the private and domestic use of the person who
made it if it is made for the purpose of:
(a) selling it, letting it for hire, or by way of trade offering or
exposing it for sale or hire; or
(b) distributing it, whether for the purpose of trade or otherwise;
or
(c) by way of trade exhibiting it in public; or
(d) broadcasting the film; or
(e) causing the film to be seen or heard in public.
248F Application
(1) This Part, except Subdivisions A, B and C of Division 3, applies to
acts done on or after 1 October 1989 in relation to a performance
given on or after that day.
Note 1: That day was the day this Part commenced.
Note 2: Sections 248P and 248QA apply Subdivisions A and B of Division 3
to acts done at or after the time those Subdivisions commence as a
result of Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the Copyright Amendment Act 2006.
Subdivision C of that Division is merely ancillary to those
Subdivisions.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
549
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 1 Preliminary
Section 248F
(2) Nothing in this Part affects any copyright subsisting in a work that
is performed or in any sound recording, cinematograph film or
broadcast of a performance, or any other right or obligation arising
otherwise than under this Part.
(3) In the application of this Part to a counterclaim, the reference in
section 248J to the defendant shall be read as a reference to the
plaintiff.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
550
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Actions by performers Division 2
Section 248G
Division 2—Actions by performers
248G What constitutes unauthorised use
(1) A person makes an unauthorised use of a performance if the
person, at any time during the protection period of the performance
and without the authority of the performer:
(a) makes a direct or indirect recording of the performance; or
(b) communicates the performance to the public, either directly
from the live performance or from an unauthorised recording
of it.
Note: An educational institution can copy and communicate a broadcast of a
performance without the authority of the performer in some
circumstances: see Division 4 of Part IVA.
(2) A person makes an unauthorised use of a performance if the
person, at any time during the protection period of the performance
and without the authority of the performer:
(a) makes a copy of a recording of the performance that the
person knows, or ought reasonably to know, is an
unauthorised recording;
(b) makes a copy of an exempt recording of the performance,
being a copy that the person knows, or ought reasonably to
know, is not itself an exempt recording;
(c) makes, for use in a sound-track, a copy of an authorised
sound recording of the performance and the person knows, or
ought reasonably to know, that the making of the sound
recording was not authorised for the purpose of use in that or
any other sound-track;
(d) has in his or her possession a recording of the performance,
for the purpose of:
(i) selling it, letting it for hire, or by way of trade offering
or exposing it for sale or hire; or
(ii) distributing it for the purpose of trade, or for any other
purpose that will affect prejudicially the financial
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
551
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 2 Actions by performers
Section 248G
interests of the performer or performers in the
performance;
being a recording that the person knows, or ought reasonably
to know, is an unauthorised recording;
(e) sells, lets on hire, or by way of trade exhibits in public or
offers or exposes for sale or hire, a recording of the
performance that the person knows, or ought reasonably to
know, is an unauthorised recording;
(f) distributes a recording of the performance for the purpose of
trade, or for any other purpose to an extent that will affect
prejudicially the financial interests of the performer or
performers in the performance, being a recording that the
person knows, or ought reasonably to know, is an
unauthorised recording;
(g) imports a recording of the performance into Australia for the
purpose of:
(i) selling it, letting it for hire, or by way of trade
exhibiting it in public or offering or exposing it for sale
or hire; or
(ii) distributing it for the purpose of trade, or for any other
purpose to an extent that will affect prejudicially the
financial interests of the performer or performers in the
performance;
being a recording that the person knows, or ought reasonably
to know, is an unauthorised recording; or
(h) causes a recording of the performance to be heard or seen in
public, being a recording that the person knows, or ought
reasonably to know, is an unauthorised recording.
(3) A person who communicates an authorised recording of a
performance to the public without the authority of the performer
does not, by so doing, make an unauthorised use of the
performance.
(4) This section applies only to acts done in Australia.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
552
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Actions by performers Division 2
Section 248H
248H Copying sound recordings for broadcasting
(1) Despite paragraph 248G(2)(c), where the making of a copy of a
sound recording of a performance for use in a sound-track would,
but for this subsection, be an unauthorised use of the performance
under that paragraph, the making by a person of such a copy solely
for the purpose of use in a broadcast by that person is not an
unauthorised use of the performance.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a copy if it is used for a purpose
other than:
(a) a broadcast by the person who made the copy; or
(b) the making of further copies by that person for the purpose of
broadcasting by that person.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a copy unless all the copies made
in accordance with that subsection are:
(a) destroyed; or
(b) transferred, with the consent of the Director-General of the
National Archives of Australia, to the care (within the
meaning of the Archives Act 1983) of the National Archives
of Australia;
before the end of the period of 12 months beginning on the day on
which any of those copies is first used for the purpose of a
broadcast in accordance with that subsection, or before the end of
such further period (if any) as is agreed between the maker of the
copy and the performer, or all of the performers.
(4) The Director-General of the National Archives of Australia must
not consent to the transfer of the care of a copy of a sound
recording to the National Archives of Australia unless the
Director-General has certified that the sound recording is of an
exceptional documentary character.
248J Actions for unauthorised use
(1) A performer may bring an action for an unauthorised use of his or
her performance.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
553
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 2 Actions by performers
Section 248J
(2) The relief that a court may grant in an action for an unauthorised
use of a performance includes an injunction (subject to such terms,
if any, as the court thinks fit) and damages.
(3) Where, in an action for an unauthorised use of a performance:
(a) the unauthorised use is established; and
(b) the court is satisfied that it is proper to do so, having regard
to:
(i) the flagrancy of the use;
(ii) any benefit shown to have accrued to the defendant by
reason of the use; and
(iii) all other relevant matters;
the court may, in assessing damages, award such additional
damages as it considers appropriate in the circumstances.
(4) If:
(a) a performer brings an action under this section that relates to
a recording of a performance; and
(b) the relief granted in the action consists of or includes
damages; and
(c) the performer has already been granted damages in an action
under another section of this Act in relation to an
infringement of his or her copyright in the recording; and
(d) the action referred to in paragraph (c) arose out of the same
event or transaction as the action referred to in paragraph (a);
the amount of any damages referred to in paragraph (b) that, apart
from this subsection, would be awarded to the performer is to be
reduced by the amount of the damages referred to in paragraph (c).
(5) If:
(a) a performer brings an action under another section of this Act
that relates to an infringement of his or her copyright in a
recording of a performance; and
(b) the relief granted in the action consists of or includes
damages; and
(c) the performer has already been granted damages in an action
under this section in relation to the performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
554
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Actions by performers Division 2
Section 248K
(d) the action referred to in paragraph (c) arose out of the same
event or transaction as the action referred to in paragraph (a);
the amount of any damages referred to in paragraph (b) that, apart
from this subsection, would be awarded to the performer is to be
reduced by the amount of the damages referred to in paragraph (c).
248K Exercise of jurisdiction
The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory in an
action under section 248J shall be exercised by a single Judge of
the Court.
248L Appeals
(1) Subject to subsection (2), a decision of a court of a State or
Territory (however constituted) in an action under section 248J is
final and conclusive.
(2) An appeal lies from a decision of a court of a State or Territory in
an action under section 248J:
(a) to the Federal Court of Australia; or
(b) by special leave of the High Court, to the High Court.
248M Jurisdiction of Federal Court
Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Court of Australia with
respect to actions under section 248J.
248MA Jurisdiction of Federal Circuit Court
Jurisdiction is conferred on the Federal Circuit Court of Australia
with respect to actions under section 248J.
248N Right to bring an action not assignable
The right of a performer to bring an action under section 248J is
not assignable.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
555
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248P
Division 3—Offences
Subdivision A—General offences
248P Scope of this Subdivision
(1) This Subdivision applies to acts done in Australia on or after the
commencement of this Subdivision.
Note: This Subdivision commenced when it was included in this Act by
Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the Copyright Amendment Act 2006.
(2) This section has effect despite section 14.1 (Standard geographical
jurisdiction) of the Criminal Code.
248PA Unauthorised direct recording during protection period
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a direct recording of a performance; and
(b) the recording is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is made without the authority of the performer.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
556
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PB
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a direct recording of a performance; and
(b) the recording is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is made without the authority of the performer
and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
248PB Unauthorised indirect recording during protection period
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an indirect recording of a performance; and
(b) the recording is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is made without the authority of the performer.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an indirect recording of a performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
557
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PC
(b) the recording is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is made without the authority of the performer
and the person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes an indirect recording of a performance; and
(b) the recording is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is made without the authority of the performer.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Defence
(7) Subsection (1), (3) or (5) does not apply if the recording was made
solely for the person’s private and domestic use.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
248PC Unauthorised communication to public during 20-year
protection period
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person communicates a performance to the public; and
(b) the communication is made during the 20-year protection
period of the performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
558
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PC
(c) the communication is made without the authority of the
performer; and
(d) the communication is made either directly from the live
performance or from an unauthorised recording of the
performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person communicates a performance to the public; and
(b) the communication is made during the 20-year protection
period of the performance; and
(c) the communication is made without the authority of the
performer and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(d) the communication is made either directly from the live
performance or from an unauthorised recording of the
performance.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Defence
(7) To avoid doubt, subsections (1) and (3) do not apply to the
communication to the public of an authorised recording of the
performance.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (7) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).
Note 2: An educational institution can also copy and communicate a broadcast
of a performance without contravening this section in some
circumstances (see Division 4 of Part IVA).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
559
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PD
248PD Playing unauthorised recording publicly during 20-year
protection period
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes a recording of a performance to be heard or
seen in public; and
(b) the recording is heard or seen in public during the 20-year
protection period of the performance; and
(c) the recording is unauthorised.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person causes a recording of a performance to be heard or
seen in public; and
(b) the recording is heard or seen in public during the 20-year
protection period of the performance; and
(c) the recording is unauthorised and the person is negligent as to
that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
560
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PE
248PE Possessing equipment to make or copy unauthorised
recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses a plate or recording equipment,
intending it to be used for making:
(i) an unauthorised recording of a performance; or
(ii) a copy of an unauthorised recording of a performance;
and
(b) the possession occurs during the protection period of the
performance.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses a plate or recording equipment; and
(b) the plate or equipment is to be used for making:
(i) a recording of a performance; or
(ii) a copy of an unauthorised recording of a performance;
and
(c) either:
(i) the recording to be made using the plate or equipment
will be an unauthorised recording of the performance; or
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
561
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PF
(ii) the recording to be copied using the plate or equipment
is an unauthorised recording of the performance;
and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(d) the possession occurs during the protection period of the
performance.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) To avoid doubt, recklessness is the fault element for the
circumstance that the plate or equipment is to be used for making:
(a) a recording of a performance; or
(b) a copy of an unauthorised recording of a performance.
(5) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
No need to prove which performance or recording is to be involved
(8) In a prosecution for an offence against this section, it is not
necessary to prove:
(a) which particular performance is intended to be, or will be,
recorded using the device; or
(b) which particular recording is intended to be, or will be,
copied using the device.
248PF Copying unauthorised recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a recording of a performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
562
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PG
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a recording of a performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a recording of a performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
563
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PG
248PG Unauthorised copying of exempt recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a recording of a performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the copy is made without the authority of the performer; and
(d) the recording is an exempt recording; and
(e) the copy is not an exempt recording.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a recording of a performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the copy is made without the authority of the performer and
the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(d) the recording is an exempt recording; and
(e) the copy is not an exempt recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
564
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PH
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a recording of a performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the copy is made without the authority of the performer; and
(d) the recording is an exempt recording; and
(e) the copy is not an exempt recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248PH Unauthorised copying of authorised sound recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a sound recording of a
performance, intending that the copy be used in a
sound-track; and
(b) the copy is made during the 20-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the copy is made without the authority of the performer; and
(d) the sound recording is an authorised sound recording; and
(e) the making of the sound recording was not authorised for the
purpose of use in that or any other sound-track.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
565
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PH
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a sound recording of a
performance, intending that the copy be used in a
sound-track; and
(b) the copy is made during the 20-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the copy is made without the authority of the performer and
the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(d) the sound recording is an authorised sound recording; and
(e) the making of the sound recording was not authorised for the
purpose of use in that or any other sound-track and the
person is negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a sound recording of a
performance in preparation for use in a sound-track; and
(b) the copy is made during the 20-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the copy is made without the authority of the performer; and
(d) the sound recording is an authorised sound recording; and
(e) the making of the sound recording was not authorised for the
purpose of use in that or any other sound-track.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
566
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PI
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248PI Selling etc. unauthorised recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts:
(i) sells a recording of a performance;
(ii) lets for hire a recording of a performance;
(iii) by way of trade offers or exposes for sale or hire a
recording of a performance; and
(b) the act is done during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts:
(i) sells a recording of a performance;
(ii) lets for hire a recording of a performance;
(iii) by way of trade offers or exposes for sale or hire a
recording of a performance; and
(b) the act is done during the protection period of the
performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
567
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PJ
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts:
(i) sells a recording of a performance;
(ii) lets for hire a recording of a performance;
(iii) by way of trade offers or exposes for sale or hire a
recording of a performance; and
(b) the act is done during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248PJ Distributing unauthorised recording
Indictable offences
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a recording of a performance, with the
intention of trading; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
568
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PJ
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a recording of a performance; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the distribution will affect prejudicially the financial interests
of the performer in the performance; and
(d) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offences
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a recording of a performance, with the
intention of trading; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a recording of a performance; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the distribution will affect prejudicially the financial interests
of the performer in the performance; and
(d) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
569
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PK
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(6) An offence against subsection (4) or (5) is a summary offence,
despite section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a recording of a performance in
preparation for, or in the course of, trade; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(9) Subsection (7) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248PK Commercial possession or import of unauthorised recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses, or imports into Australia, a recording of
a performance, with the intention of doing any of the
following:
(i) selling the recording;
(ii) letting the recording for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing the recording for
sale or hire;
(iv) distributing the recording either for the purpose of trade
or to an extent that will affect prejudicially the financial
interests of the performer in the performance; and
(b) the possession or import occurs during the protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
570
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PK
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses, or imports into Australia, a recording of
a performance, with the intention of doing any of the
following:
(i) selling the recording;
(ii) letting the recording for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing the recording for
sale or hire;
(iv) distributing the recording either for the purpose of trade
or to an extent that will affect prejudicially the financial
interests of the performer in the performance; and
(b) the possession or import occurs during the protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
571
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PL
(a) the person possesses, or imports into Australia, a recording of
a performance in preparation for, or in the course of, doing
any of the following:
(i) selling the recording;
(ii) letting the recording for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing the recording for
sale or hire;
(iv) distributing the recording for trade; and
(b) the possession or import occurs during the protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248PL Exhibiting unauthorised recording in public by way of trade
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits in public a recording of a
performance; and
(b) the exhibition occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
572
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248PM
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits in public a recording of a
performance; and
(b) the exhibition occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits in public a recording of a
performance; and
(b) the exhibition occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248PM Importing unauthorised recording for exhibition by way of
trade
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
573
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248PM
(a) the person imports into Australia a recording of a
performance, with the intention of exhibiting the recording in
public by way of trade; and
(b) the import occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Note: Under section 248CA, the protection period of a performance is:
(a) a 20-year protection period so far as this section relates to a cinematograph film of the performance; and
(b) a 50-year protection period so far as this section relates to a sound recording of the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports into Australia a recording of a
performance, with the intention of exhibiting the recording in
public by way of trade; and
(b) the import occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
574
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248QA
(a) the person imports into Australia a recording of a
performance, in preparation for exhibiting the recording in
public by way of trade; and
(b) the import occurs during the protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision B—Acts relating to sound recordings of
performances given before 1 July 1995
248QA Scope of this Subdivision
(1) This Subdivision applies to an act done in Australia on or after the
commencement of this Subdivision, in relation to a performance
given at any time before 1 July 1995.
Note 1: That day was the day on which Part 4 of the Copyright (World Trade
Organization Amendments) Act 1994 commenced.
Note 2: This Subdivision commenced when it was included in this Act by
Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the Copyright Amendment Act 2006.
(2) This Subdivision has effect despite section 14.1 (Standard
geographical jurisdiction) of the Criminal Code.
248QB Possessing equipment for copying unauthorised sound
recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses a plate or recording equipment,
intending it to be used for making a copy of an unauthorised
sound recording of a performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
575
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248QC
(b) the possession occurs during the 50-year protection period of
the performance.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses a plate or recording equipment; and
(b) the plate or recording equipment is to be used for making a
copy of a sound recording of a performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording of the
performance and the person is negligent as to that fact; and
(d) the possession occurs during the 50-year protection period of
the performance.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) To avoid doubt, recklessness is the fault element for the
circumstance that the plate or recording equipment is to be used for
making a copy of a sound recording of a performance.
(5) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
No need to prove which recording is to be copied
(8) In a prosecution for an offence against this section, it is not
necessary to prove which particular recording is intended to be, or
will be, copied using the device.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
576
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248QC
248QC Copying unauthorised sound recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a sound recording of a
performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a sound recording of a
performance; and
(b) the copy is made during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person makes a copy of a sound recording of a
performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
577
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248QD
(b) the copy is made during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248QD Selling etc. unauthorised sound recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts:
(i) sells a sound recording of a performance;
(ii) lets for hire a sound recording of a performance;
(iii) by way of trade offers or exposes for sale or hire a
sound recording of a performance; and
(b) the act is done during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts:
(i) sells a sound recording of a performance;
(ii) lets for hire a sound recording of a performance;
(iii) by way of trade offers or exposes for sale or hire a
sound recording of a performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
578
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248QE
(b) the act is done during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person does any of the following acts:
(i) sells a sound recording of a performance;
(ii) lets for hire a sound recording of a performance;
(iii) by way of trade offers or exposes for sale or hire a
sound recording of a performance; and
(b) the act is done during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248QE Distributing unauthorised sound recording
Indictable offences
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a sound recording of a performance,
with the intention of trade; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the 50-year protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
579
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248QE
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a sound recording of a performance;
and
(b) the distribution occurs during the 50-year protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the distribution will affect prejudicially the financial interests
of the performer in the performance; and
(d) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by a fine of not more than 550 penalty units or
imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offences
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a sound recording of a performance,
with the intention of trade; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the 50-year protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a sound recording of a performance;
and
(b) the distribution occurs during the 50-year protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the distribution will affect prejudicially the financial interests
of the performer in the performance; and
(d) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
580
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248QF
(6) An offence against subsection (4) or (5) is a summary offence,
despite section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person distributes a sound recording of a performance in
preparation for, or in the course of, trade; and
(b) the distribution occurs during the 50-year protection period
of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(9) Subsection (7) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248QF Commercial possession or import of unauthorised sound
recording
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses, or imports into Australia, a sound
recording of a performance, with the intention of doing any
of the following:
(i) selling the recording;
(ii) letting the recording for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing the recording for
sale or hire;
(iv) distributing the recording either for the purpose of trade
or to an extent that will affect prejudicially the financial
interests of the performer in the performance; and
(b) the possession or import occurs during the 50-year protection
period of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
581
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248QF
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses, or imports into Australia, a sound
recording of a performance, with the intention of doing any
of the following:
(i) selling the recording;
(ii) letting the recording for hire;
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing the recording for
sale or hire;
(iv) distributing the recording either for the purpose of trade
or to an extent that will affect prejudicially the financial
interests of the performer in the performance; and
(b) the possession or import occurs during the 50-year protection
period of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person possesses, or imports into Australia, a sound
recording of a performance in preparation for, or in the
course of, doing any of the following:
(i) selling the recording;
(ii) letting the recording for hire;
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
582
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248QG
(iii) by way of trade offering or exposing the recording for
sale or hire;
(iv) distributing the recording for trade; and
(b) the possession or import occurs during the 50-year protection
period of the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248QG Exhibiting unauthorised sound recording in public by way
of trade
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits in public a sound
recording of a performance; and
(b) the exhibition occurs during the 50-year protection period of
the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits in public a sound
recording of a performance; and
(b) the exhibition occurs during the 50-year protection period of
the performance; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
583
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248QH
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person by way of trade exhibits in public a sound
recording of a performance; and
(b) the exhibition occurs during the 50-year protection period of
the performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
248QH Importing unauthorised sound recording for exhibition by
way of trade
Indictable offence
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports into Australia a sound recording of a
performance, with the intention of exhibiting the recording in
public by way of trade; and
(b) the import occurs during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine of not more than 550 penalty units or imprisonment for not
more than 5 years, or both.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
584
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248R
Note: A corporation may be fined up to 5 times the amount of the maximum
fine (see subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914).
Summary offence
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports into Australia a sound recording of a
performance, with the intention of exhibiting the recording in
public by way of trade; and
(b) the import occurs during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording and the person is
negligent as to that fact.
Penalty: 120 penalty units or imprisonment for 2 years, or both.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is a summary offence, despite
section 4G of the Crimes Act 1914.
Strict liability offence
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person imports into Australia a sound recording of a
performance in preparation for exhibiting the recording in
public by way of trade; and
(b) the import occurs during the 50-year protection period of the
performance; and
(c) the recording is an unauthorised recording.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
585
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 3 Offences
Section 248R
Subdivision C—Prosecution and infringement notices
248R Courts in which offences may be prosecuted
(1) Prosecutions for offences against Subdivision A or B may be
brought in the Federal Court of Australia or in any other court of
competent jurisdiction.
(2) However, the Federal Court of Australia does not have jurisdiction
to hear or determine prosecutions for indictable offences, despite
section 15C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(3) The Federal Court of Australia has jurisdiction to hear and
determine prosecutions of the following offences against
Subdivision A or B:
(a) summary offences;
(b) offences of strict liability.
248S Protection against multiple proceedings for same act
If a single act done in relation to a performance is an offence
against Subdivision A and an offence against Subdivision B, only
one of the offences may be prosecuted.
248SA Infringement notices
(1) The regulations may make provision enabling a person who is
alleged to have committed an offence of strict liability against
Subdivision A or B to pay a penalty to the Commonwealth as an
alternative to prosecution.
(2) The penalty must equal one-fifth of the maximum fine that a court
could impose on the person as a penalty for that offence.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
586
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Offences Division 3
Section 248T
Subdivision D—Destruction or delivery up of unauthorised
recordings
248T Destruction or delivery up of unauthorised recordings
The court before which a person is charged with an offence against
this Part may, whether the person is convicted of the offence or
not, order that any article in the possession of the person that
appears to the court to be:
(a) an unauthorised recording of a performance, or a copy of
such a recording; or
(b) a plate or recording equipment used, or intended to be used,
for making an unauthorised recording of a performance, or
copies of such a recording;
be destroyed or delivered up to the performer or performers
concerned or otherwise dealt with in such manner as the court
thinks fit.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
587
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 4 Extension of protection to foreign countries
Section 248U
Division 4—Extension of protection to foreign countries
248U Application to foreign countries
(1) Subject to this section, the regulations may apply any of the
provisions of this Part specified in the regulations, in relation to a
foreign country so specified, in any one or more of the following
ways:
(a) so that the provisions apply in relation to performances given
in that country in like manner as those provisions apply in
relation to performances given in Australia;
(aa) so that the provisions apply in relation to recordings, made in
that country, of performances in like manner as those
provisions apply in relation to recordings of performances
given in Australia;
(ab) so that the provisions apply in relation to broadcasts, made in
that country, of performances in like manner as those
provisions apply in relation to broadcasts of performances
given in Australia;
(ac) so that the provisions apply in relation to recordings, made
by persons who are citizens, nationals or residents of that
country, of performances in like manner as those provisions
apply in relation to recordings of performances given in
Australia;
(b) so that the provisions apply in relation to persons who are
citizens or nationals of that country in like manner as those
provisions apply in relation to persons who are Australian
citizens;
(c) so that the provisions apply in relation to persons who are
resident in that country in like manner as those provisions
apply in relation to persons who are resident in Australia.
(2) Regulations applying a provision of this Part in relation to a
foreign country:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
588
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Performers’ protection Part XIA
Extension of protection to foreign countries Division 4
Section 248V
(a) may apply the provision without exception or modification or
subject to such exceptions or modifications as are specified
in the regulations; and
(b) may apply the provision either generally or in relation to such
classes of performances, or other classes of cases, as are
specified in the regulations.
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a regulation for the purposes
of subsection (1) applying a provision of this Part in relation to a
foreign country:
(a) the country must be a party to an international agreement
specified, in relation to the provision of this Part, by the
regulations for the purposes of this paragraph; or
(b) the Minister must be satisfied that adequate protection is or
will be given under the law of the country to performers in
performances:
(i) protected under this Act; and
(ii) to which the provision of this Part relates.
248V Denial of protection to citizens of countries not giving
adequate protection to Australian performances
(2) The regulations may, subject to subsection (3), provide, either
generally or in such cases as are specified in the regulations, that
this Part does not apply to performances given after a day specified
in the regulations (which may be a day before the commencement
of the regulations or of this Part) if, at the time the performances
were or are given, the performers were or are citizens or nationals
of a foreign country specified in the regulations, other than persons
resident in Australia.
(3) Before the Governor-General makes a regulation for the purposes
of subsection (2) in relation to a foreign country:
(a) the Minister must be satisfied that that the law of the country
does not give adequate protection to Australian performances
(whether the lack of protection relates to all or any of the
ways that the provisions may be applied by the regulations
under subsection 248U(1)); and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
589
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XIA Performers’ protection
Division 4 Extension of protection to foreign countries
Section 248V
(b) the Minister must have regard to the nature and extent of that
lack of protection.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
590
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Regulations Part XII
Section 249
Part XII—Regulations
249 Regulations
General regulation-making power
(1) The Governor-General may make regulations, not inconsistent with
this Act, prescribing all matters that are required or permitted by
this Act to be prescribed or are necessary or convenient to be
prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act and, in
particular, prescribing penalties not exceeding a fine of $100 for
offences against the regulations.
Regulations in relation to technological protection measures
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the Governor-General may make
regulations prescribing the doing of an act by a person for the
purposes of subsections 116AN(9) and 132APC(9).
Note: For prescription of acts and persons by class, see subsection 13(3) of
the Legislation Act 2003.
(3) However, the Governor-General must not make a regulation
prescribing the doing of an act by a person unless the Minister
makes a recommendation to prescribe the doing of the act by the
person.
(4) The Minister may only make a recommendation to prescribe the
doing of an act by a person if:
(a) a submission has been made (whether before or after the
commencement of this section) to prescribe the doing of the
act by the person; and
(b) the doing of the act by the person will not infringe the
copyright in a work or other subject-matter; and
(c) the doing of the act by the person is in relation to a particular
class of works or other subject-matter; and
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
591
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Part XII Regulations
Section 249
(d) an actual or likely adverse impact on the doing of the act by
the person has been credibly demonstrated; and
(e) the adequacy of the protection and the effectiveness of the
remedies provided by Subdivision A of Division 2A of
Part V and Subdivision E of Division 5 of Part V would not
be impaired if the doing of the act by the person were
prescribed.
Note: For the purposes of paragraph (a), it is not necessary for the person
who made the submission to be the person in relation to whom the act
is prescribed.
(5) If a submission has been made to prescribe the doing of an act by a
person, the Minister must make a decision whether to recommend
the prescription of the doing of the act by the person as soon as
practicable after receiving the submission, but in any case, within 4
years of receiving it.
(6) The Governor-General may make regulations varying or revoking
regulations made under subsection (2).
(7) However, the Governor-General must not make a regulation
varying or revoking a regulation made under subsection (2) unless
the Minister makes a recommendation to vary or revoke the
regulation.
(8) The Minister may make a recommendation to vary or revoke a
regulation made under subsection (2) only if:
(a) a submission has been made to vary or revoke the regulation;
and
(b) an actual or likely adverse impact on the doing of the act by
the person that is the subject of the regulation can no longer
be credibly demonstrated; and
(c) the adequacy of the protection and the effectiveness of the
remedies provided by Subdivision A of Division 2A of
Part V and Subdivision E of Division 5 of Part V would be
impaired if the regulation were not varied or revoked.
(9) If a submission has been made to vary or revoke a regulation made
under subsection (2), the Minister must make a decision whether to
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
592
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Regulations Part XII
Section 249
recommend the variation or revocation of the regulation as soon as
practicable after receiving the submission, but in any case, within 4
years of receiving it.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
593
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
The Schedule
The Schedule Section 144
OATH
I, , do swear that I will be
faithful and bear true allegiance to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth
the Second, Her Heirs and Successors according to law, that I will
well and truly serve Her in the office of
and that I will faithfully and impartially perform the duties of that
office.
SO HELP ME GOD!
AFFIRMATION
I, , do solemnly and sincerely
promise and declare that I will be faithful and bear true allegiance
to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second, Her Heirs and
Successors according to law, that I will well and truly serve Her in
the office of and that I will faithfully and
impartially perform the duties of that office.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
594
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 1—About the endnotes
Endnotes
Endnote 1—About the endnotes
The endnotes provide information about this compilation and the compiled law.
The following endnotes are included in every compilation:
Endnote 1—About the endnotes
Endnote 2—Abbreviation key
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Abbreviation key—Endnote 2
The abbreviation key sets out abbreviations that may be used in the endnotes.
Legislation history and amendment history—Endnotes 3 and 4
Amending laws are annotated in the legislation history and amendment history.
The legislation history in endnote 3 provides information about each law that
has amended (or will amend) the compiled law. The information includes
commencement details for amending laws and details of any application, saving
or transitional provisions that are not included in this compilation.
The amendment history in endnote 4 provides information about amendments at
the provision (generally section or equivalent) level. It also includes information
about any provision of the compiled law that has been repealed in accordance
with a provision of the law.
Editorial changes
The Legislation Act 2003 authorises First Parliamentary Counsel to make
editorial and presentational changes to a compiled law in preparing a
compilation of the law for registration. The changes must not change the effect
of the law. Editorial changes take effect from the compilation registration date.
If the compilation includes editorial changes, the endnotes include a brief
outline of the changes in general terms. Full details of any changes can be
obtained from the Office of Parliamentary Counsel.
Misdescribed amendments
A misdescribed amendment is an amendment that does not accurately describe
the amendment to be made. If, despite the misdescription, the amendment can
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
595
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 1—About the endnotes
be given effect as intended, the amendment is incorporated into the compiled
law and the abbreviation “(md)” added to the details of the amendment included
in the amendment history.
If a misdescribed amendment cannot be given effect as intended, the
abbreviation “(md not incorp)” is added to the details of the amendment
included in the amendment history.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
596
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 2—Abbreviation key
Endnote 2—Abbreviation key
ad = added or inserted o = order(s)
am = amended Ord = Ordinance
amdt = amendment orig = original
c = clause(s) par = paragraph(s)/subparagraph(s)
/sub-subparagraph(s)C[x] = Compilation No. x
Ch = Chapter(s) pres = present
def = definition(s) prev = previous
Dict = Dictionary (prev…) = previously
disallowed = disallowed by Parliament Pt = Part(s)
Div = Division(s) r = regulation(s)/rule(s)
ed = editorial change reloc = relocated
exp = expires/expired or ceases/ceased to have renum = renumbered
effect rep = repealed
F = Federal Register of Legislation rs = repealed and substituted
gaz = gazette s = section(s)/subsection(s)
LA = Legislation Act 2003 Sch = Schedule(s)
LIA = Legislative Instruments Act 2003 Sdiv = Subdivision(s)
(md) = misdescribed amendment can be given SLI = Select Legislative Instrument
effect SR = Statutory Rules
(md not incorp) = misdescribed amendment Sub-Ch = Sub-Chapter(s)
cannot be given effect SubPt = Subpart(s)
mod = modified/modification underlining = whole or part not
commenced or to be commencedNo. = Number(s)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
597
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Copyright Act 1968 63, 1968 27 June 1968 1 May 1969 (see
Gazette 1969, p. 2543)
Statute Law Revision 216, 1973 19 Dec 1973 31 Dec 1973 ss. 9(1) and 10
Act 1973
Administrative Changes 91, 1976 20 Sept 1976 s. 3: (a) s. 4
(Consequential
Provisions) Act 1976
Broadcasting and 160, 1977 10 Nov 1977 1 Jan 1978 (see —
Television Amendment Gazette 1977, No.
Act 1977 S259)
Jurisdiction of Courts 19, 1979 28 Mar 1979 Parts II–XVII (ss. 3– ss. 9 and 124
(Miscellaneous 123): 15 May 1979
Amendments) Act 1979 (see Gazette 1979, No.
S86)
Remainder: 19 Mar
1979
Copyright Amendment 154, 1980 19 Sept 1980 ss. 17–19: 29 Sept —
Act 1980 1980
Remainder: 1 Aug
1981 (see Gazette
1981, No. S124)
Designs Amendment Act 42, 1981 13 May 1981 ss. 1 and 2: 13 Mar s. 36
1981 1981
s. 31, Part IV (ss. 34,
35) and s. 36(2): 1 Apr
1982 (see Gazette
1982, No. G12)
Remainder: 1 Apr
1982 (see Gazette
1982, No. G12)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
598
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Statute Law Revision 61, 1981 12 June 1981 s. 115: Royal Assent —
Act 1981 (b)
Broadcasting and 113, 1981 24 June 1981 s. 30: 10 Aug 1981 —
Television Amendment (see Gazette 1981, No.
Act 1981 S158)
Remainder: 24 June
1981
Statute Law 26, 1982 7 May 1982 Part XVIII (ss. s. 138(2)
(Miscellaneous 136–145): 4 June 1982
Amendments) Act (c)
(No. 1) 1982
Statute Law 80, 1982 22 Sept 1982 Part LXXVII (s. 280): s. 280(2) and (3)
(Miscellaneous Royal Assent (d)
Amendments) Act
(No. 2) 1982
Broadcasting and 154, 1982 31 Dec 1982 31 Dec 1982 —
Television Amendment
Act 1982
Australian Broadcasting 7, 1983 1 June 1983 ss. 1, 2, 15(1) and 24: s. 60(2)
Corporation 1 June 1983
(Transitional Provisions Remainder: 1 July
and Consequential 1983 (see s. 2(2) and
Amendments) Act 1983 Gazette 1983, No.
S124)
Copyright Amendment 80, 1983 3 Nov 1983 6 June 1984 (see —
Act 1983 Gazette 1984, No.
S203)
Statute Law 91, 1983 22 Nov 1983 s. 3: 20 Dec 1983 (e) s. 6
(Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act (No. 2)
1983
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
599
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Radiocommunications 136, 1983 22 Dec 1983 27 Aug 1985 (see s. 2 —
(Transitional Provisions and Gazette 1985, No.
and Consequential S322)
Amendments) Act 1983
Copyright Amendment 43, 1984 15 June 1984 15 June 1984 s. 7
Act 1984
Statute Law 165, 1984 25 Oct 1984 s. 3: 22 Nov 1984 (f) ss. 6(1) and 7
(Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act (No. 2)
1984
Statute Law 65, 1985 5 June 1985 s. 3: 3 July 1985 (g) —
(Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act (No. 1)
1985
Broadcasting and 67, 1985 5 June 1985 1 Jan 1986 s. 4
Television
(Consequential
Amendments) Act 1985
Copyright Amendment 78, 1986 24 June 1986 ss. 14–19: 22 July ss. 20(2) and
Act 1986 1986 28(2)
Remainder: 30 Apr
1987 (see Gazette
1987, No. S68)
Statute Law 168, 1986 18 Dec 1986 s. 3: (h) s. 5(1)
(Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act (No. 2)
1986
Jurisdiction of Courts 23, 1987 26 May 1987 s. 3: (i) s. 5
(Miscellaneous
Amendments) Act 1987
Broadcasting Legislation 146, 1988 26 Dec 1988 s. 49: 1 Mar 1989 (j) —
Amendment Act 1988
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
600
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Circuit Layouts Act
1989
28, 1989 22 May 1989 ss. 1 and 2: Royal
Assent
—
Remainder: 1 Oct
1990 (see Gazette
1990, No. S261)
Copyright Amendment
Act 1989
32, 1989 24 May 1989 ss. 3, 5, 7, 12, 13, 21,
22, 28 and Schedule
(items 1, 4, 10, 12, 14,
19, 25, 26): 1 Oct
1989 (see Gazette
1989, No. S316)
ss. 4, 14, 16, 18, 20,
s. 2 (rep. by 107,
1993, s. 13)
ss. 25 and 29 (am.
by 107, 1993,
ss. 8 and 10)
23, 25, 27, 29 and
Schedule (items 48,
49, 53): 29 Jan 1990
(see Gazette 1990, No.
S15)
ss. 6, 15, 19, 24, 26(a)
and Schedule (items 2,
3, 6–9, 11, 13, 15, 18,
21–24, 27–47,
50–52): 1 July 1990
(see Gazette 1990, No.
S164)
ss. 8–11, 17 and
Schedule (items 5, 16,
17, 20): 1 Oct 1990
(see Gazette 1990, No.
S261)
s. 26(b)–(f): 2 July
1990 (see Gazette
1990, No. S164)
Remainder: Royal
Assent
as repealed by
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
601
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Copyright 107, 1993 22 Dec 1993 s. 13: Royal Assent s. 2(2)
Amendment
(Re-enactment) Act
1993
as re-enacted by
Copyright 107, 1993 22 Dec 1993 (k) ss. 8 and 10–12
Amendment
(Re-enactment) Act
1993
Copyright Amendment 174, 1991 25 Nov 1991 23 Dec 1991 —
Act 1991
Special Broadcasting 180, 1991 25 Nov 1991 s. 116: 23 Dec 1991 (l) s. 116(2)
Service Act 1991
Broadcasting Services 105, 1992 9 July 1992 5 Oct 1992 (see s. 2 s. 3
(Transitional Provisions and Gazette 1992, No.
and Consequential GN38)
Amendments) Act 1992
Radiocommunications 167, 1992 11 Dec 1992 1 July 1993 s. 14(3)
(Transitional Provisions
and Consequential
Amendments) Act 1992
Copyright Amendment 107, 1993 22 Dec 1993 22 Dec 1993 ss. 8 and 10–12
(Re-enactment) Act
1993
Agricultural and 37, 1994 15 Mar 1994 15 Mar 1995 (see s. 2) —
Veterinary Chemicals
(Consequential
Amendments) Act 1994
Law and Justice 141, 1994 28 Nov 1994 s. 4 (items 1–13, 15– s. 7
Legislation Amendment 30, 32–112): Royal
Act (No. 2) 1994 Assent (m)
s. 4 (items 14, 31): 23
Dec 1991 (m)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
602
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Copyright (World Trade
Organization
Amendments) Act 1994
149, 1994 13 Dec 1994 ss. 1 and 2: Royal
Assent
Parts 3 and 4 (ss. 6–
17): 1 July 1995
Remainder: 1 Jan 1996
—
Intellectual Property
Laws Amendment Act
1998
100, 1998 27 July 1998 Schedule 2 (items 1–
3): 27 Jan 1999 (n)
—
Copyright Amendment 104, 1998 30 July 1998 Schedule 2 (items 6, 8, Sch. 1 (item 4),
Act (No. 1) 1998 10, 12) and Schedule 8 Sch. 3 (item 4),
(item 12): 30 Jan 2000 Sch. 4 (item 6),
Remainder: Royal Sch. 9 (item 8)
Assent and Sch. 10
(item 51)
Copyright Amendment 105, 1998 30 July 1998 (o) Sch. 1 (item 9)
Act (No. 2) 1998
Copyright Amendment
(Computer Programs)
Act 1999
105, 1999 24 Aug 1999 30 Sept 1999 (see
Gazette 1999, No.
S462)
—
Public Employment
(Consequential and
Transitional)
Amendment Act 1999
146, 1999 11 Nov 1999 Schedule 1 (item 338):
5 Dec 1999 (see
Gazette 1999, No.
S584) (p)
—
Copyright Amendment
(Digital Agenda) Act
2000
110, 2000 4 Sept 2000 4 Mar 2001 Sch. 2
as amended by
Statute Law Revision
Act 2002
63, 2002 3 July 2002 Schedule 2 (items 4,
5): (q)
—
Copyright Amendment 159, 2000 21 Dec 2000 Schedule 2: 4 Mar Sch. 1 (item 3)
(Moral Rights) Act 2000 2001 (see s. 2(3))
Remainder: Royal
Assent
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
603
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Law and Justice
Legislation Amendment
(Application of Criminal
Code) Act 2001
24, 2001 6 Apr 2001 s. 4(1), (2) and
Schedule 9: (r)
s. 4(1) and (2)
Copyright Amendment 34, 2003 15 Apr 2003 Schedule 3 (items 1–3, Sch. 1 (item 20),
(Parallel Importation) 5, 7): (s) Sch. 3 (item 9)
Act 2003 Schedule 3 (items 4, 6, and Sch. 4
8, 9): (s) (items 14, 15)
Schedule 4: 13 May
2003
Remainder: Royal
Assent
Designs (Consequential 148, 2003 17 Dec 2003 Schedules 1 and 2: (t) Sch. 1 (items
Amendments) Act 2003 Remainder: Royal 15–20)
Assent
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
604
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
US Free Trade
Agreement
Implementation Act
2004
as amended by
Copyright Legislation
Amendment Act 2004
120, 2004
154, 2004
16 Aug 2004
15 Dec 2004
Sch 9 (items 1–15, 59–
112, 114–119–166,
168–191): 1 Jan 2005
(s 2(1) items 9, 11, 12,
14–18, 20)
Sch 9 (items 16–58):
26 July 2007 (s 2(1)
item 10 and gaz 2007,
No GN22)
Sch 9 (items 113,
167): 16 Aug 2004
(s 2(1) items 13, 19)
Sch 1 (items 42–61): 1
Jan 2005 (s 2(1)
item 2)
Sch 9 (items 15,
84, 106, 117, 131,
145, 160, 185,
190)
Sch 9 (item 118)
(am by 154, 2004,
Sch 1 (items 42–
48))
Sch 9 (item 119)
(am by 154, 2004,
Sch 1 (items 49–
51))
Sch 9 (item 132)
(am by 154, 2004,
Sch 1 (items 52–
58))
Sch 9 (item 133)
(am by 154, 2004,
Sch 1 (items 59–
61))
—
Copyright Legislation
Amendment Act 2004
154, 2004 15 Dec 2004 Sch 1 (items 1–41):
1 Jan 2005 (s 2(1)
item 2)
Sch 1 (items 8, 16,
29, 31, 41)
Australian 45, 2005 1 Apr 2005 Schedule 1 (items 59– Sch 4
Communications and 62) and Schedule 4:
Media Authority 1 July 2005 (see s.
(Consequential and 2(1))
Transitional Provisions)
Act 2005
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
605
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Copyright Amendment 130, 2005 8 Nov 2005 Schedule 1: 19 Dec s 4
(Film Directors’ Rights) 2005 (see
Act 2005 F2005L04088)
Remainder: Royal
Assent
Statute Law Revision 9, 2006 23 Mar 2006 Schedule 1 (items 8, Sch. 1 (item 9)
Act 2006 9): 1 Jan 2005 (s 2(1)
item 6)
Copyright Amendment 158, 2006 11 Dec 2006 Sch 1 (items 1–33), Sch 1 (items 9, 12,
Act 2006 Sch 2–5 and Sch 12 14, 16, 18, 22, 24,
(items 1–16): 1 Jan 26), Sch 2
2007 (s 2(1) items 2, (item 15), Sch 3
4, 9) (item 20), Sch 4
Sch 1 (item 34) and (item 2), Sch 5
Sch 12 (items 17, 18): (items 2, 6), Sch 6
never commenced (s (item 9AA), Sch 9
2(1) items 3, 10) (item 2), Sch 10
Sch 9: 8 Jan 2007 (s (items 5, 20, 30,
2(1) item 6) 55, 58, 61, 63),
Remainder: 11 Dec Sch 11 (items 3,
2006 (s 2(1) items 1, 37, 40, 42, 57)
5, 7, 8) and Sch 12
(item 16)
Australian Citizenship 21, 2007 15 Mar 2007 Schedules 1–3: 1 July —
(Transitionals and 2007 (see s. 2(1) and
Consequentials) Act F2007L01653)
2007 Remainder: Royal
Assent
Broadcasting Legislation 28, 2007 15 Mar 2007 15 Mar 2007 —
Amendment Act 2007
Statute Law Revision 73, 2008 3 July 2008 Schedule 4 (item 200): —
Act 2008 4 July 2008
Archives Amendment 113, 2008 31 Oct 2008 1 Nov 2008 —
Act 2008
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
606
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Statute Law Revision
Act 2010
8, 2010 1 Mar 2010 Sch 5 (item 137(a)):
1 Mar 2010 (s 2(1)
item 38)
—
Broadcasting Legislation
Amendment (Digital
Television) Act 2010
94, 2010 29 June 2010 Schedule 1
(items 135–144):
30 June 2010
—
Broadcasting Legislation
Amendment (Digital
Dividend and Other
Measures) Act 2011
36, 2011 26 May 2011 Schedule 2 (item 61):
27 May 2011
—
Therapeutic Goods 39, 2011 27 May 2011 28 May 2011 Sch. 1 (items 2, 3)
Legislation Amendment
(Copyright) Act 2011
Acts Interpretation 46, 2011 27 June 2011 Schedule 2 (items 445, Sch. 3 (items 10,
Amendment Act 2011 446) and Schedule 3 11)
(items 10, 11): 27 Dec
2011
Intellectual Property 35, 2012 15 Apr 2012 Schedule 5 (items 1– —
Laws Amendment 16): 15 Apr 2013
(Raising the Bar) Act
2012
Statute Law Revision 136, 2012 22 Sept 2012 Schedule 1 (item 37): —
Act 2012 Royal Assent
Australian Charities and
Not-for-profits
Commission
(Consequential and
Transitional) Act 2012
169, 2012 3 Dec 2012 Schedule 2
(items 169–172): 3
Dec 2012 (see s. 2(1))
—
Federal Circuit Court of
Australia (Consequential
Amendments) Act 2013
13, 2013 14 Mar 2013 Sch 1 (items 93–95)
and Sch 2 (item 2): 12
Apr 2013 (s 2(1)
items 2, 3)
—
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
607
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Statute Law Revision 31, 2014 27 May 2014 Sch 1 (items 11, 12) —
Act (No 1) 2014 and Sch 8 (item 12):
24 June 2014
Customs and Other 41, 2015 20 May 2015 Sch 5 (item 27), Sch 6 Sch 6 (item 49)
Legislation Amendment (items 23–49) and Sch and Sch 9
(Australian Border 9: 1 July 2015 (s 2(1)
Force) Act 2015 items 2, 7)
as amended by
Australian Border 115, 2017 30 Oct 2017 Sch 1 (item 26): 1 July —
Force Amendment 2015 (s 2(1) item 2)
(Protected
Information) Act 2017
Norfolk Island 59, 2015 26 May 2015 Sch 2 (items 99–101): Sch 2 (items 356–
Legislation Amendment 1 July 2016 (s 2(1) 396)
Act 2015 item 5)
Sch 2 (items 356–
396): 18 June 2015 (s
2(1) item 6)
as amended by
Territories Legislation 33, 2016 23 Mar 2016 Sch 2: 24 Mar 2016 —
Amendment Act 2016 (s 2(1) item 2)
Copyright Amendment 80, 2015 26 June 2015 27 June 2015 (s 2) —
(Online Infringement)
Act 2015
Civil Law and Justice 113, 2015 17 Aug 2015 Sch 7: 17 Feb 2016 Sch 7 (item 7)
Legislation Amendment (s 2(1) item 3)
Act 2015
Acts and Instruments 126, 2015 10 Sept 2015 Sch 1 (item 149): 5 —
(Framework Reform) Mar 2016 (s 2(1)
(Consequential item 2)
Provisions) Act 2015
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
608
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Act Number Assent Commencement Application,
and year saving and
transitional
provisions
Health Legislation 157, 2015 26 Nov 2015 Sch 1 (items 1, 2, 111– Sch 1 (items 111–
Amendment (eHealth) 136): 27 Nov 2015 136)
Act 2015 (s 2(1) item 2)
Statute Law Revision 4, 2016 11 Feb 2016 Sch 4 (items 1, 72): 10 —
Act (No. 1) 2016 Mar 2016 (s 2(1)
item 6)
Courts Administration 24, 2016 18 Mar 2016 Sch 5 (item 17): 1 July Sch 6
Legislation Amendment 2016 (s 2(1) item 7)
Act 2016 Sch 6: 18 Mar 2016
(s 2(1) item 9)
Territories Legislation 33, 2016 23 Mar 2016 Sch 5 (item 29): 1 July —
Amendment Act 2016 2016 (s 2(1) item 7)
Statute Update (A.C.T. 13, 2017 22 Feb 2017 Sch 1 (items 7–13): —
Self-Government 22 Mar 2017 (s 2(1)
(Consequential item 2)
Provisions) Regulations)
Act 2017
Copyright Amendment 49, 2017 22 June 2017 Sch 1 and Sch 3 Sch 1 (items 79–
(Disability Access and (items 9–19): 22 Dec 84), Sch 2
Other Measures) Act 2017 (s 2(1) items 2, (items 29–31) and
2017 5) Sch 3 (items 7, 8,
Sch 2: 1 Jan 2019 19)
(s 2(1) item 3)
Sch 3 (items 1–8):
23 June 2017 (s 2(1)
item 4)
(a) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 3 only of the Administrative
Changes (Consequential Provisions) Act 1976, subsection 2(7) of which
provides as follows:
(7) The amendments of each other Act specified in the Schedule made by
this Act shall be deemed to have come into operation on 22 December
1975.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
609
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
(b) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 115 only of the Statute Law
Revision Act 1981, subsection 2(1) of which provides as follows:
(1) Subject to this section, this Act shall come into operation on the day on
which it receives the Royal Assent.
(c) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by Part XVIII (sections 136–145) only
of the Statute Law (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act (No. 1) 1982,
subsection 2(12) of which provides as follows:
(12) The remaining provisions of this Act shall come into operation on the
twenty-eighth day after the day on which this Act receives the Royal
Assent.
(d) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by Part LXXVII (section 280) only of
the Statute Law (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act (No. 2) 1982,
subsection 2(1) of which provides as follows:
(1) Sections 1, 2, 166 and 195 and Parts III, VI, VII, XVI, XXXVI, XLIV,
LI, LIII, LIV, LXI and LXXVII shall come into operation on the day on
which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
(e) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 3 only of the Statute Law
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 2) 1983, subsection 2(1) of which
provides as follows:
(1) Subject to this section, this Act shall come into operation on the
twenty-eighth day after the day on which it receives the Royal Assent.
(f) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 3 only of the Statute Law
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 2) 1984, subsection 2(1) of which
provides as follows:
(1) Subject to this section, this Act shall come into operation on the
twenty-eighth day after the day on which it receives the Royal Assent.
(g) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 3 only of the Statute Law
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 1) 1985, subsection 2(1) of which
provides as follows:
(1) Subject to this section, this Act shall come into operation on the
twenty-eighth day after the day on which it receives the Royal Assent.
(h) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 3 only of the Statute Law
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 2) 1986, subsection 2(3) provides as
follows:
(3) The amendments of the Copyright Act 1968 made by this Act shall come
into operation immediately after the commencement of section 3 of the
Copyright Amendment Act 1986.
Section 3 commenced on 30 April 1987 (see Gazette 1987, No. S68, p. 6).
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
610
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
(i) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 3 only of the Jurisdiction of
Courts (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 1987, subsection 2(2) of which
provides as follows:
(2) The amendments made by this Act to an Act specified in the Schedule
shall come into operation on such day as is fixed by Proclamation in
relation to those amendments.
The date fixed in pursuance of subsection 2(2) was 1 September 1987 (see
Gazette 1987, No. S217).
(j) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 49 only of the Broadcasting
Legislation Amendment Act 1988, subsection 2(3) of which provides as
follows:
(3) Sections 15, 16 and 36, subsection 48(2), section 49 and Schedules 2, 4
and 5 commence on 1 March 1989.
(k) Certain provisions of the Copyright Amendment Act 1989 were re-enacted by
sections 4–10 of the Copyright Amendment (Re-enactment) Act 1993.
Subsection 2(2) of the Copyright Amendment (Re-enactment) Act 1993
provides as follows:
(2) The amendments made by this Act are taken to have commenced on the
dates set out in the Schedule.
The commencement of the re-enacted provisions provide as follows:
Section 4 re-enacted sections 3, 5, 7, 12, 13, 21, 28 and the Schedule (items 1,
4, 10, 12, 14, 19, 25 and 26) which commenced on 1 October 1989.
Section 4 re-enacted sections 4, 14, 18, 23 and the Schedule (items 48, 49 and
53) which commenced on 29 January 1990.
Section 4 re-enacted sections 6, 24, 26(a) and the Schedule (items 2, 3, 6–9,
11, 13, 15, 18, 21–24, 27–47 and 50–52) which commenced on 1 July 1990.
Section 4 re-enacted sections 8–11, 17 and the Schedule (items 5, 16, 17 and
20) which commenced on 1 October 1990.
Section 4 re-enacted paragraphs 26(b)–(f) which commenced on 2 July 1990.
Section 5 re-enacted section 15 which commenced on 1 July 1990.
Section 6 re-enacted section 19 which commenced on 1 July 1990.
Section 7 re-enacted section 22 which commenced on 1 October 1989.
Section 8 re-enacted section 25 which commenced on 29 January 1990.
Section 9 re-enacted section 27 which commenced on 29 January 1990.
Section 10 re-enacted section 29 which commenced on 29 January 1990.
(l) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 116 only of the Special
Broadcasting Service Act 1991, subsection 2(1) of which provides as follows:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
611
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
(1) Subject to subsection (2), this Act commences 28 days after the day on
which it receives the Royal Assent.
(m) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by section 4 (items 1–112) only of the
Law and Justice Legislation Amendment Act (No. 2) 1994, subsections 2(1)
and (4) of which provide as follows:
(1) Subject to this section, this Act commences on the day on which it
receives the Royal Assent.
(4) Items 14 and 31 of Schedule 2 are taken to have commenced on
23 December 1991, immediately after the commencement of the
Copyright Amendment Act 1991.
(n) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by Schedule 2 (items 1–3) only of the
Intellectual Property Laws Amendment Act 1998, subsections 2(4) and (5) of
which provide as follows:
(4) Subject to subsection (5), Schedule 2 commences on a day to be fixed by
Proclamation.
(5) If Schedule 2 does not commence under subsection (4) within the period
of 6 months beginning on the day on which this Act receives the Royal
Assent, Schedule 2 commences on the first day after the end of that
period.
(o) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by Schedules 1 and 2 of the Copyright
Amendment Act (No. 2) 1998, section 2 of which provides as follows:
(1) This Act commences on the day on which it receives the Royal Assent.
(2) However, this Act commences immediately after the commencement of
item 1 of Schedule 3 to the Copyright Amendment Act (No. 1) 1998 if
that Act receives the Royal Assent on a day that is the same as, or later
than, the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
The Copyright Amendment Act (No. 1) 1998 received the Royal Assent on
30 July 1998.
(p) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by Schedule 1 (item 338) only of the
Public Employment (Consequential and Transitional) Amendment Act 1999,
subsections 2(1) and (2) of which provide as follows:
(1) In this Act, commencing time means the time when the Public Service
Act 1999 commences.
(2) Subject to this section, this Act commences at the commencing time.
(q) Subsection 2(1) (items 33 and 34) of the Statute Law Revision Act 2002
provide as follows:
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
612
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences,
or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in
column 2 of the table.
Commencement information
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Provision (s) Commencement Date/Details
33. Schedule 2,
item 4
Immediately after the time specified in the
Copyright Amendment (Digital Agenda) Act 2000
for the commencement of item 41 of Schedule 1 to
that Act
4 March 2001
34. Schedule 2,
item 5
Immediately after the time specified in the
Copyright Amendment (Digital Agenda) Act 2000
for the commencement of item 224 of Schedule 1
to that Act
4 March 2001
(r) The Copyright Act 1968 was amended by Schedule 9 only of the Law and
Justice Legislation Amendment (Application of Criminal Code) Act 2001,
subsection 2(1)(a) of which provides as follows:
(1) Subject to this section, this Act commences at the later of the following
times:
(a) immediately after the commencement of item 15 of Schedule 1 to the
Criminal Code Amendment (Theft, Fraud, Bribery and Related
Offences) Act 2000;
Item 15 commenced on 24 May 2001.
(s) Subsection 2(1) (items 4–9) of the Copyright Amendment (Parallel
Importation) Act 2003 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences,
or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in
column 2 of the table.
Provision (s) Commencement Date/Details
4. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of the 4 March 2001
items 1 to 3 Copyright Amendment (Digital Agenda) Act 2000
5. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of 15 April 2003
item 4 Schedule 1 to this Act
6. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of the 4 March 2001
item 5 Copyright Amendment (Digital Agenda) Act 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
613
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
2
Endnotes
Endnote 3—Legislation history
Provision (s) Commencement Date/Details
7. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of 15 April 2003
item 6 Schedule 1 to this Act
8. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of the 4 March 2001
item 7 Copyright Amendment (Digital Agenda) Act 2000
9. Schedule 3, Immediately after the commencement of 15 April 2003
items 8 and 9 Schedule 1 to this Act
(t) Subsection 2(1) (item 2) of the Designs (Consequential Amendments) Act
2003 provides as follows:
(1) Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences,
or is taken to have commenced, on the day or at the time specified in
column 2 of the table.
Provision (s) Commencement Date/Details
2. Schedules 1 and Immediately after the commencement of section 4 17 June 2004
of the Designs Act 2003.
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
614
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Title ...............................................am. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Part I
s. 3 .................................................rep. No. 216, 1973
s. 4 .................................................rs. No. 216, 1973
s. 8 .................................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 42, 1981
rs. No. 165, 1984
s. 8A ..............................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 141, 1994
s. 9 .................................................am. No. 67, 1985
s. 9A ..............................................ad. No. 24, 2001
Part II
s 10 ................................................am No 216, 1973; No 160, 1977; No 154, 1980; No 113, 1981; No 154,
1982; No 7, 1983; No 136, 1983; No 43, 1984; No 165, 1984; No 67,
1985; No 78, 1986; No 168, 1986; No 146, 1988; No 28, 1989; No 32,
1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 174, 1991; No 180, 1991; No 105,
1992; No 37, 1994; No 141, 1994; No 104, 1998; No 105, 1998; No 110,
2000; No 34, 2003; No 148, 2003; No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006; No 21,
2007; No 28, 2007; No 113, 2008; No 94, 2010; No 169, 2012; No 31,
2014; No 59, 2015; No 113, 2015; No 13, 2017; No 49, 2017 (Sch 2
item 1)
s. 10AA .........................................ad. No. 105, 1998
ss. 10AB, 10AC.............................ad. No. 34, 2003
s. 10AD .........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 34, 2003
s 10A .............................................ad No 165, 1984
am No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 104, 1998
rep No 49, 2017
s. 11 ...............................................am. No. 141, 1994
s. 12 ...............................................am. No. 216, 1973
s 14 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 49, 2017
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
615
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 19 ...............................................am. No. 216, 1973
Heading to s. 21.............................rs. No. 110, 2000
s. 21 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
Subhead. to s. 22(1) ......................ad. No. 120, 2004
Subhead. to s. 22(3) ......................ad. No. 120, 2004
Subheads. to s. 22(4), (5) ..............ad. No. 120, 2004
s. 22 ...............................................am. No. 78, 1986; No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110,
2000; No. 120, 2004; No. 158, 2006
s. 25 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 26 ...............................................am. No. 141, 1994
rep. No. 110, 2000
s. 27 ...............................................am. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993); No. 141, 1994; No. 110,
2000
Heading to s. 28.............................am. No. 158, 2006
s. 28 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 158, 2006
s. 29 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s 29A .............................................ad No 49, 2017
s. 30A ............................................ad. No. 149, 1994
Part III
Division 1
s. 31 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 149, 1994; No. 110, 2000
s. 32 ...............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 21, 2007
s 33 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004
rs No 49, 2017
s 34 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s. 35 ...............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998
Division 2
s. 36 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 37 ...............................................am. No. 174, 1991; No. 104, 1998
s. 38 ...............................................am. No. 174, 1991; No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998; No. 158, 2006
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
616
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 39 ...............................................am. No. 141, 1994
s. 39A ............................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 110, 2000 (as am. by No. 63, 2002); No. 34, 2003
s. 39B ............................................ad. No. 110, 2000
Division 3
s. 40 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110,
2000; No. 158, 2006
s. 41A ............................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 42 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 43 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 100, 1998
s. 43A ............................................ad. No. 43, 1984
rep. No. 105, 1999
ad. No. 110, 2000
Heading to s. 43B ..........................am. No. 154, 2004
s. 43B ............................................ad. No. 120, 2004
am. No. 154, 2004
s. 43C ............................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 44 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 44A ............................................ad. No. 174, 1991
am. No. 104, 1998
s. 44B ............................................ad. No. 37, 1994
s. 44BA..........................................ad. No. 39, 2011
s 44BB...........................................ad No 157, 2015
s. 44C ............................................ad. No. 104, 1998
am. No. 34, 2003
Note to s. 44C(1) ..........................ad. No. 34, 2003
s. 44D ............................................ad. No. 105, 1998
am. No. 34, 2003; No. 158, 2006
ss. 44E, 44F ................................ ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 158, 2006
Division 4
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
617
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 46 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 47 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 80, 1983; No. 141, 1994; No. 110, 2000;
No. 113, 2008
s. 47AA .........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
s 47A .............................................ad No 78, 1986
am No 105, 1992; No 167, 1992; No 104, 1998; No 24, 2001; No 4, 2016
rep No 49, 2017
Division 4A
Div. 4A of Part III ........................ad. No. 105, 1999
s. 47AB..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
ss. 47B–47D ................................ad. No. 105, 1999
am. No. 110, 2000
ss. 47E–47H ................................ad. No. 105, 1999
Division 4B
Div. 4B of Part III .........................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 47J .............................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Division 5
Heading to Div. 5 of Part III ..........rs. No. 104, 1998
s. 48 ...............................................rs. No. 154, 1980
s. 48A ............................................ad. No. 165, 1984
s 49 ................................................rs No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 141, 1994; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006; No 49,
2017
s 50 ................................................rs No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
s. 51 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 110, 2000; No. 120, 2004
s. 51AA .........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 110, 2000; No. 113, 2008
s 51A .............................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 78, 1986; No 141, 1994; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
618
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s 51B .............................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s. 52 ...............................................am. No. 91, 1983; No. 104, 1998; No. 110, 2000
s 53 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 34, 2003; No 49, 2017
Div. 5A of Part III ........................ad. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 53A ............................................ad. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 53B ............................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 165, 1984
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 53C ............................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 91, 1983
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Div. 5B of Part III .........................ad. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 53D ............................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 165, 1984
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Division 6
s 54 ................................................am No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
s. 55 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 61, 1981; No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107,
1993); No. 159, 2000; No. 158, 2006
s. 56 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 57 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 58 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 59 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 158, 2006
ss. 62, 63........................................am. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
619
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 64 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Division 7
s. 65 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 68 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 69 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 110, 2000
s. 70 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 80, 1983; No. 141, 1994; No. 113, 2008
s. 71 ...............................................rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Division 8
Heading to Div. 8 of Part III ..........am. No. 42, 1981
s. 74 ...............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 42, 1981
rs. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 148, 2003
s. 75 ...............................................am. No. 42, 1981
rs. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 148, 2003
s. 76 ...............................................am. No. 42, 1981
rs. No. 148, 2003
s. 77 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 42, 1981
rs. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 148, 2003
s. 77A ............................................ad. No. 148, 2003
Division 9
s 79 ................................................am No 154, 1980
rs No 49, 2017
s 79A .............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 80 ................................................am No 154, 1980
rs No 49, 2017
s 81 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 120, 2004; No 49, 2017
s. 82 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
s. 83 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
620
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Part IV
Division 1
s. 84 ...............................................rs. No. 120, 2004
am. No. 21, 2007
Division 2
s. 85 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 149, 1994; No. 110, 2000
s. 86 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 87 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 110, 2000
s. 88 ...............................................am. No. 110, 2000
Division 3
s. 91 ...............................................am. No. 160, 1977; Nos. 7 and 136, 1983; No. 78, 1986
rs. No. 146, 1988
am. No. 180, 1991; No. 167, 1992; No. 104, 1998
rs. No. 110, 2000
s. 91A ............................................ad. No. 104, 1998
rep. No. 110, 2000
s. 92 ...............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Division 4
s 93 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 120, 2004
rs No 49, 2017
s 94 ................................................am No 154, 1980; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
ss. 95, 96........................................am. No. 154, 1980
Division 5
Subdivision A
Heading to Subdiv. A of ................ad. No. 120, 2004
Div. 5 of Part IV
s. 97 ...............................................am. No. 120, 2004
s. 98 ...............................................am. No. 130, 2005; No. 158, 2006
s. 99 ...............................................am. No. 160, 1977; No. 154, 1980; No. 7, 1983; No. 78, 1986; No. 146,
1988; No. 180, 1991; No. 104, 1998
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
621
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rs. No. 110, 2000
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 5 of ad. No. 120, 2004
Part IV ...........................................
ss. 100AA–100AF .........................ad. No. 120, 2004
s. 100AG .......................................ad. No. 120, 2004
am. No. 158, 2006
s 100AH ........................................ad No 120, 2004
am No 94, 2010; No 49, 2017
Division 6
s. 100A ..........................................ad. No. 78, 1986
s. 101 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 110, 2000
s. 102 .............................................am. No. 174, 1991; Nos. 104 and 105, 1998; No. 34, 2003
s. 103 .............................................am. No. 174, 1991; No. 141, 1994; Nos. 104 and 105, 1998; No. 34,
2003; No. 158, 2006
s. 103A ..........................................ad. No. 78, 1986
s. 103AA .......................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 103B ..........................................ad. No. 78, 1986
am. No. 110, 2000
s. 103C ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 104 .............................................rs. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 100, 1998
s. 104A ..........................................ad. No. 165, 1984
s. 104B ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
s 104C ...........................................ad No 157, 2015
s. 105 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 106 .............................................am. No. 169, 2012
s. 107 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 80, 1983; No. 141, 1994; No. 110, 2000;
No. 113, 2008
s. 108 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
s. 109 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
622
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 109A ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
am. No. 8, 2010
s. 110 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 110AA .......................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 110A........................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 110A ..........................................ad. No. 78, 1986
am. No. 110, 2000
s 110B ...........................................ad No 78, 1986
am No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 110BA.........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s. 110C ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
s. 111 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 111A ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
s. 111B ..........................................ad. No. 120, 2004
am. No. 154, 2004
s 112 ..............................................rs No 154, 1980
am No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 104, 1998;
No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
s. 112A ..........................................ad. No. 174, 1991
am. No. 104, 1998
s 112AA ........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s. 112B ..........................................ad. No. 37, 1994
s. 112C ..........................................ad. No. 104, 1998
am. No. 34, 2003; No. 158, 2006
s. 112D ..........................................ad. No. 105, 1998
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 112DA .......................................ad. No. 34, 2003
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
623
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
am. No. 158, 2006
Part IVA
Subdivision A
Subdivision B
s. 112E...........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
Division 7
s. 113 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
ss. 113A–113C ..............................ad. No. 120, 2004
Part IVA ........................................ad No 49, 2017
Division 1
s 113D ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
Division 2
s 113E............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113F............................................ad No 49, 2017
Division 3
s 113G ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113H ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113J.............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113K ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113L............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113M...........................................ad No 49, 2017
Division 4
s 113N ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113P............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113Q ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113R ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113S............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113T............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113U ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
624
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 5
Subdivision A
s 113V ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113W ..........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113X ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
Subdivision B
s 113Y ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113Z............................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113ZA.........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113ZB .........................................ad No 49, 2017
s 113ZC .........................................ad No 49, 2017
Part V
Heading to Part V ..........................rs. No. 110, 2000
Division 2
s. 115 .............................................am. No. 110, 2000; No. 34, 2003; No. 158, 2006
s 115A ...........................................ad No 80, 2015
s. 116 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998; No. 110, 2000
s. 116AAA................................ ad. No. 120, 2004
Division 2AA
Div. 2AA of Part V........................ad. No. 120, 2004
Subdivision A
s. 116AA .......................................ad. No. 120, 2004
s 116AB.........................................ad No 120, 2004
am No 154, 2004; No 9, 2006; No 49, 2017
Subdivision B
ss. 116AC–116AF .........................ad. No. 120, 2004
Subdivision C
s. 116AG .......................................ad. No. 120, 2004
Subdivision D
s. 116AH .......................................ad. No. 120, 2004
am. No. 154, 2004
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
625
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 116AI.........................................ad. No. 120, 2004
Subdivision E
s. 116AJ.........................................ad. No. 120, 2004
Division 2A
Heading to Div. 2A of Part V ........rs. No. 158, 2006
Div. 2A of Part V ..........................ad. No. 110, 2000
s. 116A ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision A
Subdiv. A of Div. 2A of ................ad. No. 158, 2006
Part V
ss. 116AK–116AQ ........................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision B
Heading to Subdiv. B of ................ad. No. 158, 2006
Div. 2A of Part V
s. 116B ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
Heading to s. 116C ........................rs. No. 120, 2004
s. 116C ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
ss. 116CA, 116CB .........................ad. No. 120, 2004
Heading to s. 116D........................am. No. 120, 2004; No. 158, 2006
s. 116D ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004; No. 158, 2006
Division 3
s. 119 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No 80, 2015
s. 120 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No 80, 2015
s. 122 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 123 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Note to s. 123 ................................ad. No. 120, 2004
s. 124 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
626
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Note to s. 124 ................................ad. No. 120, 2004
s. 125 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
Division 4
Heading to Div. 4 of Part V...........rs. No. 78, 1986
s. 126 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994
Heading to s. 126A........................am. No. 158, 2006
s. 126A ..........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 126B ........................am. No. 158, 2006
s. 126B ..........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 158, 2006; No 4, 2016
s. 127 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 120, 2004
s. 128 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 120, 2004
s 129 ..............................................am No 154, 1980; No 141, 1994; No 49, 2017
s. 129A ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 130 .............................................am. No. 34, 2003; No. 154, 2004
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 130A ..........................................ad. No. 105, 1998
am. No. 158, 2006
ss. 130B, 130C ..............................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 131...........................rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 131 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 158, 2006
Division 4A
Heading to Div. 4A of Part V ........rs. No. 23, 1987
Div. 4A of Part V .........................ad. No. 19, 1979
s. 131A ..........................................ad. No. 19, 1979
am No 80, 2015
s. 131B ..........................................ad. No. 19, 1979
am. No. 23, 1987
s. 131C ..........................................ad. No. 23, 1987
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
627
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Heading to s. 131D........................rs. No. 13, 2013
s. 131D ..........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 13, 2013; No 80, 2015
Division 5
Subhead. to s. 132(1) ....................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subheads. to s. 132(5),...................ad. No. 120, 2004
(5AA), (5A) rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 132(5E) ..................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 132(5F) ..................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subheads. to s. 132(6),...................ad. No. 120, 2004
(6AA) rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 132(7) ....................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 132(9) ....................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
s. 132 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 43, 1984; No. 78, 1986; Nos. 104 and 105, 1998;
No. 110, 2000; No. 34, 2003; Nos. 120 and 154, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Note to s. 132(1) ...........................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision A
Subdiv. A of Div. 5 of Part V ........ad. No. 158, 2006
s 132AA ........................................ad No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
s 132AB.........................................ad No 158, 2006
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 5 of Part V ........ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 132AC........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
628
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
am. No. 113, 2008
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 5 of Part V ........ad. No. 158, 2006
ss. 132AD–132AM........................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision D
Subdiv. D of Div. 5 of Part V ........ad. No. 158, 2006
ss. 132AN, 132AO ........................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision E
Subdiv. E of Div. 5 of Part V.........ad. No. 158, 2006
ss. 132APA, 132APB ....................ad. No. 158, 2006
ss. 132APC–132APE.....................ad. No. 156, 2006
am. No. 113, 2008
Subdivision F
Subdiv. F of Div. 5 of Part V.........ad. No. 158, 2006
ss. 132AQ–132AS .........................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 132AT........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
am. No. 113, 2008
Subdivision G
Subdiv. G of Div. 5 of Part V ........ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 132AU .......................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 132A ..........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 132AAA................................ ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 132B ..........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 154, 2004
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 132C ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision H
Subdiv. H of Div. 5 of Part V ........ad. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 133...........................rs. No. 105, 1998; No. 158, 2006
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
629
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 133 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 91, 1983; No. 78, 1986; Nos. 104 and 105, 1998;
No. 110, 2000
rs. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision I
Subdiv. I of Div. 5 of Part V..........ad. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 133A........................am. No. 34, 2003
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 133A ..........................................ad. No. 43, 1984
am. No. 78, 1986; No. 105, 1998; No. 34, 2003
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 133B ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Division 6
s. 134 .............................................am. No. 104, 1998; No. 110, 2000; No. 120, 2004; No. 158, 2006
s. 134A ..........................................ad. No. 78, 1986
am. No. 149, 1994
Division 7
Heading to Div. 7 of Part V...........ad. No. 149, 1994
s 134B ...........................................ad No 149, 1994
am No 104, 1998; No 35, 2012; No 41, 2015; No 49, 2017
s. 135 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 91, 1976; No. 19, 1979; No. 154, 1980; No. 80,
1982; No. 65, 1985; No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993); Nos. 141
and 149, 1994; Nos. 104 and 105, 1998; No. 34, 2003; No. 158, 2006; No
41, 2015
s. 135AA .......................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998
rs. No. 158, 2006
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AB........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998; No 41, 2015
s. 135AC........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998; No. 35, 2012; No 41, 2015
s. 135AD .......................................ad. No. 149, 1994
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
630
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
am. No. 104, 1998; No. 35, 2012; No 41, 2015
s. 135AE........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998; No. 35, 2012; No 41, 2015
s. 135AEA ................................ ad. No. 35, 2012
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AEB ................................ ad. No. 35, 2012
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AEC ................................ ad. No. 35, 2012
am No 31, 2014; No 41, 2015
s. 135AED ................................ ad. No. 35, 2012
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AF ........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998
rs. No. 35, 2012
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AFA ................................ ad. No. 35, 2012
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AG .......................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998; No 41, 2015
s. 135AH .......................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998; No 41, 2015
s. 135AI.........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998
rs. No. 35, 2012
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AJ.........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998
rs. No. 158, 2006
am No 41, 2015
s. 135AK .......................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 104, 1998; No 41, 2015
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
631
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Part VAA
Part VAA.......................................ad. No. 110, 2000
rs. No. 158, 2006
Division 1
s. 135AL........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 135AM.......................................ad. No. 110, 2000
rs. No. 158, 2006
Subheads. to s. 135AN(1), .............ad. No. 120, 2004
(2) rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 135AN(4) ..............ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subheads. to s. 135AN(7), .............ad. No. 120, 2004
(8) rep. No. 158, 2006
s. 135AN .......................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
rs. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 135ANA ..................am. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subheads. to s. 135ANA(1), ..........ad. No. 120, 2004
(2) rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 135ANA(4) ............ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 135ANA(7) ............ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
s. 135ANA................................ ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Division 2
Subdivision A
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
632
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 135AOA................................ ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision B
s. 135AOB................................ ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision C
ss. 135AOC, 135AOD...................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision D
s. 135AOE, 135AOF .....................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision E
ss. 135AP–135AR .........................ad. No. 110, 2000
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 135ARA................................ ad. No. 34, 2003
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 135AS(1) ...............ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subheads. to s. 135AS(2),..............ad. No. 120, 2004
(3) rep. No. 158, 2006
Subhead. to s. 135AS(4) ...............ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Heading to s. 135AS......................rs. No. 13, 2013
s. 135AS ........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. Nos. 120 and 154, 2004
rs. No. 158, 2006
am. No. 13, 2013
Note to s. 135AS(1) ......................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
Division 3
Subdivision A
ss. 135ASA–35ASJ .......................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision B
s. 135ATA ................................ ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 135AT........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
633
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rep. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision C
s. 135AU .......................................ad. No. 110, 2000
rs. No. 158, 2006
Part VA heading ............................rs No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Part VA .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135A ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135B ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135C ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 104, 1998
ad No 158, 2006
am No 28, 2007
rep No 49, 2017
s 135D ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
Division 2 heading.........................rs No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135E............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135F............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135G ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
634
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rep No 49, 2017
s 135H ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135J.............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135JAA.......................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135JA..........................................ad No 110, 2000
am No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135K ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135KA ........................................ad No 110, 2000
am No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135L............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006; No 4, 2016
rep No 49, 2017
s 135M...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135N ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135P............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135Q ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
635
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rep No 49, 2017
s 135R ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135S............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135SA.........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135T............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135U ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No. 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135V ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135W ..........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
ad No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135X ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135Y ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135Z............................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998
rs No 110, 2000
am No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZA.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
636
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rep No 49, 2017
Part VB heading ............................rs No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Part VB .........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZB .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 120, 2004
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZC .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZD.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 104, 1998
s 135ZE .........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZF..........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZFA.......................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Division 2 heading.........................rs No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZGA......................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZG.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZH.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rs No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZJ ..........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
637
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZK.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rs No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZL .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZM ........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Division 2A ................................ ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZMA ................................ ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZMB......................................ad No 110, 2000
am No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZMC......................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZMD ................................ ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZMDA................................ ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZME......................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Division 3 heading.........................rs No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZN.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998
rs No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
638
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s 135ZP..........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZQ.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Division 4 heading.........................rs No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZR .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998
rs No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZS..........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZT .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZU.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZV.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZW........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZWAA ................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZWA ................................ ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
639
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s 135ZX.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZXA......................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZY.........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006; No 4, 2016
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZ .........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZA ......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZB.......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZC.......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZD ......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZE.......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZEA ................................ ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZF .......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZG ......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
640
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 135ZZH ......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
Part VC
Part VC .........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
Division 1
s 135ZZI........................................ad No 110, 2000
am No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
s. 135ZZJ.......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
s. 135ZZJA................................ ad. No. 110, 2000
am. Nos. 8 and 94, 2010; No. 36, 2011
Division 2
ss. 135ZZK–135ZZN ....................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
s 135ZZP .......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
am No 4, 2016
s 135ZZQ ......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
am No 4, 2016
s 135ZZR.......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
s 135ZZS .......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
Division 3
ss. 135ZZT–135ZZW ....................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 135ZZWA................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Division 4
s 135ZZX ......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as rep by No 107, 1993); No 110, 2000
am No 49, 2017
s 135ZZY ......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as rep by No 107, 1993); No 110, 2000
s 135ZZZ.......................................ad No 32, 1989 (as rep by No 107, 1993); No 110, 2000
ss. 135ZZZA, 135ZZZB................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 110, 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
641
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 5
ss. 135ZZZC–135ZZZE ................ad. No. 110, 2000
Part VD
Part VD..........................................ad. No. 94, 2010
Division 1
s 135ZZZF................................ ad No 94, 2010
am No 49, 2017
s 135ZZZG ................................ ad No 94, 2010
s 135ZZZH ................................ ad No 94, 2010
Division 2
ss. 135ZZZI–135ZZZN .................ad. No. 94, 2010
Division 3
ss. 135ZZZO–135ZZZS ................ad. No. 94, 2010
Division 4
ss. 135ZZZT–135ZZZX ................ad. No. 94, 2010
Division 5
ss. 135ZZZY, 135ZZZZ ................ad. No. 94, 2010
s. 135ZZZZA................................ad. No. 94, 2010
Part VI
Heading to Part VI.........................rs. No. 158, 2006
Division 1
s. 136 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 26, 1982; No. 78, 1986; No. 104, 1998; No. 110,
2000; No. 158, 2006
Division 2
s. 138 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
rs. No. 26, 1982
am. No. 104, 1998; No. 158, 2006
s. 140 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 154, 1980
rs. No. 26, 1982
am. No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998
s. 141 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 26, 1982; No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
642
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 141A ..........................................ad. No. 104, 1998
s. 142 .............................................am. No. 26, 1982; No. 141, 1994
rs. No. 104, 1998
s. 143 .............................................rs. No. 26, 1982
am. No. 141, 1994
s. 144 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994
s. 144A ..........................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 141, 1994; No. 136, 2012
s. 144B ..........................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 26, 1982; No. 141, 1994
s. 145 .............................................rs. No. 141, 1994
s. 146 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 26, 1982; No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998
s. 147 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 26, 1982
Division 3
Division 3 heading.........................rs. No. 104, 1998
Subdivision A heading...................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
Subdivision A................................rep No 49, 2017
s 148 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rep No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
ad No 104, 1998
rep No 49, 2017
Subdivision B
Subdivision B heading...................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 149 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s 149A ...........................................ad No 154, 1980
rs No 78, 1986
am No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 104, 1998
rep No 49, 2017
ss. 150, 151................................ am. No. 154, 1980
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
643
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 152 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 160, 1977; No. 154, 1980; No. 7, 1983; No. 67,
1985; No. 78, 1986; No. 146, 1988; No. 180, 1991; No. 141, 1994;
No. 104, 1998; No. 110, 2000; No. 45, 2005; No 33, 2016
ss. 152A, 152B ..............................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 153 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Subdivision C
Subdivision C heading...................ad No 158, 2006
rs No 49, 2017
Subdivision C ................................rs No 49, 2017
s 153A ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000
rs No 49, 2017
s 153B ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BAAA................................ ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BA.........................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BAA......................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BAB ......................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BAC ......................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BAD......................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
Subdivision D heading...................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153BB.........................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 153C ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
644
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
am No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000; No 34, 2003
rep No 49, 2017
s 153D ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
rep No 49, 2017
s 153DAA......................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153DA ........................................ad No 110, 2000
rep No 49, 2017
s 153DB.........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153DC.........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153DD ........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 153DE.........................................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
Subdivision E
Subdivision E heading...................ad. No. 158, 2006
s 153DF.........................................ad No 49, 2017
s. 153E...........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as rep. by No. 107, 1993); No. 104, 1998
ss. 153F, 153G...............................ad. No. 104, 1998
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 153H ..........................................ad. No. 104, 1998
s. 153J............................................ad. No. 104, 1998
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 153K ..........................................ad. No. 104, 1998
s. 153KA .......................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision F heading ...................ad No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
Subdivision F................................rep No 49, 2017
s 153L............................................ad No 104, 1998
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
645
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rep No 49, 2017
Subdivision G
Subdivision G heading...................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 153M..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 153N ..........................................ad. No. 110, 2000
ss. 153P–153R...............................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision GA
Subdivision GA .............................ad. No. 94, 2010
s. 153RA........................................ad. No. 94, 2010
ss. 153S–153W..............................ad. No. 94, 2010
Subdivision H
Subdivision H heading...................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 154 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 158, 2006
ss. 155, 156................................ am. No. 141, 1994; No. 154, 1980; No. 158, 2006
s. 157 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 154, 1980; No. 158, 2006
ss. 157A, 157B ..............................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 158 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 154, 1980
s. 159 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 154, 1980; No. 158, 2006
ss. 159A, 159B ..............................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 91, 1983
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Subdivision I
Subdivision I heading ....................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 161 .............................................am. No. 19, 1979; No. 154, 1980; No. 104, 1998
Division 4
s. 163A ..........................................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 141, 1994
s. 166 .............................................am. No. 19, 1979; No. 154, 1980; No. 104, 1998
s. 167 .............................................am. No. 104, 1998; No. 158, 2006
s. 168 .............................................am. No. 158, 2006
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
646
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
s. 169 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973
Division 4A
Division 4A ................................ ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 169A ..........................................ad No. 158, 2006
s. 169B ..........................................ad No. 158, 2006
am No 24, 2016
s. 169C ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 169D ..........................................ad No. 158, 2006
s. 169E...........................................ad No. 158, 2006
s. 169F...........................................ad No. 158, 2006
s. 169G ..........................................ad No. 158, 2006
Division 5
s. 170 .............................................am. No. 146, 1999
rs. No. 158, 2006
am. No. 46, 2011
s. 170A ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 171 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994; No. 158, 2006
s. 172 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994; No. 24, 2001
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 173 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 174 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 78, 1986; No. 104, 1998; No. 158, 2006
s. 175 .............................................am. No. 158, 2006
Part VII
Division 1 heading.........................ad. No. 104, 1998
Division 1
s 180 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rs No 49, 2017
s 181 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rep No 49, 2017
s. 182A ..........................................ad. No. 154, 1980
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
647
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
am. No. 141, 1994
Division 2
Division 2 ......................................ad. No. 104, 1998
s 182B ...........................................ad No 104, 1998
am No 13, 2017
s 182C ...........................................ad No 104, 1998
s 183 ..............................................am No 19, 1979; No 154, 1980; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993);
No 141, 1994; No 110, 2000; No 13, 2017; No 49, 2017
s 183A ...........................................ad. No. 104, 1998
s 183B ...........................................ad No 104, 1998
s 183C ...........................................ad No 104, 1998
s 183D ...........................................ad No 104, 1998
am No 49, 2017
s 183E............................................ad No 104, 1998
am No 49, 2017
s. 183F...........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Part VIII
Division 1
Division 1 heading.........................ad No 49, 2017
s 184 ..............................................am No 160, 1977; No 154, 1980; No 7, 1983; No 78, 1986; No 146,
1988; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 180, 1991; No 104,
1998; No 110, 2000; No 45, 2005; No 73, 2008; No 49, 2017
s 185 ..............................................am No 154, 1980; No 49, 2017
Division 2
Division 2 heading.........................ad No 49, 2017
s 186 ..............................................am No 154, 1980; No 49, 2017
s 187 ..............................................am No 154, 1980; No 120, 2004; No 49, 2017
s 188 ..............................................am No 154, 1980; No 120, 2004; No 49, 2017
s 188A ...........................................ad No 49, 2017
Part IX
Heading to Part IX ........................rs. No. 120, 2004
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
648
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Part IX ..........................................rs. No. 159, 2000
Division 1
s. 189 .............................................rs. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 159, 2000; No. 120, 2004
s. 190 .............................................rs. No. 159, 2000
s. 191 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994
rs. No. 159, 2000
ss. 191A, 191B ..............................ad. No. 120, 2004
s. 192 .............................................am. No. 141, 1994
rs. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
Division 2
s. 193 .............................................rs. No. 159, 2000
s. 194 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
rs. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 159, 2000
s. 195 .............................................rs. No. 159, 2000
s. 195AA .......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rs. No. 159, 2000
s. 195AB........................................ad. No. 159, 2000
Division 2A
Div. 2A of Part IX .........................ad. No. 120, 2004
ss. 195ABA–195ABE....................ad. No. 120, 2004
Division 3
s. 195AC........................................ad. No. 159, 2000
ss. 195AD–195AF .........................ad. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 159, 2000
ss. 195AG, 195AH ........................ad. No. 159, 2000
Division 3A
Div. 3A of Part IX .........................ad. No. 120, 2004
ss. 195AHA–195AHC...................ad. No. 120, 2004
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
649
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 4
ss. 195AI–195AL ..........................ad. No. 159, 2000
Division 4A
Div. 4A of Part IX .........................ad. No. 120, 2004
ss. 195ALA, 195ALB....................ad. No. 120, 2004
Division 5
Subdivision A
Heading to Subdiv. A of ................ad. No. 120, 2004
Div. 5 of Part IX
Heading to s. 195AM ....................am. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AM.......................................ad. No. 159, 2000
Heading to s. 195AN .....................am. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AN .......................................ad. No. 159, 2000
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 5 of ad. No. 120, 2004
Part IX ...........................................
ss. 195ANA, 195ANB...................ad. No. 120, 2004
Division 6
Subdivision A
Heading to Subdiv. A of ................ad. No. 120, 2004
Div. 6 of Part IX
ss. 195AO, 195AP .........................ad. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AQ .......................................ad. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 159, 2000; No. 120, 2004
ss. 195AR–195AV.........................ad. No. 159, 2000
ss. 195AVA, 195AVB...................ad. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AW.......................................ad. No. 159, 2000
ss. 195AWA, 195AWB .................ad. No. 159, 2000
s. 195AX .......................................ad. No. 159, 2000
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
650
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 6 of ad. No. 120, 2004
Part IX ...........................................
ss. 195AXA–195AXL ...................ad. No. 120, 2004
Division 7
Subdivision A
Heading to Subdiv. A of ................ad. No. 120, 2004
Div. 7 of Part IX
s. 195AY .......................................ad. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 120, 2004
Heading to s. 195AZ......................am. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AZ........................................ad. No. 159, 2000
Heading to s. 195AZA...................am. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AZA ................................ ad. No. 159, 2000
s. 195AZB ................................ ad. No. 159, 2000
rep. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AZC ................................ ad. No. 159, 2000
am. No. 34, 2003
rep. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AZD ................................ ad. No. 159, 2000
Heading to s. 195AZE ...................am. No. 120, 2004
ss. 195AZE–195AZG ....................ad. No. 159, 2000
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 7 of ad. No. 120, 2004
Part IX ...........................................
ss. 195AZGA–195AZGF...............ad. No. 120, 2004
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 7 of ad. No. 120, 2004
Part IX ...........................................
s. 195AZGG ................................ad. No. 120, 2004
s. 195AZGH ................................ad. No. 120, 2004
am. No. 13, 2013
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
651
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 8
Subdivision A
Subdivision A heading...................ad. No. 120, 2004
ss. 195AZH–195AZO....................ad. No. 159, 2000
Subdivision B
Subdivision B ................................ad. No. 120, 2004
ss. 195AZP–195AZR ....................ad. No. 120, 2004
Part X
Division 1
Division 1 heading.........................ad No 113, 2015
s 195A ...........................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993);
No 104, 1998; No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
Division 2
Division 2 heading.........................ad No 113, 2015
s 195B ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as rep by No 107, 1993); No 107, 1993
am No 149, 1994; No 104, 1998; No 158, 2006; No 94, 2010; No 35,
2012; No 41, 2015; No 49, 2017
Division 3
Division 3 ......................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CA.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CB.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CC.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CD.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CE.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CF .........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CG.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CH.........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CI ..........................................ad No 113, 2015
s 195CJ..........................................ad No 113, 2015
Division 4
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
652
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 4 heading.........................ad No 113, 2015
ss. 197, 198................................ am. No. 141, 1994
s. 198A ..........................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 34, 2003
s. 199 .............................................am. No. 160, 1977; No. 154, 1980; No. 7, 1983; No. 78, 1986; No. 146,
1988; No. 180, 1991; No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998; No. 110, 2000;
No. 45, 2005
s 200 ..............................................am No 154, 1980; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993); No 49, 2017
s. 200AAA................................ ad. No. 158, 2006
am. No. 8, 2010
s 200AA ........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 104, 1998
rep No 49, 2017
s 200AB.........................................ad No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
s. 200A ..........................................ad. No. 78, 1986
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s. 201 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
rep No 113, 2015
s. 202 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 141, 1994; No. 104, 1998; No. 158, 2006
s. 202A ..........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s 203A ...........................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 91, 1983; No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by
No 107, 1993)
rs No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
ss. 203B, 203C ..............................ad. No. 154, 1980
am. No. 165, 1984; No. 78, 1986
rep. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
s 203D ...........................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
653
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rs No 158, 2006
rep No 49, 2017
s 203E............................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993);
No 141, 1994; No 24, 2001; No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
s 203F............................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 91, 1983; No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by
No 107, 1993); No 24, 2001
rs No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
s 203G ...........................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986
rep No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
ad No 110, 2000
rs No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
s 203H ...........................................ad No 154, 1980
am No 165, 1984; No 78, 1986; No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993);
No 110, 2000; No 158, 2006; No 49, 2017
Part XI
Division 1
s. 204 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 206 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 61, 1981
s. 208 .............................................am. No. 120, 2004
s. 209 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
Division 2
s. 210 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s. 211 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
s. 212 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 120, 2004
s. 213 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
654
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
ss. 214–216................................ am. No. 154, 1980
s. 217 .............................................am. No. 216, 1973; No. 154, 1980
s. 219 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
Division 3
s. 220 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 120, 2004
ss. 221–225................................ am. No. 154, 1980
Division 4
ss. 226, 227................................ am. No. 154, 1980
s. 229 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s 232 ..............................................am. No. 154, 1980
s 233 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rep No 49, 2017
s 234 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rep No 49, 2017
s 235 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rs No 49, 2017
s 236 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
s 237 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
s. 238 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980
rep. No. 159, 2000
s. 239 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
s 240 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
s 241 ..............................................am No 154, 1980
rep No 113, 2015
Division 5
ss. 244, 245................................ am. No. 154, 1980
s. 246 .............................................am. No. 110, 2000
s. 248 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 141, 1994
Part XIA
Part XIA .......................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
655
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 1
s 248A ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 149, 1994; No 104, 1998; No 110, 2000 (as am by No 63, 2002);
No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006; No 21, 2007; No 49, 2017
s. 248B ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 120, 2004
s 248C ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 120, 2004; No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
s. 248CA........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 158, 2006
s. 248D ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rs. No. 120, 2004
s. 248E...........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rep. No. 110, 2000
s. 248F...........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 149, 1994; No. 158, 2006
Division 2
s. 248G ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 149, 1994; No. 110, 2000; No. 120, 2004; No 49, 2017
s. 248H ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 113, 2008
s. 248J............................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 120, 2004
ss. 248K–248M .............................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Heading to s. 248MA ....................rs. No. 13, 2013
s. 248MA.......................................ad. No. 34, 2003
am. No. 13, 2013
s. 248N ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
656
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
Division 3
Subdivision A
Subdiv. A of Div. 3 of ...................ad. No. 158, 2006
Part XIA
s. 248P...........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 105, 1998; No. 110, 2000; No. 120, 2004
rs. No. 158, 2006
Notes 1, 2 to s. 248P(8) ................ad. No. 120, 2004
rep. No. 158, 2006
s 248PA.........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
s 248PB .........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PC .........................................ad No 158, 2006
am No 49, 2017
s 248PD.........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PE..........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PF..........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PG.........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PH.........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PI...........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PJ ..........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PK.........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PL..........................................ad No 158, 2006
s 248PM ........................................ad No 158, 2006
Subdivision B
Subdiv. B of Div. 3 of ...................ad. No. 158, 2006
Part XIA
s. 248Q ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 149, 1994; No. 105, 1998
rep. No. 158, 2006
s. 248QA .......................................ad. No. 149, 1994
am. No. 105, 1998
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
657
Authorised Version C2017C00414 registered 22/12/2017
Endnotes
Endnote 4—Amendment history
Provision affected How affected
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 248QB........................................ad. No. 149, 1994
rs. No. 105, 1998; No. 158, 2006
ss. 248QC–248QH.........................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision C
Subdiv. C of Div. 3 of ...................ad. No. 158, 2006
Part XIA
s. 248R ..........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
am. No. 149, 1994
rep. No. 105, 1998
ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 248S...........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
rs. No. 158, 2006
s. 248SA ........................................ad. No. 158, 2006
Subdivision D
Heading to Subdiv. D of ................ad. No. 158, 2006
Div. 3 of Part XIA
s. 248T...........................................ad. No. 32, 1989 (as am. by No. 107, 1993)
Division 4
s 248U ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 120, 2004; No 49, 2017
s 248V ...........................................ad No 32, 1989 (as am by No 107, 1993)
am No 120, 2004; No 49, 2017
Part XII
Subhead. to s. 249(1) ....................ad. No. 158, 2006
s. 249 .............................................am. No. 154, 1980; No. 158, 2006; No 126, 2015
Copyright Act 1968
Compilation No. 54 Compilation date: 22/12/17 Registered: 22/12/17
658